Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D07-466 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - DELIAS - TENANT IMPROVEMENTDELTAS 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL D07 -466 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY This certificate is issued pursuant to the requirements of Section 110.2 of the 2006 edition of the International Building Code. At the time of issuance, this structure or portion thereof has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified. Building Permit No.: D07 -466 Occupant /Tenant: DELIAS Building Address: 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL, SUITE NO. Parcel No.: 6364200010 Property Owner: WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Use: RETAIL Occupancy Group /Division: M Type of Construction: II -B Automatic Sprinkler System: Provided: Y Required: Y Design Occupant Load: 100 BUILDING FFICIAL DATE , THIS CERTIFICATE TO BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THE PREMISES Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Tenant: Name: Address: Owner: Name: Address: Phone: Cityf Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 6364200010 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW DELTAS 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKWILA WA WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Contact Person: Name: TIM SCHENK Address: 1120 E 80 ST, STE 211 , BLOOMINGTON MN 55240 Phone: 800 541 -0821 Contractor: Name: PINNACLE CONTRUCTION INC Address: PO BOX 426 , GLENWOOD IA 51534 Phone: 712 527 -9745 Contractor License No: PINNACI941K3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT Value of Construction: Type of Fire Protection: Type of Construction: doc: IBC -10/06 $200,000.00 SPRINKLERS /AFA IB DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Fees Collected: International Building Code Edition: Occupancy per IBC: * *continued on next page ** Permit Number: Issue Date: Permit Expires On: Expiration Date: 05/31/2008 D07 -466 05/05/2008 11/03/2008 $3,182.37 2006 0019 D07 -466 Printed: 05-09 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N City o Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Permit Number: D07 -466 Issue Date: 05/05/2008 Permit Expires On: 11/03/2008 Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: Print Name: C /C _ 1 Date: j �D I hereby certify that I have read and e . - ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the nuance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. A� Signature: / � — L � r94-2- Date: -� This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IBC-10/06 C07 -466 Printed: 05 - 2008 Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Tenant: Name: Address: Owner: Name: Address: Phone: Contact Person: Name: TIM SCHENK Address: 1120 E 80 ST, STE 211 , BLOOMINGTON MN 55240 Phone: 800 541 -0821 Contractor: Name: PINNACLE CONTRUCTION INC Address: PO BOX 426 , GLENWOOD IA 51534 Phone: 712 527 -9745 Contractor License No: PINNACI941K3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT Value of Construction: Type of Fire Protection: Type of Construction: Cityf Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 6364200010 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW DELIAS 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKWILA WA WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGFLPS CA 90025 $200,000.00 SPRINKLERS /AFA IIB DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: Issue Date: Permit Expires On: Expiration Date: 05/31/2008 Fees Collected: International Building Code Edition: Occupancy per IBC: * *continued on next page ** D07 -466 05/05/2008 11/01/2008 $3,182.37 2006 0019 doc: IBC -10/06 D07 -466 Printed: 05-05 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Permit Center Authorized Signature: I hereby certify that I have read and governing this work will be complied City o,LiTukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us N Private: Profit: N Private: Permit Number: D07 -466 Issue Date: 05/05/2008 Permit Expires On: 11/01/2008 Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Thee: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Public: Non - Profit: N Public: Date: cT io Y"i ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the p - ance of w • rk. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Date: Signature: Print Name: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IBC -10/06 D07 -466 Printed: 05-05 -2008 City of Tukwila Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUI{W Suite No: Tenant: DELIAS 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D07 -466 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 12/18/2007 Issue Date: 05/05/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431 - 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 10: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 11: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 12: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 13: A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued for this building upon final inspection approval by Tukwila building inspector. 14: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Perrnit Center. doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -466 Printed: 05-09 -2008 15: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206 - 431 - 3670). 16: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 17: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** doc: Cond -10/06 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 18: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 19: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 20: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 nun) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 nun). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 21: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 22: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 23: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4-3, 4 -4) 24: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 25: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 26: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 27: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 28: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access D07 -466 Printed: 05-09 -2008 ors/ City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 29: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 nun) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 30: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 31: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 32: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 33: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 34: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 35: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinker systems and all modifications to sprinter systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and/or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 36: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 37: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 38: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 39: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 40: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206 - 431 -3670) is required for this project. 41: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -466 Printed: 05-09 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 42: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 43: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 44: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 45: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 46: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 47: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. * *continued on next page ** doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -466 Printed: 05-09 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Signature: 7s Date: 5 e Print Name: doc: Cond -10/06 007 -466 Printed: 05 -09 -2008 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: DELTAS 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D07 - 466 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 12/18/2007 Issue Date: 05/05/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431 - 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 6: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 10: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 11: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 12: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 13: A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued for this building upon final inspection approval by Tukwila building inspector. 14: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -466 Printed: 05-05 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 15: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431- 3670). 16: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 17: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDFFIONS * ** 18: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 19: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 20: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 nun) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 nun) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 21: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 22: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 23: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4-3, 4 -4) 24: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 25: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 26: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 27: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 28: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -466 Printed: 05-05 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 nun) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 29: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 nun) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 30: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 31: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 32: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 33: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 34: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 35: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and/or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 36: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 37: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 38: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 39: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 40: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206 - 431 -3670) is required for this project. 41: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -466 Printed: 05 -05 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us * *continued on next page ** 42: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 43: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 44: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 45: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 46: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 47: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -466 Printed: 05-05 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work construction or the performance of work. Signature: Print Name: Ai r i Date: irr Aracc_ ordinances governing or local laws regulating doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -466 Printed: 05-05 -2008 CITY OF TUKWIL'` Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 94188 http://www.citukwila.wa.us SITE LOCATION Site Address. -. Lr 1 50clt'IACFMIER. ael-tAY Tenant Name: DE LdAS Property Owners Name: WGSTFtELO COt&PO(tATLO(4 I . Mailing Address: I (64 1( t (iQ SV IrE (1 QO , los ac`tGE UES, CA QOOZS' City State CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Name: Ti M Sc -1Erd' K I eweit -SOr ies Mailing Address: 1120 E. S0 t Sr. 54 ire 2.I E -Mail Address+; mS € eld ee jcm s• cOA•.., GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION — (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: - .G 0 . Mailing Address: Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** Contact Person: E - Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: ARCHITECT OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Record Company Name: SIAl2EmS HOC . AttC44I (M CC'S I Mailing Address: 6130 5 . SVrt13V/V( 014 '308 City Contact Person: Rea EC.C.A Oriel Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: ,r0l1010 —,A r►e,rrlShOC1C.C.Oru-- ENGINEER OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Engineer of Record Company Name: S Atli 7fl ROCk- eriCel'1 ° r C' t I KC- Contact Person: (2EE Ce OtAn . E -Mail Address: Y'i.I1na4141' C�►S�f1r�w+6ln1C •Co QAApplications\Potms- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Building Permit No. 1 16 ( 4 0 Mechanical Permit No. L tt c/ Plumbing/Gas Permit No. e0 Public Works Permit No. 1- i Project No. King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 10 — 001 Suite Number: Z OCR Floor: Z no New Tenant: j Yes ❑ ..No Day Telephone: 1 • %OO • 5• •0 1 BuuOfl 1rIGrai, ( (SS4z0 City State Fax Number: q5 Z. • $54 • drActo9 Fax Number: State State 614.544". q ss , 614 *stir. ' Cs's City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: Fax Number: 6 ti • S45' • f sr Zip Zip Zip Zip Mailing Address: 6134 S. Svr of ■KL`( i2o _ i Inf e S f 1NI U,e 1 613' 430%1 City State Zip Day Telephone: G('( • 14S • 4 S•S Page 1 of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFOR11 — 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ Z.D O3O• Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): 9t11L0 Ct • CSV R1e.A«— C PI C. e TNe h'IACL. Will there be new rack storage? I21, Yes ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ® No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: IE Sprinklers Eit Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2 "x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Q:\Applications\Fonns- Applications On Line\3-2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 2 of 6 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1S Floor SSA SVICI 11 -Q IA 2 Floor 3' Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck BUILDING PERMIT INFOR11 — 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ Z.D O3O• Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): 9t11L0 Ct • CSV R1e.A«— C PI C. e TNe h'IACL. Will there be new rack storage? I21, Yes ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ® No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: IE Sprinklers Eit Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2 "x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Q:\Applications\Fonns- Applications On Line\3-2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 2 of 6 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INRMATION — 206 -433 -0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑...Water District #125 ❑ ...Water Availability Provided . Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34 ") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right -of -way Non Right -of -way ❑ ...Total Cut cubic yards ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public _ ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public _ FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Day Telephone: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip Q:Wpplications\Fortns- Applications On Linel3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Call before you Dig: 1- 800 -424 -5555 ❑ ... ValVue ❑ .. Renton ❑...Sewer Availability Provided ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Highline ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle ❑ .. Right -of -way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right -of -way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ .. Channelization ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding WO# WO # WO # ❑...Deduct Water Meter Size Private Private ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) Page 3 of 6 Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: • Qty Unit Type: Qty Boiler /Compressor: Qty Fumace<100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Furnace >100K BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser i 1 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct 1 Thermostat 1 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30 -50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct Emergency Generator 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig/Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM Incinerator — Comm/Ind MECHANICAL PERMIT INFMATION - 206 -431 -3670 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: T.S.O. Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ 7 f(1>' Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): 2 • NEK YAV aox'zs , Nei-4 ovcrfnfo(1u(. g Q%p ---v riS MQ G0,{TMIS - aeSraCiarN EXNNCC' FAA ■ Use: Residential: New .... ❑ Replacement .... ❑ Commercial: New .... ® Replacement .... ❑ Fuel Type: Electric IN Gas ....0 Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Q:\Applications\Forms- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 - 2006 bh Page 4 of 6 Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: , Qty Bathtub or combination bath/shower Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) Wash fountain Gas piping outlets Bidet Food -waste grinder, commercial Receptor, indirect waste Clothes washer, domestic Floor drain 'L Sinks 1 Dental unit, cuspidor Shower, single head trap Urinals Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Lavatory 2. Water Closet Z Building sewer or trailer park sewer Rain water system — per drain (inside building) Water heater and /or vent 1 Additional medical gas inlets /outlets — six or more Industrial waste pretreatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treating equipment Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping Medical gas piping system serving one to five inlets /outlets for specific gas PLUMBING AND GAS PIPIN INFORMATION - 206-43170 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Plumbing work (contractor's bid price): $ f/U U Valuation of Gas Piping work (contractor's bid price): $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): /, StALLA fl An/ 01' TKO NEW IZ 17(00rII aEJ731 L 'Til:7viwr SPACE , ry 1.4 (woks: t s �- P��'�•�rc. -. Building Use (per Int'l Building Code): m Occupancy (per Intl Building Code): tad Utility Purveyor: Water: Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below: Q:Wpplications\Forms- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Sewer: Page 5 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR A H RIZED AGENT: Signature: Date: Ii /2€/ f) Print Name: 'TIM Day Telephone: 1. Soo. s11. oBZJ Mailing Address: 1120 E. 60 4 t , Sr. SYI rC 211 (loom II(& me( s s'`I 20 City State Date Application Expires: Date Application Accepted: 1-1IS1d Q:Upplications\Fonns- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Staff Initials/ Zip Page 6 of 6 Receipt No.: R08 -01488 Payee: PINNACLE CONSTRUCTION, INC. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 66369 1,930.48 BUILDING - NONRES 000/322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000/386.904 RECEIPT Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D07 -466 Address: 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 12/18/2007 Applicant: DELTAS Issue Date: Initials: JEM Payment Date: 05/05/2008 02:22 PM User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 Account Code Current Pmts 1,925.98 4.50 Total: $1,930.48 Payment Amount: $ 1,930.48 4 05/05 9711 TOTAL 1930.48 doc: Receipt -06 Printed: 05-05 -2008 Initials: User ID: Doc: RECSFTS -08 RECEIPT NO: R07 -02796 JEM 1165 Payee: ELDER -JONES City of Tukwila - SET TRANSACTIONS: - - Set Member Amount Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us SET ID: 5000000921 SET NAME: Tmp set/Initialized Activities D07 -466 1,251.89 EL07 -790 94.30 M07 -280 66.36 PG07 -340 39.50 TOTAL: 1,452.05 Payment Check 50447 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES SET RECEIPT TOTAL: Payment Date: 12/18/2007 Total Payment: 1,452.05 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount 1,452.05 1,452.05 Account Code Current Pmts 000.345.832.00.0 94.30 000/345.830 1,357.75 TOTAL: 1,452.05 6258 12/19 9710 TOTAL 1452.05 Project:, Type of Inspection: / \. Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 2 ...4 �" p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION P. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -36,7 Ij Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: P l y ; CQ• / hfr /F,"NL1 I 'Date: z I ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Inspector: 'Receipt No.: 'Date: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 07-€0 PERMIT NO. Project Type of I p Add 6 mill/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone /b -ZS7 7 10 da 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 0 Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: FA. 5f 7ck (6i<tr- 'Inspector: !Date: 7 __, f6 - 1) El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: 3 . . COMMENTS: Type o Inspection: ? /S /,N.DAD 4 ' /N6:: Add -e�U2 in /9L Date balled: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 6 - Z Y - 'a vi? �-t k. fr r; C.14.- car (-k,,? & 6 cw - -- ,e + ...A. t '?4-t . i''+ Y Project: , fi Type o Inspection: ? /S /,N.DAD 4 ' /N6:: Add -e�U2 in /9L Date balled: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 6 - Z Y - 'a a.m. c> Requester: Phone No: 7 2 -2 '7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit y� INSPE ION NO. PERMIT NO / CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION I - 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -36 0 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. (Inspector: •F'` n $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: - (Date: k 0 Project L)FL S Type of Inspection: X7/3 ND (e/L i7VL A _ &, m gl / Date Called: Special Instructions: Date W ted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: - 7 y4 -23 z 29 7 Approved per applicable codes. vo7y66 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION F 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: aaL ri C& / 312/Ova f '' P u-/ Ye el •51c57. 'Inspector: dt ( El $60.0 INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: • Project: / Type of Inspection: A � �� 44wf/ Date Called: r — ,%'e /-/) vie Special Special nstructions: Date Wanted / / O (/ Zn4 a.m `p.m. Requester: Phone No: X Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r — ,%'e /-/) vie a �' cDr /,elm' �a.lI O INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 17-VG6 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1k 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 'Inspector: I "'ti / 2 4.5 0 $60.0 EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: Projec : 476.Z //9 'Type of Inspection: /- '.e. 4iif/ 6„ Address: e GaG m// Date Called: Special Instructions: _ Date Wanted: 0 — /K c % p.m. Requester: Phone No: 74 / ) 2S228 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ,D07 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDjk G DIVISION V- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukva; ANA 98188 (206)431 -3670 NJ Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Rear Al Gcre4 pa p0 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be d at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Project � of Inspection: r- K ,9,77, /VG Address: . 2 in. // Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. , Requester: Phone No 794 ' — 2-455 '.- 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INS CTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 El Approved per applicable codes. PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 ,Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: �" /e ,^,'r-A C p ltr t/e, . - ' /e / �'t't pt'i'ps 40 v/.1 tild Inspector: (Date: G/7/o ro El $60.00 INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid 300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: Pro j act //. /� JJ�ir✓ s Type of 1 spection: 4. FA9/77/4/ Addres -- Date Called: Special Instructions: Date anted: , Requester: Phone. 5 INSPECTION NO. Approved per applicable codes. nspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit . 06 PERIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: / V SetA es are.4 are. wez,114 /if/ IDate:4 $606'6 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: e —N Type of Inspection: Address: ,_e.)( YY 4 1( Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: (.-3- a8 g' Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 1=1Approved per applicable codes: Inspector: e e" INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit DO PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 1:2 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: l er4rts_lle,/ Date 6/3/0 $58.00 ifiSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: [04 lOeWf .5 — eear S 400 k dotes 'f-1 4r' rco i15 G114,'f te.> 7L,-"CKo,., A / gardla -. Lt,' 1°n "cages a Date Called: Special Instructions: - Date Wanted: --0C /1 1 PT. ct: Type of Inspection: A / tt Date Called: Special Instructions: - Date Wanted: --0C a te. p.m Requester: Phone No: t/ — �S2 -7_ j 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWIL BUILDING DIVISION 6300 SoliEficenter Blvd., #100, TukWtla, Wit 98188 D$ INSPECTION NO. Approved per applicable codes. inspector: Do7 - c/e_ PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 El Corrections required prior to approval. r Date: 5 �_ // r EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be pai s at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: Proj e . //._ 4 )....c- Type of Inspection: --/— (—ei Address: Ca 64 /1)47( Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: P.m. Requester: Phone 2: ... 4- 2 1 — 263 9 7 11 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431-3670 EJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: / 90 corrt' ,A61- euAd I&"+ et emi i Waits 4 .4' ei I Date„../ 44 El $58.00 RNPECT,ON FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid a 00 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. r eceipt No.: 'Date: -- • Project: Type of Inspection: Address: c,16o6 Date Called: — Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. c.,, C.....) Requester: Phone %,..., 45 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981 88 Do PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 ID Approved per applicable codes. IM Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: a „hie o e M 7 race 7 eil 5 e &a41 o 4. prior l'OR y rOtieut Inspecto Date: ... JJ $58 0 INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be pai 646300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: iDate: Proje t: / c.5 Type of Inspection: _ X61 /MA/15 � / Address a 606 /914// Date Called: -- Special Instructions: Date Wanted: S — 7 -4a, ( yr p.m. Requester: Phone -76 _qs3 - `-' ' 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit DO INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION V 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: p q o f ?P r, wr ; "4 ' (/.g // (rz4,,o A S ire( / ipt No.: Corrections required prior to approval. specto / Date: ti 7 - 7 - �'� $ ' 1 1 REINSPECTION E REQUIRED. P for to inspection. fee must be p d at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. !Date: Project: t (i ,A I Sprinklers: Type of In ection: Address: ae06 Suite #: 5.c. 04 -ZL. Contact Person: Special Instructions: Permits: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: t/ Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: y Hood & Duct: Monitor: 5 ,,, 4 A N Pre -Fire: Permits: ,d Occupancy Type: /v INSPECTION NUMBER (Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 7- 1/66 PERMIT NUMBERS 206 - 575 -4407 1 - 7 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: I Inspector: S ou Date: 7p fi Hrs.: $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: , = ,CP Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Type of Inspection: k C /; Q4"," y Address: a c �, Suite #: S . C ' � � � Con J ct erson: / Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: COMMENTS: /c Q d1 , , — /c 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila. Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Inspector: I Date: 7 / , , /:„ Hrs.: t i\A INSPEOION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Cg roved per applicable codes. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 PERMIT NUMBERS n corrections required prior to approval. $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type of Inspection: Address: "a c 0 6 Suite #: S- c. M A L. L Coptact Person: /JA1' Special Instructions: Phone No.: Sf 17Nf,k -- 00Y - A 1�42- N A L ot- ADP f v / - e ii 14 .) /J � - t - r 14--1-e Q. 4- I -c. -I tC D -Poo( ( 5 Project: ( '' e S Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type of Inspection: Address: "a c 0 6 Suite #: S- c. M A L. L Coptact Person: /JA1' Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: - Permits: Occupancy Type: INSIECTION NUMBER I ► Approved per applicable codes. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 1/13/06 PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 (j.Correcctions required prior to approval. Inspector: Date: - 7/ - 7/ 0 rs .. $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project:'\).C\ / Type of Inspection: c7r clog., t, � Fire Alarm: Address: 26o 6 5.e /f. Suite #: Cjptact Person: - sca Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc INSPE CTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575- . .....711,pproved per applicable codes. og - s - 18R PERMIT NUMBERS I I Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: yn� u — x/v✓ - Tfin/ 1 - 2 -r Z2- p s ; Q moo ENO C' r s ( /zoo !o ven U►L Inspector: 5/7_ Date: 5/7 g !e Hrs: Z $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from e City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. 1/1 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: D 1 ; w Type of ` Inspe ion: wn Hood & Duct: Address: a o l e , j ,C . yv\A 2 L Suite #: Contact Person: 'T Special Instructions: Phone No.: tos 7 - 960i/ Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER proved per applicable cod INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 o3 - s I g7 Pc7— i-&7 PERMIT NUMBERS 206 - 575 -4407 ri Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: I Inspector: 5 �y Date: .5/2 b e Hrs.: 1 )1/A _PI $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No. Capacity Btu /h Total CFM OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IpLV Location VAV -1 TRANE VPEF -16 103500 3500 850 N/A VAV -2 SALES VAV -2 TRANE VPEF -10 26100 900 250 N/A BROAN NON -SALES Y ED 75 KIAIII A 0.25 0.13 CV RESTROOM DEC 1 0 2007 PEHvMIT CLN. I ER Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name Model No. CFM Sp' HP /BHP Flow Control Location of Service VAV -1 TRANE 0780 1500 0.50 0.50 VAV SALES VAV -2 TRANE 0490 F/ 750 0.50 0.33 VAV NON -SALES EF -1 BROAN L -150 i -tEGEI CITY OF T` Y ED 75 KIAIII A 0.25 0.13 CV RESTROOM DEC 1 0 2007 PEHvMIT CLN. I ER Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name Model No. Capacity Btu/h Total CFM OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency VAV -1 TRANE VPEF -16 61470 2350 850 ELEC ELEC N/A VAV -2 TRANE VPEF -10 40980 1000 250 ELEC ELEC N/A Project Info Project Address DELIA'S - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER Date 11/27/2007 633 SOUTHCENTER, SPACE 2100 For Building Dept. Use COPY SEATTLE, WA 98188 FILE Applicant Name: SHRENSHOCK ENGINEERING, INC. Applicant Address: 6130 S. SUNBURY RD PPrmit No. Applicant Phone: WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 '� •••••. R 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Summary MECH -SUM 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. Includes Plans Compliance Option l _ • t The HVAC system consists of two fan - powered Variable Air Vol electric resistance heat supplying heating and cooling air throu r Drawings must contain notes requireing compliance with commissioning requir I LDING (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & comp 0 Simple System 0 Complex System 0 Systems Analysis Revised July 2007 E COM me bob Nc hout the s paa PV 1 JAN "18 2000; Equipment Schedules' The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. 'If available. 2 As tested according to Table 14-IA through 14-1G. 3 If required. 4 COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable. 5 Flow control types: variable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). System Description See Section 1421 for full description of Simple System qualifications. If Heating /Cooling or Cooling Only ❑ Constant vol? ❑ Split system? ❑ Air cooled? ❑ Packaged sys? ❑ <20,000 Btuh? ❑ Economizer included? If Heating Only: ❑ <5000 cfm? ❑ <70% outside air? 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Summary (back) MECH -SUM Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis, Options must be used. ( START otal Ca . wo economize <240,000 Btuh or 10 %? Heating Only Reference Section 1421 Yes — Heating /Cooling or Cooling Only Yes ( Reference Section 1423 • Simple System Yes Allowed (section 1420) Complex Systems Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address DELIA'S - WESTFIELD SODTHCENTER !Date 11/27/2007 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) - 1411 Equipment performance n.a. 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule yes 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency M2.0 n.a. 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue /draft damper & jacket loss 1412 HVAC controls yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans M1.0 yes 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum M2.0 n.a. 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat yes 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 diff. day types M2.0 n.a. 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location and auto. controls & max. leakage n.a. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls n.a. 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule n.a. 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans M1.0 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high - occupancy areas n.a. 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans n.a. 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule 1413 Air economizers yes 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule M2.0 n.a. 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb n.a. 1413.2 Water Econo Doc Indicate clg load & water econoe & clg tower performance n.a. 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling n. a. 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1414 Ducting systems yes 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary M4.1 yes 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct M4.1 yea 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping M4.0 1416 Completion Requirements n. a. 1416.2.1 Commissioning Provide commissioning plan yes 1416.2.2 -3 Sys.Bal & Func.Test Indicate air and water system balancing & functional testing M4.1 yes 1416.2.4 Commissioning Indicate O &M manuals, record drawings, staff training M4.1 yes 1416.2.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for prelim. & final commissioning report M4.1 n.a. 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans yes Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440 -1454) 1440 Service water htg. yes 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank M4.0 yes 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off M4.0 yes 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping M4.0 n.a. 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 n.a. 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency n.a. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control n.a. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover n.a. 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form no is circled for any question, provide explanation: 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Mechanical - General Requirements 1411.1 General: Equipment shall have a minimum performance at the specified rating conditions not less than the values shown in Table 14 -1A through 14 -1G. If a nationally recognized certification program exists for a product covered in Tables 14-1A through 14-1G, and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, then the product shall be listed in the certification program. • Gas -fired and oil -fired forced air fumaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu /h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for fumaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All fumaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu /h (65 kW), including electric fumaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating. 1411.2 Rating Conditions: Cooling equipment shall be rated at ARI test conditions and procedures when available. Where no applicable procedures exist, data shall be fumished by the equipment manufacturer. 1411.3 Combination Space and Service Water Heating: For combination space and service water heaters with a principal function of providing space heat, the Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE Standard 124 -1991. Storage water heaters used in combination space heat and water heat applications shall have either an Energy FActor (EF) or a CAE of not less than the following: 1411.4 Packaged Electric Heating and Coo ing Equipment: Packaged electric equipment providing both heating and cooling with a total cooling capacity greater than 20, Btu /h shall be a heat pump. Exception: Unstaffed equipment shaelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. 1412 Controls 1412.1 Temperature Controls: Each system shall be provided with at least one temperature control device. Each zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding to temperature within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall be considered as a separate zone. 1412.2 Deadband Controls: When used to control both comfort heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. Exceptions: 1. Special occupancy, special usage, or code requirements where deadband controls are not appropriate. 2. Buildings complying with Section 1141.4, if in the proposed building energy analysis, heating and cooling thermostat setpoints are set to the same temperature between 70 degrees F and 75 degrees F inclusive, and assumed to be constant throughout the year. 3. Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. 1412.3 Humidity Controls: If a system is equipped with a means for adding moisture, a humidistat shall be provided. 1412.4 Setback and Shut -Off: HVAC systems shall be equipped with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of energy use through control setback or equipment shutdown during periods of non -use or altemate use of the spaces served by the system. The automatic controls shall have a minimum seven -day clock and be capable of being set for seven different day types per week. It must retain programming and time for a power loss of 10 hours and include an accessible manual override of up to 2 hours. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation at the same temperature setpoint. 2. Equipment with full load demands of 2 kW (6,826 Btu /h) or less may be controlled by readily accessible manual off-hour controls. 3. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. 4. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. 1412.4.1 Dampers: Outside air intakes, exhaust outlets and relief outlets serving conditioned spaces shall be equipped with dampers which close automatically when the system is off or upon power failure. Stair shaft and elevator shaft smoke relief openings shall be equipped with normally open (fails to open upon loss of power) dampers. These dampers shall remain closed until activated by the fire alarm system or other approved smoke detection system. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation. 2. Combustion air intakes. 3. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in buildings less than 3 stories in height. 4. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in exhaust and relief outlets in the first story and levels below the first story of buildings three or more stories in height. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply 1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High - Occupancy Areas: Demand control ventilation (DCV) is required for spaces that are larger than 500 ft2, have a design occupancy for ventilation of greater than 40 people for 1000 ft2 of floor area, and are served by systems with one or more of the following: a. An air -side economizer, b. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper, or c. A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000 cfm. Exceptions: 1.Systems with energy recovery complying with Section 1436. 2. Multiple -zone systems without direct - digital control of individual zones communicating with a central control panel. 3. Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than 1200 cfm. 4. Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement Is less than 1200 cfm. 1413 Air Economizers 1413.1 Operation: Air economizers shall be of automatically modulating outside and retum air dampers to provide 100 percent of the design supply air as outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling. Water economizers shall be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the conneted terminal equipment lacking airside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 45 ° F dry- bulb /40 ° F wet -bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and intemal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. Exception: Water economizers using air - cooled heat rejection equipment may use a 35 ° F dry-bulb outside air temperature for this calculation. This exception is limited to a maximum of 20 tons per building. 1413.2 Documentation: Water economizer plans submitted for approval shall include the following information: 1. Maximum outside air conditions for which economizer is sized to provide full cooling. 2. Design cooling load to be provided by economizer at this outside air condition. 3. Heat rejection and terminal equipment performance data including model number, flow rate, capacity, entering and leaving temperature in full economizer cooling mode. 1413.3 Integrated Operation: Air economizers shall be capable of providing partial cooling even when additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the cooling load. Exceptions: 1. Individual, direct expansion units that have a rated capacity less than 65,000 Btu /h and use nonintegrated economizer controls that preclude simultaneous operation of the economizer and mechanical cooling. 2. Water - cooled water chillers with waterside economizer. 1413.4 Humidification: If an air economizer is required on a cooling system for which humidification equipment is to be provided to maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative media or fog atomization type). Exceptions: 1. Health care facilities where WAC 246- 320 -525 allows only steam injection humidifiers in ductwork downstream of final filters. 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Btu /h shall have modulating or staged combustion control. 2. Systems with water economizer 3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. 4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers. 1414 Ducting Systems 1414.1 Sealing: Duct work which is designed to operate at pressures above 1/2 inch water column static pressure shall be sealed in accordance with Standard RS -18. Extent of sealing required is as follows: 1. Static pressure: 1/2 inch to 2 inches; seal transverse joints. 2. Static pressure: 2 inches to 3 inches; seal all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. 3. Static pressure: above 3 inches; seal all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. Duct tape and other pressure sensitive tape shall not be used as the primary sealant where ducts are designed to operate at static pressures of 1 inch W.C. or greater. 1414.2 Insulation: Ducts and plenums that are constructed and function as part of the building envelope, by separating interior space from exterior space, shall meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 13. These requirements include insulation installation, moisture control, air leakage, and building envelope insulation levels. Unheated equipment rooms with combustion air louvers must be isolated from the conditioned space by insulating interior surfaces to a minimum of R -11 and any exterior envelope surfaces per Chapter 13. Outside air ducts serving individual supply air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total supply air capacity shall be insulated to a minimum of R -7 and are not considered building envelope. Other outside air duct runs are considered building envelope until they, 1. connect to the heating or cooling equipment, or 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -off damper complying EF CAE < 50 gal storage 0.58 0.71 50 to 70 gal storage 0.57 0.71 > 70 gal storage 0.55 0.70 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Mechanical - General Requirements 1411.1 General: Equipment shall have a minimum performance at the specified rating conditions not less than the values shown in Table 14 -1A through 14 -1G. If a nationally recognized certification program exists for a product covered in Tables 14-1A through 14-1G, and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, then the product shall be listed in the certification program. • Gas -fired and oil -fired forced air fumaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu /h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for fumaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All fumaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu /h (65 kW), including electric fumaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating. 1411.2 Rating Conditions: Cooling equipment shall be rated at ARI test conditions and procedures when available. Where no applicable procedures exist, data shall be fumished by the equipment manufacturer. 1411.3 Combination Space and Service Water Heating: For combination space and service water heaters with a principal function of providing space heat, the Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE Standard 124 -1991. Storage water heaters used in combination space heat and water heat applications shall have either an Energy FActor (EF) or a CAE of not less than the following: 1411.4 Packaged Electric Heating and Coo ing Equipment: Packaged electric equipment providing both heating and cooling with a total cooling capacity greater than 20, Btu /h shall be a heat pump. Exception: Unstaffed equipment shaelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. 1412 Controls 1412.1 Temperature Controls: Each system shall be provided with at least one temperature control device. Each zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding to temperature within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall be considered as a separate zone. 1412.2 Deadband Controls: When used to control both comfort heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. Exceptions: 1. Special occupancy, special usage, or code requirements where deadband controls are not appropriate. 2. Buildings complying with Section 1141.4, if in the proposed building energy analysis, heating and cooling thermostat setpoints are set to the same temperature between 70 degrees F and 75 degrees F inclusive, and assumed to be constant throughout the year. 3. Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. 1412.3 Humidity Controls: If a system is equipped with a means for adding moisture, a humidistat shall be provided. 1412.4 Setback and Shut -Off: HVAC systems shall be equipped with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of energy use through control setback or equipment shutdown during periods of non -use or altemate use of the spaces served by the system. The automatic controls shall have a minimum seven -day clock and be capable of being set for seven different day types per week. It must retain programming and time for a power loss of 10 hours and include an accessible manual override of up to 2 hours. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation at the same temperature setpoint. 2. Equipment with full load demands of 2 kW (6,826 Btu /h) or less may be controlled by readily accessible manual off-hour controls. 3. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. 4. Systems controlled solely by a manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. 1412.4.1 Dampers: Outside air intakes, exhaust outlets and relief outlets serving conditioned spaces shall be equipped with dampers which close automatically when the system is off or upon power failure. Stair shaft and elevator shaft smoke relief openings shall be equipped with normally open (fails to open upon loss of power) dampers. These dampers shall remain closed until activated by the fire alarm system or other approved smoke detection system. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation. 2. Combustion air intakes. 3. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in buildings less than 3 stories in height. 4. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in exhaust and relief outlets in the first story and levels below the first story of buildings three or more stories in height. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply 1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High - Occupancy Areas: Demand control ventilation (DCV) is required for spaces that are larger than 500 ft2, have a design occupancy for ventilation of greater than 40 people for 1000 ft2 of floor area, and are served by systems with one or more of the following: a. An air -side economizer, b. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper, or c. A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000 cfm. Exceptions: 1.Systems with energy recovery complying with Section 1436. 2. Multiple -zone systems without direct - digital control of individual zones communicating with a central control panel. 3. Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than 1200 cfm. 4. Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement Is less than 1200 cfm. 1413 Air Economizers 1413.1 Operation: Air economizers shall be of automatically modulating outside and retum air dampers to provide 100 percent of the design supply air as outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling. Water economizers shall be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the conneted terminal equipment lacking airside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 45 ° F dry- bulb /40 ° F wet -bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and intemal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. Exception: Water economizers using air - cooled heat rejection equipment may use a 35 ° F dry-bulb outside air temperature for this calculation. This exception is limited to a maximum of 20 tons per building. 1413.2 Documentation: Water economizer plans submitted for approval shall include the following information: 1. Maximum outside air conditions for which economizer is sized to provide full cooling. 2. Design cooling load to be provided by economizer at this outside air condition. 3. Heat rejection and terminal equipment performance data including model number, flow rate, capacity, entering and leaving temperature in full economizer cooling mode. 1413.3 Integrated Operation: Air economizers shall be capable of providing partial cooling even when additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the cooling load. Exceptions: 1. Individual, direct expansion units that have a rated capacity less than 65,000 Btu /h and use nonintegrated economizer controls that preclude simultaneous operation of the economizer and mechanical cooling. 2. Water - cooled water chillers with waterside economizer. 1413.4 Humidification: If an air economizer is required on a cooling system for which humidification equipment is to be provided to maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative media or fog atomization type). Exceptions: 1. Health care facilities where WAC 246- 320 -525 allows only steam injection humidifiers in ductwork downstream of final filters. 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Btu /h shall have modulating or staged combustion control. 2. Systems with water economizer 3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. 4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers. 1414 Ducting Systems 1414.1 Sealing: Duct work which is designed to operate at pressures above 1/2 inch water column static pressure shall be sealed in accordance with Standard RS -18. Extent of sealing required is as follows: 1. Static pressure: 1/2 inch to 2 inches; seal transverse joints. 2. Static pressure: 2 inches to 3 inches; seal all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. 3. Static pressure: above 3 inches; seal all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. Duct tape and other pressure sensitive tape shall not be used as the primary sealant where ducts are designed to operate at static pressures of 1 inch W.C. or greater. 1414.2 Insulation: Ducts and plenums that are constructed and function as part of the building envelope, by separating interior space from exterior space, shall meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 13. These requirements include insulation installation, moisture control, air leakage, and building envelope insulation levels. Unheated equipment rooms with combustion air louvers must be isolated from the conditioned space by insulating interior surfaces to a minimum of R -11 and any exterior envelope surfaces per Chapter 13. Outside air ducts serving individual supply air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total supply air capacity shall be insulated to a minimum of R -7 and are not considered building envelope. Other outside air duct runs are considered building envelope until they, 1. connect to the heating or cooling equipment, or 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -off damper complying OOW 111 VIP 11101 DNIy allu IOVOID IJ IUO Olp 11101 Divay VI UUIIUII three or more stories in he 1 J6 Washington State Nonresidential Eher§9net9t1 01543112t$recRi Ptilequipment, or 142.412 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -off damper complying air capacities exceeding 10,000 cfm shall have optimum start controls. Optimum with Section 1412.4.1. start controls shall be designed to automatically adjust the start time of an HVAC Once outside air ducts meet the above listed requirements, any runs within system each day to bring the space to desired occupied temperature levels conditioned space shall comply with Table 14 -5 requirements. immediately before scheduled occupancy. The control algorithm shall, as a Other ducts and plenums shall be thermally insulated per Table 14 -5. minimum, be a function of the difference between space temperature and occupied Exceptions: setpoint and the amount of time prior to scheduled occupancy. 1 • Within the HVAC equipment. 1412.5 Heat Pump Controls: Unitary air cooled heat pumps shall include microprocessor controls that minimize supplemental heat usage during start-up, set- 2. Exhaust air ducts not subject to condensation. up, and defrost conditions. These controls shall anticipate need for heat and use 3. Exposed ductwork within a zone that serves that zone. compression heating as the first stage of heat. Controls shall indicate when 1415 Piping Systems Supplemental heating is being used through visual means (e.g., LED indicators). 1415.1 Insulation: Piping shall be thermally insulated in accordance with Table 14 -6. 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment Exception: Piping installed within unitary HVAC equipment. with a capacity over 225,000 Btu /h shall have modulating or staged combustion Water pipes outside the conditioned space shall be insulated in accordance with control. 000 Washington State Plumbing Code (WAC 51 -26) EXCEPTIONS: 1. Boilers. 2. Radiant heaters. 1416 Completion Requirements (Refer to NREC Section 1416 and the Building 1412.7 Balancing: Each air supply outlet or air or water terminal device shall have Commissioning Guidelines, published by the Building Commissioning Association, a means for balancing, including but not limited to, dampers, temperature and for complete text and guidelines for building completion and commissioning pressure test connections and balancing valves. requirements.) Project Info . . Project Address DELIA'S - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER Date 11/27/2007 633 SOUTHCENTER, SPACE 2100 For Building Department Use FILE COPY t ■ ■�,v No. SEATTLE, WA 98188 Applicant Name: SHRENSHOCR ENGINEERING, INc. ApplicantAddress: 6130 S. SUNBURY RD Perm) Applicant Phone: WESTERVILLE, OH 43081 r 101 Project Description Plans l � i / Crr 3 anC requirements. . - J ❑ New Building Addition E l Alteration Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controjs and commissioning Compliance Option a Prescriptive 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft Area in ft Allowed x Area 100 SALES AREA 3.00 2667.0 8001.0 101 STORAGE AREA 0.50 750.0 375.0 102 RESTROOM 0.80 177.0 141.6 " From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG-LPA Total Allowed Watts 8517.6 Location (floor /room no.) Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed . .� Fixture 1 -� F EWED FOR 100 PD -1 ' " 1 E 2 360.0 720.0 100 R -1 APPROVED 13 50.0 650.0 100 R -2 21 46.0 966.0 100 J S -2 AN 1 8 %(f (1 j r 6 28.0 168.0 loo s -1 0 1 27 20.0 540.0 100 5-4 Of Tukwjla �V! 11 30.0 330.0 100 T -1 (TRACK PER FOOT) R ���t "il "E r l �� IO 91 12 50.0 36.0 4550.0 432.0 101 CL -2 102 CL -1 2 68.0 136.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 8492.0 Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Proposed Lighting Wattage Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, Tamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the Tamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and t excepion Haber, and leav= s/Fixture blank. _ ���• - � �.�.•�. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA Revised July 2007 DEC 1 82007 PEHMIT CLNTER pool- 46(0 cm Use' LPA` (W /sf) Use' LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations" 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants /bars 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retail n", retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia ", assembly spaces" 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group 1 -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel /motel 1.0 Warehouses ", storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet/conference /exhibition hall' 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries' 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers 0 Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fi xtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT Revised July 2007 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W /ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w /ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling - mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. Lighting, Motor, and Transformer 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK Revised July 2007 Project Address DELIA'S - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 'Date 11/27/2007 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch n.a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations n. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans n.a. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans n.a. 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location n.a. (a) timer w /backup Indicate location n.a. (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location yes 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations n.a. 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans n.a. 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) yes I 1514 (Max. watts 'Indicate watts for each exit sign I I LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture n.a. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) n.a. I 1511 IEiec motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) yes I 1540 (Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency I I 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Lighting - General Requirements 1513 Lighting Controls: Lighting, including exempt lighting in Section 1512, shall comply with this section. Where occupancy sensors are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.1. Where automatic time switches are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.2. 1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling- height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of tuming off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry/exit, to personnel occupying or using the space. EXCEPTIONS: The following lighting controls may be centralized in remote locations: 1. Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a whole. 2. Automatic controls. 3. Controls requiring trained operators. ' 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 1513.2 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not exceed that which is provided by a 20 ampere circuit loaded to not more than 80 %. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production. 2. Areas less than 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft 1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: All daylighted zones, as defined in Chapter 2, both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual controls, or daylight- or occupant- sensing automatic controls, which control the lights independent of general area lighting. Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent cardinal orientations (i.e. north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under overhead glazing more than 15 feet from the perimeter shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing. EXCEPTION: Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing 2 or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting. 1513.4 Display, Exhibition and Specialty Lighting Controls: All display, exhibition or specialty lighting shall be controlled Independently of general area lighting. 1513.5 Automatic Shut -off Controls, Exterior: Lighting for all exterior applications shall have automatic controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or when the lighting is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by either: a. A combination of a photosensor and a time switch; or b. An astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours. EXCEPTION: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation. 1513.6 Automatic Shut -Off Controls, Interior: Buildings greater than 5,000 ft and all school classrooms shall be equipped with separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during unoccupied hours. Within these buildings, all office areas less than 300 ft enclosed by walls or ceiling - height partitions, and all meeting and conference rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that comply with Section 1513.6.1. For other spaces, automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch or other device capable of automatically shutting off lighting. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Areas that must be continuously illuminated (e.g., 24 -hour convenience stores), or illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. 2. Emergency lighting systems. 3. Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. 4. Hospitals and laboratory spaces. 5. Areas in which medical or dental tasks are performed are exempt from the occupancy sensor requirement. 1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights in an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. Light fixtures controlled by occupancy sensors shall have a wall- mounted, manual switch capable of turning off lights when the space is occupied. EXCEPTION: Occupancy sensors in stairwells are allowed to have two step lighting (high -light and low - light) provided the control fails in the high -light position. 1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week and incorporate an automatic holiday "shut -off' feature, which turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a. Is readily accessible; b. is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an over -ride is initiated; and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft or 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft whichever is greater. 1513.7 Commissioning Requirements: For lighting controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shut -off controls, occupancy sensors, or automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph. 1514 Exit Signs: Exit signs shall have an input power demand of 5 Watts or less per sign. Motors - General Requirements 1511 Electric Motors: All permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more, which are not part of an HVAC system, shall comply with Section 1437. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment. 2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. Transformers - General Requirements SECTION 1540 — TRANSFORMERS The minimum efficiency of a low voltage dry-type distribution transformer shall be the Class I Efficiency Levels for distribution transformers specified in Table 4 -2 of the "Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers" published by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA TP -1- 2002). [Date] t -2 - 2 bO Tukwila Building. Division/Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Bl, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tenant Acknowledgment Letter Tenant improvement permit for [tenant name], Tukwila Permit No. DCJS 1 y b 1p is issued subject to the following condition: . Final inspection approval of this permit and approval of occupancy (i.e. Open for Business) for the herein named tenant space will not be issued until the "shell" Building Permit No. D06 -147 has received final inspection approval from the Building Division. This condition is hereby acknowledged by: Title': �� �►r�i ►►' / +� " .��.'! Tenant N 1 Note that the letter is to be signed by the responsible officer of the tenant (ie business manager, business president, vice president, CEO etc). The contractor, contact person for the project nor the architect will not be acceptable. December 20, 2007 Tim Schenk, Elder -Jones 1120E 80 Suite 211 Bloomington MN 55420 City of Tukwila RE: Letter of Incomplete Application # 1 Development Permit Application D07 -466 Delias — 2606 Southcenter Mall Dear Mr. Schenk, Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on December 18, 2007 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the following items from the following department need to be addressed: Public Works Department: Joanna Spencer at 206 431 -2440 if you have any questions concerning the following comment. 1. Submit Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification; the form has been enclosed. Please address the comment above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted throuRh the mail or by a messenj'er service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician Enclosures File: D07 -466 R40- P:\Permit Center\Incomplete Letters\2007\D07 -466 Incomplete Ltr #I.DOC wer 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 April, 2008 Tukwila Building Division/Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Bl, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Nive Tenant improvement permit for dELIA;s, 2606 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila Permit No. D07 -466 is issued subject to the following condition: Final inspection approval of this permit and approval of occupancy for the herein named tenant space will not be issued until the "shell" Building Permit No. D06 -147 has received final inspection approval from the Building Di ision. / RP ;ie:, I 'r O'LS(GIN 4 CliWSO}RP T nantName: efiajA t•Abs3L, This condition is hereby acknowledged by: Acknowledgement to be signed by the responsible officer of the tenant DEPARTMENTS: ,1► BuiI • i • 1b Division Public Works v Complete TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PLAN ��� %ROUT SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -466 DATE: 01 -10 -08 PROJECT NAME: DELIAS SITE ADDRESS: 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Incomplete Letter #_ Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued Fire Prevention Structural DE TERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Structural Review Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Planning Division n Permit Coordinator n DUE DATE: 01-15-08 Not Applicable ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 02 -12 -08 Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: DEPARTMENTS: Building Division 1% Public W G�{y f1.�M�t GDI DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Notation: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 REVIEWER'S INITIALS: � L lfi�°7 " [ ' Fire reventlon , Structural Incomplete PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -466 PROJECT NAME: DEL[AS SITE ADDRESS: 2606 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # DATE: 12 -18 -07 Response to Incomplete Letter # After Permit Issued I� atSning Division Ex ❑ Permit Coordinator n DUE DATE: 12-20-07 Not Applicable n Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: I? 7 LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW45 Staff Initials: IAA TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route n Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Approved with Conditions No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 01-17 -08 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Date: j Z.Z.S. °1 Sheet Number(s): N A- City of Tukwila Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. ® Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Delias Project Address: 2606 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: Tim Schenk Phone Number: 1.300•S$I g Z� Summary of Revision: sciamir Mr( -Y Iochr - SE$4 TrL Vs6' Gettrt "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revis'on Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on \ - 1.0 O K \applications\forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Plan Check/Permit Number: D07 -466 Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director titCEIVED enY OF TUKWILA 1 JAN 10 2008 H01 t. TER Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 1 Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 2,- ,L T Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 l 3 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 1,/ 1'1.- Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification Property Street Address . 11€ 4-/i (. M C r S 136 city ) state ZIP Owner's Phone Number (with Area Code) ` -S ActGeET , C - IS% 5 311 A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Total Fixture Units 20 Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units 20 Signature of Owner /Representative 1 • To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. • This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type SPACff 2606 SU!t - I.C• raft.. f1'l Z too. Wes r Gon.Pai rro,4 Owner's Name Subdivision Name Lot # Subdiv. # Block # t Building Name .,7CNinA C n (if applicable) ( in ) 478 - 4456 . Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) Owner's Mailing Address t. IVO1 1fIt LS T&l(te' 61/4.JO 12 FLouc` RCE For King County Use Only Account # Monthly Rate 6 Month Rate Property Tax ID # Party to be Billed (if different from owner) City or Sewer District Tu Date of Connection , Side Sewer Permit # DO 1 " J t �v Demolition of pre- existing building? 0 Yes 0 No Type of building demolished Sewer disconnect date B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: it_GIA Mae. INCOMPLETE Estimated Wastewater Discharge: T R # Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A B RCE Date f "(Z %tin King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks RCE RECEIVE JAN 10 2008 PERMIT CENT & - Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. The charge is collected semi- annually. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206 - 684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of corrected data for �glytermination of a revised capacity charge. Print Name of Owner /Representative 1"1 (`v` Sc..“ 1058 (Pev. 11/05) White - King County Yellow - Local Sewer Agency Pink - Sewer Customer •�•nw License Information License PINNACI941K3 Licensee Name PINNACLE CONSTRUCTION INC Licensee Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR UBI 601744941 Ind. Ins. Account Id #1 Business Type CORPORATION Address 1 P.O. BOX 426 Address 2 22060 221ST STREET City GLENWOOD County OUT OF STATE State IA Zip 51534 Phone 7125279745 Status ACTIVE Specialty 1 GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Effective Date 5/31/2006 Expiration Date 5/31/2008 Suspend Date Separation Date Parent Company PINNACLE CONSTRUCTION INC. Previous License PINNACI044PN Next License Associated License Bond Information Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date #1 MERCHANTS BONDING CO (MUTUAL) WA 16600 05/26/2006 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 05/31/2006 Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date ESTERLING, VONNIE R PRESIDENT 05/31/2006 Look Up a Contractor, Electri""an or Plumber License Detail Page 1 of 2 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip /printer.aspx ?License= PINNACI941K3 05/05/2008 ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING FR FRAME/ FITTING PLUMB PLUMBING TILE. ROOM PLYWD PLYWOOD A/C AIR CONDITIONING F.R.P. FIBERGLASS PR PAIR ADA AMERICANS WITH REINFORCED PROD PROJECT DISABILITIES ACT PLASTIC P.S.I. POUNDS PER SQUARE A.F.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR F.R.T. FIRE RETARDANT INCH AIA AMERICAN INSTITUTE TREATED Q.T. QUARRY TILE OF ARCHITECTS FT, e) FEET /FOOT RAD RADIUS ALUM ALUMINUM GA GAUGE R.G.P. REFLECTED CEILING, ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL C.C. GENERAL PLAN STANDARDS CONTRACTOR R.D. ROOF DRAIN INSTITUTE GYP.BD. GYPSUM BOARD REF REFERENCE ASHRAE AMERICAN SOCIETY H 1 -11G1H REM: REQUIRED OF HEATING, H.B. 14051= BIBS REV REVISION(S), REFRIGERATION * 14C HANDICAP REVISED AIR CONDITIONING • 1DWR HARDWARE RM ROOM ENGINEERS HGT 1- {1=IGIT R.D. ROUGH OPENING ASSOC ASSOCIATION 1-I.M. HOLLOW METAL R.T.U. ROOF TOP UNIT ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY HORIZ 1ORIZONTAL S SOUTH FOR TESTING $ HR HOUR SAI SHREMSHOCK MATERIALS 1-1R0 HORIZONTAL ROUGH ARCHITECTS, INC. ATTN ATTENTION OPENING SAN SANITARY S- BASE I-1VAC 1- 1EATING, S.C. SOLID CORE BLDG BUILDING VENTILATING, AIR SCI-4 SCHEDULE BLK(G) BLOCKING) CONDITIONING BHT SHEET BM BEAM IN,(") INCH-1 SIM SIMILAR BMPR. BUMPER INC. INCORPORATED SPEC SPECIFICATIONS) B.O. BOTTOM OF INSUL INSULATION, SQ SQUARE 5.0.C.A. BUILDING OFFICIALS INSULATED 5.5. STAINLESS STEEL CODE INT INTERIOR STD STANDARD ADMINISTRATORS L LONG STL STEEL BW BACKWRAP LAM LAMINATE T.B.D. TO BE DETERMINED CAB CABINET LAV LAVATORY TEL TELEPHONE CARG CARRIAGE LB. POUND THK THICK CENT CENTER LL LANDLORD T.O. TOP OF CFO CERTIFICATE OF LN LINEAR TS TUBE STEEL OCCUPANCY MAT'L MATERIAL TYP TYPICAL C.G. CORNER GUARD MAX MAXIMUM U.B.G. UNIFORM BUILDING CLG CEILING MDF MEDIUM DENSITY D>= G.L., (¢.) CENTER LINE FIBERBOARD UL UNDERWRITERS GLR CLEAR 11E04 MECHANICAL LABORATORY G.M.U. CONCRETE MASONRY M.E.P. M ECHANICAL, U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED UNIT ELECTRICAL, OTHERWISE CONC CONCRETE PLUMBING VAV VARIABLE AIR CONST CONSTRUCTION MEZZ. MEZZANINE VOLUME CONT CONTINUOUS OR MANUF. MANUFACTURER VCT VINYL COMPOSITE CONTINUE MIL MILLIMETER TILE CONTR CONTRACTOR MIN MINIMUM VERT VERTICAL CT CERAMIC TILE MIR MIRROR V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD CW CASH WRAP M.S. METAL STUD W WIDE D DEEP MTD MOUNTED W/ WITH DEPT DEPARTMENT MTL METAL W/O WITHOUT D.F. DRINKING FOUNTAIN (N) NEW WG- WAINSCOT DIA, (0) DIAMETER N NORTH WD WOOD DR DOOR /DRIVE N.E.C. NATIONAL ELECTRIC WT WEIGHT DTI- DETAIL CODE DWG DRAWING(S) NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRIC DRW DRAWER MANUF. ASSOC. EA EACH NFPA NATIONAL FIRE ELEV ELEVATION PROTECTION ELEC ELEGTRIC(AL) ASSOCIATION ENG ENGINEER N.I.G. NOT IN CONTRACT EQ EQUAL NO, (#) NUMBER ETC ETCETERA N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE EXT EXTERIOR O.C. ON CENTER EXT'G, (E) EXISTING OF] OWNER FURNISHED E.J. EXPANSION JOINT ITEM FC FLOOR COVERI OH OHIO F.D. FIELD DETERMINE OPP OPPOSITE F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER OSM OWNER SUPPLIED F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER MATERIALS CABINET ()WSJ OPEN WEB STEEL FIN FINI5IH(ED) JOISTS FL FLOOR(ING) OZ OUNCES FLUOR FLUORESCENT P- PAINT ' • OWNER TENANT COORDINATOR dELIA's 780 BROOKSEDGE PLAZA DR. WESTERVILLE, 01.1 43081 ATTN: GREG DODSON TEL: 256-73°1-37°M FAX:256 -739 -3799 CELL: 646 -620 -8177 ARCHITECT WESTFIELD CORPORATION 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD. 12T1-4 FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CA 10025 ATTN: JOSH KIMMEL TEL: 310 -893 -4761 FAX: 310 - 893 -5591 SHRI=MSIHOCK ARCHITECTS, INC. 6130 S. SUNBURY ROAD WESTERVILLE, 01-1 43081 ATTN: JASON SCHWADERER TEL: 614 - 545 -4550 FAX: 614 -545 -4555 MEP ENGINNER SHREMSHOCK ENGINEERING, INC. 6130 S. SUNBURY ROAD WESTERVILLE, 01-1 43081 ATTN: REECE PRATHER. TEL: 614 -545 -4550 FAX: 614- 545 -4555 PROJECT DIRECTORY SCOPE OF WORK: THIS PROJECT 15 THE TENANT BUILD OUT OF AN OCCUPANT LOAD: EXISTING SPACE IN AN INTERIOR CENTER SALES AREA: 29021 STOCK AREA: 938i APPLICABLE CODES: TOTAL BUILDING CODE: 2006 IBC EGRESS: D PLUMBING CODE: 2006 WSPC- UPC 4\1/AMEND ELECTRICAL CODE: 2006 NEC EXITS REQUIRED: 2 MECHANICAL CODE: 2006 IMC EMTS PROVIDED: 2 ENERGY CODE: 2006 WS1~C ACCESSIBILITY: ACC /ANSI A117.1 -2003 PLUMING FIXTURES: MALE FEMALE UNISEX ql� B UILDING DESCRIPTION: LAVATORIES: 1 I 0 WATER CLOSETS: 1 I 0 USE GROUP: 11 URINALS: 0 0 CONSTRUCTION TYPE: M DRINKING FOUNTAINS: HI /1-0 FIRE RATINGS: PUBLIC ACCESS: Y II IM 3 • DEMISING WALLS: 1 HR. SERVICE SINK: Y SALES /NON -SALES WALL: 0 HR. S OR tt334 CEILING: 0 HR. COLUMNS: 0 HR. EXIT CORRIDOR: 0 HR. EXTERIOR SIGNAL£ AND SPRINKLER PLAN TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER *r ictc ...C3 04 CO W ,-c° U °o z a) , 00 W = U W Q 0 F- Q ZI CO W AREA CALCULATIONS: ENTIRE SALES /NON -SALES AREA OF THE STORE IS TO RECEIVE AN AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS PER APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION PLANS TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER GROSS AREA: 3840 SQ. FT. SALES AREA: 2802 SQ. FT. STOCK AREA: 938 SQ. FT. F-6" 34' ABBREVIATIONS R CODE INFORMATION C I. THIS PROJECT WILL COMPLY WITH ALL AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT REGULATIONS AND ALL LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY AND ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. 2. THRESHOLDS SHA LL BE NO HIGHER THAN 1/2" ABOVE THE TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR, EDGE TO BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE' NO GREATER THAN 1 IN 2. 3. ALONG ACCESSIBLE PAT H OF TRAVEL AND AT EMERGENCY EGRESS CONDITIONS ODOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE, MOUNTED 30" TO 44" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AND OPABLE WITH A MAXIMUM EFFOT OF 5 LS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, 8.3 L5 FOR EXTEIOR DOORS 4. PROVIDE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE AT 60" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ON STRIKE SIDE WALL AT ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM DOOR(S). SYMBOL SHAPE AND CONTRASTING COLORS SHALL CONFORM WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS, r 5. PROVIDE 15" CLEAR SPACE ON STRIKE /PULL SIDE OF DOORS 12" CLEAR SPACE ON STRIKE/PUSH SIDE OF DOORS. 6. ACCESSIBLE DOORS MUST B1; A MINIMUM 3' -0" WIDE X 6' -8" HIGH. 7. HOT WATER PIPES AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED AND HAVE CLEARANCES TO CONFORM WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY AND ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. 8. CASH WRAP SHALL CONFORM TO ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY AND ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. SEE DETAIL SHEET 4.11.4 FOR CLEAR DIMENSIONS AND COUNTER HEIGHTS. q. G.C. TO PROVIDE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2 -A OR 2- A/IOBC WITHIN 75 OF TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE SPACE DURING CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR. 10. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, TOOL OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. y s � r = $: �� zi ' :I ' i �� \N C - ik 0 � ® �� r , , c I 71,‘,' • 1"` P 1-y � 1� 'y1l 'PAC,' i ro�5�' � - = y MALL PUBLIC \2I RESTRDOMS .445 FT. TRAVEL G1.1 TITLE SHEET G1.2 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE G1.3 NOTES, SCHEDULES, AND PARTITION LEGEND AD.1 LEASE FLAN Al.l BARRICADE PLAN AND DETAILS A2.1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN FILE COPY .RFLECTED CEILING PLAN A4.1 OPEN Ponta P: a akz ' : I i �� ��r " • k�« ` � ELEVATION( REFERENCE `�1�1� SECTION REFERENCE p ....','. `i. I r rj? 11 J ..I• ...:.. _. �. . .. „ - & €r S • A5.1 FINISH PLAN A6.1 OPEN Planrea 1 iss octlb�1 off. A7.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ���� A8 , 1 STOREFRONT PLAN ELEVAT A8.2 DISPLAY PLATFORM DETAILS violation A8.3 STOREFRONT DETAILS of Fwd :-=,,;. and A8.5 STOREFRONT STOREFRONT SECTIONS STOREFRONT Sl~CTI ON5 By • _� w ��!.� mom. . ` .. •rn t I ,."�:. _ � , j " °•- , - u:r +R" ''pi• -1! _ . ; . , SECTION X - , - � �-. s ,_. w DETAIL REFERENCE logo... XX.X ` } „ �x t �• h W LLI = W p m 03 W U w = U O m Z ❑ - - ^ ... ,, � ,: � �, : .:_gi;. � � ._ .. •_ • e{ � r ?g' a.. $t� -••- ••-� _...�._ ' I1ti x r _ A STOREFRONT PLAN $ ELEVATION � Ae.7 STOREFRONT PLAN ELEVATION D ) ENLARGED AREA REFERENCE 1 REVISION 5YM)3OL A10.1 FITTING ROOM DETAILS A10.2 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS A10.3 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS All.l DISPLAY CABINET DETAILS A11.2 MIRRORED CABINET DETAILS All.3 PERIMETER WALL FIXTURE DETAILS All.4 CASHWRAP DETAILS A11.5 BACKWRAP DETAILS Al2 TOILET ROOM DETAILS Al2.2 NON-SALES DETAILS A OPEN EIS MIC DETAILS AS.I SPECIFICATIONS A5.2 SPECIFICATIONS A5.3 SPECIFICATIONS .0 LIGHTING PLAN El.1 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE; POWER SHEET E2.0 POWER PLAN E3.0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS )~3.1 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS :I: RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE C ity of Tu kwila �/ BUILDING DIVISION t 4 i� e�� J - , e J� _ p P® of work without prior approval T �. lcwila it di Division. Revisions w ill 1 require a new plan submittal ld2Si additional 17� GENERAL NOTES a n u p u NORTH DOOR IDENTIFIER - °- I � r E ' � • t ` ` ® t ~' dELiA'S SPACE #2100 LEVEL2OF2 :.m3 - y w ' 1iGl ;i � A A I ° m a A GENERAL INFORMATION P W INDOW ID);NTIFI>;R WE-# OR W I -# MALL KEY PLAN F (E-EXT., 1= INT.) ELEVATION X' - X" A.F.F 1. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS TO GET APPROVAL AND CORING REQUIREMENTS ON UPPER LEVEL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 2. TENANT SHALL PROPERLY SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS TO COMPLY WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS. THE FIRE RATED FLOOR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE MAINTAINED. ALL PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES PENETRATING FLOOR SHALL BE FIRE RATED. 3. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE FORWARD SELLING AREA ARE TO BE FULLY RECESSED AND CONCEALED. • s s ; F = >wa # � ..�x•... $ •,�,,� ` yy�nyy - j { k i � nt k h' h $�PERMIT AAN �►T CI FICATIONS • # .1. a tw REFERENCE sr COLUMN CENTER LINE A I L S RICETAE E � E E3. S . o 0 EL E LlnC 4 C AECTSHTRICWRAAL AL P DESDPEl -AI E5.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS M1 MECHANICAL PLAN M2.0 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS M3.0 PLUMBING SCHEDULES AND DETAILS M4.0 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M4.1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS �E P RE AR: RMIT ��/ L� Mechanical electrical [ Plumbin Gas Piping City of Tukwila LBi ILDIF G DIVISION �r APPROVAL r z fir € :: sv rin I el ' s � REQUIRED • ,��� �• � o � h 5 s { r T ' r te ` ^`' •' :��� ✓ ;v ��F \' � � �". : C ''N` ,� fi { � '+ +...• t` t >.i+T�fK it ' • � � *i � . -f f f fi: �f >i ' " 5 �', f> ¢ ? , 4 f • ,: t ^ �' � o`,' >z w $}� t se4 153 r �q1� �t,,�4 y{�.p� CvCL4C� ] h ' . { f /.,•i.• �' km Hei A3.as 'y- 4 {\ w $ , � F, f x �•,��� � .� , � t z _ I CODED NOTE ( # ) EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER #f pQ�� R EE [f •- GE' i ��5. SHREMSHOCK STATE OF VIlASH!NGT0�1 CEILING HEIGHT /FINISH SYMBOL 1 # 1 P-X FINI SYMBOL 1 # I REVISIONS ROOM NUMBER /NAME 1 101 1 ROOM WALL TYPE f `> � < > $ '., < WES TFIELD { $ . , ' .4 SOUTHCENTER 4 � y} t f § SEATTLE, WA .....................................„.....,..„,„.. ,, ? Y vy 1' RECE=IVE=D l � �1 ' 1 f iii\valLA ( DEC 1 8 ?O@7 Phh vii I L' N ER I 4 (k'(/' ,..,..,,, ••''d NORTH { } f \,u w`' � F ° { f ' � ' f ) a te/ � rk . ' '• '� \\ '.A � k / { / '� } '4,•.h• •••-: A 'ii '' ': F9 } ^'i'£ :..le a t {; <h'• }•''• t , o ` fa '� f h { a � `c i yy � ?J f ,t, . /k f ,x : f 4 °'''''s ., .; H ' ')h^ KM:::24: : :.e 'i iA9I .lR•SCEi> »»»»>,. .t �. .: .. : 4 }:'.:.. loll 5 THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILJTYOR LIASIL ' FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLYAUTHORl BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SELL. THIS BLULOING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETINGTHESTATEDDESIGNCR1TEFtlA SAI # DRAWING NUMBER: .1 LANDLORD COMMENTS N SYMBOLS J LOCATION MAP E DRAWING INDEX A L = LANDLORD G = GENERAL CONTRACTOR D = dELIA *s E = EXISTING SUPPLIED 1 INSTALLED 1 KEYNOTES 1 NOTES: L ^ LANDLORD G = GENERAL CONTRACTOR D = dELiA *s E EXISTING SUPPLIED 1 INSTALLED 1 KEYNOTES 1 NOTES: ALL ITEMS NOT FOUND IN THIS MATRIX ARE TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL BLOCKING AND ATTACHMENTS AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS ALL BLOCKING TO BE FIRE RETARDANT G.C. REQUIRED TO NOTIFY OWNER W/ IN 24 HOURS IF DAMAGED PARTS ARE RECEIVED OR IF PARTS ARE MISSING G.C. TO REFER TO OSM FOR CONTACT NAME AND PHONE NUMBER ALL ITEMS NOT FOUND IN THIS MATRIX ARE TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL_ CONTRACTOR G.G. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL BLOCKING AND ATTACI- IMl~NTS AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL OWNER SUPPLIED ALL BLOCKING TO BE FIRE RETARDANT G.C. REQUIRED TO NOTIFY OWNER WITHIN 24 HOURS IF DAMAGED PARTS ARE RECEIVED OR IF PARTS ARE MISSING G.C. TO REFER TO OSM FOR CONTACT NAME AND PHONE NUMBER ITEM PROPRIETARY VENDOR / COMMENTS ITEM PROPRIETARY VENDOR / COMMENTS TOILET ROOM(S) BARRICADE / GRAPHICS - NM!= - - - BARRICADE CONSTRUCTION G G ■ PER TENANT CRITERIA, COORDINATE WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER _ -_ _ — . TILE FLOORING * BASE G G . REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE BARRICADE GRAPHICS D G 2 DELIA'S ' WATERPROOF MEMBRANE G G . REFER TO SHEET A2.1 INFORMATIONAL GRAPHICS L •■ WAINSCOTING (F.R.P.) G G . MARLITJE ... FIXTURES (TOILET $ SINK) D G 2 REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS STOREFRONT/ENTRANCE FIXTURES (MOP SINK) D G © REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS STOREFRONT SYSTEM D G 2 OLDCASTLE GLASS . 130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 lone: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 nail: info@shremshock.com ACCESSORIES ©©. MIRROR, TOILET PAPER HOLDER, PAPER TOWEL HOLDER AND COAT HOOK STOREFRONT DOORS AND TRANSOM D G 2 OLDCASTLE GLASS 1- IANDICAP SIGNAGE G G . REFER TO SHEET Al2.1 STOREFRONT BRAKE METAL ❑ ©© OLDCASTLE GLASS • ... STOREFRONT F.R.T. PLYWOOD an EGRESS HALLWAY STOREFRONT GLAZING GASKETS GLAZING D © G G 2 GASKETS TO BE WHITE AT INTERIOR MALL LOCATIONS AND BLACK AT EXTERIOR MALL LOCATIONS VCT FLOORING AND BASE G G - REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE WAINSCOTING (F.R.P.) G G . MARL REVEAL (CLEAR ANODIZED METAL) G • NON -SALES -_ - • • - PM = -_ - _ __ _ �- - MELAMINE SHELVING G G . PREFINISHED WITH PREFINISHED EDGE MALL MATCH TILE G G ■ COORDINATE WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER'S DESK / EMPLOYEE BREAK TABLE G G . BRIGHT WHITE TRENCHING FOR SECURITY SYSTEM G G ■ COORDINATE WITH XPONDR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION STANDARDS, BRACKETS AND 14ARDWARE D G 2 LEGGETT AND PLATT SECURITY SYSTEM D D ■ XPONDR VGT FLOORING * BASE PLAN TUBE ©a G G . REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE STOREFRONT SIGNAGE D G ■ 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT ww w . - . - - - ME� Y FRAMED G.C. AND SUBCONTRACTOR LIST G G . REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE GRAPHIC HANGING TRACK SYSTEM D G 2 SPIDER TRACK 25 -0027 - CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH --I CEILING GRID G G - REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE STOREFRONT DISPLAY SCREENS D G 2 CEILING TILE G G . REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE _ - - -- . _ _ MilMMIMMIM - - _ _ DRINKING FOUNTAINS) D G 2 REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS ■■ -- M!'!• - ^ '" " . . - - . -. - SALES AREA GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ;. 1 -- - - - - - - _, _ -- METAL CORNER GUARDS © G . REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS, WALLS, FRAMING 4 INSULATION G G . =ME= FLOOR LEVELING TO ACCEPT OWNERS FINISHES G G 1 rte— • • - - . - - -- ... SALES FLOORING D G 2 ASI FLOORING • e mri I� W () 0 CO � Q Z CT) LIJ 5 U Q X0 r 'al = eR L±1 Q F_ � U) COQ CO W tn Q ( GENERAL SALES FLOORING GROUT G © 3 NAPE! - REFER TO DETAIL 14/A10.3 PERMIT COSTS G G 1 G_ C. TO PICK UP AND PAY FOR BUILDING PERMITS BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK SALES FLOORING GROUT SEALANT ©©© DRY - -TREAT STAIN -PROOF IMPREGNATING SEALER DEMOLITION G G 1 G.C. TO COORDINATE / PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THIS LOCATION. SEE 51 -IEET AD.I FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SALES AREA WALL BASE D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. I/2" x 4 1/2" SCR IBABLE MATERIAL, PRIMED STRUCTURE / DECK PREPARATION WORK G G DEMISING WALLS G G 1 G.G. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL 5/8" TYPE I X' GYP. BD. ON TENANT SIDE OF DEMISING NALL (IF NOT EXISTING) LIGHT FIXTURE / LAMPS 1 CHANDELIERS D G 2 LOEB ELECTRIC CONCRETE SLAB E E 1 MUSIC SYSTEM D D 4 PLAYNETWORK, INC.; VENDOR TO PERFORM FINAL H OOK -UP AND DEVILING SERVICE DOOR AND HARDWARE G G 1 RI=FER TO DOOR SCHEDULE DISPLAY BAYS (PUCK WALLS AND FRAMES) D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT PAINT G G 5 BENJAMIN MOORE MIRROR CABINET (ALL COMPONENTS) D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT ... SALES AREA NALL MIRROR (FRAME ONLY) D n 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT (M -I BY G.C. - REFER TO DETAIL K /A1O.2 GENERAL MECHANICAL -" - - • - - - wmain REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FITTING ROOM ALCOVE SEATING (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION) G G • INCLUDING STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AND BRACING FITTING ROOM ALCOVE SEATING HARDWOOD EDGE D G ■ 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT GENERAL PLUMBING FITTING ROOM ALCOVE SEATING (CORIAN BENCH TOP, BACK AND CAULK) D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT INSTALLED BY CERTIFIED CORIAN INSTALLER REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS DUMP I3AY HARDWARE D ©■ FINISH TO BE POLISHED CHROME eT ant ° r ^ ~� �1 GENERAL ELECTRICAL 4x6 MARKETING FRAME D G 2 i \ -vIE V¥ED a •4-. 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT • I CODE COMPLIANCE W D 0 CO W U W 0 0 2 M m Z REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS BACKWRAP SIGNAGE D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT APPROVED METAL CORNER GUARDS D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT - ATTACH N/ SILICONE 2. + n e. < n i n n^ LIFE SAFETY FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS © G 3 J.L. INDUSTRIES .it ` 1'` FIRE EXTINGUISHERS G G r ..s" , r)g 4.9...,.§ . REFER TO M.E.P. DRAWINGS *.. +a1 i�a au• SALES AREA FIXTURES CASHWRAF 1 BAGKWRAP / ADA TRANSACTION DESK D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT �� �` Cif) GENERAL NOTES DEFINITIONS KEY NOTES DISPLAY PLATFORM (GENERAL) G G I. THIS RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX DELINEATES: • OWNER AND LANDLORD SUPPLIED ITEMS - OWNER AND LANDLORD INSTALLED ITEMS • ITEMS TO BE PURCHASED THROUGH DESIGNATED BY NATIONAL SUPPLIER • EXISTING LANDLORD WORK TO BE VERIFIED BY G.C. 2. SEE M.E.P. DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 3. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OF ANY MATERIALS OR ITEMS SPECIFIED IN THE DOCUMENTS ARE ARE PERMITTED, U.N.O. * APPROVED BY THE OWNER. 1. SUPPLIED - MEANS SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT, FREIGHT ON BOARD TRUCK UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED IN GREATER DETAIL. 2. INSTALLED - DESCRIBES OPERATIONS AT PROJECT. FROM INSPECTION AND UNLOADING TO COMPLETION IN PLACE, READY FOR INTENDED USE. 1. G.G. TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITION IS ACCEPTABLE FOR ALL NEW WORK. 2. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR UNLOADING OWNER SUPPLIED CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. G.C. TO COORDINATE SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY WITH SUPPLIER. STANDARD SHIPPING PROVIDED BY OWNER. G.C. 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY EXPEDITED SHIPPING COSTS- 3. G.C. REQUIRED TO PURCI-IASE FROM SPECIFIED VENDOR AND RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION AND DELIVERY 4. G.G. TO PROVIDE WIRE RUNS AS REQUIRED - COORDINATE WITH SOUND SYSTEM VENDOR AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 5. G.C. TO CONTACT BENJAMIN MOORE 4 CO. NATIONAL ACCOUNTS AT (877) 626 -5676 REGARDING PAINT SUPPLY AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE. W ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS REQUIRED / NEEDED CONTACT DOROTHY HAZINSKI AT (330) 353 -3550 DISPLAY PLATFORM HARDWOOD EDGE D © 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT DISPLAY PLATFORM (ACRYLIC TOP) D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT. G.G. TO PROVIDE 555 WITH ACRYLIC DIMENSIONS AFTER BASE CONSTRUCTION HAS BEEN r COMPLETED FLOOR FIXTURES D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT. G.C. TO ACCEPT DELIVERIES * UNLOAD INTO STORE J sI ..■ CO FITTING ROOM FIXTURES z w 0 � v, W I..L FITTING ROOM BENCHES (GENERAL CONSTRUCTION) G G INCLUDING STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AND BRACING FITTING ROOM BENCH HARDWOOD EDGE D G 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT FITTING ROOM BENCHES (CORIAN BENCH TOP AND CAULK) D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT INSTALLED BY CERTIFIED CORIAN INSTALLER FITTING ROOM HANG BARS D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT FITTING ROOM MIRROR FRAMES D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT FITTING ROOM MIRRORS G G CARPET D G 2 DURKAN COMMERCIAL POINTILLISM - (CARPET ADHESIVE - PER MANUFACTURER'S' RECOMMENDATION) FITTING ROOM DOOR PACKAGE D G 2 555 DESIGN FABRICATION MANAGEMENT 6923 RE , : TECT ,. .ALD S. SHREMSHOCK STATE OF WASHINGTON y D Li ...so L & 6 , r 1-:-. ` i p 7 .' i (.+ ' A111 A ( � 1 8 ) (j GE C 1 V L I. P a`14 i 1 L; L: 1 ••9 1 b fI THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIAOILRY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FORM', BY THEM AND OTHER NED D SPECIFICALLY ALED OR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING 'ME STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. 'SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: .2 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE , A, N m 0 N 0 til 0 0 a_ a 4 4 lai r UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE IMIi 5/8' DEFLECTION GAP 6' SLOTTED TRACK (SLP -TRK OR EQ) FINISH PER SCHEDULE NOTE: FIRE RATING OF WALL ASSEMBLY NS NOT REQUIRED TO EXTEND ABOLE TENANT R491G CWOiU BOARD TO BE FELD LPL 6 CLEAR BELOW UNDERSIDE OF DEM ABM TO ACCENMODAIE TENANT HVAC RETURN AR STSTEL. a a a a PAINTABLE FlRESTOP SEALANT (BOTH SIDES) CEILING BY TENANT (WHERE OCCURS) 6' STEEL STUDS © 16' O.C. 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD TYPE T (BOTH SIDES) W.. W. U465 1 THE FOLLOWING FASTENING REQUIREMENTS ARE TAKEN FROM UL'S SPECIFICATION FOR THE INDICATED ASSEMBLY. REFER TO UL'S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS AND ALLOWABLE OPTIONS: GYPSUM BOARD: S /8' THICK, 4 FT WIDE, ATTACHED TO STEEL STUDS AND FLOOR AND CEILING TRACK WITH 1 IN. LONG, TYPE 5 STEEL SCREWS SPACED 8 IN. OC. ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12 IN. OC IN THE FIELD OF THE BOARD. JOINTS ORIENTED VERTICALLY AND STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE ASSEMBLY. a 4 RAMSET AS REQUIRED 6' CONTINUOUS UNPUNCHED STEEL TRACK FLOOR FINISH CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS PAINTABLE FIRESTOP SEALANT (BOTH SIDES) Nom; ALL GYPSUM BOARD LAYERS SHALL BE SUPPLED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT '\w- Int,(744-47-+.r k n.e 1 HR TENANT DEMISING PARTFON (TYPICAL) r5Z...c.. 113161111 BELCE W� N F=y az n Wd C v c 4 4 PRINTABLE FIRESTOP SEALANT (BOTH SIDES) UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE we DEFLECTION GAP 6" SLOTTED TRACK (SLP -TRK OR Ea) 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD CEIUNG FINISH PER SCHEDULE 5/8° GYPSUM BOARD TYPE ° X' (BOTH SIDES) UL NO. U465 IIE FaLOYDIC FAS EN1Nt RECIARENEN1S ARE TARN FROM Le5 SPECFICA1ION FOR THE INDICATED ASSEITELY REFER TO DL'S OOGIIYENTA110N FOR COUPLET! ASSEMBLY RE ARTGENTS AND 8IwwCIE EPOCHS C1P5L11 eOARO: s/8 11PCIC 4 FT WOE. ATTACHE) TG STEEL SIUOS AND FLODR AND f LHQ IRACN IFRI 1 IN. LOIIC TYPE 5 STEEL SCRENS SPACED 8 k GC ALONG EDGES CF BOARD MR/ 12 11. DG a THE FIELD OF THE BOARD JOINTS °RENTED 1.ER1ICALLY AND STAGGERED ON CFPOS11E SIDES CF THE ASSEMBLY TILE WAINSCOT, THIN --SET (WHERE OCCURS) 6" STEEL STUDS @ 16" O.C. WALL FINISH PER SCHEDULE 6 CONTINUOUS UNPUNCHED STEEL TRACK FLOOR FINISH WHERE OCCURS SEALED CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAVANGS PAINTABLE FIRESTOP SEALANT (BOTH SIDES) RAMSET AS REQUIRED WHERE WALL ABUTTS A TENANT SPACE, GYPSUM BOARD LAYERS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT 1 HOUR PARTITION AT FINISHED CORRIDOR �ww.o.srts� SCALE PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 9:35 AM CODE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION GLASS FLAriE SPREAD RATING LOCATION / NOTES ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND TI--IE ACTUAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER / ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK. REGULATIONS WALL BASE 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE EVIDENCE OF CURRENT WORKER'S COMPENSATION NSURANCE ON FILE IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODE. 2. BEFORE COMMENCING WITH THE WORK, THE G.C. SHALL SNOW EVIDENCE OF ALL THE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH ALL LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND 54-1ALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SAME, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INVESTIGATE LOCAL CODES AND PROCEDURES AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS. 4. SIGN CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN SIGN PERMITS FROM SUILDING DEPARTMENT AS APPLICABLE. AN IDENTIFYING STICKER MAY BE INSTALLED, PROVIDING IT CANNOT BE SEEN BY E 5. THE CONTRACTOR 51 -TALL CONTACT LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE CONSTRUCTION COMME=NCES. . 6. ALL CONDUIT, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST SAFETY RULES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL AUTHORITIES AND AGENCIES 1- IAVING JURISDICTION. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN FOR THE ENTIRE DURATION OF THE WORK ALL EXITS, EXIT LIGHTING, FIRE PROTECTION DEVICES AND ALARMS IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. 8. PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SIGNS CONFORMING TO APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. 9. PROVIDE= ADDITIONAL EXIT SIGNS AND FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN TYPE, NUMBER AND LOCATIONS AS DIRECTED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR. JOB SITE OPERATIONS B -1 WOOD BASE (PRE - PRIMED) 1/2 "X4 1/2" SCRIBABLE - - PAINT (P -2B) 5A1_> =5 FLOOR, PAINT (P -2B) FITTI ROO M, PAINT (P -1B) DISPLAY PLATFORM B -2 VINYL BASE ARMSTRONG INTEGRATED NO. 72 'MOUSE GRAY' 4 "; COLOR IN I - NON -SAES L B -3 CERAMIC TILE COVE BASE AMERICAN OLEAN 6 "x8" #S3689T -- - TOILET ROOMS W/ CERAMIC TILE FLOORS E3ADl= PAINT P- IA PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE DECORATORS WHITE RMI -04 I - 11 - REGAL INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX PEARL WALL PAINT (N31 P -1B PAINT BENJAMIN MOORS DECORATORS WHITE RMI -04 I - II - MOORE'S INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS DTM ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS (M2 F'- 1C PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE DECORATORS WHITE RMI -04 1 - II - REGAL INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX FLAT PAINT (N215) 130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 lone: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 nail: info @shremshock.com P -2A PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE SMOKE EMBERS AC -28 I - II - REGAL INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX PEARL WALL PAINT (N310) P -2B PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE SMOKE EMBERS AC -28 I - II - 1 IOORE'S INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS DTM ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS (M29) 1. DURING ALL PHASES OF WORK DO NOT DISTURB THE DELIVERIE=S AND FUNCTIONS C ADJACENT AND NEIGHBORING TENANTS. 2. EACI- CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE THE SITE IN A NEAT, CLEAN AND ORDERLY COND THE COMPLETION OF THEIR WORK ON A DAILY BASIS. AREA OF WORK TO BE DUSTED, AND MOPPED TO SAME CONDITION AS START OF WORK. ALL WASTE, RUBBISH AND EXCESS MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE PROMPTLY. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL TRASH, INCLUDING TRASH GENERATED FROM OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS AND BY OWNER'S CONTRACTORS FOR THE DURATION PRoJf =CT. 3. ALL EX ISTING WORK NOT IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK SH IN ALL BE MANTA INED IN ITS OF CONDITION, U.N.O. PROTECT WORK FROM DAMAGE RESULTING FROM TH1S WORK. 4. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED IMPROVEMENTS, INCLUDING ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL MATERIALS PRIMER SPECIFICATIONS: REFER TO SI -1EET AS.3 SECTION 09.60.00. PROVIDE PREMIUM GRADE PRIMERS RECOMMENDED BY PAINT MANUFACTURER FOR SUBSTRATES INDICATED AND FOR FINISH SYSTEMS SPECIFIED. FLOORING FC -I PORCELAIN TILE= A51 FLOORING " " " n 24 x24 x5/16 FLCCD224 WI TI-4 1/8 GROUT JOINTS - GROUT PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECS. MAPEI GROUT - COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY, SANDED WITH 1/8" GROUT JOINT. LOW SHEEN SEALANT, APPLY PER MANUF'S SPECS. SEALANT TO BE: DRY -TREAT STAIN -PROOF IMPREGNATING SEALER NOT USED S _ FG 2 PORCELAIN TILE FLAMED FIN ISII ENTRY TILE FG -3 CARPET DURKAN POINTILLISM #5499 HYDRANGEA - - ADHESIVE PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS i. WHEN CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS DELIVERY OF ALL ITEMS NOTED ON PLANS WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR NOT IN CONTRACT, THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR LOSS AN) DAMAGE TO THESE ITEMS. 2. G.C, SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO PROVI DE A TIMELY ARRIVAL OF ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER SUCH ITEMS TO BE UTILIZED ON TI-415 PROJECT (OWNER - PROVIDED OR OTHERWISE). G.C. SHALL NOTIFY OWNER' REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING WITHIN 5 DAYS OF DATE OF APPROVED WORK AUTHORIZATION OF T1 -405E ITEMS THAT MAY NOT BE READILY AVAILABLE. IF NOTIFICATION 15 NOT PR THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, THE CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PROPER ORDERING AND FOLLOW -UP OF SPECIFIED ITEMS AND WILL PURSUE WHATEVER MEANS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 3. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE AVAILABILITY OF ALL SPECIFIED ITEMS 50 AS NOT TO CREATE A HARDSI -41P TO THE OWNER AND NOT DELAY PROGRESS OF THE WORK. NO EXTENSI( SHALL BE PERMITTED. 4. CONTRACTOR 5I -TALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO RECEIVE, INVENTORY, STORE AND SECURE OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS (OFT) SUPPLIED AND DELIVERED TO THE JOBSITE, OR O1 AGREED UPON LOCATION, AND FORWARD THE RECEIVING DOCUMENT(5) TO THE OWNER 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE WITH STORE MANAGER ONE (1) GALLON OF PAINT OF EACH COLOR FOR. FUTURE TOUGH -UP WORK. 6. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OF ANY MATERIALS OR ITEMS SPECIFIED IN THE DOCUMENTS ARE PERMITTED, U.N.O. AND APPROVED BY OWNER. 7. ANY WOOD CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. INTERIOR SHES SHALL NOT EXCEED A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AT EXIT CORRIDOR 8. G.G. RESPONSII3E FOR COORDINATION OF ALL OWNER PROVIDED VENDORS FOR DELIVERY INCLUDING, RETURN OF ANY EXCESS MATERIALS DRAWINGS FC -4 VINYL TILE ARMSTRONG 12 "x12" STANDARD EXCELON VCT 'TAUPE' No. 51901 I - IMPERIAL TEXTURE FC 5 VIN` L TIE); AR 12 "x12" STANDARD EXCELON VCT 'CHERRY RED' I IMPERIAL TEXTURE ND 1816 FG -6 CERAMIC TILE AMERICAN OLEAN " " 8x8 INTEGRA, NATURAL HAZE #UP54 - GROUT PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECS. MAPEI GROUT - COLOR: #16 MALT, SANDED WITH 3/16" GROUT JOINT. LON SHEEN SEALANT, APPLY PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECS. SEALANT TO BE: DRY -TREAT STAIN -PROOF IMPREGNATING SEALER MI RRORS _ M -1 MIRROR 1/4" THICK MIRROR - - FITTING ROOMS $ LAVS.; 5/8" 'J' CHANNELS IN FITTING ROOMS WAINSCOTING WC-1 WAINSCOTING (FRP) MARLITE WHITE - PEBBLE SURFACE P -100 WITI -1 X44 -270 EDGE CAP III -C LESS THAN 200 TOILET ROOMS AND CORRIDOR CEILINGS CL-G-1 GYPSUM BOARD 5/8" SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CEILING - - 4,5 NOTED GLG- -2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ARMSTRONG SUSPENSION GRID SYSTEM A - GRID: TYPE 1, PRELUDE XL 15/16" EXPOSED TEE SYSTEM, COLOR: WHITE TILE: CORTEGA #747 ( #823 FIRE RATED), 24 11 X48 "XI /2" NON - DIRECTIONAL, COLOR: WHITE 1. ALL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, VENDORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING THE COMPLETE SET OF DOCUMENTS AS SHOWN IN THE INDEX. FAILURE TO REVIEW CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS WILL NOT RELIEVE ANT CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, VENDORS OR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS FROM PERFORMING WORK OR PROVIDING MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT AS DEFINED WITHIN THE DOCUMENTS AT TIME OF HID. 2. G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WORK PERFORMED Br OTHER CONTRACTORS. ANY DISCRE SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE OWNERS ATTENTION V)RBALLY DOCUMENTED IN WEr 3. BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. SHOULD A CONFLICT EXIST BETWEEN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND /OR THE SPECIFICATIONS THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL I3E INFORMED (VERBALLY $ DOCUMENTED IN WRITING) OF T1415 DISCREPANCY IMMEDIATELY, AT WHICH TIME OH REPRESENTATIVE SHALL PROVIDE DIRECTION AS TO HOW TO PROCEED. 4. INSPECT SITE AND VERIFY FIELD DIMENSIONS BEFORE COMMENCING WITH CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE AND LANDLORD' IMMEDIATELY IF TI -IERE ARE AN SIGNIFICANT DISCREPANCIES. 5. DO NOT SCALE DRAW INGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DRAW INGS. 6. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER OTHER DRAW INGS FOR LAYOUT DIMENSIONS AND NUMBER OF ITEMS PROVIDED. UPON DISCOVERY OF DISGREPANCI! BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DRAWINGS, OWNER SHALL E? IMMEDIATELY NOTIFIED IN WRITING. 7. IF ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS APPEARS IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING OF SUCH ERRORS OR OMISSIONS., 8. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DEANS ARE TO FACE OF CTIU COLUMNS OR GRIN 1.-1 NES AND FA FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEED D OR R D DET ETAILED. CABINET OPEN DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FINISH GYP. SD. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL DOCUMENTS, VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND F CONDITIONS AND CONFIRM WORK IS SUILDASLE AS SHOWN. ANY CONFLICTS OR OM ETC. SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT / OWNER FOR FICATI ON CRIER TO CENTER LINE (OR OF ANY WORK A IN RE SHOWN 1O, COLUMN CENTER LINE (OR GRID LINES) ARE FOR DIMENSIONS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS IN FIf<LD. I . OWNER 5 REPRESENTATIVE= AND TENANT ARE THE SAME FOR PURPOSES OF THESE BUILDING ENVELOPE SPECIAL FINISHES DUSTED CRYSTAL tt7725 '311 (FROSTED) EXTERIOR CTOREi CONDITIOND -- Ar FI LM TO INTERIOR CI DI= 5F 1 GLAZING FILM 3M OF GLAZING NOT USED R FINISH SCHEDULE NO SCALE _ X INDICATES WALL TYPE O EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN: G.G. TO PATCH AND REPAIR A5 MARK DOOR INFORMATION FRAME INFORMATION NOTES LOCATION NOMINAL SIZE MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH FIRE RATING 1-DWR 101 ENTRY (PR.) 3' - W x 10' -0" H GLASS /5.5. PRE - FINISHED NONE - A REFER TO SHEET A8.1 A8.4 102 SALES/HALLWAY 3 -0 „ x 7 - „ x 1 -3/4 „ HOLLOW METAL P-213 HOLLOW METAL P 2B/ P -15 - B REFER TO DETAIL G/A10.2 AND D /A5.1 103 FITTING ROOM 2' -l0" x 5' -O' x 1 -3/4" SOLiD CORE WOOD PRE - FINISHED SOLID CORE WOOD (7 -0 FRAME) P -28 - C REFER TO S /A10.1, G.G. TO PAINT PRE- PRIMED DOOR JAMB P -2B. 5' -0" DOOR MOUNTED IN 7' -0" FRAME 104 HC FITTING ROOM 3' -0" x 5' -O" x 1 -3/4" SOLID CORE WOOD PRE - FINISHED SOLID CORE WOOD a (7 -0 FRAME) P -25 _ D REFER TO S/A10.1, G.G. TO PAINT PRE - PRIMED DOOR JAMB P-2S. 5' - O " DOOR MOUNTED IN 7' - 0' FRAME E�E� REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING 1 -4R FIRE RATING (IF APPLICABLE) 105 TOILET ROOM 3' - 0" x 7' -0" x 1 -3/4" HOLLOW METAL P -1B HOLLOW METAL P -1E3 - E REFER TO DETAIL D /A5.1 AND ENSURE A SMOOTH SURFACE FOR NEW FINISH APPLICATION IF EXPOSED IN FINISHED PROJECT. G.C. To INSTALL 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON TENANT SIDE IF NOT CURRENTLY INSTALLED. . C SALES AREA PARTITION: 3 -5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. - 106 NON -SALES 3' - 0" x 7' - O" x 1 -3/4" HOLLOW METAL P -113 HOLLOW METAL P -IB - F REFER TO DETAIL D /A5.1 I V 107 (N) SERVICE , 3 -0 „ x 7 , - „ x 13/4 „ HOLLOW METAL P -1B HOL LOW METAL P -IS 45 MIN. G REFER TO DETAIL D /A51 COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND . . FOLLOW ALL MALL GUIDELINES A. INTERIOR ENTRY DOORS - SUPPLIED BY OWNER - INSTALLED BY G.C. F. NON -SALES DOOR: UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE SUPPLIED INSTALLED AND r � ,�� A10.2 0 B INSTALL GYP. SD. ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES WHEN EXPOSED TO ( 5111, TENANT SPACE) TO GYP. BD. CEILING ABOVE AS NECESSARY - PROVIDE F.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. FULL HEIGHT PARTITION: 3 -5/8" X 20 A. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. TO 6" CLEAR OF DECK ABOVE - INSTALL GYP. BD. ON BOTH SIDES 3 5/8" IL METAL DTUDD AT IL" O.C. TO C DOORS, HARDWARE, AND RAILS TO BE US32D BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL FIN ISH: FINISHED BY G.C. BOTTOM RAIL: 4" HIGH HARDWARE: TOP RAIL: 4" HIGH GLASS: I/2" THICK CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS 1 PR. P X 4 1/2 r 1 EA EA. PAA SET SCSCI-41-AGE , STANLEY FEB F GE 4 # SI OD -JUR- 626 - PASSAGE DOOR HEADER: 2" x 4 1 /2" HIGH POWDER COATED BONE WHITE FINIFINISH Ems. KICK PLATE, ALUMINUM 10" BY FULL WIDTI -I, I" FROM BOTTOM OF TI4E DOOR ON DOOR STOP: 1/2" x 1/2" x 6 - SURFACE APPLIED 'BONE WHITE HARDWARE: SALES SIDE 1 EA. CLOSER LCN 4011DA WITI -1 DELAYED ACTION AND 5 LB. MAX. OPENING FORCE BOTTOM RAIL LOCK: RYDDN LL05 ALUMINUM POWDER COAT FINISH - MORTISE CYLINDER: INTERCHANGEABLE SEVEN (7) PIN BEST BRAND LOCK; OUTSIDE THUMB TURN INSIDE BRUSHED CHROME US26D FINISH 3 EA. RUBBER SILENCERS, IVES SR65, COLOR GREY EA. BRUSHED GROME US26D DUSTPROOF STRIKE: (4) STRIKES INSTALLED AT BOTH OPEN AND 1 �• DOME= ODOR STOP AND RISE =R AS NEEDED, IVES F5436 (DOOR STOP) R435 FINISH CLOSED POSITIONS - DRILL A 1" DIA. HOLE X 2 1/2" DEEP AND SET STRIKE IN EPDXY. US15 TOP OF STRIKE MUST SIT FLUSH ON TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR 1 EA. FRAMED LISTING OF ALL G.C., SUBCONTRACTORS, $ CFO INFORMATION, MOUNTED TOP PIVOT: WALKING BEAM PIVOT TO BACKSIDE OF DOOR AT EYE LEVEL - SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. BOTTOM PIVOT: SURFACE MOUNTED PUSH/ PULL: 1 1/4" DIA. FULL HEIGHT LADDER TYPE PULL HANDLES - U532 BRUSHED G, SERVICE DOOR: UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE SUPPLIED, INSTALLED AND 103 J • C 1• ALL OPENINGS, FLASHINGS , COUNTER FLASHINGS , AND EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL- BE WATERTIGI -IT. 2. ALL OPEN JOINTS, PENETRATIONS AND OTHER OPENINGS IN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL_ 13E SEALED, GAU AS O W A H -5 EKED, GASKETED OR E T ER TRIPPED TO LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE. 3. USE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AROUND ALL PIPES, DUCTS, CONDUIT, OUTLETS, SWITCHES, ON BOTH SIDES OF CROSSING / PENETRATING WALLS WITH THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION. 4. ALL SAW CUTTING AND GORING LOCATIONS SHALL BE REVIEWED AND COORDINATED LANDLORD PRIOR TO CUTTING/ CORING. LAV PARTITION. X GA. -- - '' I DIDCD = - ..- aGARD DOTI SIM. O C LAV PARTITION: 3 --5/8" X 16 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. TO -- A10.2 UNDERSIDE OF PLATFORM ABOVE - INSTALL GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES SIM. © C PLUMBING PARTITION: 6" X 16 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. TO STAINLESS STEEL FINISH FINISHED BY G.G. B. SALES / 1-1ALLNAY DOOR: UNFINISHED DOOR AND FRAME SUPPLIED, INSTALLED AND HARDWARE: A GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL or BID TO DE=TER CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF f< 1ST ING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF 7 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK. FINISHED BY G.C. 1 1/2 PR. BUTTS, STANLEY EBB 179 NRP USP, 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" HARDWARE: i EA. ALARMED EXIT LOCK, PADDLE TYPE, UL- LISTED, DETER EGL230D -PH WITH 7 -PIN I EA. CLOSER LCN 4011DA WITH DELAYED ACTION AND 5 LB. MAX. OPENING FORGE BEST CYLINDER TO SUIT. PROVIDE IF DOES NOT EXIST - CLOSER, PARALLEL ALUMINUM POWDER COAT FINISH ARM TYPE, LCN P4041DA WITH DELAYED ACTION 1 EA. KICK PLATE, ALUMINUM 10" 8Y FULL WIDTI -1, 1" FROM BOTTOM OF THE DOOR ON 1 EA, WALL STOPS, IVES 402 1/2, US26D SALES SIDE 1 EA. PULL HANDLE AND PLATE, ON PULL SIDE 1 EA. SMOKE SEALS (IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE) 1 FA. PULL- PLATE W/ MATCI-4 PUSH PLATE, IVES 8302, 4" X 16" CENTERED AT 44" A.F.F. i EA. IVES PEEP HOLE MOUNTED AT 56" A.F.F. 3 EA. RUBBER SILENCERS, IVES SR65, COLOR GREY 1 EA. WEATHERPROOF ALUMINUM THRESHOLD (EXTERIOR ONLY) 1 FA. DOME DOOR STOP AND RISER AS NEEDED, IVES F9436 (DOOR STOP) 8435 (RISER) 1 FA. WEATHERPROOF VINYL SWEEP STRIP (EXTERIOR ONLY) FINISH US15 1 EA. KICKPLATE, 10' x 30" ON TENANT SIDE OF SERVICE DOOR LOCKSET AND BUTTS SUPPLIED BY G.C. 3 EA. RUBBER SILENCERS, IVES SR65, COLOR GREY C. FITTING ROOM DOOR: PREFINISHED 3/4 HEIGHT DOOR AND FULL FRAME SUPPLIED BY OWNER �{. EXISTING SERVICE DOOR; G.C. TO INSTALL ALL NEW HARDWARE LISTED IN GROUP 'G' I-4 0 0 0 '� UNDERSIDE OF PLATFORM - INSTALL GYP. BD. ON TE NANT SI DE AtO O NON -SALES PARTITION: 3 5/8" X 20 A. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G. TO G 11111111111111101111 6" CLEAR OF DECK ABOVE - G.G. TO INSTALL 5/8" GYP. BD. ON ONE IF GENERAL CONTRACTOR FINDS ANY DISCREPANCY IN DRAWING SET OR DURING FIELD VERIFICATION THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO CONTACT OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE VIA PHONE (OR EMAIL) PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY FURTHER WORK AFTER DISCREPANCY H. IDENTIFIED. FAILURE TO DO 50 PLACES SOLE RESPONSIBILITY ON THE G.C. FOR ANY WORK DONE REGARDING THAT MATTER. "' A10.2 SIM. OR BOTH SIDES A5 REQUIRED • A NEW DEMISING WALL 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O TO INSTALLED SY G.G. HARDWARE: PROVIDED BY OWNER %M DECK ABOVE - G.G. TO INSTALL 5/8" GYP. BD. ON ONE OR BOTH �10 ,2 51 M SIDES AS REQUIRED - 1 I-IR RATED © TENANT COMMON DEMISING WALL 6" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS - �� � � �i /4� �.. ��o��psS.® �� C ' ' ' \ V''' a� w4� .:v ^ s, • \. V !�1 , � w`w %' COI c`� `'° ; ' ' ►l ' E r"'; its �+ _`�.' -' " ' i . J F;I � 1'� ` `` 1 I ` DU GEC 1 8 �1 �� p„,,,,,..1,„,,IER 1 PR. BUTTS, TO MATCH LEVER FINISH 2 HINGE PIN DOOR STOPS PER DOOR, PROVIDED SY 555 LOCKSET AND BUTTS SUPPLIED BY OWNER LEVER AND LOCKSET ALL KEYED ALIKE - NUMBER OF KEYS BY OWNER D. HANDICAP FITTING ROOM DOOR: PREFINISHED 3/4 HEIGHT DOOR AND FULL FRAME SUPPLIED FINISH NOTE: ALL HARDWARE AT NON - SALES, TOILET ROOM AND SERVICE DOORS TO HAVE BRUSHED CHROME FINISH OR EQUAL NOTE: SERVICE AND ENTRY DOORS TO 44AVE BEST BRAND LOCK WITH��Q ���! PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY LL. - G.C. TO INSTALL 5/8" TYPE 'X' 6 923 �� `p t o , •,�- E�,T �- GYP. D. ON TENANT SIDE ONLY TO 6" CLEAR OF DECK O NEW DEMISING WALL 3 5/8" X 20 C METAL STUDS AT 16" D,G. 3 \ A W ITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' GrP. D. BOTH SIDES - INSTALL 1/2" F.R.T. A10.2 PLYWOOD OVER MALL SIDE GYP. D. - ALL TO BOTTOM OF EXISTING LIGHT COVE ASSEMBLY. A PLUMBING PARTITION: 6" X 16 A METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. TO 7 -PIN CYLINDER HARDWARE, BY OWNER INSTALLED Br G.G. HARDWARE: PROVIDED BY OWNER 1 F. BUTTS, TO MATCH LEVER FINISH NOTE: 2 HINGE' PIN DOOR STOPS PER DOOR PROVIDED Sr 555 1. G.G. TO FURNISI4 ALL FINISH HARDWARE (U.N. NOT SUPPLIED BY OWNER, BUT NOT LIMITED ' TO HINGES BUTTS LOCKSETS, CLOSURES, STOPS, THRESHOLDS SILENCERS LOCKSET AND BUTTS SUPPLIED BY OWNER r r r r r r r r LEVER AND LOCKSET ALL KEYED ALIKE - NUMBER OF KEYS BY OWNER WEATHER-STRIPPING, G�'LINDERS MASTER- KEYED, PUSHERS, PULLS, KICK - PLATES, ETC. U.N. 2. FOR FIRE RATED OPENINGS - PROVIDE UL TESTED AND LISTED HARDWARE ALL HARDWARE' SHALL COMPLY WITH ADA GUIDELINES. E. TOILET ROOM DOOR: UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME 4 HARDWARE - SUPPLIED INSTALLED * 3. SIZE AND MOUNT UNITS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE G 'ALGS.SHREMSHQCK t STATE OF WASHINGTON FINISHED BY G.G. EXPOSURE CONDITION. REINFORCE THE SUBSTRATE AS RECOMMENDED. HARDWARE: 4. INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1 F.A. LEVER PRIVACY LOCKSET, SCHLAGE #S40D- JUP- 626 - PRIVACY KEYING TO BE AS DIRECTED BY DINER'S INSTRUCTION. PROVIDE KEYS IN QUANTITIES TO BE 1 1/2 PR. BUTTS, STANLEY FIBS S 179 USP 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" ESTABLISHED Br OWNER. 1 EA. GOAT H00K 5. ALL HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 34" TO 48" 3 EA. RUBBER SILENCERS, IVES SR64, GREY A.F.F. AND SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE WITHOUT PROVIDE ADA. APPROVED TOILET ROOM SIGNAGE FOR TOILET ROOM - MEANS OF TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. WITH LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL; SEE DETAIL L/Al2.1 6. OWNER TO SUPPLY MASTER KEY OF ALL FITTING ROOMS. 1 EA. DOME DOOR STOP AND RISER AS NEEDED, IVES F5436 (DOOR STOP) R435 (RISER) FINISH U515 A10.2 UNDERSIDE OF PLATFORM- INSTALL GYP. D. ON TENANT EXPOSED SIDE THE ARCWr ASSUMES NO R SPONIUTY OR IJAHILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY 1 FOR SUCH ZED PROJECT ANO AND SRTWWSP SIGNED AND EALE SEAL!DORUdi BY THEM SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ONTHE AREAS MEETING THE SSTA IN ADDITION TO DETAILS SPECIFIED ABOVE, G.G. TO REFER TO SEISMIC DETAILS ON SHEET Al2.4 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING PARTITION AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: G1 .3 NO SCALE N NO SCALE GENERAL NOTES NO SCALE DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE E PARTITION LEGEND PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 9:35 AM 6 r a 0 M r� 1. G.C. TO PROTECT ALL EXT'G FIREPROOFING * REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXT'G RATING. 11. G.C. SMALL COORDINATE WORK PERFORMED BY OTHER CONTRACTORS. ANY DISCREPANCIES BE BROUGHT TO THE OWNER'S ATTENTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 2. G.C. SHALL PROTECT ALL EXT'G. CONSTRUCTION DESIGNATED TO REMAIN. ANY DAMAGE INCURRED AS A RESULT OF G.C.'S FAILURE TO PROTECT THESE ITEMS 514ALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED TO 12. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT JOB SITE AND BE FAMILIAR WITH LANDLORD'S R7 OWNER'S SATISFACTION AT THE G.C. I S SOLE EXPENSE. AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. NO ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE FOR EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT TIE JOB SITE AND /OR FAILURE TO PREDETERMINE ALL REQUIREMENTS 3. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS WITH THE FULL SCOPE OF NEW WORK AS INDICATED IN BY THE LANDLORD, EXISTING CONDITIONS OR OTHER AUTHORITIES. THE DRAWINGS. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK, G.C. SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER / ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOR INTERPRETATION / DIRECTION. 13. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION EFFORTS WITH THE MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER .4. G.G. S1 -4ALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION WORK ALL 14. NO CONDUIT, SPRINKLER, DUCTWORK, WIRING, PLUMBING ETC - SHALL BE LEFT STRANDED PROCEDURES (E.G. SCHEDULING OF ACTIVITIES, SHUTDOWNS, ETC.) AND LOCATION OF DUMPSTER SPACE, ALL OF THE ABOVE MUST BE CONNECTED TO TENANTS WORKING SYSTEMS OR ELSE FOR DISPOSAL OF ALL REMOVED ITEMS. DEMOLISHED AND REMOVED. S. TENANT'S G.C. IS REQUIRED TO CI4ECK IN VI IT4 THE LANDLORD'S ON SITE PROPERTY MANAGER 15. CONTACT MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER BEFORE REMOVING ANY CONDUIT, WIRES, OR CABLES, PRIOR TO THE START ON TENANT CONSTRUCTION. NO WORK CAN COMMENCE UNTIL A ORIGIN CANNOT BE DETERMINED FROM WITHIN THE TENANT DEMISED SPACE. PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING IS 1 -HELD. 6, CONTACT PROPERTY MANAGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE REQUIREMENTS AND GRAPHICS. 7. ANY DAMAGE TO LANDLORD'S PROPERTY DURING TENANT DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION (MALL FLOORING, 13 ULK1 -1EAD, NEUTRAL PIERS, ETC.) WILL BE REPAIRED PER MALL SPECIFICATIONS, AT TENANT G.G.'S EXPENSE. 8. ANY EXT'G EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENT IN OR PERTAINING TO TI-4E PREMISES THAT IS BEING ABANDONED MUST BE DEMOLISHED COMPLETELY AND PROPERLY REMOVED FROM THE PREMISES. q. ALL ABOVE GROUND UTILITY LINES NOT TO BE RE -USED MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. ALL UNDER SLAB UTILITY LINES TO BE CUT, CAPPED AND SEALED PER CODE. 10. ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT ABOVE THE LEASED PREMISES NOT TO BE RE -USED MUST BE REMOVED BY TENANT G.C. AT TENANT G. C. I S EXPENSE. ROOF MUST BE PROPERLY PATCHED BY MALL REQUIRED ROOFER. ROOF CURBS MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF PATCHED - DO NOT CAP. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH MALL OPERATIONS DIRECTOR. 130 S. Sunbury Rd_ Westerville, OH 43081 lone: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 nail: info @shremshock.com NOT USED M LEASE PLAN NOTES B 1 O0' -S" E.6 1.-21" 23' _2" 11 -8" 18' -4" 30' -O" q' -6" S' -6" 1 7 U 1 LOW POINT OF STRUCTURAL AL L BRACING / I I . - 1 I ADJACENT TENANT I (N.I.C.) DEMISING WALLS: 6" METAL STUDS BY L.L. W/ 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. TO W /IN 6 OF DECK BY TENANT STRUCTURAL BRACING AREA OF DEMISING WALL TO BE 1 REMOVED FOR INSTALLATION OF SERVICE DOOR -• SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION/ PER TENANT. 110 1 26 H f 1 ' C (N.] .c.) 47` -la" 1 �� MALL BULKHEAD LEASE LINE ABOVE 1 I II I 1 1 11 I 1 1 I� 1 1 STRUCTURAL BRACING I I I I 1 1 1 BACKSIDE OF MALL 1 1 I LIGHT COVE ABOVE I I LOW POINT OF 1 1 I STRUCTURAL BRACING I 11 FACE OF MALL LIGHT 1 1 COVE (BY LL) 1 I I 1 I 1 1 I 1 j 1 1 I .� lE E C N 1 EE \ 1 1 1 CCp� APPRO 4- D .0. 4( ,.„,,run,,,,, I 1 _-- I 1 1 I C� v y . : - e. • VZ _, N.-- 1 1 I I B 1 1 1 1 1 I LINE OF MALL MALL STRUCTRAL COLUMNS I 1 LIGHT COVE ABOVE. 1 1 1 FINISHED BY TENANT MALL BULKHEAD ABOVE I 1 r 1 f 6923 REGlS -tom AR '` CT / Z I Fi: C15. SHI�EMSHOCK A7E OF N(ASHINGTON 1 H H I l J 9 1 nc —i2 1 H n THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FUR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIz BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEA THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA r�-; - r. r -' . , - Y�i t�t -,•� " ,� ;: 0 r l I. '; o . 6 ` 4' , , ' A . ; H A .� GL( 1 8 'P 1.11 PCilidil I L..;d I I MALL CONCOURSE 24' -1 (ly.I.G.) 71 -61" SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: AD • 1 , LEASE PLAN 1 /4 ° =1 " -0n .A _ 6 r a 0 M r� .EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER - G.C. TO PROTECT DURING • 6130 S.SfinInihrpF3d.RilestakikapECI14301111 43081 Phone: (6914)540 ffaxR614)i&15i4535-4535 emadl: info@sesirralmshooltneom CONSTRUCTION EXISTING DEMISING NALL hr._ : r.I..w... ......2 . rzs /////z/ ///// // Z. // / ■ EN / -- i*,, - --..- 4 „,„. i i l 44,.. I NOT USED _ NOT USED , D d H -----....-----.... a LEASE LINE NN LOCATION P-1A TIT. ENTRY -. ..o 1 -------- g g I 8 gi v 1 1 E i 4/. / I 1 P # c, I ; 12 A.F.F.4„, T.O. BARRICADE ‘r EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. )( t .4 .1' ..I' .1' cIELiA 1 . :.,.. ..,.. 0, tiELiet . =: - ......,,,,,,..r. c,' 7 1- _ b t .-.,• '9. ' 4Y 1 7..g , GRAPHICS - COORDINATE NITA MAl_l_ OPS. PRIOR TO INSTALLING (TYP.) BASE PER MALL REQUIREMENTS 6 a: )... 4 T:; >- ,/" 1- 7 :r 71\11: F- D 007 ,t,16, BARRICADE ELEVATION C - GRAPHICS - COORDINATE NIT4-1 MALL OPS. PRIOR TO INSTALLING (TYP.) - - - ----....-. -.:- ' ... .. 12'-0" A,F.F.4, T.O. ;BARRICADE 1 # WYPOM7.1377/2,ZEZEZIKEggroMM H I 1 MfOr ./171,7,02MOYA1/2177.2 ■ MI i Ar Ar , r ,:,..„.„,,.„..,,,...,,,,,.......„........,., EQ. EQ. EQ. I P-1A 1 1 / ;RP arVP ..,14,:"- , .... .............= ..-_------1 TYP. REVIEWED 'CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVP:i:) IAN 1 3 119 . 1 i 1 1 7 g aff 1 I D 0 , 7 1 - I r4. 5v..-...0 ..,py... 53.113? 24/7: WWW,SEVAS.CON. .. :2* D: )- = 6 zwy- /497.0=27652657GETAZZEMEM702272:07.09:49A 2P7 ..94.7 Ii27;674" /17%.(47.602717.0222rW1 22;927127.6COM7 AM7 A.V.7 zoz. 75 1 __ 3[1 J 6 su TI C L it rl i n C;7 , ti J k ,, .. - 7 1 . — - "- 'o I 4 BASE PER MALL REQUIREMENTS - • x 6 D: >- 1- b 'PR. G.G. TO PROTECT EXISTING MALL FLOORING TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION G.C. TO PROVIDE 3'-O" BARRICADE DOORS $ FRAME, PAINT I p-I6 I BARRICADE ELEVATION - IM EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD /7// 1. G.C. TO CONSULT WITI-4 MALL REPRESENTATIVE FOR HOURS IN1 WHICH NORK ON BARRICADE GAN OCCUR. 2. G.G. SI-IALL CONSTRUCT A TEMPORARY BARRICADE(S) OF 3 5/8" METAL STUDS A 24" O.C. NIT-1 ONE LAYER OF 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. S. (MALL SIDE) TAPED, SPACKLED AND SANDED sMooT1-I. INSTALL VI sQUEEN !SACK TO MALL BULKHEAD TO CRE DUST- ATE DUSTPROOF TENANT G.C. SHALL COORDINAT E E3ARRICADE REQUIREMENTS, LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE NIT- MALL OPERATIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF lAIORK / G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL VISQUEEN CONDITION. BARRICADES ARE TO BE ADEQUATELY SECURED AND BRACED TO MALL. / / // -N DUST BARRIER OVER 3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 24" O.C. SECURE TO EXISTING CEILING. AFTER. REMOVAL OF SUPPORTS, PATCI-4 AND PAINT EXISTING CEILING TO MATCH EXISTING. 121-0I'S BULKHEAD FRAMING FOR LATERAL STABILITY AND MUST BE STRUCTURALLY SOUND. 3. PAINT PER DETAILS. REFER TO SHEET G1.3 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE. . B I BD G 4 ARRICADE S TO E 100% COMPLETE AN READY FOR RAPHICS TO BE INSTALLED NOT 6923 STATEOE WASHINGTON T.O. BARRICADE MORE THAN TWO DAYS AFTER CONSTRUCTION START. G.C. TO CONTACT OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE UPON COMPLETION TO COORDINATE GRAPHICS INSTALLATION. 5. G.G. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING BARRICADE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 5-5/5" mETAL STUDS AT 24 O.G. lAtITI-1 5/8 GYP. B. (MALL SIDE) TAPED, SPACKLED AND SANDED SMOOTH. 6. REMOVE BARRICADE N1-IEN 100% OF STOREFRONT IS COMPLETE ON THE EVENING BEFORE G.C. PUNCHLIST IS COMPLETED, PRIOR TO OWNER VERIFICATION, AND AFTER LANDLORD APPROVAL 15 RECEIVED. CARE IS TO BE TAKEN 1/41-4EN DI sAssET1BLING AND REMOVING BARRICADE. ON INTERIOR SIDE (STORE SIDE), PAPER. NINDONS WITH 1/41--HTE CONSTRUCTION PAPER OVER GLAZING ONLY. TRIM 1/2" OFF EDGES AND TAPE CONTINUOUSLY AROUND PERIMETER klITI-4 NI-IITE TAPE. G.G. 15 TO RESTORE NEUTRAL PI ER(S), MALL FLOORING AND BULKHEAD TO A 'LIKE NEN' CONDITION AND FINIS-4. LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE sEAL. Tits emu NG use is ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA LEASE LINE G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PROTECTIVE MATERIAL BETWEEN BOTTOM OF BARRICADE AND MALL FLOOR TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION Pj:07:V7D rr • LC 1 8 ?ri07 SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: Al .1 PCriiVil f UC1 1 Eli BARRICADE PLAN 1 /4"= V-0" J 1/4"1'O" NO SCALE BARRICADE SECTION - E NOTES . A _ # DESCRIPTION # DESCRIPTION # DESCRIPTION 1 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM - REFER TO SHEET SERIES A8.x 15 MANAGER'S DESK - REFER TO DETAIL G /Al2.2 32 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 4' - METAL CORNER GUARDS MOUNTED AT TOP OF BASE - NON SALES AREA 16 GA. GALVANIZED, FASTEN WITI -4 RIVETS @ 12" O.C. VERTICALLY, SILICONE ( #2) EXPOSED EDGES DIMENSION NOTE: ALL WALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF FIN 15�1 GYP. BD. OR THE FACE OF BLOCKING REQUIRED FOR FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 2 STOREFRONT DISPLAY PLATFORM - REFER TO DETAIL- A /A8.2 16 EMPLOYEE BREAK TABLE - REFER TO DETAIL G/Al2.2 3 .4 STOREFRONT ENTRY SYSTEM - REFER TO DOOR CaCNEDULE E /GI.3 AND THE STOREFRONT SECTIONS ON SI -IEET A8.4 4'x6' MARKETING FRAME 17 REFRIGERATOR AND MICROWAVE - REFER TO ELECRICAL DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS 33 OF GASI -1WRAP 4 BAGKWRAP TO COINCIDE 18 19 DOOR BUZZER - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAW INGS PLATFORM ABOVE TOILET ROOM - REFER TO DETAIL J/Al2.1 34 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE ON THE FLOOR AND 6" UP THE WALLS IN RESTROOM AND /OR AREAS WITH WATER NOTE: G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, XPONDR SECURITY SYSTEM - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. G.G. RESPONSIBLE FOR SAW GUTTING OR TRENCHING OF FLOOR AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION 20 RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET - REFER TO DETAILS J N /A1O.2 1 1/'1" D1,4. ALUMINUM C P1PdECTCR RkIL :YCTEM. PR V1DC 1h1 11 \LL LCCKIN [CR C CURE ATTACIIMEPIT NOTE: 21 3 CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL PANELS CORIAN BENCH TOP TO HAVE NO SEAMS - G.C. TO INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS - 22 5' -0" CLEAR WI4EELC1 -IA IR TURNING RADIUS $ PLUMBING FIXTURE CLEARANCE PER ANSI A117.1 :CRIE 3L. DLA 1~ CIGP1 AD VE. REFER T SHEET ; AC.)( A1-1NING AB SI I D PEM151ING WALLS ARE NOT STRUCTURAL: 23 P1 ILE 0 -3 37 \'E, C LUMP1 6.It `Al - ' (1[J' MIP1 DIAMI~TER) R1 =1 T DET� .ILC J t M /A1 .3. G.C. T T'T- TECT AP1 24 DRINKING FOUNTAIN - REFER TO DETAIL R/Al2.1 f2 T 11/ LL G.G. TO PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL IN - WALL BLOCKING OR SUPPORT AS REQUIRED. RE1 AIR AHY CISTIPIG FIREf R FIP 1G. G.C- T VCR111' RLCUIRE SIYC 1•dITl I 11P1ER'S VCP1D RAC 3 V1 = IPd 1 ALL L CYIP4 T ; S i 11Ri CC U AC G LUMP1 :IZE CAN DE DETERMINE . 25 G.C. TO PRESERVE AND PROTECT EXISTING LANDLORD CONSTRUCTION 39 HOLD DRYWALL TIGHT TO COLUMN 7 CASHWRAP - REFER TO SHEET A11..4. 26 SERVICE DOOR - COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD 40 INSTALL 4 "X4 - STAINLESS STEEL; 10 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS ON OUTSIDE CORNERS OF ALCOVE 8 BAGKWRAP - REFER TO SHEET A11.5 27 GYP. BD. COLUMN ENCLOSURE - REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE PROTECTION APPLICATION S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 ie: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 il: info @shremshock.com 9 FITTING ROOM ALCOVE SEATING - REFER TO DETAIL K /A10.2 28 PROVIDE 20 GA. SHEETMETAL BLKG FROM BASE TO CEILING SPANNING T1 -TREE VERT. STUDS AT I -IINGE LOCATION OF 4x6 MARKETING FRAME TO ANCHOR AT PRE - DRILLED SCREE MTD. LOCATIONS, 41 I II REAR DOOR SIGNAGE. TENANTS NAME AND SPACE NUMBER. INSTALL 2 NIG1 -I, DI CUT VANDAL PROOF, WHITE HELVETICA BLOCK STYLE LETTERS ON A RED BACKGROUND MOUNTED 5 - ABOVE FINISH FLOOR, CENTERED ON DOOR 10 COMMERCIAL GRADE, FLOOR MOUNTED MOP SINK - REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS 11 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 21 FAL :C MI LT; T Z CAD111ET R 12 DRAWING TUBE - REFER TO DETAIL N /Al22 30 NON -SALES SHELVING - REFER TO DETAIL C/Al2 - 42 ADA TRANSACTION DESK - REFER TO SI -IEET A11.4 13 SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT 31 NON -SALES HANGING - REFER TO DETAIL E/Al2.2 14 1" x I" METAL CORNER GUARDS - SALES AREA AND FITTING ROOMS H CONSTRUCTION PLAN NOTES CONSTRUCTION PLAN CODED NOTES c #) op LAYOUT } P01 NT B 31 C ❑ E.4 E.6 `l A Ir. 6 I V.I. 9 1_ 1 " LINE Al2.1 7 SIM. 1 I IN. Cd Q LEASE il�:•Wt_ �♦ t t ►_ 455. 1 ♦ iT fr r♦ _ i ♦i w ♦� w ♦ _ saus AO ♦ � ♦ _ \ 7T!!/I�i 7/l�//.G U.P7/)21 2V. k1 $ ° 1414" b•-•iii,....14.6,6, ; I WOMENS L. aV 1 \ �/ ,, EQ. j 2-OjEQ. x I VII .,_,, ° 30 ...._.elommumti_ok 00000 , � \ ,ri ... a I ; 'dAJ- - -e -- / a I NON -SALES \ a i / f �_ op c o EV CODE O l- d _ 000 C 34 .: \ 111 � - p, 10000000 � TYP, ( 84 )s \ `' �� 24 fi � 1 iIA O w O � I 10 L- I - - -J 0 \ 000 4 0 0 � IFI ENS LAVI , , _ __ ` Y - � LAYOUT LA I �' 1 cv 1 ADJACENT TENANT 1 OUT • ' � ♦•POINT (Ir1.1.C.) - OINT'� City Of BUTIDT i A y \ r-- 1 -;N 1 1 1 1 106 30 -- . 105 ml _ I ° • ! 41 � 001 `► AO - I �# J 1 68 i / -0" i /.. _ 7 Z , �.....- 1 1_211 1 1 2 " C V.I.F. 1 1_x 7 " 1 1 - 2 11 _3u 11-67" 7 ',6g' 3' -r �.. .� ••: x}�qy / I _IM:: 141 18 �� � 4gi: �I . I u - 38 2'_q 1 16' -58 L 2' - 161 _ e0,$ r I6' -2" .R.O. LD R.O. - _ - N,R.O. - A8.1 F Q A n 1NIOdf 12 41 n i m s n _ . n20 - ,9 ` LEASE LINE -I 3 O m I I 1 'ri i • y ' . R.O. © 102 d3 Bq � r�ri r�.n �� rnr1 �I1111 ■I��hni + . �� :n - -t -♦ -- .•rrr ■. . �. - - - - �^^ -•�� ♦ it �. - k� ♦ _ l� -. r ♦E.N -- - .� 'n : . . ► ...I -ms �� ii 1 1 > : _ ► ? � et �3►_ z t .Ut +1�i �e�E ♦A ♦.� s � - - ♦ ♦ ♦y� :■i ►s ♦�� i�►'♦ t s -- :=92"40.1..:k-Z. _ l _ ..� ��s t�i_� r_�ts i t��rta ts ♦ �^ � txav♦e. 0 ii r='co� I ± r _EitLINEN■mis �/ .� in / � -4" Q -Icy - 1 16 - � ( g ) 1 i G -0� 4' y 16' 1 ]3W � , I J I I �■ I I LEASE LIN 0 O - I TYP. C ] '- ° °' 61_°" � � ' J o in \ 0 14 - - -- - A 4 R - ! W B K 0 Uu i LIA < 11 20 A11.2 A A ° i A11.5 28 ro AI I.1 A11 �r 1 -2 TYP. TYP. All . = TYP. ; � A co +r 1 i~ 1 6 F. 1=. m I �IQOl� © • ( 7 ) 16' - 'CW /i _ m 1 1 m 1 I LTA > O 0 - 42) A11.1 �/ + I i I I _ � I i cv gy p " ' + ij ' 101 I p „pl =0 � � 9 • ' r I I 1 �OTOZ - - - in A11.1 I 30 ,a ® F E 1 ENTRY I 1 1 NON -SAL__ I 14 14 I' -117" a i 35Zlf1ONO0 71VW 1 ('D'I'N) I FR npl -,� r r r 2 0 ! 1 I 1 � 1 I _ 1 ) m 1 1 ! 1 'SALES 1 a') 1 12" J A ® I � � 1 / L - o ■ \ �-- -� ■ \ C)1)' ,, , ' I , 1 I I A I 1 A11.1 ii e 30 � = w 110 = 9.2 Q .D 1140 FR „� (22 ) _. O s i iess - -_ All.l TYP. A11.2 . 6 93 RE E. e R jl- CT e ' ' L* S. SHRE MSHpCK STATE OF WASHINGTON LEASE LINE \ 6 21-0" 1 1 - - I rJ 1 tt \ O ( 14 ) TYP. _ � _ -, TYP. f ` 1 r " A N� 16 0 N 16 -0 1 II 20 `O' TYP. Al0 I slri. \ I I • � I �r MIR � - I . � V 1 r I re 1111 1 - MI G 1 1 1 - . 1 I �� �� ,1_ 1 I , ® TI ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIB ILITYOR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESEF9ANSFORANY BY SPECIFIC LQ A7TONINTTiESTATESHOWNONI}1E BY JEC AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH THEM AND ND8E SEALED A SUCH SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING T THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA I ►N1L+ZI:WM 2 1_11 - -ti nM t 0 . -- .0111L_' .t�`�� ' v ti- I 1 16 -2" . - - "�'�r�� I LEASE I I =r= - 1= I - r r r r� r� LEAS LINE 1 I I r ._ T_g� 1 � t A 161_2" LINE 7 ° 1� 7 u < G H.R.O. R.O. H.R .O. H.R.O. H.R.O. 0 , A8.7 I 1 1 I (^ �' 11_011 1 Y011 MALL I 1' - 1 _O - ` 6 1 -4 n I 2 ' I ' -2 5" 1 CONCOURSE 32' -10 - 1 SAI # 07418 F.D. 4 -61 -78 ' (N.I.C.) F.D. i - � 1 8 L'tI!s / LAYOUT 1 1 DRAWING NUMBER: A2 . 1 24' -8" 1 2 E POINT POINT 71 1 ± P OINT ' 3" 1 A8.6.,/ �''ar6oVi1 I C.+�I•; i r~� V.I. J CONSTRUCTION PLAN 1/4"=11-0" A SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 1. REFER TO STOREFRONT SECTIONS IN SHEET SERIES AS.X FOR GEI LING SYSTEM CALLOUTS AND SHEET Al2.4 FOR SEISMIC CEILING DETAILS. 2. REFER TO SHEET A11.3 FOR DISPLAY SAY LIGHT ELEVATIONS 3. REFER TO SHEET A5.1 FOR FINISH' PLAN 4. ENTIRE SALES / NON -SALES FLOOR AREA TO BE FULLY SPRINKLERED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS - REFER TO M.E.P. DRAWINGS 5. G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ACCESS PANELS FLUSH WITH ADJACENT FINIS1-4ES AS REQUIRED TO PERMIT SERVICING TO ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE THE CEILING 6. G.C. MUST MAINTAIN ACCESS TO LANDLORD'S I -{VAC, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS, INCLUDING CLEANOUTS, VALVES, DAMPERS, "J BOXES, SMOKE DETECTORS, ETC.. G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ACCESS PANELS FLUSH WITH ADJACENT FINISHES AS REQUIRED TO PERMIT SERVICING To ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE THE CEILING - ACCESS PANEL FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH 7- ALL CEILING HEIGHTS ARE FROM TOP OF FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FINIS1-1 CEILING - TYP. U.N.O, 8. ALL CONCEALED SPACES ABOVE CEILING MUST BE FIRESTOPPED OR DIVIDED In NON - COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS INTO AREAS NOT EXCEEDING 5,000 SQ. FT. AND NO DIMENSION GREATER THAN 100 FT. q. PROVIDE GYP BOARD CEILING WITH SPRINKLER HEAD IN BACK ALCOVE. MATCH TO MALL CORRIDOR FINISHES. - LYTESPAN TRACK FIXTURE WITS --I WHITE MATTE FINISI --I WALL MOUNTED EME=RGENCY EXIT LIGHT - - LYTESPAN TRACK SYSTEM WITH WHITE MATTE FINISH W EX -1 • CEILING SUSPENDED LUMINAIRE FOR. DIFFUSED INCANDESCENT LIGHTING CEILING MOUNTED EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHT • • • • • C EX -2 ® SPEAKER - REFER TO SPEAKER SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SPEAKER LOCATIONS • 2 SUB WOOFER - REFER TO SPEAKER SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SPEAKER LOCATIONS 2' CONTINUOUS RUN SINGLE TUBE FLUORESCENT 30 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 bone: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 nail: info @shremshock.com 1 I 3 3' CONTINUOUS RUN SINGLE TUB]~ FLUORESCENT SPIDER TRACK GRAPHIC HANGING SYSTEM AT STOREFRONT - REFER TO DETAIL G /A8 3 4 4' CONTINUOUS RUN SINGLE TUBE FLUORESCENT I OR - I 4" NON - INSULATED, RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURE RETURN /SUPPLY GRILLE - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 0 R -2 7 3/8" CALCULITE, COMPACT FLUORESCENT, OPEN DOWNLIGHT, TRIPLE TUBE HORIZONTAL LAMP ® R -2 EM /NL 7 3/8" CALCULITE, COMPACT FLUORESCENT, OPEN DOWNLIGHT, TRIPLE TUBE HORIZONTAL LAMP, 1O MIN. BATTERY BACKUP CEILING ACCESS PANEL - RI=FER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 3 RECESSED GIMBAL EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHT 2 INDICATES THE NOMINAL SIZE FOR TRACK TO SUPPORT LYTESPAN TRACK FIXTURE f q EXHAUST GRILLE - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 1'x4' SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT WITH PRISMATIC LENS FOR E3ATHROOM NITI -I EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE M NO SCALE _ NOTES D G.C. TO CENTER E.4 E.5 41111 D CO G.G. TO CENTER FLUORESCENT LIGHT OV DECK �� FLUORESCENT LIGHT OVER DECK START TILE 7' -6" AFFI CLG-1 1 / \ / 12 "� ,t// N 1-4 I I.Li \`,„ / EQ . ��� -' EQ. .0010 4 l j �\ GLj1EI`1 C. N EQ, -\---4-6') 6 � N ? .i E W N -1 mQ. ~ ♦ / / O lit / 1 X 12" - = Q . ` >=a ��a. ♦ I I♦ _ W31 - 7D ? I — 1 - Q r ua _ EQ. 6 w 17' -6" AFF 13' -0" AFFI CLG-1 START TILE \ 1211 Q. CLG -2 / Q. ♦ 1 Q. \ - a L ♦ EtEEicEmE CODE COME APPROVED / - c L -2 _ 3> u 1 I P' I. 1~Q. ♦ EQ. C'3 1131_x" AFFI CLG-2 1 ADJACENT TENANT 1 1 P, 3EIN li X (NZ OF CASHWRAP (N.I.G.) AND BACKWRAP ._ POINT 5TART PIL 1 HJJ � U CI 1q _ EM/ L _ '7ti ` GL-1 �� r ` _ . y R -2 EM /NL , LAYOU T<V_AYOUT POINT LU1IPiN ' EQ. uI EQ. Q. Q. - - ''..,T 1 - u -. pr /4/. V ���i Lti o 1 1 0 � /i /i.4, rim _ �� ��I ,___Y N L� la�u LE 2.1 II ' 12' -5 ®♦ — f r L J i I T 1 r 1 �" CL( b I� L 0. f 1 11 0. — 1 � i `9 I I k � � • O ' r • hit i r ---- ' �U (NZ _ i? ill I - 1 ♦ \ c a RU y 1 I 0 R -2 o y o R -2 L11 . ,_ 1 ,_ 6 „ . , 1- d w 3 i i w T . ., J Q 1 2iOCINNO7 3DIAZk3G 1 v I EQ, W , m BOTTOM c F FIXTURE AT O R -1 I EQ. c w ,� ' I Q. ® 1=M - I : ' „ � . 7 A.F.F. I a 3 fl er t3 3 3 fl fl et ft 3 � ' f 3 G G i I FR I I ., EQ. `� T 1 e. EQ . • • =� -' • .. ; • J • I 1' -6" -E -I O�c ❑ 1 — f E. .4. I I 2 -6 _ — r - 1 I T - I1 I I 2 -O ' d w F R ` 2 �I p 1 1I TYP 4 -S' I 1 _ _ - EE o (U.N.O.) a l •• TYP. p J .1 � � • • • `BOTTOI� FIXTURE AT �n r— i' -6 A.F.1'� (TYP.) �n I I R -1 RBI I I \ c tl U cl I 1 FR 1 R _2 \ > p w Q CC l'3 f— ► m �� ® PD R-1 I n 10 -2 EQ . EM -1 �� CLG -1 E - _....- Q. ei ku w ®,2 - a - • • R -2 � 1 �2 EM /NL _ .�- J I - EM /NL _2 -2 �2 q, - 0„ 2 cn 2 LIG HTS @ S' O" - = 0" IG' - PD -1 2 LIGHTS @ 8' -0' = 161 - 0" 4' - 0" 4' -0" 1 1 1 O � 'ENTRY' - i • '�°`'� I I o ♦ R -2 6 ` FR I (� r EQ. 03 EQ. I SALES I � 1 i i W 0 Pitn U -. U O Z u 4 F — I' -q" 2 6" EQ. Q. X11 -0" AFF EQ. EQ. r i TYP_' TYP. TYP. TYP. CLG -1 TYP. TYP. ; ' ' ' i i ® ♦ r R -1 v J R -2 I I EM /N i 1 CLG-2 glUII N I _E R -2 /\ R - 2 1 R - 2 � R -2 EM /NL R -2 1 R -2 _ R frM /NL -2 1 1 ' EM /NL 1 I 1 I B 1_ 0 11 R -1 4 1 -5 " `D I 7 LIGHTS @ 8 = 4S' -0" 1 1 1 1 f TYP. t i TYP. EQ ' EQ' C / 0 R -1 0 R -1 1 '03 3' 3' 3' 3' 3' 3' 3' 3 I I �� STOR RONT SOFFIT. CENTER 1 3' 3 1 1 r BETWEEN HANGING TRACK SYSTEM OF 6) in w u u u u u u u ;n LLL ��� 'a Q Q � (TIP. 1 Ii: .2 I. 2' -O" X 12" 12' 1 w 11 FRJ " 1 1 TYP � - 0. \ (U.N.O.) ! I-2\ \ H 1 ' i -` GRAPHIC HANGING TRACK I 1 SYSTEM - REFER TO DETAIL 6923 RE GE' L0 S. SHREMSNOCK STA7E OF WASHINGtON � I1 I r Lu 1 TI � _ r [s I N _ 1 11 /A8,3 FOR BLOCKING METHOD - J_ G.C. TO UT IN FIELD A5 } i r g REQUIRED _ 9 - -- ® 12' - 8 3/S" j CLG -I \ ' 3' _. 3' i ii - ii ' i ii i THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE FLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHOFI D L3YT NANDSIGNED ANDSEALEDFORSUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING LIGE IS ONLY APPLIOABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGNORITEWA 11 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I - i'._ � -• -�, �"' : V C c r l";�• : tl , �, "• . 1 , j'�I1 .(`i yy 12' -$ 3/8 "1 CLG-1 BLC 1 C 2007 SAI # 07418 1 ADJACENT TENANT I Y HANGING (I. SSTEM REFER TO DETAIL F'ahiv11 I t..,LN I ER G /A8.3 FOR BLOCKING METHOD - G.G. TO CUT IN FIELD AS REQUIRED DRAWING NUMBER: A3.1 REFLECTED CEILING / LIGHTING PLAN 1/4 " 1' " ° A 11/27/2007 9:35 AM PLOTTED # DESCRIPTION # DESCRIPTION , 1. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT FROM DELIAS. 2. G.G. TO PERFORM MATCH PATCH TEST ON FLOOR GROUT TO ENSURE GROUT MATCHES TILE. 3. G.G. TO ENSURE THAT NO GROUT RESIDUE IS LEFT ON THE TILE 1 PRE- FINISHED DISPLAY WALL FRAM E . _ __ . - - . - - • .. • _ - 2 PRE - FINISHED PUCK WALL. C NCR= OID1=HALIC MA)( 1UM SL t 1.12 3 MIRROR CABINET DOOR M -I 19 G.C. TO CONTINUE FLOORING BENEATH CASI -IWRAP AND BACKWRAP 4 PRE - FINISHED GASI -4WRAP 20 G.C. TO CONTINUE FLOORING BENEATH SENGI --I NON -SALES 5 PRE-FINISHED BACKWRAP 21 START TILE AT C: OF ENTRY DOORS AS SHOWN P 6 DISPLAY PLATFORM CONSTRUCTION - G.C. TO PAINT GYP. BD. P -1A 22 HATCH AREA INDICATES AREA FOR G.G. TO INSTALL MALL FLOORING - FROM LEASE LINE TO STOREFRONT /CLOSURE LINE - G.C. TO COORDINATE PURCI -4ASE OF MALL FLOORING FROM MALL MANAGEMENT (OR MALL OPERATIONS) WHEN EXTENDING MALL TILE TO TENANT'S STOREFRONT BASE OR. VESTIBULE TILES MUST BE FULL TILE. IF TILE IS CUT IT MUST HE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH FULL TILE. -1B —� WHITE / 7 OPEN NOTE: G.G. 15 TO PROTECT FLOORING DURING ENTIRE; CONSTRUCTION - ALL DAMAGED FLOORING (TILE, GROUT, VGT, AND CARPET) TO B1 REPLACED AT G.C. EXPENS> 6 FITTING ROOM ALCOVE SEATING - GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - G.C. TO PAINT P-215 y A \ V ///,//,/////// / / i'/ / / / / /// / / // /,/ / j // // / 9 CORIAN SENCI -4 TOP AND BACK 23 4 YELL k LINEn MAKIt4G EGRELL ,�IC,L,;. 10 CORIAN BENCH TOP AT RESTROOMS INSTALL CERAMIC TILE FLOORING OVER WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE WHICH IS TO RUN UP WALLS A MINIMUM OF 4 ". TENANT'S ARE TO INSTALL A LANDLORD'S APPROVED LATEX RUBBER WATERPROOFING MATERIAL UNDER THE FLOOR FINISH. THE MEMBRANE SHALL BE MANUFACTURER'S 2 PART FORMULA CONSISTING OF LIQUID LATEX RUBBER AND POWDER FOR TROWEL APPLICATION WITH GLASS FIBER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT. (LATICRETE 9235 OR SUMMITVILLE 5.9000) INSTALL A WATER TIGHT DOOR THRESHOLD. 11 FITTING ROOM SEATING - GENERAL CONSTRUCTION - G.G. TO PAINT P-2/3 TYP- AT EACH JAMB 12 FITTING ROOM MIRROR 13 FITTING ROOM CLOTHING HANG BARS /rACTUTZER PJO. J /A1 1-1 15 C.C. T PATCH AHD r1LL G LUMPJ WRAT''S rcrz r'APL ; ;1''ECIrICATI LTAIL .3 DASHED LINE INDICATES WAINSCOTING TO 4' - o" A.F.F. WC -1 P WHEN EXTENDING MALL TILE T TENANT'S STOREFRONT SASE OR VESTIBULE, TILES MUST BE FULL TILE. IF TILE IS CUT IT MUST BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH A FULL TILE. ! 2 15 » SALES SMOKE EMBERS 16 G.C. TO FINISH RECESSED EXIT ALCOVE PER MALL REQUIREMENTS - COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD 17 G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE ON FLOOR AND 4" UP WALLS - 50 MILS. THICKNESS MINIMUM M FINISH PLAN GENERAL NOTES H SALES NON NO SCALE FINISH PLAN CODED NOTES ( # ) -SALES DOOR D D E.4 B ___} CI e 1:0 ---- . 6 W P-2A/WC-1 W P- 2A /WG -I B 5-3 S B -3 C P -IC C P -1C F FC -6 GI \ \ / � �� . � -i ~_ T I I 1 1 t 1 1 I -�' -- - 1 \ / \ . ____ 1 I WOMENS LAV I � `o I NON -SALES D07......,„„,./(,:f.6, , I T- -■-- -- -1 J ~ - rt� `� e T - - e - - 7I to m I° __ i - ' \ 8 8 -2 1 1 I . -` -_ G GLG -2 , 1 \, L ,� \ F Fc_q 1 1 1 '® 1 1 1 ' \ am L- - - _1 ► IMENS \ LAVE t OM I E 1 1 I \ / ` -___ \ A10.3 SSIM. r I 1 ADJACENT TENANT 1 REVIEWED 'EGRESS HALLWAY --1i I - W P- 1A/WC -1 1 r CODE E COMPLIANCE APPROVED A10.3 8 5-2 1 16 1 G GLG -2 C FFG -4 \�� 1 1 .iAN x. 8 1 1 1 1 ' _— J , '— — A10.3 () I 1 1 I I I I I n I I . f 10 �� 1 in 1 City Of T s 1 I -.._ A7.1 1 -Tll 1.L �� • ! I L (5 .) 1 ..-I • \13 -- - - 1 ' TYP. 0 Q W 1 MALL SERVICE CORRIDOR 1 {''7 I N) - -. -� P I ELEVATIONS FOR f 2 Nom - II 1 FRI M I 1 1 - -- 1 I 1 1 La:74441,2111111111 GFR 1 ~ N a i � rip, Gam ' R k LCOVE, i �I - _ A7.1 A7.1 NMI VI 12) N 1111 I 1 1 NON -SALES 1 LFR I W P -2A - - B P -213 ENTRY i i W N � o -, Z U _ E G P -1C 1 WP -1A G F .. Mi l l ! I I 1 1 , I I ' r I B C B -2 CLG -2 10 1 A10.3 TYP. 1 1 I F FG -� FR ( ES A7.1 _ - _ . ' 1 �. /f \�\ r I I r I W P -2A r ' I , ( B P -2B ; S A r \ G P -1C 6 I - Ir 20 1 1 ``.. - = , I 9.2 ii-ic FRI ,,/ , �' _ _ P -1A M LL 51DI 11 — T. =_ 6923 AEGI' ECT� �� G .., d5.5HREMSHOCK STATE OP WASHINGTON - -a , r r i II REFER TO INTERIOR r ' ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES. i r —! ( — — J I --- .- -.__ -- _ � j (9) 7/....- s - H H 11 THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHR OED BY THEN AND SIGNED AMID SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC S BUILDIN LQCA I1ON G IN THE STATE SHOWAPPIJCN ON TIN HE S FAI THI USE IS OPL AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA (I . - Il I II I ,t�om, �..,.. , � � 1- : Cr: �; 70 S r:--k, °' •I • 115 6 ) REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES ULC 1 8 2007 1 ADJACENT TENANT 1 SAI # 07418 (N.I.c.) Pie-►;vi11 L:cN 1 EPA DRAWING NUMBER: ■ 1 FINISH PLAN 1 /4" �, -OL, A = A P BRAKE METAL PANEL —IA BRAKE METAL PANEL � A.F.F. GYP. BD. All 'rT .O. STOREFRONT 0'- 0" A.F.F. TRANSOM .l [ P -2A P - 2A P2A WALLS O WALLS WALLS O B1 0.GEIL CEILING 1/2 A.F.F. iL \ / \ / \ / \ \ / / \ / \ / Ol EN TO SALES / 1 , P -1C �� CEILING BI O.CEIL CEILING 0' -0 p' 1G I P--1G / �� / // / �/ / I �� 0 / / // / i / // / �/ // 1 1 / �/ 1 / // i / , 0 / / I /, ,, , /�/ 1 %// 1 1 / / , /, / �/ 1/ I r // /� // / % # // i / / , /, , „�% / 0 I � // / i �/ /� / / / fimi It CEILING CEILING / / / 1 / / \ \ \ \ \ \ / / P - 2B ® ® ® ® . ® a ® ® T. O. FRAME CABINETS I 0' - DUMP BAY TRIM 11 II- _ P 1B / ,/ I \ BASE #T IM 6130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 Phone: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 email: info @shremshock.com A:./ I 0' -0" FINISHED FLOOR N FINISHED FLOO FLOOR P P P'2B CORNER G UARD 1 P BASE SE BASE SE DISPLAY PLATFORM - P -1A BASE — REFER TO SHEET A2.1 REFER TO A /A8.2 FACE OF DISPLAY PLATFORM DP CORNER GUARD - REFER TO 51 -4EET A2.1 FOR EXACT LOCATIONS PRE — FINISHED PUCK WALL FOR EXACT LOCATIONS PLATFORM BASE 4 TRIM DISPLAY PLATFORM - REFER TO A /AS.2 INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" 1 ' -° " S 1/4" 1' —°" M INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/ = MIRRORED CABINET SHOWN STRAIGHT P A A -1C FOR Cl RITY L CEILING 0" A P A11.S A11.2 A11.1 - 1G P - 2A CEILING W-0 A.F.F. 7-- F ooRI M - 1 TYP. • TYP. WALLS .. • ~' • B.O. B.O. CEILING''' G P -2A P -1G WALLS ALIGN r v r CEILING P - 2A WALL MIRRORED CABINET ® ® ® g ® ® ® ® a ® ® ® c /1' / \ y %r � �J // rii i /7 " r` f ' L / 1 i lta Z- S !, ,; 7 -6" A F. k / A s �� \ A � i `� ,� m m I1 g m ® g ® mg ma ® ® ay gm klk \ / ` a / r `\ ` yF \ k i � : :•ar .,_,�� L. l� imu-6- \ �, ''',/' / / / I II 7 -6 A.F.F. dEL B.D GRAN ER 1' B.O. Cl- IANDELIER - DOOR I M_1 1 1 P -2A J WALLS DISPLAY PLATFORM — REFER TO A/A5.2 O' -0" I III 111•11111111 A r ALIGN d— I d r 1 I 1 FINISHED FLOO FINISHED FLOO P 25 RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER P - 2S P -2B BASE BASE BASE CABINET - REFER TO DETAILS J, N /A10.2 INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" —°" R INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4' -1' FITTING ROOM DOOR 01 A.F.F. E CO APPROVED A11.2 P - 2A A11.1 P I P - 2A f TRIM — PAINT P -25 I - 2A WALLS WALLS WALLS � B.O. B.O CEILING \ / \ / \ 1 B.O. sf I 1/2" 8 -q I/2 A.F.F. 5.0.G NG P -1G ) P -1C CEILING P -1C I 1 CEILING : iJ J \ / \ / \ 1 OPEN TO FITTING ROOM \ _ T.O. FRAME +1 CABINETS CODE CEILING A.F.F_ ® ® m ® w ® ® ® ® ® ® NS _07 B.O. CHANDELIER D • � D / \ / \ \ r � / \ / \ / \ A / \ / / \ / \ a / \ / \ / \ A \ h N � SALES /NON —SALES ODOR. REFER TO DETAIL D /Gi.4 0' - D D' -O I� III 1 \ / C B O s 0' - 0'I FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR I CORNER GUARD FINISHED FLOO P-213 FITTING ROOM DOOR $ASE TYP., U.N,O, T. P I P -28 P- 2B -2B BASE CORNER GUARD - BASE REFER TO SHEET A2.1 FOR BASE - REFER TO SHEET A2,1 FOR EXACT LOCATIONS WALL EXACT LOCATIONS PRE — FINISHED PUCK INTERIOR ELEVATION P 1 /4" = 1 I-0" B K INTERIOR ELEVATION 11 —O u A.F.F. BRAKE METAL PANEL 3 - A_F.F. A A I) Doi._ L .!, 6, 0 il' —O" A.F.F. . 0 . STOREFR 10 -0" A.F.F. All_1 A11.2 MIRRORED CAD INET P -2A TYP DOOR 1 M - 1 1 TYP. WALLS B.O. CEILING „ —9 I/2 A.F. RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET CABINET Y REFER TO DETAILS �r J, N /A10 -.4----- B.O. CEILING'''. / // / / , / 0 .0. TRANSOM P - 1G A L I G N P CEILING 8 , -IG CEILING g g g ® ® ® g g g ® ® ® Eg g ® ® ® g g m ® ® ® ® g m 9 �' /1 i \'1, 0 / / / fi 0 s / fi i ® ® ® . ® ® ® ® ® ® ® g g ® ® k \■,. / \ \ � ,.1. \ \ �! `� ® m ® ® m ® ® g o EP T.O. FRAME * CABI r. ;: D' Q 7, �� 23 REG G -- .SHREMSHQCK STATE OF 41tA5HINGtON P -2A WALLS O " STOREFRONT GLAZING y ! # } i / 0 � � II / �/ / / � \ \ \ \ P -2A � 7 // COLUMN DISPLAY PLATFORM — R EFER TO A /A3.2 2' -0" A.F.F. 1 -2 _ _ _ OR LIABILITY FOR T YRE SE OF 3 PO NS F YY ANY PROJECT OTHER THA 1SPECIFICALLYAUTHOI ZED PROJECT THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION INTHE STATE SHOWN ONTHE SEAL GTHE USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE TATEDDESIGNCTERIA AREAS MEETI MEETINCTHesrATEno ESIGNWTEwA T.O. PLATFORM 4, PRE - FINISHED PUCK I FIN151 EII° L�� ;I L\ LC 1 8 (,i_7Lil Fahi411 1 t L141 �F1 FINISHED FLOOR CORNER P 2B GUARD - REFER TO SHEET A2.1 BASE FOR EXACT LOCATIONS CORNER GUARD - REFER TO SHEET WALL TYP. P -I5 1 SAI # 0741 S I A2.1 FOR EXACT LOCATIONS BASE DRAWING NUMBER: A• 1 AP N INTERIOR ELEVATION _ INTERIOR ELEVATION E Ln cn 0 a T N ra w 1- 0 1 0 NOTE: G.C. TO INSTALL WHITE GASKETS ON INTERIOR STORES AND BLACK GASKETS ON EXTERIOR STORES TO SECURE BRAKE METAL PANELS AND GLASS IN STOREFRONT SYSTEM G.C. TO COORDINATE FIELD DIMENSIONS OF MISC. BRAKE METAL PANELS W/ OWNERS VENDOR dLiA *9 LOGO 130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 tone: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 nail: info @shremshock.com 4I -6" W CENTERED J A IN BRAKE METAL PANEL - 1/2" AS.4 BRAKE METAL PANEL (TO COVER BOTI -1 SIDES) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD, BONE WI -IITE FINISH STOREFRONT DISPLAY SCREEN 15' -0" A.F.F. A8.4 BRUSI -IED STAINLESS LETTERS PIN- MOUNTED FLUSH BRAKE METAL PANEL (TO COVER OUTSIDE FACE) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD. BONE WHITE FINISH T.O. LIGHT COVE 1 I L__ ._L_. ^ ` 3/4" REVEAL 3' -O" A.F.F. I EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN, G,C, TO PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION T.O. STOREFRONT FRAMING pi -0" A.F.F. . L . K LEASE LINE I 1' B.O, MULLION i i I / / / r r / / /// p / // / /r ///, / / II� / / / // / r 7 / //i, / // / / / / / // / / / /! / /// ;/ / // / / \ �\ // ////, P / // / \ / \ \ \ / \ \ / /// / / / / // , 3/4 REVEAL 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED • COLUMN BEYOND LINE OF WALL (END OF I / / / 21. W W CV Q Ill ALL 0 H �Q ce, W i CC) cn PERIMETER SHELVING EYOND) B I/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS (TYP.) I / / / / v / / / / (� GLASS (TYP.) • 2' -0" AFF. /"I / r / I I /�l/ I // / / //( / /��/ /�/ I 1 T.O. MULLION d E Li ; -I FLOOR UNFOLD LINE ENTRY DOORS PER SCHEDULE ALUMINUM STOREFRONT 3' -O" W. dE1_iA *5 LOGO CENTERED IN BRAKE SYSTEM "BONE WHITE" METAL PANEL - 1/2" THICK BRUSHED STAINLESS • LETTERS PIN - MOUNTED FLUSH FINISH W J W L.L. 0 m m ❑ w 0 w 0 2 0 } m z ❑ ENLARGED STOREFRONT ELEVATION B _ . I) •4.v REVlEWE� CODE COMPL1ANCL. 0 APPROVED F%�4 ` \ 5w V ' f ti-S ! ! In E r —; `: i sa 'c`'` � ' f � ' ? .. RECEIVED I OF T j°rC1AM.A 8 2007 l�r 1 8 U / (.:i=NIEH < J STOREFRONT DISPLAY SCREEN �� �r y 'e x .i C'S! F ' • LINE OF PLATFORM BELOW J EX LL Q RAISED PLATFORM. REFER TO A6.3 DETAILS ON 5�1) ET A8.2 LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE City � 6? a Ii! ■q 6 b, 1 5 _ L ^IN ._ i _ ___. _Lr LEASE LINE L 1 ," w 0 F CD *4, _ , I _Ask 6923 REGI` . - r a AE ECT , n s . GE i . SHREMSHOCK STATE OF WASHINGTON I A A8 I ' A8.3 I �1 � 1 1 J — — �}, -11 „ I 37 1 I� UNFOLD LINE 2ii 2 ,I 221 -21i± 2 ,1 2 „ 4 1 n _ I " HOLD 2 5' -41" 2 4 6 1u r 2 THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NORESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY ALITHORIZED $Y THEM AND E THE S SHOWN A_E O SEAL THIS LOCATION DIING USE IS ONLY A ON CABLE 1N AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA LEASE LINE REVEAL EIXSTING NEUTRAL PIER CITY AND DEMISING WALL DEC PE11101I B J A A$.1 LAYOUT Aa.4 AS_4 T POINT SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: A8. 1 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN 1/2"=1 1-0" A E Ln cn 0 a T N ra w 1- 0 1 0 0 u-t 1- 1- 0 3/4" THICK FROSTED ACRYLIC - G.C. TO SUPPLY FIELD MEASURED DRAWINGS TO VENDOR AFTER COMPLETION OF PLATFORM 2 11 II 8 �' 42-1" CONSTRUCTION a -�t f , VARIES cONcEALED 3 I I 1 FIXTURE - 527� \ SEE PLA 3/4" THICK FROSTED ACRYLIC - G.C. TO SUPPLY FIELD MEASURED DRAWINGS TO VENDOR AFTER COMPLETION OF PLATFORM 1\ 1-1 ml I- I� �_• . 1 /8" MASONITE FILLER - �fII Cr I ����j lI �-� I I ► � J ala ` I I ■ 1 1 I I 1- I I ~ I I I I z. I I I I WILL 1" .. iiiiiih � I� I d co al ��� ...„ •�� Nei CONSTRUCTION 4 1 II G REFER To DISPLAY TOP TO MATCH CHANNEL 2 I /2 " METAL STUDS I � P LAN 2 1 " 2 2 G J PLATFORM " " 3 1 n 8 g 2 - E E TO DISPLAY � � r PLATFORM PLAN 1- IARDWOOD EDGE - 1/4" OFFSET AT 16 O.C. 11111 i i n A S_2 1 I I " PAINT P -1B I 1/4" PLYWOOD PAINT P -1C N �I� - SACK EDGE OF STOREFRONT SYSTEM I yaarrrr - a - I - � ) ���I 2 -� 8 ! F.R.T. BLOCKING PLAN i - s 2 1 AS REQUIRED 2 1 1 : 2 I REFER TO DISPLAY PLATFORM s" 9 _ 1 ( cv D ISP LAY PLATF ALIGN DETAIL 6 =1 � _Q n H - 1/4" PLYWOOD PAINTI P 1 - I _ NOT USED _ S 1 3/4" THICK FROSTED ACRYLIC - G.C. TO SUPPLY FIELD MEASURED DRAWINGS TO VENDOR AFTER COMPLETION OF PLATFORM TOP OF PLATFORM TO BE 1/4" BELOW HATCH INDICATES 3/4" THICK I FRI I I 1 HARDWOOD EDGE -I- ± + + -- rzr + + TOP OF MULLION AT STOREFRONT HATCH INDICATES EXTENT OF 3/4" THICK FROSTED ACRYLIC - G.G. TO SUPPLY FIELD MEASURED DRAWINGS TO VENDOR AFTER COMPLETION OF PLATFORM CONSTRUCTION 1 it t = -K Qv _ I 7 4 CONSTRUCTION HARDWOOD EDGE - FINISH NAIL, SET NAI I u 1 " 1 II D GUT 3- 8 2 g 1 (T' 1 I I P 1 1 I 1 1 I A8.2 REFER TO DISPLAY EDGE (FACTORY TO FACE SALES f ml-zr FLOOR) - PAINT P_IB E FLUORESCENT SUPPLIED 1 PLATFORM PL 3 1 u 8 REFER To D 1 " �$ . (�s A liserivaillilftlii Q. E4 1- 1 I ` I 1 1 1 1 I ~ mil 1 '1 I LEA sa LINE 1 I II 4 FIXTURE - BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. AS.2 " II STUDS AT 16 O CONTINUOUS 1/2" x 2 3/8 "WOOD TRIM SPACER HIDE CUT EDGE E TO FACE F i �L �� ///�i �� � _ff BUTT EDGE OF WOOD PLATFORM TRIM TIGHT TO WALL 2 1/2 METAL �� T s 21 " 2 SALES FLOOR) � �f` 3 5/8 x 20 GA M ETAL STUD FRAMING AT 16" O.G. (MAX.) --A\ m I - ..___..__.._ - m L J -BEAD F.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED 1/8" MASONITE FILLER - TOP TO MATCH CHANNEL 1 5/8 METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 1 5/8" MET AL STUD FRAMING AT 16" O.G. - PAINT 1 P--IA 1 SCRIBED HARDWOOD r BASE - PAINTI P -15 I - r• Q 1 II z 0- a , r IIIJ/ 5/8" GYP. BD. PAINT P -1A g" 2 1/2" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. 1/ 4" PLYWOOD PAINT P -IA 'i m f \\\\ ///// / 1 L lat Q� ' W 1 I COI FU I FIX —1--_______1_, I I DISPLAY PLATFORM SECTION n_ 1-0" 1 1 /2 — 1 L DISPLAY PLATFORM EDGE DETAIL n 1 n 6 — -0 G _ _ N 1 7` HA' /-___ ---- I 1 FROSTED I�I—i 1 I • � 1 /Ill II 1 O 1 1 ocn Fri X 11 I I I w w / / 1 ` I 1 w � `I w o q2 1 I f 1~ I I MPLIANCE I I CODE CO RO VED \ 1- 1 I ��� 1 IN 1 • f- 1 , I ~I City Of Tutc,N,0, BUILDING 1 1 / / A .2 " ?3 111 3/4" THICK FROSTED ACRYLIC SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED 6Y G.C. - G.C. TO SUPPLY FIELD MEASURED DRAWINGS TO VENDOR AFTER COMPLETION of PLATFORM CONSTRUCTION gll VARIES (3' -O" MAX.) VARIES (3' -0" MAX.) MA$QNITE FILLER - TOP TO MATCH CHANNL VARIES (3' -0" MAX.) < o a 1.11 al REFER TO PLA BUTT SEAM (CENTERED ON SUPPORT WALL) - REFER TO PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATIONS REFER TO PLAN REFER TO PLAN / LINE r,t a/ r fj 1" X 4" HARDWOOD I - f )- I - � I -• I EDGE - PAINT I P -15 1 � EQ. 12" EQ. PAIINTLYP- -DOD I TYP. ' 3 TYP o roN -' - A a, _ ft A W, I , # i i ., j 1 I - i i i i o. j i i i /RESCENT -ICY � Ix III _ , ,, z I I I 1 ' � 1 T T I FIXTURE SUPPLIED 1/2" METAL -1- - - - - I I - 2 AND INSTALLED �` - - II a Li BY OWNER BY G.C. STUDS AT 16" O.C. U 3 5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUD FRAMING AT 16" O.C. (MAX.) 6923 REGI • D Al ECT / GE 1 :.SHAEMSHOCK ATE OP WASHINGTON �' 5/8" GYP. D. ON 1 5/8" METAL STUD 111 FRAMING AT 16" O.G. - PAINT P -IA HARDWOOD EDGE (TYP.) - PAINT EXISTING WALL 1 P -15 1 IWIIINNIThlimirni "fr 1 I� 1 ` LEASE LINE RECEIVED rE1 ly�p ��++ y� ,�1TY OF ��- I '`�fiLI1 DEC VED D PLiiivu I U LI� I E R THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NORESPONSIBILffYOR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHOW zED SUCH BYTHEM BY ND SIGNED AND STATE SHOWN ON THE AREAS MEETING RIi4 THE STATED CRITE TI-IESE DETAILS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SEWN SUPPLIED BY OW ER 1 INSTALLED G.C. (TYP.) TI - IESE DETAILS ARE TO S1-ION TYPICAL PLATFORM CONSTRUCTION. FOR EXACT PLATFORM GONFIGUARTION AND SIZE, REFER TO DETAIL A /A8.2 D P D (MITER ALL CORNERS) - SAI # 07418 PAINT i LEASE LINE OR MALL SIDE OF DRAWING NUMBER: • 2 STOREFRONT SYSTEM DISPLAY PLATFORM PLAN 1 1 /2 " =1' -0" N 1 1 /2 " = -0" DISPLAY PLATFORM PLAN 1 /2 " =1' -0" A DISPLAY PLATFORM SECTION E _ 0 u-t 1- 1- 0 PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 4 1:36 AM 5/8" BD. ON _ 11100:do r GYP. 3 5 /8" METAL STUDS F.R.T. BLOCKING .�` AT 16" O.C. (MAX.) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM 1/2" CLEAR - F.R.T. BLOCKING TEMPERED GLASS LEASE LINE . , � T , AV cnlco u' G.G. TO TUCK BRAKE METAL BEHIND ALUMIN (E) DEMISING WALL- TO REMAIN. PROTECT DURING — STOREFRONT SYSTEM ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM IIMMIkIMMIIII 130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 lone: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 nail: info @shremshock.com _, CONSTRUCTION. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. MATCH 3" 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD ON -IN 4 111 GLAZING (V.I.F.) NEW FINISHES 5/8 TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/5" MTL. STUD. 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. , } 3/4" REVEAL 1/2 "x WOOD TRIM AT STOREFRONT. REFER TO B /A8.7 OVER 3 5/8" MTL. STUD. NOT USED S STOREFRONT DETAIL 1 1/2" � -o" M STOREFRONT DETA 1 1 " 1' - ° n BRAKE METAL TUCK DET 31 = = LINE CLEAR GLASS STOREFRONT METAL PANEL STOREFRONT CLEAR TEMPERED LINE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 5/8" GYP. ATTACHED TO 3 5/8" STRUCTURE ABOVE - AT 16" NOT TO DECK NOTE: FRAME TO BE SET TO FIT TIGHT TO TOP OF DECK - ALLOW NO OPEN GAPS LEASE BD. ON 4" W. x 18 GA CONTINUOUS METAL STUDS SHEET METAL BLOCKING O.C. WITH (2) #10 SCREWS AT EACH JOIST EXISTING LIGHT COVE SY LL TO REMAIN. PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION I/2" = 1/2" MTL. STUDS. c`v INSTALL 1 1/2" MIN. FROM FIREPROOFING. SECURE TO �\ Z 3 5/8" 18 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. TEMPERED CI V v ALUMINUM / I I I I — — — — I I F.R.T. BLOCKING STRUCTURE ABOVE AS � � — SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN N Z SYSTEM REQUIRED. (E) COLUMN TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN EXISTING RATING n TYPE "X" (1) LAYER OF 5/TYPE GYP. P EXTENDING FROM TOP OF SLAB TO 6 n ABOVE STORE CLG. OR TIGHT TO MALL DECK ABOVE AS REQUIRED PER LOCAL 3/4" REVEAL C / / BRAKE L FILLER — _ - 1 1/2" e .° 0 ; y BRAKE METAL OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD ON 3 5/8" MTL FRAMING 0� �� w CONTINUOUS 2X4 U BLOCKING D C0 �� = (k L +- S 1 1/2"/ -I- II ALUMINUM ` ' + + I 3 I �� �.r. SYSTEM 1/2" 12 - c ` v — MIN. Z f MIN. + + + � ,�• I PAINT P -1C / L,a j� I* � � NV"1 d �� J r • J BRAKE METAL PANELS (To COVER BOTH 51 DES) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD ON 3 5/8" MTL FRAMING B UILDING AUTHORITIES, i F P 5I T �• q" GLAZING (V.I.F.) GLASS LEASE x SUSPENDED GYP. P. CONVENIENCE OUTLET - CEILING - REFER TO R.G.P. REFER TO S4-IEET A3.1 j, SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN I (EQUAL) - PAINT P -IC GRAPHIC HANGING TRACK SYSTEM 1 112 "= 1' - 0" GLAZING DETAIL 1 1/2 " -1 ' - ° II L 3 " = " °" COLUMN ENCLOSURE DETAIL 1 1 ' C SPIDER TRACK DETAIL �- G _ STOREFRONT DETAIL R ALUMINUM STOREFRONT p 0 .1 7 -446,67 SYSTEM LINE OF PLATFORM LINE OF PLATFORM BELOW - BELOW LINE OF SOFFIT 5/5" GYP. BD. ON 3 5/8' METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. (MAX.) LS ABOVE 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED -IN � LINE OF SOFFIT _ I r �� 11� — �� 1 ABOVE � `l 11% - E IIIIE soldJ� EXISTNG DEMISING ♦ WALL TO REMAIN •. `Lp 1/1 TEMPERS 5S „ TI - Q its p -j u p X NLi 711 A FLI �� ®�� 1 0 :' LEASE LINE COD E C ApPRO� �i� 3 Z� �,� r B � I /2' TEMPERED GLASS /ALUMINUM ENTRTDOORS AS SCHEDULED DUSTPROOF STRIKES (4)" INSTALLED AT BOTH OPEN AND CLOSED POSITIONS �� ' I. 11. 611111 11 111 k 1 �r 5/8" BD. ON 6923 RE Q , O S S H R E M S H OCK STATE OF WASHINGTON GLASS GYP, OW ��' ~ � MISC. F.R.T. BLOCKING, METAL STUDS AND FURRING CHANNELS AS RECD. FIELD DETERMINE. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM - • I r j . EXISTNG NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION 4�II ENTRY 71 3/4" REVEAL THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY R LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PRwECTOTr ,ER,ww SPEGFICALLVAUrHOwzED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIRC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL, THIS stall NG USE IS ONLY APPLICABLEIN AREAS MEETING THE STATED 4F-SIGN CRITERIA. �• LEASE LINE GLAZING (V.I.F.) 5/8" GYP. D. OVER METAL p �F! nI � rs�w YEIJ FRAMING. FINISH TO MATC -t -- �� GLAZING (V.I.F.) 42 " r J6= T im �+/1 ,► STOREFRONT SYSTEM DEC 1 8 Z 0 0 ! ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM Ph-NI/Ili ( N I ER SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: • 3 LEASE LINE A I'/ 1-1/2" NEU TRAL GLAZING DETAIL _ ,J PIER DETAIL _ A PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 4 1:36 AM 0 LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE SI —IALL ONLY BE USED FOR LATERAL SUPPORT — NOT TO EXCEED MAXIMUM LIVE LOAD AND LATERAL SUPPORT LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE SHALL ONLY BE USED FOR LATERAL SUPPORT — NOT TO EXCEED MAXIMU1"1 LIVE LOAD AND LATERAL SUPPORT G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. SD, ON BACKSIDE OF MALL BULKHEAD (IF NOT EXISTING) G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. SD, ON BACKSIDE OF MALL BULKHEAD (IF NOT XISTING) G, TO VERIFY POSITIVE ATTACHMENT A HEAD. SUPPLEMENT EXISTING CONDITION NITI -1 F.R.T. BLOCKING / FRAMING A5 REQUIRED (V.I.F.) G.C. TO VERIFY POSITIVE ATTACHMENT AT HEAD. SUPPLEMENT EXISTING CONDITION WITH F.R.T. BLOCKING / FRAMING AS REQUIRED (V.I.F.) 3 5/8" 15 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE NOT / 3 5/8" 16 A. METAL STUDS @ 16 O.G. / 3 5/8" 18 A. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE NOT TO DECK 130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 lone: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 nail: info @shremshock.com ABOVE TO DECK 3 5/8'' 18 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING AT 48" O.C. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE 3 -5/8" BRIDGING 5/5" 18 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING AT 48" O.C. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE - PROVIDE 3 -5/8" BRIDGING AT MIDSPAN,�\ + + 3 5/S" IS GA, METAL STUDS @ 16" O.0 15 0 T.O. LIGHT COVE A T.O. LIGHT COV A DSPANOVIDE A A F.R.T. BLOCKING • F.R.T. BLOCKING - � / 3/4" REVEAL r � 3/.4" REVEAL A // / BRAKE METAL OVER 1/2" F-R.T. PLYWOOD lr- BRAKE METAL OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD + -+ ++ ++ + + + + ++ + + +, ON 3 5/5" MTL FRAMING 13'_0" + + ++ + + J � + +\ / ++ — \ + +\ I++ ( + � \ ON 3 5/5" MTL FRAMING ++ I 13' -0" + + Il l * + + + + + + + ++ I \ R T.O. STOREFRONT 2 1/2" 18 GA, METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C, ._________._____._.----1--T-- ` — — W. .- q" — L , T .O. STOREFRON -D" A.F.F. A8.3 ' 41 ,� A8.3 G 11 SIGNAGE - CENTER SIGNAGE WITHIN PANEL - TOP OF SUNBURST AND BOTTOM STROKE OF LETTERS CONVENIENCE OUTLET, A8.3 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM PAINT 1 P - 3 5/8" 18 GA. METAL STUDS 16" O.0 SHOWN DASHED - I Q. EQ. ++ \+ + \ � ++ + + ++ ++ + 4 + �+ ++ ++ t 1'_011 r BRAKE METAL PANELS (TO COVER OUTSIDE FAGS) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD 1o' -oI 11 - 0" A.F.F. X � 11 1 BA. GYP. BD, CEILING + - x 1_31" C7 B.O. GYP. D. CEILING BRAKE METAL PANELS (TO COVER BOTH SIDES, ONE SIDE @ SIMILAR CONDITION) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. P "BONE WHITE" FINISH 1 0 1 -0" / ',i I I. h t '` '� + + + + +'� �. I ih; 7,, ilk , � SUSPENDED GYP. BD / , B.O. MULLION SUSPENDED GYP. 8D. / fi / / / / // / /,/ / / / / / / B.O. MULLION CILIN, PAINT P " / / CILIN, PAINT 1C - 1C GYP. ED. — / , �I-2-I." ! 5/5" GYP. BD. CEILING SY G.C. - PAINT I P -1C 1 F_}Z,T, BLOCKING 1/2 CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS 1/2" METAL PANEL @ SIMILAR PAINT 1 P -1A EDGE BEAD RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE. REFER TO REFLECTED LIGHTING PLAN F.R.T. SLOGKING 4 1 ALUMINUM /GLASS STOREFRONT DOORS IEDULED f / 3' -51 f/ 411 2 2 � :::: I t / / / I // i/ /� // LEASE LINE Is t / - ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM / / / i / / // // / / /// / , ( / 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS AS SCI 2' -0" A.F.F. - - CONDITION REFER TO DJ~ f"AILS ON SHEET A8.2 FOR PLATFORM CONSTRUCTION t I u / 2 // / ^52n (///„. 2" 1�iitE4f CODE Ca APPS �' , � / 1-1 — LEASE LINE FACE of STOREFRONT COINCIDE -0" A F ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM / 8.2 I / Cat t Of P ' r'I' f! � `" 13RAKE METAL PANELS I O COVE OU SIDE FACE) � 1 OVER I/2" R .R,T. PLYWOOD T T.O. MULLION 6 T.O. 4 ' MULLION 0' -0" i �. — 1 — — J SIGNAGE - CENTER SIGNAGE WITHIN PANEL - TOP OF SUNBURST ($) { BRAKE METAL PANELS (TO COVER OUTSIDE FACE) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD AND BOTTOM STROKE OF Lai FE/ZS • 10.3 . 0 ,_ 0 ., 1 1 FINISH FLOOR ' G.C. TO ENSURE FLUSH TRANSITION FROM SALES FLOOR TILE TO MALL — J ° FINISH FLOOR a ' a, ° A 6923 RECD MATCH TILE RE �y 0ETED c1-n( OF TU ka fil J� LA DEC t 1 8 LOUU T Pbi llv11 UE191 tR G rl; ' b S. SHREMSHOCK STATE OF WASHINGTON THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY FRO4 QThER THAN SPECIFICALLY AIJTHOFCZED BYTHENANDS S PE C FIC ■L IN THE STATE ED SHOH 4 ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS NEET1NG THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA, SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: A8 . 4 STOREFRONT GLAZING SECTION 3411 1' °'F STOREFRONT WALL SECTI 3/4° V-°" A = _ 0 NOT USED H NOT USED = -11 3/8" A.F.F. 3 5/8" 18 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. BRAKE METAL PANELS (TO COVER BOTH SIDES) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD "BONE WI -ITE" FINISH 64 12' B.O. GYP. BD. CLG. 0' -0" A.F.F. - F.T. .RBLOCKING 3 5/8" 18 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G. 10' -2" A.F.F rl �. ... �.p�` B. O. GYP. BD. ENTRY CLG. i B.O. MULLION 3/4" THICK FROSTED ACRYLIC - G.C. TO SUPPLY FIELD MEASURED DRAWINGS TO VENDOR AFTER COMPLETION OF PLATFORM CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO SWEET A8.2 FOR / / /� / / 5 /8jI GYP. BD. CEILING BY G.G. - PAINT P -1C ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM "BONE WI -IITE" FINIShI IS ENTRY BEYOND ND 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS REi/IN'. ✓E CODE Ci` HPL .s9 "- q pp �� p gry� �v psi!/ r,niv1F a F . 9`° G f , N PLATFORM CONTRUCTION A.F.F. A S 2 SIM. i0 2 . -0 ii T.O. MULLION 0' -O" E - --- _ - 1 0 ,. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM "BONE WHITE" FINIS -;----:-.-..t,--,- BRAKE METAL PANELS (TO COVER OUTSIDE FACE) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD "BONE WI -IITE" FINISH 2 1/2" METAL STUD AT 16" O.G. FINISH FLOOR MALL TILE FLOOR D Di....„Lid( � E � c rr 'LL "'' - • ' �'�'{l -- S. � y- ° i � . r ' .., P, f i 1A DEC 1 8 2007 Pcr;►vM! 1 (.:t1i 1 ER 6923 .X-i., ,rip ' TECT GE =' ' S.SHREMSHOCK STATE OE WASHINGTON THE ARCHITECr ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBIUT' OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROD ELT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY ADTHQW Z BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC 11ONINTHESTATESHOWNONTHE ILD IS O UCABL SEAL HIS BUINLY APP E LICABL IN T NG USE AREAS ME ETI NG THE S DESIGN A 0 SAI # 07418 - DRAWING NUMBER: A8 . 5 NOT USED 3/4 -° 11 STOREFRO WALL SECTION _ 1 1 A CD CONTINUOUS LIGHT COVE J NOTE: G.G. TO INSTALL NI —IITE GASKETS ON INTERIOR STORES AND BLACK GASKETS ON EXTERIOR STORES TO SECURE BRAKE METAL PANELS AND GLASS IN STOREFRONT SYSTEM V 0 J G.C. TO COORDINATE FIELD DIMENSIONS OF MISC. BRAKE METAL PANELS N/ CO Aa.4 OWNERS VENDOR. REFER TO SECTION J /A5.4 SIM. BRAKE METAL PANEL (TO COVER 1/2 FINISH A.F (SIM.) BRAKE META!_ PANEL (TO COVER OUTSIDE FACE) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD. BONE OUTSIDE FACE) OVER PLYWOOD. BONE NI-IITE 15 -0" WI -IITE FINISH T .O. LIGHT CO` 13 -0" A.F J 3/4" REVEAL 1/2 F.R.T. TRIM, PAINTED "BONE 1A1I •1ITE" TO MATCH __L _ T .O. STOREFRONT BRAKE METAL FRAM (TO COVER I /2" F.R.T. FINISH -0 A.F PANEL 130TH SIDES) OVER PLYWOOD. BONE NI -•IITE 10 STOREFRONT SYSTE (TYP.) YOO OVER F.R.T. PLW D u I I /S TYPE X GYP. BD. "ONE WHIT" TO MATCH STOREFRONT SYSTEM TYP. / 7 // / / / i / / / / / / , / / // / / j, / / 1/2" / // //// / //d / // / / // / / / / / / , /// / / / / 1 //// // p / / ( fr// / AINTD / p / / i 4 / / p / / / / // r /// / . / /� / B.O. 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS (TYP.) MULLI( A.F . _ - ( ) n 1/2 x F.R.T. TRIM, PAINTED "SONE WI- IIT1=" TO MATCH STOREFRONT SYSTEM (TYP.) '' ALUMINUM so T REFRONT SYSTEM "BONE WHITE" FINISH 2 ds 4ELiA T .O. t MULLION BRAKE METAL FILLER PANEL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM "BONE WHITE" FINISH (TYP.) FINISH BRAKE METAL PANEL FLOC (TO COVER I/2" FIN 3' -0" W. dELIA *s LOGO CENTERED IN BRAKE METAL PANEL - 1/2" THICK BRUSHED STAINLESS LETTERS PIN - MOUNTED FLUSH CD C po.......4.6„6, OUTSIDE FACE) OVER PLYWOOD. BONE WI --IITE • is 2 EP ENLARGED STOREFRONT ELEVATION 1/21 CO C©DE J CU LINE OF SOFFIT REV IE`+ ED COMPL ABOVE ' `3�' i PLAT WORM BELO PLAT ON SHEET Ps ^"t' y �_ I , ._ , ^, cm,' t s _ ' ,, ,. T y . .+ 1 1 1 LA DEC 1 8 2007 FEhwli I U(`i9 !tip \ LINE OF RAISE ��' DETAILS 11111111111111.."'- / / //` / /. /�� J / / / / ///!!l/ , / / / / / / /// /// / iii 1 LEASE LINE 6923 RE D A;+, ITECT I GE: D S. SHREMSHOCK STATE OF WASHINGTON ��� ����� � : ' 1 I EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. \ , EQ. EQ. EQ. , , -a11 UNFOLD LINE 32 -10+ o 11 ' � 2 " 2 " 2 " 2 "J 2 " 2 11 2 11 F D THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBIUT' OFt LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED Y THE s c ci DSIG THE SEALED oNTHE SHOWN SEAL THIS USE IS ONLY A c FLE IN AREAS MEETING 11NC THE STATED DESIGN N CRITERIA , CD C y a II LEASE LINE A8.3 J J SAI # 07418 A$ 4 511`1. DRAWING NUMBER: A8 • 6 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN _ A 0 0 • NOTE: G.C. TO INSTALL WHITE GASKETS ON INTERIOR STORES AND BLACK GASKETS ON EXTERIOR STORES TO SECURE BRAKE METAL PANELS AND GLASS IN STOREFRONT SYSTEM I) (U 2 CONTINUOUS LIGHT COVE REFER C.G. TO COORDINATE FIELD DIMENSIONS OF MISC. BRAKE METAL PANELS N/ OWNERS VENDOR J } S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 ie: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 il: info @shremshock.com TO SECTION J /A8.4 (SIM.) BRAKE METAL PANEL (TO COVER 4' -6" W dELIMs LOGO CENTERED ON OUTSIDE FACE) OVER 1/2" F,R.T. WALL - 1/2" BRUSHED STAINLESS PLYWOOD. BONE WHIT!~ FINISH LETTERS PIN - MOUNTED FL USN BRAKE METAL PANEL (TO COVER ' OUTSIDE FACE) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD. BONE WHITE FINISH 15' -0" A.F.F. T.O. LIGHT COVE T.O. STOREFRONT FRAM IN r 3/4" REVEAL 1 /2 "x F.R.T. TRIM, PAINTED "BONE WHITE" TO MATCH STOREFRONT SYSTEM (TYP.) � 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD OVER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. PAINTED "BONE WHITE" TO MATC1 -1 STOREFRONT SYSTEM BRAKE METAL PANEL (TO COVER BOTH 51D1 =5) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD. BONE WHITE FINISH 1 -0" A.F,F (TYP.) _ - - 1 • — — - — — 1 — — — — - - / / / /,/ B.O MULLION \...._ . 3/4" REVEAL EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PROTECT Y 7 ///' / / 7 / / / / / 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS DURING CONSTRUCTION 1/2 "x F.R.T. TRIM, PAINTED "BONE WHITE" TO MATCH 4C / STOREFRONT SYSTEM (TYP.) l'. I / / / / // / , / ALUM STOREFRONT F N SH SYSTEM "BONE WHITE" 2 -0 A. F.F. T.O. MULLION 0 -0" \ LEASE LINE 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD OVER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD PAINTED "BONE WHITE" TO MATCH STOREFRONT SYSTEM (Tr'P,) -C U FIN151 -I FLO PLYWOOD SEAMS TO BE EDGE FEATHERED, FILLED (SONDO OR al EQUAL), AND SANDED FLUSH AND 2 SMOOTH Ni ADJACENT SURFACE. lir BRAKE METAL PANEL (TO COVER OUTSIDE FACE) OVER 1/2" F.R.T. PLYWOOD. BONE WHITE FINISH EV. ENLARGED STOREFRONT ELEVATION 1/2' = 11-0" B 411) c CO 1:,) 0 1...... c 0.6,6 ,E„, Ev,,Epfop, COM CC OV { `- (E) MALL COLUMN (TYP) �� ` ` / LEASE LINE 1/2" x F.R.T. WOOD 1 � / Z r 07Z ri 2 // / / / �I d/ / MIII.P.-- 1 / - -� RAISED PLATFORM, REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEE A 8.2 - - -� � 1 I 6923 ` REG! • . GE•. >t .SHR�MSH CK srAr� o� wasHlNCr Y TRIM r M 1 I A8.3 1 ' \� �, ` ,.. mss, �. ��� c ^� n T 1 � a a ` —. v _.__ EIXSTING NEUTRAL PIER I 5 I lu -2 5I-Bill 10 I Y10 lu I In 5 -3 I lu 5 -2 32 � -10 1" //� \\ LEASE LINE LIABI TYFOR r THEUSEOFTHESEPLANS I FORANY R EGT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY /WTH4RIZE� PROJECT BYTHEA( AND SIGNmAND SEALED FOR SUCH SEAL. F THIS6LA NG LJ E S ONLY APP CABLE NTHE AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA V �. f" _ :_, ._ PROJECT ED AND DEMISING WALL 2 I II II II 3II 2 2 2 �+ 4 0 c o (" ' Iz`•:' �..� b.; �r +l A � 9 i :,1‘, 3/�1 REV L � J DLC 1 UU1 9IM. � Y7idil � E FL SAI # 07418 LEASE LINE POI NT DRAWING NUMBER: A8 . 7 ..... 1/2„ : 1'-0" ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN A 0 0 1/2" X 4" SCRIBABLE HARDWOOD BASE - SUPPLIED BY OWNER BY RECESSED CAN LIGHTING. 5!8" SUSPENDED GYP. RECESSED CAN LIGHTING. 5/8" SUSPENDED GYP. BD. GYP. BD. - PAINT AND INSTALLED G.G. DOUBLE 3 5/8" METAL STUDS W/ 2X4 F.R.T. BLOCKING AT JAMBS - TYP. 11u SHIM SPACE PRE - PRIMED WOOD TRIM - ASSEMBLY - SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. °1N "iI'zr - G.G. TO PAINT P-23 4" 4 1" �� ♦� 2 FITTING ROOM ♦ \--; CAN i iT 7 M-1 G.C. TO MASTIC ENTIRE MIRROR RECESSED / ALCOVE O W • LAND SUPPORT MIRROR WITH REFER TO REFLECTED 3/4" ANC( -TORS G.G. TO INSTALL "1" PLAN FOR EXACT C- 1ANNELS ON ALL FOUR SIDES OF MIRROR 5/8" SUSPENDED 1 REFER TO REFLECTED P. CEILING [ P_IC I REFER. TO REFLECTED CEILING( p_1C I [ P -2A 1 r, CEILING PLAN FOR FXACT LOCATIONS CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT L OCATIONS . PAINTI P-2A I BOARD CEILING J _ Il „�" N: dinimmoi. \ / / / i%// / / /���� R'_o" A.F.F. r,. ZA / / iil�� u luu � l, r � (-Pm 0 1 9 i q' -0" A.F.F. r / 0 0 0 $ / / 9' -0" A.F_F.$ ///, AI ell 0 P GYP. D. In 4 FITTING ROOM S FITTING ROOM DOOR, AS SCHEDULED 1/2" X 1" CASING TRIM TO EXTENDED `� �� . PAINTI P -2A EXTEND THE LENGTH OF THE STRIKE PLATE DOOR FRAME AND DOOR HEAD (TYP.) HINGE IN -WALL HANG SAR BLOCKING FOR 7 I M -1 I G.G. TO MASTIC ENTIRE MIRROR TO IN-NALL SLOCKII` HANG BAR NALL AND SUPPORT MIRROR WITI -I 3/4" ANCHORS - G.C. TO INSTALL "J" GHAN' ON A FOUR SIDES OF MIRROR MORTISED BUTT = I -1C FITTING ROOM BENCH — FITTING ROOM BENG�I p 014 Ar a I FITTING ROOM DOOR DETAIL " - °" EQ. 3' -2" EQ. . 1- IARDWOOD EDGE BY DELIA'S AND BY G.C. - PAINT 2' -0" - SUPPLIED INSTALLED _ OF 4. . f L_ fEQ• �EQ • i R r CORIAN BENCH I TOP I 1:3_25 1 A10.1 OPP. 24" DEEP HC FR. BENCI -1 3/4" X 2" L ANGLE BLOCKING REQUIRED u AS z. — — — .- I I 1 I 1 II 1 ♦ I 1 1 I 1 / I' I I ` J � I 1 <r _ � � �� _ � N ♦ � _ I N. .1 BASE 1 - - D - SUPPORTED - BY 3 5/8" 16 GA �„ , . Ilik �. 1/2" MDF SUPPLIED INSTALLED BY AND G.G. - I • METAL STUDS AT 1" O.C. G - - —/ P L k ♦ k 0 k _ F.R. DOOR X F.R. DOOR 1. 1) D-7 .....4& N.C. FITTING ROC R G G BENC�I I P2 -13 A10.3 SIM. 6 I P -25 A10.3 BASE A10.1 SIM. OPP. A10.3 A10.1 BASE SIM. PAINT P -213 ril A 1 G.C. TO PROVIDE WALL BLOCKING IN I P-25 BASE H.C. FITTING ROOM BENCH SECTION 1 1/21 -°" R FITTING ROOM SECTI 1/2" -°" L FITTING ROOM SECTION 1/2' - 0" FITTING ROOM SECTIONS 112 1 W 1' RECESSED CAN LIGHTING. REFER E LING PLANFLECTEXAGT 5/8" SUSPEND! =D GYP. G.G. TO APPLY A SMALL BEAD OF CLEAR SILICONE TO THE PERIMETER OF MIRROR (WHERE EDGE MEETS NALL), AROUND BENCH AND AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE SEAMS EXIST INSIDE OF THE FITTING ROOMS. WIPE OFF ANY EXCESS SILICONE IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION (THIS IS TO ENSURE THE PREVENTION OF HIDING PRICE /SECURITY TAGS IN CONCEALED SPACES) — TYPICAL FOR ALL FITTING ROOMS THESE DETAILS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY CORIAN BENC44 TOP HARDWOOD BY DELIA'S BY G.C. - , _ EDGE - SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED TI -1E5E PLANS ARE FOR FIXTURE ILLUSTRATIONS; ROOM SIZES, CONFIGURATIONS AND DOOR SWINGS - 12n12 TO TI-IE "CONSTRUCTION PLAN. PAINT P -25 1 FITTING ROOM BENCH G.C. TO SCRIBE EASE TIGHT TO THE FLOOR IN FITTING ROOMS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE CARPET. G.C. TO ENSURE THERE ARE NO GAPS BETWEEN THE BASE AND CARPET AFTER INSTALLATION 15 COMPLETE 3/4" X 2" STEEL ANGLE BLOCKING AS 5' i hl REQUIRED Loco AND G.C. - SUPPORTED - BY 3 5/8" 16 GA W m - SUPPLIED BY IlLoWsl 1/2" MDF INSTALLED G.G. TO ENSURE ADEQUATE IN WALL BLOCKING FOR ALL NALL MOUNTED ITEMS I METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. SD. CEILING 1 p_,G 1 LOCATIONS VARIES 2' -0" I-IC BENCH SEE CO TRUCTID PLA ' SEE CO TR.UCTIO 1'L. L J FITTING Roots BENC CA �+ �5 �° CC illYZZAMWF — _0 u A ' F ' F ' M-1 1 (MIRROR TO 1 IALL�� G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL BRUSHED PAINT 1 P -2B / it MOUNT TOP OF BENCH AT 18" A.F.F. STAINLESS STEEL FINISI4ED "J" CHANNELS ON ALL FOUR SIDES OF MIRROR (TYP.) A10.1 A10.1 oll i f � =I / I / / // / / / /�' " / Q. / /��/ / /��/ /// 1 � / / / / / / / // / A 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 3 20 GA METAL STUD IN / , \ / z 00 V LC I- w Q O ^ .C. TO PROVIDE WALL BLOCKING 1 SASE FITTING ROOM BENCH SECTIO N 1 / r� n ^.� - ° F � � ' O.C. - PAI P -2B I h L I G.G. TO ENSURE AD IN WALL BLOCKING FOR CHANNEL ENT OF 'J' G 0 D \ \ / C I M - 1 1 G.G. TO MAC EQ ENTIRE MIRROR TO AND SUPPORT MIRROR WITH 3/4 ANCHORS TO INSTALL "J" CHANNELS ON ALL FOUR SIDES MIRROR _ / / /// N / / 1 1 f 1 I \ \ / 6923 AEG( EGT� G:' Ld . ASHiNG srArr= o� w�shlr�Gror� \ I , 1 0 Tr?. HANG BAR - '� A10.1 Alo.3 1 P2 -B 1 I .- BASE 511"1. BASE 4 -- . I 1 THEARCHTECrA55UMESNORESPCN5191LfTYOR LIpBlIJTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER SPECIFICALLY erTHEruANOSICNEOANOSEALEOFORSUCH SPECIFIC LCCAT ON IN THE STATE SHOVIM ON THE Loris BUILDING USE IS ONLY DESIGN APPLICABLE IN AREAS CORIAN FITTING ROOM 13E NCH. G.C. SCRIBE TO FIT. INSTALL IN FULL 5 BED OF MASTIC DIRECTLY ON TOP HANG BAR - F E 0 C 1 '�`Y ' I _I < >° OF 5 /e" PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE - MOUNT AT 4' -0" A.F.F. A10-1 MOUNT AT 4' -4" A.F.F. DEC Z �� 1/16" CAULK -JOINT MAX. CAULK TO IN HC FITTING ROOM (TYP.) • IN STANDARD FITTING ROOM (TYP.) MATCH CORIAN BENCH. NO EDGING AROUND CORIAN PLI ti+/II 1 L.rt1‘I 1 ER SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: A 1 0 . 1 N 1/2 -°" 3 /4" A FITTING ROOM SECTION : 1' F ITTING ROOM PLAN DETAIL _�'-°" NOT USED _ BENCH _ CONNECT DEFLECTION TRACK TO STRUCTURE W/ (2) - #12 SCREWS 16" O.C. FOR METAL. DECK - TYPICAL WALL FRAMING FOR GAUGE OF ST = , VERIFY LENGTH, HEIGHT, LOCATION OF BACK] -- PLATE, AND NUMBER. INSTALLATION / ///// / / / / /// I A10.2 31-0" !! I' -43" REQ'D VI 1T1-4 = CESSORY MANUFACTURERS. USE ATTACI -I NGAITEMG O 51-1EET METAL BACKING PLAT W5 WHEN SAFING MATERIAL / ��II / 2// ASSEMBLY PER U.L. NC 1- ALCOVE WALL TYPICAL CENTER POST END POST FRAME W/ FRAME SEE P /A10,2 CA NTILEVERED T5 1 1 /2" x 1 1 /2" x 3/16" P SEALANT W/ BACKER ))ir u {( WALL STUD FLANGES A CONTINUOUS AT BACKING PLATE. ' �' `1 '+ ,,, ' . SEE PLANS FOR EXTENTS OF BENCH MAX. RAME SPACING P MAX. FRAME SPACING 3/8" CORIAN 3/4" PLYWOOD ROD "X it�����di���:Li�iiti ►� I , �� 'CO TYP 20 GA. MIN. . ►i� � ■. DOUBLE STUD @ SIDES OF OPENINGS 1 LAYER TYPE GYP. BD, ---IN ///////////////////, FASTEN MTL. STUD TO RUNNER i0 I � I r A10.2 A10.2 I� o o - m :• - ::� I/2" DEFLECTION SPACE DO NOT FAST1 =N RUNN!~R ( ' 5TU5, OR GYP BD. CONT DFLECTION MIN. CONNECT STRUCTURE #12 /2/7 , / //// /2: / ' : so o o _ o o ... o + ii — — — — — — — — N� = IAN- - T(FICAL TS 1 1/2' " " x 1 1/2 x 3/1 STINGRS FOR BENCH SUPPORT END CANTILEVERED TS I 1/2" x I 1/2" x 3/1" ,�` + I T F. BRACE OUTLINE OF FINISNEd BENGN I ,- „ 1 4 18 GA DEEP TACK (2 DEEP LEGS). ' I - TILE FLOOR TO COMP. TRACK) SCREW STUDS � BACKING STUD -' x 18 A. TT CHED STUDS W/ ( 1 �r�''• 11 ° ° 0 44 ° NOTGa --I AT VRTICAL o STUDS (TYP) I � STRINGERS RUNNER TRACK TO ROOF WITH (2) SCREWS @ 16 O.C. Li ILI _ _ I END CANTILEVERED OPPOSITE POST FRAME W/ TS. MIRROR FOR END IF BENCH I 3 1_ D u I 3 1_ D II 3i I 1 -3 f 6130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 Phone: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 email: info @shremshock.com 1 H R. RATED C GONT. GA, SCREW 3 5 /8 OR 6" X 20 TRACK WITH (1) #12 IN EACH FLANGE EACH STUD SEE PLANS FOR X MAX. FRAME SPACING X MAX. FRAME SPACING t EXTENTS OF BENCH M DOES NOT TERMINATE INTO WALL TYP. CENTER POST FRAME, SEE F /AIO.2 OF NON RATED O ) D A10.2 BENCH FRAMING PLAN 3 /4 " =1 ' -p" S BENCH FRAMING ELEVATION 3 /4 " =1' -p" M OCKING DETAIL 6 " =1' -p" DETAIL AT DEFLECTION 3 " _ _ _ FITTING ROOM ALCOVE BENCH. IN FULL ON TOP OF " - 1/16 CAULK MATCH CORIAN CORIAN OR METAL TO SUPPORT BENCH FRAME BENCH - G,G. TO BENCH FRAME AT 3' -0" REFER TO DETAIL PLATE D. X 31/2" TO FINISH PLATE D. X 3 1/2" MIRROR c A55 BY G.C. FIELD INS • LLED IN METAL DOOR AND FRAME - SEE 'DOOR 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. CONT. 3 5/5" (OR 6 ") X 20 GA. TRACK WITH (1) #12 SCREW IN EACH FLANGE OF EACH STUD. \ SPLICE TRACK LENGTHS AT \ \ STUD LOCATIONS, TYp. SEE \ \ DETAIL M/Al21 \ \ TO STRUCTURE - NO TO DECK 20 GA. DIAGONAL- AT 48" CEILING OCCU 51D1: OCCURS WAI CONNECT ABOVE EACH SIDE AND FRAME SCHEDULE' (2) 3 5/8" METAL STUDS - FASTEN TOGETHER - SECURE TO FLOOR SLAB \ \ \ \ (3) - #12 SCREWS \ \ PROVIDE STANDARD BRIDGING AT 4' -0" D,C, MAX UNLESS FULL I-IGT 3 5/8" X BRACE 45' CORIAN G.C. SCRIBE TO FIT. INSTALL BED OF MASTIC DIRECTLY ! 5/8 PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE SHEATHING 15 ATTACHED TO 130T1-1 FACES OF WALL. (CONNECT BRIDGING TO STUDS BY WELDS OR SCREWS PER STUD MANUFACTURER'S _ --- FINIS] -LED } I VARIES OWNER PRO IDED FRAME WHERE - li JOINT MAX. CAULK TO BENCH. NO EDGING AROUND STRINGERS OF TUBE STEEL AND HEADER SECURE m — — METAL IN -WALL BLOCKING. \ — — 1 — — + \ + + — \ t r + _ - r� + fr / % i / — + + /' — + T / /+ / / / RECOMMENDATIONS) . 3 5/8" (OR 6 ") X 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" D.C. INSTALL METAL BRIDGING GYP• BD. BNTH ONE ONE 51 DE ONLY W1-41~R1; PERIMETER DEMISING AT FLLOOROSLABR AND 1' -2 STUDS BETWEEN FRAMES SEAT 3 5/8" STUD WALL, STEEL IS INDEPENDENT HEAD AS REQUIRED 1' -4 2 CAULK AS NEEDED SIDE (1/16" MAX.) EAGI -1 111 '03 NOTES: INSTALL GYP. D. ON ONE SIDE BACK CONDITIONS OR I/ ONLY AT BACK TO AT PERIMETER CONDITIONS FIRE TREATED BLOCKING :y AT �I' -0" O.G. AS REVD BY CODE. J � tt - �� 0,145" DIA, POWDER DRIVEN ANCHOR AT 16" O.G. MAX AND 2" FROM EACH END IL GOVT. 3 5/8" (OR TRACK WITH (1) FLANGE OF EACH i - — — — 6 ") X #12 5GF EN AT EAC1-4 STUD 1 OUTLINE OF FINISHED NOTE: NERD DETAIL SIMILAR I- I - - �� I PAINT FRONT FACE OF 1/2" M F FLOOR FINISHES, (SEE FINISH P LAN AND SCHEDULE) �I .D. . 2 1/2" SQ. TS 3/16" WALL O 1/2" X4" SCRIBED BASE, G /A10.3 3/8" X 6" X 7 1/2" BASE NILTI KNIK BOLT H 1/2" EMBED (TYP. OF 4) --,N - 2 8 / / jjjjj� (E) FLOOR SLA , ' Z " 1 - ''' ' '' / / j/ RATED DOOR JAMB / HEAD DETAIL n. �_ rr 3 ° G NON -RATED PARTITION 1 n FASTEN DEFLECTION PLATE / � / � // // / j / / ,O® VARI1~5 B_O. / �1 r; L I'C) 1 � G E I FLOOR ' SAFING MATERIAL VARIES S.O. V( 6" TILE FLOORING. REFER SCHEDULE. 3/8" X 6" X 7 1/2" BASE (E) STRUCTU I L 5/5" 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES y'. 3 5/5" (OR 6 ") X 20 A. METAL STUDS 16" O.G. 1 I� D -1 ( 15 STRUCTURE - LAYERS 5/8" TYPE "X" GY BD. EACH SIDE TIGN 0 DECK ABOVE. � I E rffl �' • 10.2 REFER TO DETAIL 14/A10.2 0.2 — — — .s{ �_ 3 5/5" (OR 6 ") OP BOTTOM METAL TRACKS A ' NOR TO " STRUCTURE ABOVE 2�} O MAX. AND 2" FROM EA END. (PROV D DEFLECTION D 1 � • 10.2 10 �� • NILTI KNIK BOLT 11 1/2" EMBED OF 4) \ � LS 0 0 = NN F INISNED SALES ® AN STOCKROOM C OE )' +�� a F 3 5/8" (OR 6 ") X 20 GA METAL STUDS AT 16" FINISH FLOOR -IN 0 • • 2 I o 2 2 �� BASE PLATE (TYP. 1 " 4/ .C. BASE A ' FLOOR FINISHES. (SEE - ISN PLAN AND INT- - IOR ELEVATIONS.) BASE AND FLOOR FINISHES. (SEE FINISH PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.) I (E) FLOOR SLAB r /// //// / , / SLAB (1=) FLOOR // j A ALCOVE BENCH DETAIL 1 - 1/2 —1 ' -0" P ALSE MIRROR DETAIL 3/4n -O" R RATED PARTITION 1 " - l' -° " NON -RATED PARTITION (TO STRUCTURE 1 " = 1' _ FULLY RECESSED FIR / j / / 7 � 5.0. //"J1f/ / �j VARIES B CONTINUOUS FIRE RETARDANT SEALANT AT TOP AND BOTTOM /� OF PARTITION, BOTH SIDES. / /� / ti (2 3 5/8" x 20 GA. METAL / 'a�� VARIES B. /// „E9 -,z % T (E) STRUCTURE ONTINUOUS FIRE RETARDANT 5 A LANT AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF - ARTITION, BOTH SIDES. J�SHAP ETAL TRIM, �u 11 - 1 6 NOSN31JIC 3L -1 L NI 8 " STUDS MECHANICALLY FASTENED / FULLY RECEE �� EXTINGUISHER CABINET SSED FIR Sr JL INDUSTRIES - AMBASSADOR #A2015F16 WHITE FINISH CABINET MANUFACTUR E RS (E) STRUCTURE J- SNAP]= METAL TRIM, BOTH SIDES. L 1 - I --) N. D -2 I D0 R O s 3 5/8" (OR 6 ° ) X 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. 1' -1" E XTINGUISHER CABINS INDU F16 VIP AMBASSADOR S R I ES I ^ 10.2 BOTH SID ACCESSIBLE SIDE X .� OARD ON slr1. " NACCESSIBLIw SIDE" ROUGH OPE I G 6923 RE • d •� " ECT ti 3 5/8 " METAL STUDS A 16 " O.G. II 5/8 GYP. D. - REFER TO FINISH PLAN �� 1 � � � 3 - (OR 6 1 ) G - - .APED 5TUD5 AT 2�1 O.C. I" GYPSUM WALLBOARD LINER +� PANELS INSERTED IN "N SHAPED SECTION OF "G -H' 3 5/8" (OR 6 ° ) TOP BOTTOM METAL TRACKS ANCHOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AT 24" O.C. MAX. AND 2" FROM EACH END. (PROVIDE DEFLECTION PLATE AT TOP AS REQ'D BY CODE.) � STANDARD PULL 4 & A.F.E. ALD S. SHREMSHOCK STATE OE WASHINGTON 1 CENTERLINE OF CABINET M �� n J NOTE: STUDS "ACCESSIBL IDE " N G.C. RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE EXACT FIRE CABINET REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION A10.2 THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES 140 LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECJFICALLY AUTHORIZED BYTHEMANDNEDANDSEALEDFORSUCH sPECI�ICLacan +�sraresHawNONTHe SEAL .THISBUILDINGUSEISONLYAPPIJC 2LEIN A10.2 r 5/8" GYP. BD. X ) BOTH] R OrlVP- BASE AND OR FINISHES. (SEE FI 1-4 PLAN AND ( TYPE SIDES ( F - I , - - j' 3 e BASE AND FLOOR FINISHES. (SEE FINISH PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.) - DEC 1 8 2. 007 ASMEETINGTHESTATmDESIGNGtTERIA F'cr:Iri11 Vi=1� 1 ES INTER �' ELEVATIONS. I [�■ 1 5/8" GYP, D. - REFER TO FINISH PLAN SAI # Q�Q • 2) 3 5/5" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS MECHANICALLY FASTENED DRAWING NUMBER: • 2 = FLOOR SLAB (E) FLOOR SLA B j jj (E) j jj� jj j/ } 1 1 /2 "^ 1._p "' N 1 1/2"=1 '_ 1 „ � 1 �_ 1 " � 1 , _ p „ R S HAFT WALL a; " h _ 1 HR RATED PAR TITION _ A FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET _ J FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET _ 4 o 0 N PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 c1:36 AM r ES1= ADI- IIV TYPE; AND EDGED ALL TRANSITIONS BETNEENI DISSIMILAR FLOOR MATERIALS MUST BE FLUSH AND LEVEL. NO REDUCER STRIPS SHALL BE PERMITTED. ATTACH PER COL N MANUFACTURE % SPECIFIGATIO S // // // R •\ \\ \\ STAGGER ALL SEAMS OF SUBSTRATE. STAGGER SEAMS BETWEEEN SUBSTRATE AND RUBBER FLOORING CON RUCTION ADHESIVE 111k /1 /1 ( �, �� \\ \\ \\ A10.3 \\ ANCH•' TO FLOOR OCKING AS REQUIRED ,�� NOTE: ALIGN TOP OF 1A1ITI -I DIVIDER STRIP Alit I APPLICATION PER TILE CHAMFERED MANUF. SPECIFICATION OF TILE I i ° o mil0 dai 1 TILE FLOORING TOP BUTT BOTH FLOOR FINISHES STEEL. TIGHT TO STAINLESS STEEL STRiI — NO GROUT JOINT ` ` �� -4, // 1/2" x 4" COLUMN BASE SHIPPI=D LOOSE TO THE SITE (2 PIECES) - INSTALLED BY G.C_ // BASE SEAMS TO BE 90° FROM SEAMS ON COLUMN � ' TILE FLOOR g GONG, SLAB Pr ANGLE BRACE • A �� III ��� VIII // ��,Illllllllllpll r te..... jr JAPIMID I M PF Ar Z COLUMN AND TRUCTURE a a STAINLESS STEEL DIVIDER STRIP G.C. TO ADJUST SEi UNDER FLOORING TO ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION GROUT TO B1= RECESSED AT TILE JOINT. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ANY EXCESS ADHESIVE'. OR MORTAR FROM JOINT AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION CTION THROUGH TOP OF COLUMN 6 " =1' -0" ' OLUMN PLAN DETAIL 1 1 /2 " =1' -0 � 1 GROUT DETAIL 1' -0 "= 1' -0" H TILE TO TILE FLOOR TRANSITION 1' -C _ _ s 5/8" GYP. BD. ON METAL STUDS - REFER TO FINISH PLAN PRIMER WITH AND ANGLE NAIL HOLES PRIME, AND ALL SEAMS ALL TRANSITIONS BETNEEN DISSIMILAR FLOOR MATERIALS MUST BE FLUSH AND NO REDUCER STRIPS SHALL BE PERMITTED . ATTACH PER COL N MANUFACTURE! % SPECIFIGATI•''S A10.3 REFER TO SHEET A2.1 A X 1/2" SCRIBED HARDWOOD BASE - SECURE IN PLACE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE FINISH NAIL - G.C. TO FILL TO SMOOTH FINISH, SAND, III PAINT PER FINISH PLAN - TO BE BACKCUT 45° CONSTRUCTIO• • TAPE AND PREPARE SLAB SEWN TILE FLOORING PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS •- SHOT BLAST / SKIM COAT AS REQUIRED DHESIVE ANCHOR TO FLOOR _ D WOOD BLOCKING RE` • R TO N \ 1 10- 1 V 1 _.„,„.....,„........,,...........,..„.,,„...„........,„: • ` \ p "� G.C. TO PAINT COLUMN DETAIL /A10.3 ALIGN TOP OF WITH STAINLESS DIVIDER STRIP `. till ik \ RECESS FOR BED JOINT (TYP.) �1 I� 1 _ Br 0 p FLOOR TILE - REFER TO FINISH PLAN r e . NOT TILE FLOORING TOP OF STAIN STEEL LESS STEEL DIVIDER STRIP Q I WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED - SECURE TO METAL ANGLE BRACE AT FLOOR AND AT SCRIBE BOTTOM OF EASE TO MATCH --I TOP OF FLOOR TILE (I) 0.14540 POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER 24 O.C. W/ MIN EMBEDMENT OF 1 1/2" 110 10{f 1111 ift ;ii�i�t�i�iii if ;it ;USIBIIMIIt�itiiitIHNI TOP OF COLUMN - A a a BUILD UP FLOOR WITH LATEX UNDERPAYMENT AS REQUIRED TO G.G. TO ADJUST SETTING UNDER FLOORING TO FLUSH TRANSITION ALIGN CARPET TO SALES FLOOR TILE WALL BASE DETAIL 3 " = -o G CARPET TO TILE FLOOR TRANSITION 1' -C LARGED JOINT DETAIL 6" poi..... G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALUM. ADA COMPLIANT TRANSITION � ' � ® A ENCLOSURE P -IA ATTA0-4 PEI COL f�iANUFACTU SPECIFICATI °•-- -' 6 - � , - >. P":„ � ". = 1r � N VkC � � ©� o � ' �, - `,., ' \",� . ` - fir. " 1 1 'p`' A � L 4 t Art \,� �' %`' � '�-'�' BUTT BOTH FLOOR V I I i I r R ALL TRANSITIONS BE DISSIMILAR FLOOR MATERIALS MUST BE FLUSH AND NO REDUCER STRIPS SHALL I `/ -A �\ + J I 1 I I NOTE: P` " -DRILL COUNT- - SINK AL AND ILL HEADS PREPARE SLAB BELOW TILE FLOORING PER MANUf SPECIFICATIONS - SHOT BLAST / SKIM COAT AS REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION • RECESS FOR AND 6ED JOINT (TYP.) TAPE LS STRIP DRILL A I' DIA. HOLE DEEP AND SET STRIKE IN EPDXY. TOP OF STRIKE MUST ON TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR 0.3 ADHESIVE ALIGN TOP OF WITH TOP STEEL DIVIDE TILT OF STRIP I FINISHES TIGHT TO STAINLESS STEEL STRIP NO JOINT NOTE: FLOORING STAINLESS ANGLE BRACE TO SECURE TO COLD a n - CONCRETE GROUT ' AND STRUCTU FLOORING A Q a - G.G. ENSURE SMOO`T TRANSITION - VERIFY STAINLESS STEEL DIVIDER STRIP DUST PROOF STRIKE 7 CONC. TO VINYL FLOOR TRANSITION 1'- 0" - 0 " F TILE TO MALL TILE FLOOR TRANS. � ACK JOINT DETAIL 6'I =1' 10.3 G.G. TO PAINT BUTT BOTH FLOOR FINISHES TIGHT TO STAINLESS STEEL STRIP - JOINT I i � I I ATTAC1-4 PER MANUFACTURE SPEGIFIGATI ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FLOOR MATER! A MUST BE FLUSI-4 AND NO REDUCER STRIPS SHALL ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FLOOR MATERIALS MUST BE FLUSH AND LEVEL. NO REDUCER STRIPS SHALL BE PERMITTED . CONSTRUCTION ADA ESIV SECURE WOOD BLOCKING TO WIT ANGLE NG BRACE BRACE H (4) #iD x NG A SCREWS I 2 11 I ,„:,:+-. i ~ "1 T \ 1 � I PREPARE SL •.: BELOW TILE FLOORING .1 ' R MANUFACTURERS SPECIFI IONS SHOT SPEC / SKIM COAT AS REQUIRED STAGGER ALL SEAMS OF SUBSTRATE. STAGGER SEAMS BETWEEEN SUBSTRATE AND VINYL FLOORING 1 • 6923 _ REG A y A, ECT l . G ': I , SHAEMSHOCK STATE OP WASHINGTON THRESHOLD TRANSITION STRIP AT TOILET ROOMS G.G. ENSURE SMOOTH AND LEVEL IN FIELD TRANSITION - VERIFY Y STEEL ANGLE BRACE I.- <r _ i` �_ OF TILE TOP OF DIVIDER STRIP AND INSTALL TRAN Olq.s o� ( �P" •- :. NOTE: ALIGN TOP OF BUTT BOTH FLOOR FINISHES TILE FLOORING NITI-4 TIGHT T S TAINLESS STEEL TOP OF STAINLESS STRIP - NO GROUT JOINT STEEL DIVIDER STRIP TO COLUMN AND FLOOR POWDI =R ACTUATED GROUT STAINLESS STEEL D STRIP NOTE: ALIGN TOP FLOORING WITH J STAINLESS STEEL A10.3 FASTENER �� THE ARCHTEGT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY FICALLY AUTHO PROJECT BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH S THIS 8 LOCATION E SONLYAP WCABl.E1N AREAS MEETING THE STAT DIJFSIGNCRTERIA BASE P -1B G. TO SUPPLY A. R� .111M �� ADA OMPLIANT STRIP v — TILE FLOOR FLOOR AS REQUIRED BASE 5 -- ED LOOSE TO - ^ ; 1 ?r! "'L Li 1 8 nu/ _ 1 - iiVi! L L,C1u 1 ER WATERPROF MEMBRANE AT TOILET UNDER FG ADJUST -4 FLOORING TO OI BED ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION � / / / / / / / / / // ` SAL 07418 ROOMS STAINLESS STEEL a Q a SHIM SPACE - .C. TO 51-41M/BLOCK COLUMN - COLUMN AS - EQUIRED SUCH THAT THE SITE (2 PIECES) INSTALLED BY G.C. BASE SEAMS • SE X10° DRAWING NUMBER: A l 0 • 3 DIVIDER STRIP COLUMN = TIGHT TO CEILING - FROM SEAMS ON COLUMN 6 " =1' -0„ . 1 " =1' -0" 1'- 0 " =1 1'- 0 " -1' -0 TILE TO VINYL FLOOR TRANSITION COLUMN ELEVA _ )KLE TO MALL TILE FLOOR TRANS. _ ,sfCTION THROUGH COLUMN BASE _ PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 c1:36 AM PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 '1:36 AM 0 0 0 r CLIP AND TAB 18 GA BLOCKING STUD AT EA. VF STD. - ATTACH W/ (3) 12-14 TEK SCREWS 3 -5/8" 18 GA. CONT. MTL STUD I- IORIZ. BLOCKING NOT USED S NOT USED M NOT USED H HORIZONTAL BLOCKING A ACH. DETAIL NO SCALE D - _ FACE OF OR 5/8" x 20 GA. 16" O.G. (E) DEMISING WALL GYP. BD. ON 3 5/8" METAL STUDS - REFER TO A2.1 BOARD ON 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT AT x - - UP 41 1:;) 61 ��� 3 5/8" X 20 GA 5/8" GYP. STUDS AT 16" D.G 20 GA. 16" O.C. BD. ON 3 5/S" METAL STUDS AT x ( R� --.- ANY DISCREPANCY IDENTIFIED PRIOR TO PANEL INSTALLATION G.G. TO CONTACT dELiA *S REPRESENTATIVE AND DISCUSS BEFORE ANY FURTI -1 ER ACTION 15 TAKEN NOTE: BOLT UNISTRUT TO BOTTOM CHORD OF (E) JOISTS. TIE IN METAL STUD FRAMING TO UNISTRUT N / GA ANGLE CLIPS AND (2) #10 TEh SCREWS EACH LEG \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ + /+ \ \ \ 5 /� G BRACING AT 48" " DIAGONAL _ _ \ T+ 11 II T+, 19 5/8" GYP x 20 GA. 16 O.C. 3/4" GAP === - PAINT P -1G - PAINT I P -1C I FOR WOOD CLEATS - FINISHED PUCK BY OWN) =R By �a C. REFER P /A1I BD. ON 3 5/5" METAL STUDS AT F.R.T. x 2 G A. AS NEEDED -GREY TO MAT GI -I WALL " 1/ 16 MAX. 11 " CONTINUOUS BLOCKING 3 5/8" TRACK CAULK COLOR PA IN T - 7 1 1 --id) 2 <t \— 3/4" PRE WALL SUPPLIED INSTALLED -- TO DETAIL g W CO T � V O Z CO W N r Q L R I ^ � A D 07 Ci 1 TO CEILING , ,( / \ \ lI A.F.F. REFER PLAN GYP. SD. CEILING " 5/8 SUSPENDED GYP BD. SGILPNGLE REFER TO FINISH 2 \ 5/8" GYP. 20 GA. 16" O.C. 1/4" SHIM PRE INSTALLED -1- -1-+ + + + + 3 5/ X 20 GA METAL STUDS A G. BD. -REFER TO FINISH PLAN - - - NOT USED �10' -O" F — - - -- —. • 0 W Cn 0 J V7 I-- C Q LJ..I U) 1::::11 12 PRE - INSTALLED PUCK - G.C. - INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED SHE --w �� -. _ NN ♦ A11.1 _` - 1 v V° I NNI a . o �, ? '`', , lt•\ l � � ;� �t'` -: ti '; fi x•`} -.'`.� s= YA -' = 'a i"':' . •`-' % " Dp 1 Tco J ` I I 1 I 4 — 6 " - 1 �� 1 = lcv R.O. TD L D COMPLETION T CONSTRUCTION 5/8" GYP. BD. -rr' I_ n �""' 8 A.F. I I J T .O. ROUGH OPENIN G !ATI J - PAINT [ P -1 C I r p II q u 1, -3„ �� ® SPACE BLOCKING MILLWORK FRAME BY OWNER BY G.G. -REFER P/A11.1 FILL AND SAND ALL NAIL HOLES TOUCH UP ALL AS NECESSARY WITH PROVIDED TOUCH \\\ \ - W ) O PRE� NSTA LED (1)DI N TA Y G C, II 3/4 PR]~- FINISHED PUCK WALL WITH ACRYLIC SUPPORT ANGLE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. DISPLAY FRAME SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.G. TYP. ALL 4 SIDES 1 1 a 1 w w n Li �; iti Pi �' 3/4" GAP FOR WOOD H IM CLEATS. REFER TO SPACE EXACT LO N 1/4" S R 2 1/2" MILLWORK SUPPLIED ON 3 5/8" INSTALLED .1, FRAME BY OWNER BY G.C. - RE P /AII.1 SCREWS INSTALLED D.C. - G.C. TO AS REQUIRED. ♦ M • I/4" SHIM SPACE 3 5/8" 20 GA. META L (1) J V- ❑ m m ❑ V 0 O 0 m IIE - 2 1/2 a x STUDS AT 16" O.C. SUPPLIED 5/8" GYP ED. x 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT TO DETAIL INSTALL TO DETAIL G.C, TO 16" O C. - PAINT 1 P -1C' / / / DASNED LINE INDICATES 5/S GYP. BD_ WHERE OCCURS #12 TEK EVERY 24" PATCH HOLES SMOOTH G.G. TO AREAS W ONER PAINT . t - , \ 3/4" GAP FOR WOOD CLEATS TO INSTALL OWNER I 1 1 1 W ❑ 60 z - 0_ I G.G. SUPPLIED FLUORESCENT LIGI- -ITING FIXTURE IN LIGHT TROUGH BEYOND z O 0 U) w s PRE - INSTALLED BLOCKING 7 z W Q C N O SCALE DISPLAY CABINET JAMB DETAIL 3 „ =1 -0° K DISPLAY CABINET HEAD DETAIL 3 " =1' -0” F DISPLAY FRAME DETAIL P _ _ 1 I4% 3/4" PRE - FINISHED PUCK WALL SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. - REFER TO DETAIL P /AI1.1 3 5/8" 18 GA. CONT. MTL K A 7 5 - au 7 I/4" SHIM 2 1/2" MILLWORK FRAME - SPACE SUPPLIED 6Y OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. - REFER STUD HORIZONTAL BLOCKING AT EACH LOCATION AS SHOWN - SEE D1 =TAIL D /All .1 WOOD CLEATS SUPPLI OWN1<R INSTALLED BY G.C. BY TO DETAIL P /11.1 8 J J All .1 Lola A11.1 3/4" GAP FOR WOOD CLEATS 5/8 GYP. BD. 3 -5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. 3/4 F.R.T. � 451" 1' -3" � ` - r ❑ f l l" 2 -I r- A11.1 mr `9 7- r _ t _ .._., co m Arcr S c0 i '• —1(•1 _ m I I - - .. °`a... i . ...,,' .. _... ,..__ . - ... _...... ..'. •..,. . ;.... kr) �? 11" 3/4" F.R_T_ PLYWOOD 6LOCKING SUPPLIED AND INSTAL BY G 2 1/2" FRAME SUPPLIED BY 6923 REGI - TECT r; , GE E1 S.SHAEMSHpCK STATE OP WASHINGTON 441" 6 u i PLYWOOD - m WALL BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. - REFER TO DETAIL P /A11.i PRE- INSTALLED BLOCKING ■ P AINT P - IC I E I II 1 7 - 6 1 / - OWNER INSTALLED BY G.G. - REFER TO DETAIL 3 /A08.0 �M n 12" A.F.F. 0 6 / O O 0 / n T b ,I. PRE- INSTALLED BLOCKING 6/5" GYP. BD. - PLAN TO FINISH 3 -5 /8" 20 A. METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. „ 2 1/2" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. A11.1 __ In _I - 2x F.R.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING 5 8" GYP. D. - REFER TO �/I . G 7 — T - - TOP OF DISPLAY FRAME _ PRE INSTALLED BLOCKING 5 NISN Y� ABND. REFER TO F P , „ O -O A.F.F. I � � I I �� FAN + + �� PLAN F PL L ` 1 1„ 2 ..J I ROUGH OPENING - VARIES 1/4" SHIM SPADE 1 n I^ II / 2 2 1/2 MILLWORK FRAME / BY OWNER / SUPPLIED / J 1 I I 1 -I + + r} �ARCIATECf LIABIIJTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS 60R ANY PRO. IECTOTHERTHANSPECIFICALLYAUiHORZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH smoncLOC anoNI N THE STATE SHOWN ONTHE SEAL THIS sum NG USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATEDDESIGNCWTERIA 'r"- _I_ I 1 �1' I I - - I 5/8" GYP. 20 GA. METAL P. ON 3 5/8" x STUDS AT _I_ _I_ I I I I - - - - I I FI�( 15 1;D- FLOORS C'I v , F , + � r• 1 ! _,, >_ (1) 0.145 POWDER ACTUATED SCRIBABLI; IIARDWOO B S€ " P 1 2 2 / REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FINISI -1 OPENING - VARIES / // INSTALLED BY G.C. - REFER 11 TO DETAIL P /A11.1 f 16 O.C. - PAINT 1 -1C FASTENER 24" O.C. W/ MIN. REFER TO DETAIL G A 2007 EMBEDMENT OF 1 I /2" ` SAI # 07418 REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN (TYP.) FtriI 1 L.;tN 1 ER n k 1' -71.II DRAWING NUMBER: • DISPLAY DISPLAY BAY PLAN DETAIL _ J DISPLAY CABINET SILL DETAIL _ E CABINET SECTION ., A PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 '1:36 AM LINE OF HARDWOOD ^D BASE G.G- TO SUPPLY AND BELOW - TERM AT INSTALL IN WALL BLOCKING VERTICAL TRIP AS REQUIRED FOR DUMP ROD AND ESCUTCI -LEON INSTALLATION (TYP-) F.R.T. HOOD BLOCKING As 2A IP CEILING 4 5 /8 GYP. BOARD ON 3 5/8 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" 4' r " - I G Al1.2 I O.C. - PAINT 1 P -2A I ++ + + 1+ I ± 16 GA. PLATE SIMILAR TO MAGNETIC STRIP -- SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. -I- _ - I I _I_ I -- -- I 1 _ G.G. SUPPLY * 2 WOOD CLEAT (3 SIDES) ATTACHED TO EACH STUD _ .D J ` 1/2 x 2 1/4 HARDWOOD DOOR AND MIRROR CABINET SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLE BY G -C- 1/8" 1/8 TI -IICK PROTECTIVE I -IINGE MOUNTING PLATE - SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. 4 ) S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 ie: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 il: info @shrernshock.com I I OWNER SUPPLY, G.G. INSTALL NON AS REQUIRED � 1 LINE OF WOOD BASE BELOW (TYP.) SECURE WOOD TRIM . I — _y WITH CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE AND ANGLE r — 1 1 1 1 I I C L - �� EQ. I j- - COMBUSTIBLE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FINIS1 -1 NAIL L EQ. o 1 G.G. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL 3/4" MDF SHELF - PAINT DUMP ROD AND ESCUTCHEON OWNER SUPPLIED, G.C. INSTALLED - DUMP BAY HARDWARE TO BE CHROME FINISI -I - DUMP ROD TO BE 1 1/2" DIA. AND TO BE ONE PIECE R AI1.2 ABOVE OF TRIM ABOV1; Li SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN t.) ilb 5/8" GYP BOARD ON 3 8/5" METAL STUDS AT 16 O.C. - P -2B MIRRORED CABINET HEAD DETAIL 3 " = - °" H NOT USED PAINT 1 P-2A ((TYP.) DUMP ROD AND ESCUTCHEON - DUMP BAY HARDWARE TO BE CHROME FINISH - DUMP ROD TO BE 1 1/2" DIA. AND TO BE ONE PIECE 5/8" GYP BOARD ON 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. - ' . 2 1 8�„ 8 1/2 x 2 1/4" HARDWOOD TRIM INSTALLED BY GA METAL 16" O,G• BOARD - NOTE: BOLT UNISTRUT TO BOTTOM (E) JOISTS. TIE IN METAL STUD FRAMING TO UNISTRUT W / 14 GA ANGLE CLIP! #10 TEK SCREWS EACH LEG 7 ` 1 8 2' - 41' G.C. TO REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR DOOR SWING - BLOCKING, AS DETAILED, WI LI.- ACCOMMODATE A RIGHT OR LEFT HAND DOOR SWING. �� 3 5/8" 20 STUDS AT G.G. - PAINT P -25 (RUN TRIM DOWN TO � FINISI -I FLOOR) �- A11 2 5 /S' GYP. PAINT P-24 2x4 F.R.T. BLOCKING HARDWOOD AND BY G.C. - \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ � W /+ + + + / -- PAINT P -2A 1 5/8" GYP BOARD - PAINT [ P -2A 1 —�- I T I I 1 - 4—I - -- + I r LINE OF WOOD BASE BELOW (TYP.) --I Ij _ I/2" HARDWOOD BASE - I '' 6 1 ■ �� N� 1/4" ~ ; PAINT I P-213 1 / FIN15H FLOOR / 3 5/8" DIAGONAL BRACING c 48" O.G. ■ L I I : f CA W I' 1/2" X 2 TRIM - SUPPLIED L I� J INSTALLED G WOOD PUTTY ALL FASTENINGS. FILL TO SMOOTH FINISH PER PAINT SCHEDULE. PAINT P -2B 1 • 10.3 oPP SECURE WOOD TRIM IN PLACE W/ CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE AND ANGLE FIN15W NAIL REFER TO CEILING PLAN GYP. BD. CEILING 5/8' SUSPENDED GYP BOARD CEILING c) CO Q z C) W w=> Cil 0 1, Q D J A o0I— Cr) C 1- • DUMP ROD PLAN DETAIL 1"=1'-0" -_ R DUMP ROD SECTION 1"=1'-0" -_ L DUMP ROD TRIM DETAIL - _ G 20 METAL STUDS AT 186" • O.C. PAINT 1 P -15 1 CONTINUOUS 411.2 F.R.T. BLOCKING NOTE: BOLT UNISTRUT TO BOTTOM CHORD OF (E) JOISTS. TIE IN METAL STUD FRAMING TO UNISTRUT W A 1 14 C AAI'^i E CLIPS AND (2) #10 TEK SCREW`. + + + + ++ CO Q -T- W I CO C C.0 CO G.G. TO REFER. TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR DOOR SWING - BLOCKING AS DETAILED WILL ACCOMMODATE A RIGHT OR LEFT HAND DOOR SWING 8 -cl 1/2" A.F.F. .. ...... .. '� - DN IN do - N19V IJ Z A t J n I ,io-,g TOP OF MIRROR DOOR n b`i� 4q D i -, , r i l l �L._ 0:. u• NOTE: TOP OF MIRROR DOORS TO ALIGN WITH TOP OF ADJACENT OPENING (TYP .)P OF BACKWRAP 7:3 y 21_gI \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ /+ + + / 3 5/3 DIAGONAL BRACING PREF1NISPED 3/4" WHITE ROUGI- -I OPENING `_ = SPRING CHAIN STOP MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF CABINET ENCLOSURE - SPRING GRAIN STOP MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF CABINET ENCLOSURE - SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED 5Y G.G. - G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR SPRING CHAIN STOP FACE OF EXIISTING DEMISING LL SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. - G.C. TO SUPPLY * INSTALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED CO LL co o CO w 0 LLI _ 0 co Z 0 MELAMINE CAB INET ` DASHED INDICATES LINE LIMITS OF 3/4" WHITE MELAMINE SHELF WITH WHITE EDGE BANDING (I W/ CABINET) CABINET c t> 0 .=N- LnkA m � � r w 0 n 48" O - G.C. TO ALTERNATE AS REQUIREI _ = - = i� = . G.C. TO FASTEN TO BLOCKING 13EHIND RECESSED STANDARDS, D LOOSE W /CABINET. _ INSTALLED BY G G� i0 �I L - COMP LIANCE CO C 0 REFER TO CEILING PLANS r 1 7 H 1 I J n� — iI r 1 I � I � I � j 77171 L7�L7�Cr1171L u +r�r�rarrr - - —� I I , ■■ / + . GYP. D. CEILING "D F W a� � , CO 1 . , ,, h l l ;? e , c � ' ea 1 1 '" �'. �.... � - Ear - Fl i 2-.� s F�B _.�.- _., � . 0 t _ 5/8" 5U5PEND1 D GYP. BOARD CEILING -, REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE - I - E 5/8 GYP. BOARD - REFS TO FINISH SCHEDULE 3 5 /5 20 METAL ST MIRRORED CABINET DOOR - SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. w LL - - = _ GA. AT 16" O.G. = 1/8" THICK PROTECTIVE HINGE 0 MOUNTING PLATE - SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.G. Ce 4 u L .. 1 - 1 = T -r J J BLOCKING AS REQUIRED _ �� 5/8" GYP. BOARD - REFi TO FINISH SCHEDULE 3 5/8" 20 GA, METAL STUDS L 111 mtcO \ AT 16" O.C. METAL STUD TRACK 18 a + + + + FACE OF EXISTING "'"' DEMISING WALL 6923 REGIS • • CT PREFINISHED CABINET / ! MIRRORED CABINET - GA. MIN.- ANCHOR TO FLOOR SLAB AT 24" O.C. MAX AND �- r ^ - � GER. : S.SHREMSHOCK ,-.,, , =' � �� STATE QFWASHINGTON 1's,.,, 41� 16 GA PLATE' FOR MAGNETIC A 12 GA PROTECTIVE HINGE MOUNTING DOOR PLATE - SUPPLIED BY OWNER - SUPPLIED BY OWNER STRIP - SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C, AI1.2 INSTALLED BY G.C. •10.3 12 " FRO EACH END + r D C 8 2007 H - I I A FINISH FLOOR I 1 MAGNETIC. STRIP - SUPPLIED CONTINUOUS 16 GAUGE STAINLESS BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY STEEL PIANO WINGS SUPPLIED BY �` PCI - IiJiI + + + + + + + + A11,2 1 VcI.s, R sill. THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR 0' -01' A F F G.C. OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G .G. COUNTERSINK 2", #8 WOOD SCREWS L VARIES J \ T P�E rrnrEaF FINISHED FLOOR BYTHEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN SCRIBED HARDWOOD BASE - REFER AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGNCRTERA AT EACH WOLI; LOCATION TO DETAIL G ON S1 -4EET A10.3 SEE PLAN (1) 0.1450 POWDER ACTUATED SAI # 07418 FASTENER 24 O.G. W/ MIN EMBEDMENT OF 1 1/2" (TYP) (1) 0.1450 POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER 24" O.C. W/ MIN DRAWING NUMBER: EMBEDMENT OF 1 1/2" (TYP) A1 1 MIRRORED CABINET PLAN DETAIL _ j SALES AREA BLANK WALL _ E MIRRORED CABINET SECTION _ A .2 41_7211 _01I 41-0" 41 01 4 1_ 0 n 4' -72" 4 4 1_ 0 " 4 1_ 0 " 41_0" 41_71" a f LEFT PANEL f STD. PANEL T f STD. PANEL T f STD. PANEL T STD, PANEL1 RIGHT PANEL 1 T T i/ LWNOR ° FRAME f LEFT PANEL f STD, PANEL f STD. PANEL f STD. PANEL I RIGHT PANEL 1 - L CO �- I T T T T g g a a 15 14 a a gs ® a a 14 F9 e ® ® ® a a ® ® a a a a a ® ® oa a a as ® 5 m a LLWORK FRAME ® ® a a as g ® an as e ® a ® ® e m e e a as a7 ® ® ® e a a ® ® ® a as ® ® a 5 ® ® a a ® g a a ® g a a MI � 24' -0" DISP • SAY PANEL ELEVA +N 11 0 20'- -O" PANEL DISPLAY BAY ELEVATION ® g ® ® a a 5 as ® g ® ® a 4a 5 A as a as ® a as ® ® n ® ® a a a ® as m A ® g m d 5 5 g g a9 ae a a 08 ® Rj 5 a9 .. _ g a ® 18 W a as C9 as a as ® ® a a8 ® ® a a ® ® ® ® a9 a ® ® as a ® ® } 1 1 Jr 20' -0" FIXTURE DISPLAY BAY LIGHT ELEVATION 24 -0" DISP •Y BAY LIGHT FIXTUR LEVATION — 2D' 20' - 0 ° Dcrotaoi L y e co, 24' - 0" f FINISH OPENING 24 1 _2" '� -0" DISPLAY FINISH OPENING 20'-2 " ROUGH OPENING BAY PLAN / ROUGH OPENING 24' -0" DISPLAY BAY PLAN 4 ' -0" PERIMETER CABINET DETAILS 1/4 ° -1 - O" 20' -0" PERIMETER CABINET DETAILS 1/4 4' -7i" 1� 11 I 11 4 1 _ 7 111 AI n Al -0 4 1 -7 111 f`11�LLWOR O `A1 IE 41 -7 111 4 ' -7 1” F 2-1/2" MILLWORK FRAME 1 ' „, fSTL. LEFT PANEL PANEL 1 STD PANEL I RIGHT PANEL f J f LEF PANEL f STD. PANEL f RIGHT P 1 a ; 1 LEFT PANEL r RIGHT PANEL n r T T T r T r T T L y ® as A a § A as g ® g ® as as ® 5 dEL4A ® as El a ® ® a €a as a8 a ® ® a8 ® A as ® €8 €9 as ® a9 €9 0 ® ® ® a a9 as ® ® ® a9 ® ® ® ® a9 as a ® ® as g ® ® g ® ® ® IA ® g a ' ® a as 6Y ® ® ® ® a9 W a ® as es iy /am,∎ 6... ■hh. J j J j l j _ CCU ',E,1‘, ') — `• - O _I 6 '--0" DISPLAY PANEL ELEVATION BAY 2 -0" DIS AY BAY PANEL EL •TION 4 Q 8' - 0" DISPLAY BAY PANEL ELEVATION BACKWRAP ELEVATION FIXTURE CODE APPS as as to to g g as w A 0 as 8a as e dELiA::;f ® ® ® €8 ® as as a ® as ® ® ® ® as sa as €s as ® ® ea A A as a ® ® A A a a ® ® as ® e ® ap a ® g ® 0 ® a ® ® ® m ® as - e m as as as ua as g as a a as a as ® 0 ■ # FIXTURE f 1 - f 1 • 6 -0" DISPLAY BAY LIGHT FIXTURE ELEVATION 2' -0" DIS'LAY SAY LIGHT FIXTURE LEVATION B'--0" DISPLAY BAY LIGHT FIXTURE ELEVATION BACKWRAP LIGHT ELEVATION 6923 REGI : 1 AR .- CT L • ' ' , SHREMSHOCK S ATE OE WASHINGTON THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FORTHE USE OF THESE PLANS FORANY PROJECT OTHER THAN AND SPECIFICALLY AUTHOR= BYECTMIEFlC SEALED FOR SUCH H THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA B' --0'I F, f -' " 1 " "9_:��i =,� I � _�' :i.' I6' -0" 12' —O , 10-4' . .:' 1,19114 LC 1 8 2007 Fl 15 OPE 1 G 61_2" FINISI -I OPENING 16' -2" 1 FINISH OPENING 12 -2" / FINISH OPENING BACKWRAP PLAN F'1 ii4" 1 L;L6'4 1 ER 8' -0" DISPLAY ROUG OPE INC SAY PLAN 16' —O" DISPLAY ROUGH OPENING BAY PLAN 12 -0" DISPLAY ROUGH OPENING BAY PLAN SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: A l 1 • 3 1/4° -0° ! ' 12'-O" 1/4" -0" 8 " -O" PERIMETER CABINET DETAILS 1/4"=1 0" E 1/4" -0" BACKWRAP DETAILS =1a 16' -0" PERIMETER CABINET DETAILS _1a N PERIMETER CABINET DETAILS _1a PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 G1:36 AM S. Sunbury Rd_ Westerville, OH 43081 ie: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 il: info @shremshock.com NOT USED S NOT USE _ D = ADA TRANSACTION DESK 1 n a a J H . . o . N . II 04 -, I I J NOTE: SI- IELVES TO BE NOTE: SI-- IELVES TO E3E NOTE: 51- IELVES TO BE ADJUSTABLE= (TYP.) ADJUSTABLE (TYP.) ADJUSTABLE (TYP.) NOT USED R CASHWRAP REAR ELEVATION 3i4 = 2' - 2 DESK 'XPOND) =R' DETAGNE=R (TYP. OF 3), D Di , L.,1 6, 6 BY VENDOR WIRE WAY SLOT OF 3) F LIANCE Ca.7A:7t INSTALLED Q A11.4 ADA TRANSACTION 2">:19' (TYP. 6 I - co ♦ 71 m \ \ LS 0 -, 3 —3j1 REV EWE"D CODE COMP APPROVED 0 0 0 v 0 0 0 0 0 _ TN A11.4 n pp e 6 ,. * A ADA TRANSACTION DESK \ A11.4 CASHWRAP SIDE ELEVATION 3/4"=11-0" P CASHWRAP PLAN DETAIL 3i4 ..,—..,1111 ADA TRANSACTION DESK 16r-1" REFER TO M.E.P. DRANIN ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTf m 7n _ O 6923 REGIS' , GE'',' .as. SHREMSHOCK STATE OE WASHINGTON ) r I OPEN i THE ARCH THE JSE O NO SE PONSIBILRY OR PRQI EC T OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY ALITHOWZEU PLANS FOR ANY BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIRC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE AREA SM I EE7I NGTHESTA IS IDESIGNCRI . - \ \ \ I' " _ . `w� ,v, D r1-., ' `, . G.G. TO SILICONE (MITE) ACRYLIC 1/4" THICK FIN15�4 SASE FACE BOXES INTO PLACE AFTER FINAL PROVIDED LOOS TO 8E [�: C 1 3 2007 \ SAI # 07418 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION INSTALLED BY G.C. AT SITE PL` ,411 1 uc I ER DRAWING NUMBER: .4 CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION A CASHWRAP SIDE ELEVATION N PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 G1:36 AM PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 11:36 1' -6 8 *mg 0 4° 1 ison/ 5 111 1 111 8 511 2 8 / 3 5/8 x 20 GA. METAL I 1 I I I 1 - I v _ - 1 I I STUDS AT 16" O.G. 5/8" GYP. 15D. - PAINT I P -2A 1 1 5/8" GYP. SD. oN 8 5/8" x STUDS AT 20 GA. METAL 16" O,C, - REFER TO A2.1 111 4S 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD - PAINT I P-IA 1 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 3 5/8" x 20 A. METAL STUDS AT �� 1& O.C. (MAX.) 8 -G 1/2" A.F.F. T.O. FINISH OPENING 1/8" SHIM SPACE NOT USED S NOT USED M BACKWRAP LIGHT COVE DETAIL 311=11-0" H NOT USED _ _ BD. ON 3 5/8" x METAL STUDS AT - NOTE: BOLT UNI STRUT TO BOTTOM OF (E) JOISTS. TIE IN METAL STUD FRAMING TO UNISTRUT W / 14 GA ANGLE CLIPS AND (2) #10 TEK SCREWS EACH LEG 5/8" GYP, 20 GA. 16" O.C. REFER - PAINT I P -2A I TO A2.1 BD. ON 3 5/8" x STUDS AT (max.) L r 1 C y - I N + + \ + +F , + +` + SI -- 7 u 4 3 5/8" DIAGONAL BRACING AT 48" O.C. / -. ss 1 REFER TO CEILING GYP. BD 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD - PAINT I P - IA I 4 a_ z 4 0- 1 /8" SHI 5 /S" GYP. 20 GA, METAL 1-010 16" O.C. _s r 5/8 GYP. BD. - REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE I NOT USED L BACKWRAP PLAN DETAIL (ABOVE) 3 " -I' -0" G ++ ++ ++ NOT USED _ R _ ,,_., GYP. BD. -I F L _ , 1 $ I A11.5 I G 5 g " g2 5u 3 ' A E - 11 4 5 �° _ _ - , 8 - 1 I. T.O. FINISHED OPENING Y 5/8" 9I A11,5 SELO104 _L r __ I 3 20 GA. METAL 5TUDS AT 16" O.C. (MAX.) LINE OF BACKSPLASt r G.C. TO FUR OUT WALL ALIGN BACK OF BACKWRAP PERIMETER CABINET PUCK 'LEVEL LS 5/8" - LINE PAINT 1 P -2A 1 5" DRYWALL FINI BACKWRAP SIGNAGE lAIALL. dELIA *s SIGNAGE OF BACK SPLASI FOREGROUND 36" A F 5/8' GYP. BD. - IN PAINT I P -- — — — — — — F 3 5/8" METAL TRACK 5' -q I, T.O. BACKSPLASI -I� 33" A.F.F.A TOP AT 2' -S 3/8" A.F.F. All F 811 T.O. BACKWRAP GYP. BD. ON 5/8" x 20 GA. METAL AT 16" O.G. CENTERLINE OF SIGNAL. 16' -5i" FINISHED OPENING A11.5 I 1 7� ' - 11 1 EDGE QR.-1 .15gry0 1 CODE COMPLIANCE z APPROVED : I Nfl JAN i z C,t� ; Nlio HIDDEN 3 5/8" x 20 GA. 3 5 /S" x 20 GA. STUDS L 5/8" STUDS AT 16" O.C. UP TO 2 -8 3/8" A,F.F. 3 STUDS BACKWRAP PLAN 3/4" = 1' -°° K BACKWP — _ F '' . _ _ LIGHT TERM. DETAIL H3HoI W � +[ �" `"� _ _ _ DAS1-4ED LINE INDICATES EDGE OF LIGHT COVE- REFER TO DETAILS THIS SHEET. G.C. TO FUR OUT WALL 1 I /2" TO ALIGN BACK OF BACKWRAP WALL WITH PERIMETER CABINET PUCK WALLS " 1 1 5/8 GYP. BD. ON 3 5/8 A11.5 E I I I� 1 3" HIGH BACKSPLAS-1 ANY x 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT RETURN - SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. I.r DASHED LINE INDICATES EXTENT OF BACKIAIRAP OWNER INSTALLED BY - REFER TO A/A11.4 16 O,G. - PAINT LP -2A 1 REFER. TO A2.1 c I i n 0 — ` 3 5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS UP TO 2' - 3/8" A.F.F. - 3 5/8" TRACK AT vi 2' -a 3 /8" A.F.F. z TISSUE TISSUE TISSUE 6923 RE T 1 - KT A'. • L '' L4 S. $HpEMSHOCK STATE OP WASHINGTON ` 1 OPEN / \ / \ / \ / \ ]/ \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \/ /\ ] / \ / \ / \ / \ \ / \ \ \ / \ / / \ / \ / \ / \ 1/ \ / \ / \ / \ / \ / \/ / \ / \ / \ / \ i 1\ \ / \ / \ / \ / /\ / \ / \ / \ / \ / OPEN A11.5 1 r1 `� � el.� n ■ ■ < -- / / \ / \ / \ / -- __ b 1 I J DASHED LINE INDICATES GYP. BD. ABOVE r I 5/8 GYP. D. - GLV 1 8 LOOT PAINTI P -2A 1 F c�iivl! 1 t LcI�.I 0 -0 A.F.F.015, 5/8" GYP. BD, ON 3 5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" THE ARC VOTECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHOR /J=A SPECIFICLOCA T LOCATION R STALE E STATE O ECIFlC LQC INH $w ON THE SPECIFIC ON SHOWN M SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLYAPPUCPBL>w IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA O.G. PAINT 1 P -2A 1 U HARDWOOD \ F l N I SH ED FLOOR ACTUATED ,� LINE OF 1/2 BASE BELOW SAI # 07418 (1) 0.1450 POWDER FASTENER 24" O.G. WITH MIN. EMBEDMENT OF 1 1/2" (TYP.) LINE OF BASE AT BACKWRAP -. SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.G. DRAWING NUMBER: 1 . 5 E A BACKWRAP PLAN DETAIL (BELOW) _ BACKWRAP ELEVATION _ BACKWRAP SECTION _ PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 11:36 GENERAL NOTES 1. INSTALL ACCESSORIES AND LIGHT FIXTURES WITH SCREWS OR BOLTS EXTENDING LEAST 1" INTO SOLID BLOCKING. 2. WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD., TYPICAL ON ALL WALLS. 3• 60" HANDICAP TURNING AREA TO BE PROVIDED IN HANDICAP LAVATORIES. 4. LOCATE ALL SWITCHES AND SENSORS INSIDE 48" WAINSCOT. DO NOT LOCATE SW ITCHES WHERE HALF OF THE SWITCH FALLS IN WAINSCOT AND HALF FALLS OUT OF WA 5. ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, NOT INDICATED OTHERWISE, ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. WATER FOUNTAIN NOTE: GRAS BAR NOTES: IF THE WATER FOUNTAIN IS LOCATED IN THE PATH OF TRAVEL, A TEXTURED AREA 1 -0" AROUND THE FOUNTAIN, CLEARLY IDENTIFIABLE BY THE BLIND IS REQUIRED. WATER FOUNTAIN IS TO BE ACTIVATED BY A HANDICAP PUSH BAR ON FRONT FACE OF UNIT. WATER FOUNTAINS ARE TO BE LOCATED WITHIN ALCOVES 50 AS NOT TO BE IN THE CORRIDOR WALKWAY. FOUNTAINS MUST BE APPROACHED FROM THE FRONT, OR PROVIDE A 60" DIAMETER TURNING SPACE TO ALLOW FOR POSITIONING INTO FORWARD APPROACH, LOCATE RESTROOM SIGNAGE AS REQU IRI=D SY LOCAL GODS 11 ii MIN. MAX. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE AND HAVE NO SHARP, OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS ON OR. ADJACENT TO THEM, EDGES ARE TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF 1/8" RADIUS. GRAB BAR BACKING AND ATTACHMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FOR A 250 POUND POINT LOAD CIRCLE 1/4" THICK 12" IN DIAMETER SINK NOTES: li MIL 1. HOT WATER PIPES AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED TO CONFORM WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY AND ENERGY REQUIREMENTS. 2. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ALLOWED UNDER SINKS. 3. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS MUST BE EASILY OPERATED BY ONE HAND AND MUST NOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIT 4. THE FORCE NEEDED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS. FOR LEVER OPERATED OR 15 LBS. FOR PUSH TYPE. WATER CLOSET NOTES: I IN -WALL BLOCKING SECURED TO STUDS - RECESSED SCREW HEADS, FILL AND SAND SMOOTH GRAB B A R ° " NOTE: ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL TO BE MOUNTED ON WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. lq" MIN. /MAX. 17 MIN. 1. CONTROL-5 FOR FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE 51 DE OF THE WATER CLOSET AREA, NO MORE THAN 44" A.F.F. 19 MAX. _ k 12" r - -- \ \ - co ♦g � \ r _ ♦ I n 9� 1 = N 0 - - -- ( I ) WATER CLOSET - He SINK 4 - CO J 5II m 1 11I LLl . NI1.1 0 09 o- \ 7091.,1.LS 40 3N1 fi31N3 MI 1 51ROON ( 3 _) NEW 24" X 24" COMMERCIAL GRADE FLOOR MOUNTED SERVICE SINK - REFER TO 1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN - G.C. TO CAULK AT MOP SINK AND ADJACENT SURFACES FOR WATER TIGHT CONDITION L r GRAB BAR DETAIL NO SCALE CLEAR FLOOR AREA fn - ( 4 ) 1 1/2" DIA. METAL GRAB BAR, MUST COMPLY WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES - G.C. SUPPLY AND INSTALL 1" X 4" IN -WALL BLOCKING SECURED TO STUDS - REFER TO - I /Al2.1 REFER TO REFLECTED REQUIRED AT SINK SINK CLEARANCES 6" 1 ,,, IIN ELEVATION ( 5 ) SURFACE MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL FIND HI /LO WATER FOUNTAIN ( ) INSTALL COAT HOOK AT 4' -0" A.F.F. CENTERED ON DOOR (TOILET ROOM SIDE) o I CEILING PLAN ( 7 ) SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL FINISH NOT TOILET ROOM DOOR SYMBOL aI --IALL BE IN CONTRASTING COLOR ( 5 ) MARL ITE WAINSCOT TO 48" A.F.F. - REFER TO DETAIL K/Al2.1 ♦ yy .. Hy- 3Db'3Z}.f1S 3AI103133e1 40 WQ.LJ02 ( 9 ) 5' -0" DIAMETER HANDICAP TURNING AREA , LL R ai 4 ( 10 2' x 3' MIRROR IN 3/4" x 3/4 STAINLESS STEEL FRAME - INSTALL MIRROR DIREC TO ) ME> W GYP. BD. WALL IN FULL BED OF MASTIC AND INSTALL AINSCOT AROUND MIRROR - SEAL ALL EDGES WITH WHITE LAT1 =X BASED CAULK -r t; 12 ) - - E �� 0 4" BASE - REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET G1.3 r IF0 -II7 1 " I _OII 11_311 �� 1 1 1__ 3 1I I o- m 12 WAINSCOT EDGE CAP - REFER TO DETAIL K /Al2.1 RESIROON — UNISEX GRADE BRAILLE 2 MIN. CLEAR G MIN. G AR —1 34" 36" MAX. , 19" REVIEW ED FOR APPR p!'i1p� CODE COMPLIANCE JAN 1 I1F.STJXN / al O� 1 " 4 -0 I / UNISEX 2 MIN. CLEAR I I I I MIN. CLEAR HI /LO WATER FOUNTAIN CLEARANCES n n n MALE FEMALE (IF REQUIRED) (IF REQUIRED) 15" 15" 11 ) , City Cf ' * HC TOILET RM NOTES &CODED NOTES 1/2 SINK AND WATER FOUNTAIN DETAILS 1/2 ° - °n R DOOR SYMBOL DETAILS 1' � '- °rr L HANDICAPPED TOILET ROOM DETAIL 1/21 1 - °n G = 11 REFER TO EIILING 6" HG SIGNAGE - [MAX. REFER TO DETAIL G.C. TO INSTALL CLEAR SILICONE CAULK AT JOINTS ® _ PLAN 32" 48" MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CENTERED UNDER LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN UNIT 184 1$" N 1111) � i fr ilill `� ■ ip, h`�� Opt rk - �. .i ` / 7 p • L/A10.4 ( 10 ) 12 EDGE CAP 11 W 1 °� REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN ( 5 U ( 6 �5� ♦ o z r I 1 1- © � ," U _ m 7/16" F.R.P. mQ \ �� 04 ,` \\ \ \\ „ T x 3 � � alI MIN. 5/8" GYP. P. / i/ , 1 r r I 7 F E G �,� WAINSCOT PANELS ON ALL FOUR (4) WALLS OF RESTROOMS AND CORRIDOR (TYPICAL) - � t E \ i „ ` � 7-n �I J' \\ \\ rT ♦ \ ♦ / (a r 1 6 " MAX. \\ '—' ' �._ WATER FOUNTAIN ISOMETRIC � i2n= �,_o., P WAINSCOT EDGE DETAIL s .. = ��_ °„ K HANDICAPPED TOILET ROOM DETAIL � i2 ° =��_v F - 1 N . ., -� ____ _ _ _ - ;��__ REFER TO REFLECTED ` J ` - . N 0 o • 11 v e ,� vr/r i,1.rv� boar ANSI 3' Onock,C 12" •I - CEILING PLAN I� LINE of WALL BEYOND 1 _ r 3' - °il /6 1I I OPENING TO PLATFORM 1 10 4 f 60" ( 2 8' - 1 3/8" A.F.F. 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD DECK 1/2" x 4" WOOD TRIM (CLEAR PINE OR POPLAR) - RUN CONTINUOUS ALONG OF WALL; 12 -6" / MAX. MIN. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN 92 RE 1 / r \ o 0 3 - 1 0 3 4 TOP EDGE G.C. TO SAND ALL EDGES SMOOTH; , PAINT WOOD I P - �NESE DE�AI LS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY G 5.5HAEM5HpCK STATE OF WASHINGTON 6" METAL JOISTS (16 GA.) AT 41 � - QQ y 110 - 1� X'VW , 1 K 16" O.C. MAX. w/ (1) LAYER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD DECK; INSTALL (1) LAYER OF 5/8" GYP. BD, ON BOTTOM OF JOIST A.F.F. THESE PLANS ARE FOR FIXTURE AND GRAB BAR ILLUSTRATIONS; FOR EXACT ROOM SIZES, CONFIGURATIONS AND DOOR INGS REFER TO THE "CONSTRUCTION SW PLAN " . E L . 'XVW „b1 4 7'-6" _ - .N1W z L a E ' A THE ARCECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR FAT LIABILTY FOR THE USE CFTI- IESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHOWZED 1 I 3 5/8" 16 GA. METAL STUD PARTITION - ALIGN STUDS DIRECTLY 5/8" GYP. BD. - BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH I� ,- ,`...., -. SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE I °, s _ ,, _ SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN 01 " • - -1 s :.;.31 AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. P I T P -ICI n n UNDER JOIST (TYP.) 0 0 / Q L;E.0 1 8 200 SAI # 07418 \_ 7 1 ' MIN. 9" MAX. F EhtVii 1 i..;Im941 t DRAWING NUMBER: NOT USED 11I2' — �� - °R 1/2" HANDICAPPED 1/2" °n A l 2 1 HANDICAPPED TOILET ROOM DETAIL = � 1-o � E TOILET ROOM DECK SECTION TOILET ROOM DETAIL = 1 '- A • - N USE #14 WOOD SCREW I. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE PERMITTED ON ANY OF THE MATERIALS OR HARDWARE SPECIFIED IN THESE DETAILS. 2. ALL 51 4ELF MOUNTING 14ARDWARE, -TANG RODS AND NALL STANDARDS ARE PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 3, ANYTIME HANG ROD IS GUT IN FIELD, G.G. MUST DRILL NEW HOLE AT CUT END FOR DROP -IN PIN. LONG THAT (TYP. 4 OF STUD 4 PRE -DRILL POLE FLATHEAD 2" IN EA. NALL STANDARD HOLE ALIGNS NIT-1 A RUN OF FURRING 6 SCREWS PER STANDARD) OF STUD ( 1 ) (6) ROWS HORIZONTAL I x 6 WOOD FURRING BY G.C. - FURRING 15 TO BE SPACED P1 R G.C. TO ELIMINATE REQUIRES ADDITIONAL CEILING. (NO CHANGE OR OTHER SHELVING) THIS SIPELF IF CODE CLEARANCE TO TO STANDARDS TYPICAL. Y Q ♦ p p Z A 11.1 0 G.C. TO ELIMINATE REQUIRES ADDITIONAL CEILING- (NO CHANGE OR OTHER SHELVING) TI-11S SHELF IF CODE CLEARANCE TO TO STANDARDS TYPICAL, n z Q 4 TO DETAIL A THIS SHEET - 50 THAT TI-1IE FURRING 15 CENTERED AT EACH TOP (3) HOLES OF THE: STANDARD AND EVERY OTHER HOLE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE STANDARD. REFER TO FOR SCREW • � Lt_i p c v s!,. ♦ ----, ILI EQUALLY 'FURRING AND NALL STANDARD INSTALLATION DETAIL'. G.C. TO PAINT 1 P -1C I WOOD FURRING TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL. HEAVY DUTY HALL STANDARD ♦ ®, ( 2 ) NALL STANDARDS - G.C. TO INSTALL TO SOLID IN -WALL BLOCKING OR FURRING. REFER TO rio-pw■Iroll • ' - 1 _ Nzr i T `r 1 o i (v ♦ X 4 - -��� - J - J 1 _ 1 = - y X - CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR CORRECT SPACING. ♦ __ =---____-) ( 3 ) ib" D1~EP SHELF - 3/4" THICK DURAFLAKE WITH PRJ~FIN15H>~D WHIT~ MELAMINE SURFACE / THREE WHITE EDGE SANDING SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. USE ( 4 ) 14" SHELF BRACKETS AND HOLD -DOWN CLIPS PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. V C 1 ) I x 6 FURRING - PAINT SPAC SCREWS (ACROSS THE WIDTH OF THE FURRING) TO FASTEN e e TYP. OF 6 ( 5 ) 14" 1 -PANG ROD BRACKET VI ITI -1 SADDLE END, HANG ROD, AND END GAPS PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 1 1 P -1A 1 TO MATCH ADJACENT ♦ TYP. OF 6 o � HALL ( 6 ) SPLICERS, ENDCAPS AND ADAPTER AND MATERIALS TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER - G.G. TO 3 p� (TYP.) FURRING AT EACH STUD I NSTALL. TYP. OF 5 0 # X ♦ 0 d ��+ O L4 ♦ d I 3 # ( 7 ) HANG ROD BRACKET DIRECTLY BELOW SHELF BRACKET - MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO X rrP, OF 7 O I- FASTENING MOUNTING CLIPS TO SHELVES ON BRACKETS ABOVE. � iL PA 9. A ii / . . 4 .'4_ LW � $ WORK SURFACE - G.G. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL PREFINISHED 5' -0" X 26" MELAMINE WORK ♦ o o iL u - SURFACE W/ WHITE EDGE BANDING ON 26" BRACKETS. REFER TO DETAIL J /Al2.2. 2 v - ( GI ) 5' -0" TUBING, ROUND TUBING NO. 646 -1. '— - - o X �4 ( 4 ) o �� ( 10 ) SNAP -ON ADAPTER #203 I 1/I6" DIAMETER. ♦ �� 0 26 SHELF BRACKETS AND HOLD -DOWN CLIPS PROVIDED SY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.G. CONFIRM THAT WALL ELEVATION @ WOOD FURRING STANDARD SCREW HOLES ( s ) FALL FURRING DETAIL SINK SCREWS FLUSI -1 N/ BUT NOT LOWER THAN TI-4E SURFACE OF TI-I>; FURRING. INSTALL WASHERS AT SCREWS WHERE FURRING IS UNUSUALLY SOFT. WITI -4IN HORIZONTAL AS LOCATED ON A /Al2.2 _ X / e e 11 ) - NON -SALES 1 - NON -SALES � 1 MATCH GYP. BD. EXISTING (TYP.) G.C. TO REFER TO SHEET XX.XX FOR EXACT LOCATION OF WORK SURFACE SHELVING Wifff_Airffir U NOTE: SHELVES TO RUN CONTINUOUS ALONG WALLS AND AT INSIDE CORNERS. G.G. TO PROVIDE WOOD SUPPORT SPLICES AT ALL SEAMS (KEEP SHELF TOPS FLUSH) SEAMS ARE TO STOP AT BRACKET I x 6 FURRING HEAVY DUTY WALL PLAN @ HOOD FURRING STANDARD FURRING & WALL STD. INSTALLATION NO SCALE R SHELVING CODED NOTES L MANAGER'S DESK / BREAK TABLE 1/2,1 1 - °" SHELVING 1/2 - D Doi .......4 t 6, '� �VV� P ` CODE C omPLIANc ', ���� {� UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, G.C. PROVIDE A COMPLETE AS -BUILT SET OF DRAWINGS FOR THE COMPLETED STORE (ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL) AND PLACE DRAWINGS INTO THE PLAN TUBE HOLDER - 3/4" DURAFLAKE M 4" DURA D W/ WHITE MELAMINE SHELF * WHITES EDGE BANDING - SUPPLIED BY G.C. G.C. TO PROVIDE / INSTALL HANDLE ON THE TOP GAP TO EASE THE REMOVING OF THE CAP. COORDINATE HANDLE SPEC WITH OWNERS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 1/4" DIAMETER THRU BOLT LS WITH TOGGLE (TYP OF 2) � q �-,� �-, C ;�� �7t, .:i � �.� -- 11 = 4 „ CLIP CORNER (TYP. TO ALL GYP. BD. li _��� �� I 4 OUTSIDE ENDS) G.C. TO FIL L, SAND, AND PAINT ALL GUT EDGES -PAINT TD MATCH SHELF COLOR PAN HEAD SCREWS TO 2 x BLOCKING 0 Tv N. - A SECURE STRAP 3/4" x 2" POPLAR PLYWOOD SCREWED 2 4 /am 6" DIA. TUBE 3/4" DURAFLAKE 14" MEEAMINE 1 LF H WI11Th TRIM TO x METAL STRAP OF EDGE BANDING -- SUPPLIED G.G. IM a o z (TYP. 2 I/2" DIA. HOLE 1 - IN N. TY1'. 6 o 0 < BOTTOM CAP SECTION THRU TUBE SCREW CLIPS TO BOTH 51 -4ELF AND BRACKET OF 0 (' 1-_ 0_ < - ° n iii D E LOOSE PVC CAP FACE HALL STANDARD 2 � LW 48 A.F.F -� NOTE: -In 1 ♦ X X U- D 1 FINISHED (1) PIECE COUNTERTOP WITH BACKSPLASH MOUNTED TO SHELVING BRACKET WITH 1/2" X 1 I/2" BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. Lemen■mmommiiiimmik■11 G.C. MUST PROVIDE AND ATTACH A CL I4 CLEAR TAPE STATING: LABEL WIT ( ) THIS TUBE CONTAINS STORE DRAWINGS AND IS NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER. INN o 1 N. ♦ f LABEL d• 1- EXTENT OF WOOD HOLDER 14" CAPITOL #2051 6923 REGI. R L` '' 1 S. SHREMSHOCK TATE OF WASHINGTON 1 = , X NON -SALES 1 ♦ iu I BRACKET #2041 SCREW -ON SHELF CLI1 FOR ALL NON -SALES SHELVES ♦ r,- ••. , r-� r -, - "- ' D r. t , i, -. ':'.!Ig A C �� 1 8 (`' I 1 (� PL1 - x;411 1 l..,LN I ER + 1 ` � (BRACKET /CLIP SY OWNER) U.- USE! 2 CLIPS PER SHELF CAP IN .iiii u R ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPEC7FICALLYAUTHORI2ED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERA. PVC BOTTOM GLUED PLACE, G.C. TO DRILL 1/2" DIA. HOLE IN CENTER OF BOTTOM CAP NOTE: TUBE ELEVATION A NOTE:, ENTIRE ASSEMBLY 15 CONSTRUCTED BY G.C. IN FIELD. G.G. TO PAINT ALL SHELVES TO RUN CONTINUOUS ALONG HALLS AND AT INSIDE - CORNERS G.C. TO PROVIDE WOOD SUPPORT SPLICES AT ALL SEAMS (KEEP S4IELF TOPS FLUSH) SEAMS ARE TO STOP AT A BRACKET. SAI 07418 H DRAWING NUMBER: 2 2 IPARDWARE I P -1C 1 " =1' - 0" N N O SCALE 1 /2 " =1' -0" FURRING 1 / 2 " =1' -0" HANGING _ E SHELF & BRACKET INSTALLATION _ j DETAIL - A DRAWING TUBE DETAIL _ PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 c1:36 AM LIMITING 1- )EIGHT STEEL STUD ASSEMBLIES USG STEEL STUDS (CW5) DESIGN NO. U465 4. WALLBOARD GYPSUM* - S /8" T1-1ICK x 4' WIDE, ATTACHED TO NONBEARING WALL RATING - 1 I-IR. STEEL STUDS AND FLOOR AND CEILING TRACK I�11T1-I 1" LONG, TYPE S SELF- TAPPING STEEL SCREWS SPACE a O.C. ALONG © © 0 Q JOINTS ORIENTED VERTICALLY AND STAGGERED NNE BOARD. STUD DESIGNATION STUD WIDTH STUD SPACING ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION PARTITION- ONE LAYER PARTITION- TWO LAYER FURRING - ONE LAYER " W J ' f OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE ASSEMBLY. WHEN ATTACHED TO ITEM 6 (FURRING CHANNELS), WALLBOARD IS SCREW ATTACI -IED TO FURRING CHANNELS WITH 1" LONG, TYPE S STEEL SCREWS SPACED 12" O.C. 212CW5 2 1/2 a ib " 1/120 1/240 17' -q' 14' -0' 18' -6` 14' -q' 16' -6" 13' -0" ���� � r�•����� l�ii�i • • 24 a 1/120 1/240 15' -6' 12' -3' 16' -3' 13' -0' 141_611 11' -6' 1/2 II 0 CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD. -TYPES C, SEX, SPX, WRX DOMTAR GYPSUM INC., - TYPE 5 1. FLOOR CEILING RUNNER - (NOT SHOWN) 25 MSG (MIN.) GALV. GEORGIA - PACIFIC CORP., GYPSUM DIV. - TYPE GPFS -G STEEL 1" HIGH, RETURN LEGS 3 5/5" WIDE (MIN.) ATTACHED PASCO GYPSUM CO. - TYPE PG -C TO FLOOR AND CEILING WIT) -1 FASTENERS 24" O.C. U.S. GYPSUM CO. - TYPE G, 1PX2, SCX, SI-IC, SI-IX, WRC, OR WRX II II II S. JOINT TAPE AND COMPOUND - VINYL DRY OR PREMIXED JOINT 2. STEEL STUDS - 3 5/8 WIDE (MIN.), I 1/4 LEGS, 3/8 25 MSG MIN. GALVANIZED STEEL. COMPOUND, APPLIED IN TWO COATS TO JOINTS AND SCREW RETURN, FORMED OF 24" (MIN.) HEADS; PAPER TAPE, 2" WIDE, EMBEDDED IN FIRST LAYER MAX. STUD SPADING 24 O.G. OF COMPOUND OVER ALL JOINTS. AS AN ALTERNATE, 3. BATTS AND BLANKETS* - (OPTIONAL) - MINERAL WOOL OR NOMINAL 3/32" THICK GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER MAY BE 358CW5 3 5 18° 1611 1/120 1/240 23' -0" 18 -3 24' -0 1q -0 211 - 17 -3 HANGER WIRE NOT TO 6' 24 u 1/120 1/240 20' -0" 16' -0' 20' -q' 16' -6 19' -0" 15 -0" EXCEED -O" SPLAY BRACE WIRE ' 4000W5 4' 1611 1/120 1/240 24-9 19-6 251 -qA 20 -3 23' -6' 18 -q 24 a 1/120 1/240 21' -6 17' -3' 22' -0 17' -q' 20' 6° 16' -3" S" (MAX.) OR 1/4 LENGTH OF D15T. 600CW5 6 16 u 1/120 1/240 33' -6" 26' -6" 34' -6° 27' -6" 32' --3° 25' -6' TO FIRST MAIN CONT. HORIZ. STRUT TO 24 u 1/120 1/240 29' -3" 23 -3" 29 -6' 24' -0' 28' -0' 22-3" GLASS FIBER BATTS PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY FILLING APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF CLASSIFIED VENEER STUD CAVITY. BASEBOARD. JOINTS REINFORCED SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BZJZ) CATEGORY FOR NAMES STEEL STUD THICKNESS 130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 lone: (614) 545 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 nail: info @shremshock.com PREVENT SPREADING mili l i i i ,,,,,, m �,,, � � AI I I I � � � � � � � � � � � � � � OF CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. 6. FURRING G1IANNEL - (OPTIONAL - NOT 51 -TOWN) - RESILIENT 25 MSG GALV STEEL FURRING C1- IANNELS SPACED VERTICALLY MAX. 24" O.C., FLANGE PORTION ATTACHED TO EACH INTERSECTING STUD WITH 1/2" LONG TYPE S -I2 PAN -HEAD STEEL SCREW. *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING STUD STYLE DESIGN MINIMUM GAUGE A A OF RUNNERS WALL TRIM i �� h l II INCHES MM INCHES MM GROSS TEE STL ST CWS SJ 20 0.0168 0.0155 0.0344 0.0359 0.43 0.48 0.87 0.c11 0.0160 0.0179 0.032 0.0341 0.41 0 A 0.84 0.87 26 25 20 20 MAIN RUNNER LAY -IN CEILING TILE I030 NER211 . SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL @ WALL NO SCALE s DETAIL NO SCALE D ICBD #2244 OR EQUAL HOLES POST SEISMIC LOCKING PIN co MALL STRUCTURE (TYP.) 0 T( MALL 1� REFER %�1\ � I 'STRUCTURAL PLANS S DECK 1 �T STUDS AND STUD TEX WALL STUDS ATTACH (2) 12- 14 TEX SCREWS REFf R TO 40 CEILING PLAN TO SLAB -. @ \ /1' MALL- TOP CLIP (MECHANICALLY A FASTENED) A - I I' ` N‘1°IN‘Nk\ :.� G.G. TO STOP APPROX. 6' ABOVE CEILING FOR 5/5" x 20 A. METAL ATTACH TO VERTICAL BRACING W /(2) 12 -14 SCREW BRACING TO SPRING CLIP - HANGER WIRE TOP CLIP SPRING CLIP ATTACHMENT COMPRESSION . WITH MINIMUM OF 4■, LAN 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 16" o.G. WITH (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. 4111. MAIN RUNNER 11 11‘ 111 " „ , CESLING DJ~TAIL CROSS TI=E (WHERE APPLICABLE) BOARD TYP. EACH SIDE r SECURE BTM. TRACK USING POWDER DRIVEN SPACING OF 24" .14 BULB CLIP (MECHANICALLY FASTENED) FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANC) - )DRAGS) USE: ERICO TOOL 4 FASTENERS - ICED #ER 4546; HILTI INC. - ICBO #ER 1290; #ITW RAMSET /RED I-4EAD - ICBO #PER 1147 OR EQUAL SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL NO SCALE R LOCK CLIP CROSS TEE - MAIN RUNNER NO SCALE L NOT USED S ECTION THRU INTERIOR PARTITION No SCALE = `A , .c . \ �. ' �'. ` ,� �tl � \ 6I :0 0� \ �`� C. ® ' P ` , O I \: . M \ `'.i''4`" ' C ,..c,\\1,1';‘' gy A h C ti , C,\ � c.;-' .: -° e N' �'-� SECURE TOP TRACK OF (: EVE) REFER TO MALL USING A MIN. 'S -12 SCREWS MAXIMUM MX \ l i 'STRUCTURAL RE W TO Ii` TRACK TO SLAB DRIVEN MIN. .14 24" D,C + MALL DECK PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: THE MAIN RUNNERS AND CROSS RUNNERS OF THE CEILING SYSTEM AND THEIR SPLICES, INTERSECTION CONNECTORS AND EXPANSION DEVICES SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CON- STRUCTED TO CARRY A MEAN ULTIMATE TEST LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN ISO POUNDS (801 N) OR TWICE THE ACTUAL LOAD, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, IN TENSION WITH 5- DEGREE MISALIGNMENT OF THE MEMBERS IN ANY DIRECTION, AND IN COMPRESSION. IN LIEU OF 5- DEGREE MISALIGNMENT, THE LOAD MAY BE APPLIED WIT) -1 A 1 -INCH (25.4MM) ECCENTRICITY ON A SAMPLE NOT MORE THAN 24 INCHES (610 MM) LONG ON EACH SIDE OF THE SPLICE. THE CONNECTIONS AT SPLICES AND INTERSECTIONS SHALL ALL BE OF THE MECHANICAL INTERLOCKING TYPE. MALL STRUCTURE (TYP.) SC BRACING STUD 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING, @ 48" O.C. LS REFER TO i �Cl?ILING PLAN 'A' SCREW BRACING TO WALL STUDS r� 1/2" EMT - RUN TIGHT CLASS CEILING 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 16 O.C. WITH (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BOARD TYP. EACH SIDE - RUN FROM SLAB TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE U.L. DESIGN U465 TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (.4' --D" MAX. FOR 1/2" �) SECURE SUPPORT WIRES TO EXISTING STRUCTURE OR STUD INFILL 1/2" EMT - RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (4' -O" MAX. FOR 1/2" 0) SECURE SUPPORT WIRES TO EXISTING STRUCTURE OR STUD INFILL 12 A. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE SECURE BTM. USING POWDER NOTE: IF CODES OR LOCAL AUTHORITIES DO %ZUNOT%%U REQUIRE GYP. E.D. TO EXTEND To DECK THEN HOLD TOP OF GYP. BOARD 6 ABOVE HIGHEST GJ=1L G LINT~ FASTENERS SPACING OF R 4 v MAIN RUNNER CROSS TEE COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @ EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12' -0" O.G. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 6' -0" OF EACH WALL_ VERTICAL 12 HANGER WIRE 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE ,... d it COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @ EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12 -0" O.C. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 6' -0" OF EACH WALL 3/4" EMT TIGHT TO 1 5 /8" FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANCHORAGE) USE: ERICO TOOL * FASTENERS - ICBO #ER 4546; HILT) INC. - ICBO #ER #ITW RAMSET /RED HEAD - ICBO #ER 1147 OR EQUAL _ � E - GA. @ 4L-O 0.C. I yI 1_J ` NOT USED - F SECT. THRU SALES /NON SCALE B -BUTT METAL JOIST FRAMING DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8 BOLT AND 3/4" EMT - NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER HOLE -SALES PART. hNO p � � � �� DRILL 5/32" NUT AFTER f� ,•_ v- • `� FOR 1 /5" BOLT AND LOCK - CEILING SYSTEM IS LEVELED (3) TURNS MIN. IN 1 1/2 "(TYPICAL) k (4) -12 GA. SPLAY WIRES } .+.c LOCKNUT AFTER CEILING SYSTEM IS I LEVELED / REFER TO MALL d SAYING INSULATION STRUCTURAL DWGS I V u o 4 ' q A ° 4 K MALL DECK (TYPICAL) ATTACH STUD BRACING WITH WITH �P �y 4 a ° DECK - • � METAL ROOF r -� Man . �`� � L _ ' � + A MINIMUM OF (2) 12 -14 TEX SCREWS (TYPICAL) 3 5/8 x 20 GA. MTL. STUD FIRE SEALANT EA. SIDE — _ ��� -- DRYWALL SCREW @ 6 D.G. 6923 RED! RR . •� . �Y "FIRE BRACING @ 48" O.C. SCREW TO TRAK" 5TL. RUNNER G.C. TO MATCH MALL REQUIREMENTS DRYWALL SCREW EACH SIDE -4.- 4.- : - • IF 1 S 8" METAL / 16 STUDS W /(2) 12 -14 TEX SCREWS MINIMUM (TYPICAL) 3 5/8" STUD INFILL BY G.G. ONLY (ATTACH ONLY BOTTOM LAYER r >t. .SHREM CK SHO TATEOFWASHING70N x GA. JOIST FRAMING @ 4S" O.C. SPLAY WIRES .y OF GYP. BOARD TO STUD) WHERE NEEDED (TYPICAL) MALL STRUCTURE (TYPICAL) (4) -12 GA. - SPLAYED 90° FROM EACH OTHER AND 45° (MAX.) FROM CEILING PLANE SPLAYED 90° FROM EACH OTHER $ 45° FROM CEILING PLANE DRYWALL SCREW TO DECK @ EACH STUD 5 /5" TYPE "X" GYPSUM THE YF L BIUUTORTHEUSEOF NO RESPONSIBILITY Y BY E FRSUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS WILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN TERIA. 7/5" CHANNEL FURRING @ 16" D.C. SECURE TO 1 5/8 METAL JOIST FRAMING WITH MINIMUM 8 GA. WIRE NOTE: L /R, = RATIO NOT EXCEED 200 WALLBOARD 3 5 /5 X 20 GA. MTL. _ (I) 12 -14 TEX SCREW EACH SIDE r -- OF EVERY STUD "DEEP' SAI # 07418 STUDS @ 24 O.C. 16 GA. DEEP LEG TRACK SECURE TO EXI STRUCTURE DRAWING NUMBER: USE THIS DETAIL ONLY IF BUILDING AUTHORITIES REQUIRE THAT PARTITION STUDS BE INDEPENDENT OF TOP TRACK U.L. DESIGN NO_ U466 1 _ 1 WITH A MINI OF (2) TEX �` SCREWS @ 4 -0 O.C. MAX. s NO SCALE NO SCALE NO SCALE NO SCALE A GYP. BD. CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM j DEFLECTION DETAIL -TOP OF PARTITION E TYP CONNECTION TO EXIST. STRUCT. LAY IN CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM N N .._„,. PLOTTED: 11/27/2007 c1:36 AM TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00: PROCUREMENT st CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS (AIA A201 -1997) 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DIVISION 01; 01 10 00 01 30 00 01 40 00 01 BO 00 01 GO 00 01 G2 00 01 70 00 01 1q 00 DIVISION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS DIVISION 03: 03 00 00 03 54 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT OPTIONS EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS DEMONSTRATION * TRAINING 02 41 19 SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION CONCRETE CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CAST ( CEMENTITIOUS) UNDERLAYMENT DIVISION 04: MASONRY 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 05: 05 50 00 05 70 00 DIVISION 06: 06 10 53 OG 20 00 06 40 00 DIVISION 07: 07 01 50 07 6O 00 07 34 00 DIVISION 05: 05 11 00 05 14 00 05 31 00 05 41 13 05 71 00 05 50 00 05 63 00 METALS METAL FABRICATIONS DECORATIVE METAL WOOD, PLASTICS * COMPOSITES MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY FINISH CARPENTRY ARCI- 11TEGTURAL WOODWORK THERMAL t MOISTURE PROTECTION MAINTENANCE OF MEMBRANE ROOFING FLASI -LING * SHEET METAL FIRESTOPPING OPENINGS METAL DOORS * FRAMES WOOD DOORS ACCESS DOORS * PANELS ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES * STOREFRONTS DOOR HARDWARE GLAZING MIRRORS DIVISION 09: FINISI -TES 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 30 00 TILING 09 51 00 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 65 1'9 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 65 00 CARPETING 09 77 00 SPECIAL WALL SURFACING 09 90 00 PAINTING * COATING DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES 10 21 13 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 26 13 CORNER GUARDS 10 25 13 TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 73 13 AWNINGS DIVISION 11: EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED) DIVISION 14: CONVEYING EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 21: FIRE SUPRESSION (REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 22: PLUMBING (REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 23: HEATING, VENTILATING * AIR CONDITIONING (REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 25: INTEGRATED AUTOMATION (REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 26: ELECTRICAL (REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 27: COMMUNICATIONS (REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 25: ELECTRONIC SAFETY * SECURITY (REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 00: PROCUREMENT 4 CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 72 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS (AIA A201 -1(997) A. GENERAL CONDITIONS: THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, AIA DOCUMENT A201, 1997 EDITION, IS A PART OF THIS CONTRACT, AND SHALL GOVERN WORK. 1. A COPY WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE BY ARCHITECT UPON REQUEST. SECTION 00 73 00 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTAIN INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF EVERY FART OF PROJECT. 5. DIVISION 1: WHERE PROVISIONS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS RELATE TO PROJECT ADMINISTRATION OR WORK- RELATED REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT, THOSE PARAGRAPHS ARE EXPANDED IN DIVISION 1. 0, SUBCONTRACTORS: CONTRACTOR AGREES TO BIND SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS TO TERMS OF GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, INCLUDING ARBITRATION. D. INSURANCE: AS APPROVED BY OWNER. E. MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITIONS: 1. APPROVED: REQUIRES WRITTEN ACTION BY ARCHITECT AS DOES TERMS SUCH AS DIRECTED, SELECTED, REQUIRED, ORDERED, DESIGNATED, ACCEPTED, ACCEPTABLE, AND SATISFACTORY. 2. FURNISH: SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED IN GREATER DETAIL. 3. INSTALL: OPERATIONS AT PROJECT, FROM INSPECTING AND UNLOADING, TO COMPLETION IN PLACE, READY FOR INTENDED USE. 4. PROVIDE: FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED IN GREATER DETAIL. DIVISION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 10 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK A. SCOPE: PROJECT CONSISTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TI-IE dELIA's STORE AS INDICATED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1. ITEMS NOTED "NIC" (NOT IN CONTRACT) WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER OR UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. 2. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: NOT IN CONTRACT; OWNER WILL PROVIDE FOR HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT PRIOR TO TI-415 PROJECT. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE SUSPECTED, NOTIFY OWNER IMMEDIATELY. B. WORK SEQUENCE: COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, OPERATIONS AND USE OF PREMISES WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT. C. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES: LIMIT TO AREAS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED; LIMIT ACCESS AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. D. LINES AND LEVELS ENGINEERING: ESTABLISH LINES AND LEVELS BY USE OF RECOGNIZED ENGINEERING PRACTICES. LOCATE AND PROTECT CONTROL AND REFERENCE POINTS. E. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: PROJECT HAS BEEN DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES. COMPLY WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION. INFORM ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES OBSERVED OR NOTED BY OTHERS. F. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH STANDARDS REFERENCED EXCEPT WHERE MORE RIGID REQUIREMENTS ARE REQUIRED BY CODE. DATE OF STANDARD IS THAT IN EFFECT AS OF DATE DOCUMENTS ARE ISSUED, EXCEPT WHEN SPECIFIC DATE IS SPECIFIED. G. OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ITEMS: OWNER W ILL ARRANGE FOR AND PAY FOR PRODUCT AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS TO BE DELIVERED TO PROJECT SITE FOR CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION, 1. CONTRACTOR SI-IALL INSPECT, RECEIVE, UNLOAD, STORE, INSTALL AND FINISH AS DIRECTED. H. ALL WORK 15 TO BE PERFORMED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF CURRENT PREVAILING LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. ALSO, ALL WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE TO RESTRICTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. I. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE, LOSS, THEFT, OR DESTRUCTION OF OWNER SPECIFIED ITEMS AND /OR MATERIALS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE BACK CHARGED THE FULL COST OF REPLACEMENT MATERIALS, INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGES. J . SUSPENSION OF ALL CEILING AND OVERHEAD FRAMING 15 TO BE FROM STRUCTURAL MALL BEAMS AND TOP CHORD OF TRUSSES ONLY. DO NOT SUSPEND FROM MALL DECK. SECTION 01 30 00 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. PROCEDURES: CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND APPROVE SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING TO OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER; INFORM OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER IN WRITING AT TIME OF SUBMISSION OF ANY PROPOSED DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1. SUBMITTAL SY CONTRACTOR REPRESENTS THAT FIELD MEASUREMENTS, FIELD CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA, MATERIALS, CATALOG NUMBERS AND SIMILAR DATA HAVE SEEN DETERMINED AND VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT ONE REPRODUCIBLE AND TWO PRINTS; PROVIDE FOR CUSTOM PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS NOT FULLY IDENTIFIED BY PRODUCT DATA. G. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT NUMBER REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR PLUS TWO FOR DINNER'S PROJECT MANAGER; INDICATE ITEM TO BE USED NHERE DATA FOR MORE THAN ONE PRODUCT OR OPTION IS INCLUDED; PROVIDE FOR EACH STOCK MANUFACTURED ITEM. PRODUCT DATA TO BE CROSS REFERENCED TO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS USING THE SAME DESIGNATIONS LISTED IN SCHEDULES. D. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES: PROVIDE TWO, E. COORDINATION: COORDINATE USE OF PREMISES AND ACCESS TO SITE UNDER DIRECTION OF OWNER; COORDINATE NORK TO ASSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS. 1. MAKE PROVISIONS FOR OWNER INSTALLED ITEMS AND FOR SEPARATE CONTRACTS. 2. VERIFY CHARACTERISTICS OF INTERRELATED OPERATING EQUIPMENT ARE COMPATIBLE; COORDINATE WORK HAVING INTERDEPENDENT RESPONSIBILITIES FOR INSTALLING, CONNECTION TO, AND PLACING SUCH EQUIPMENT IN SERVICE. 3, COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK; CONCEAL PIPES, DUCTS, AND WIRING IN FINISHED AREAS; COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES AND OUTLETS WITH FINISHES. SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL: MAINTAIN QUALITY CONTROL OVER SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSI -11P, TO PRODUCE WORK OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. S. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES: WHEN SPECIFIED IN RESPECTIVE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, REQUIRE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER TO HAVE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL PROVIDE ON -SITE OBSERVATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. REPRESENTATIVE SHALL: a. OBSERVE FIELD CONDITIONS, INCLUDING CONDITIONS OF SURFACES. OBSERVE QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP AND METHODS OF INSTALLATION. b. PROVIDE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP. c. WHERE REQUIRED, START, TEST, AND ADJUST EQUIPMENT AS APPLICABLE. d. SUBMIT WRITTEN REPORT TO OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER OF OBSERVATIONS. G. MOCK-UPS: CONSTRUCT FIELD SAMPLES AND MOCK -UPS ON SITE AS REQUIRED. D. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES: TESTING SHALL BE BY AN APPROVED TESTING LABORATORY, AS REQUIRED BY SPECIFICATIONS AND BY APPLICABLE CODES. 1. TESTING REQUIRED WILL BE PAID FOR BY OWNER EXCEPT RETESTING WILL 5E PAID FOR BY CONTRACTOR WHERE REQUIRED BY FAILURE TO MEET ORIGINAL TESTS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH MATERIALS AND SAMPLES FOR TESTS AND SHALL ASSIST TESTING LABORATORY AS REQUESTED. SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS G, H. A. GENERAL: PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO CONFORM WITH REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. 1. CONTACT GOVERNING AUTHORITIES TO ESTABLISH EXTENT OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES, B. TEMPORARY POWER: PROVIDE POWER SERVICE AND LIGHTING REQUIRED FOR OPERATIONS, WITH BRANCH WIRING AND DISTRIBUTION BOXES LOCATED To ALLOW SERVICE AND LIGHTING BY MEANS OF CONSTRUCTION -TYPE POWER CORDS. C. TEMPORARY WATER AND SANITARY SERVICES: PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED DRINKING WATER AND SANITARY FACILITIES WITH ENCLOSURES. D. NOISE, DUST, AND POLLUTION CONTROL: PROVIDE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NOISE, DUST, AND POLLUTION CONTROL. E. BARRIERS: PROVIDE AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTIES FROM DAMAGE FROM OPERATIONS; AND AS REQUIRED 5Y GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 1. BARRICADE AS REQUIRED BY CITY OR LANDLORD, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES, CRITERIA, AND DETAILS. 2. SECURITY: MAINTAIN SITE AND MATERIALS SECURE DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. F. CLEANING: CONTROL ACCUMULATION OF WASTE MATERIALS AND RUBBISH; DISPOSE OF OFF -SITE AT INTERVALS APPROVED BY OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER AND ACCEPTABLE TO APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. SIGNS: SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER. STORAGE: LIMIT ON -SITE STORAGE TO AREAS DESIGNATED FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND APPROVED IN WRITING IN ADVANCE SY OWNER; PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WEATHER - TIGHT, SECURED OFF -SITE STORAGE AS REQUIRED. I. REMOVAL AND CLEANING: REMOVE CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES, CLEAN AND REPAIR DAMAGE, IN EXCESS OF CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, CAUSED BY OPERATIONS OR USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES. J . GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE REQUIRED SAFETY ITEMS TO INCLUDE: FIRST AID KIT, POTABLE DRINKING WATER, EXTRA HARD HATS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER IF NEEDED. SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. CONTRACT AMOUNT: SASE ON MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INHERE LISTED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS BY MANUFACTURERS NOT LISTED SHALL NOT BE USED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL. 5. PRODUCTS: COMPONENTS SUPPLIED IN QUANTITY SHALL BE INTERCHANGEABLE; PROVIDE NEW MATERIALS UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. G. INSTALLATION: INSTALL ITEMS PLUMB, LEVEL AND SECURE, AND IN CORRECT RELATION TO ADJACENT PRODUCTS; SECURE IN PLACE WITH POSITIVE ANCHORAGE DEVICES DESIGNED AND SIZED TO WITHSTAND STRESSES, VIBRATION, AND RACKING. 1. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED. D. TRANSPORTATION: TRANSPORT PRODUCTS TO AVOID PRODUCT DAMAGE, DELIVER IN UNDAMAGED CONDITION IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED CONTAINERS OR PACKAGING. E. HANDLING: PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO HANDLE PRODUCTS BY METHODS TO PREVENT SOILING AND DAMAGE; PROMPTLY INSPECT TO ASSURE PRODUCTS ARE CORRECT, COMPLETE, AND UNDAMAGED, AND QUANTITIES ARE CORRECT. F. STORAGE: STORE MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS, WITH SEALS AND LABELS INTACT AND LEGIBLE. G. PROTECTION: PROVIDE COVERINGS TO PROTECT PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE FROM TRAFFIC AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, REMOVE NI-4EN NO LONGER NEEDED. H. SPECIFIED PRODUCTS: FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING ONE OR MORE PRODUCTS OR MANUFACTURERS, SELECT PRODUCTS OF ANY NAMED MANUFACTURER MEETING SPECIFICATIONS. SECTION 01 62 00 - PRODUCT OPTIONS A. SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS INDICATED OR APPROVED; REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS OF OTHER PRODUCTS WILL BE CONSIDERED IF SUBMITTED IN WRITING. 1 CONTRACTOR OPTIONS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS NAMED IN SPECIFICATIONS, SUBMIT REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FOR PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS NOT SPECIFICALLY NAMED WHERE NAMES ARE LISTED, 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: CONTRACTOR SHALL INVESTIGATE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS AND DETERMINE IF EQUIVALENT TO PRODUCTS SPECIFIED. SUBMITTALS SI -TALL INCLUDE COST OR TIME BENEFITS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS; FAILURE TO INDICATE COST OR TIME BENEFIT 15 JUSTIFICATION FOR REJECTION. 3. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION: REQUESTS CONSTITUTE THAT CONTRACTOR HAS INVESTIGATED PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND DETERMINES IT MEETS OR EXCEEDS SPECIFIED PRODUCTS AND WAIVES CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS THAT SUBSEQUENTLY BECOME APPARENT. 4. APPROVALS: OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER SHALL JUDGE ACCEPTABILITY AND RESERVES RIGHT TO REJECT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION BASED ON INSUFFICIENT INFORMATION; USE ONLY SUBSTITUTIONS APPROVED IN WRITING. SECTION 01 70 00 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLERS TO HAVE MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE INSTALLING ITEMS SIMILAR TO THOSE REQUIRED FOR PROJECT, EXCEPT FOR INDIVIDUALS IN TRAINING UNDER DIRECT SUPERVISION OF AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER. B. EXAMINATION: BEGINNING INSTALLATION OF A PRODUCT SIGNIFIES INSTALLER HAS EXAMINED AND DEEMED ACCEPTABLE ALL SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS FOR TOLERANCES AND OT --TER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. C. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: W+-IEN WORK 15 SPECIFIED TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS, DISTRIBUTE COPIES TO OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER. D. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS MORE RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED HEREIN. E. PROTECTION: COVER PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO DETERIORATION WITH IMPERVIOUS SHEET, PROVIDE VENTILATION TO AVOID CONDENSATION AND TRAPPING OF WATER F. CUTTING AND PATCHING: GUT AND FIT COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED; PATCH DISTURBED AREAS TO MATCH ADJACENT MATERIALS AND FINISHES. 1. REFINISHING: REFINISH ENTIRE SURFACES AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE EVEN FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES; FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES REFINISH TO NEAREST INTERSECTION, FOR AN ASSEMBLY REFINISH ENTIRE UNIT. G. FINAL CLEANING: GLEAN INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW, REMOVE TEMPORARY LABELS, STAINS, AND FOREIGN SUBSTANCES; POLISH TRANSPARENT AND GLOSSY SURFACES; VACUUM CARPETED AND SOFT SURFACES; CLEAN DUCTS; CLEAN SITE. N. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING 1. COMPLETED PUNCH LIST PREPARED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS AS APPLICABLE. 2. ANY SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION 3. WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO EQUIPMENT 4. CERTIFICATIONS 5. FINAL OCCUPANCY PERMIT 6. START -UP AND TESTING OF BUILDING SYSTEMS 7. CHANGE OVER OF LOCKS 5. METER READINGS 9. COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION 10. TRAINING AND TURNOVER TO OWNERS PERSONNEL 11. REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES 12. FINAL CLEANING AND TOUCH -UP FINAL ACCEPTANCE 1. FINAL PAYMENT REQUEST WITH SUPPORTING 2. COMPLETED PUNCH LIST AS -BUILT DRAWINGS: PROVIDE A MARKED UP W1-1IC! --4 OCCURED DURING CONSTRUCTION PROJECT CLOSEOUT: GENERAL CONTRACTOR CLOSEOUT INFORMATION WITHIN 30 DAYS OF REQUIRED ON A STORE BY STORE BASIS. 1. SUBMISSION OF RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. SUBMISSION OF MAINTENANCE MANUALS 3. COMPLETED PROJECT PHOTOS ON A CD 4. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 5. BID /CONTRACT 6. TAB REPORT 7. OPERATIONS MANUALS B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR PAY APPS LIEN 1. SUBCONTRACTORS LIEN WAIVERS 10. TENANT PUNCHLIST 11. G.G. SUBSCONTRACTORS LIST 12. FINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY 13. 1 YEAR WARRANTY DOCUMENTS J. K. SECTION 01 19 00 - DEMONSTRATION * TRAINING DIVISION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS SET AFFIDAVITS IS TO PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING PROJECT OPENING, OTHER ITEMS MAY SE WAIVER 01.--Lke& A. SUMMARY: PROJECT INCLUDES SPECIAL FACILITY START -UP PROCESS TO BRING FACILITY TO FULLY OPERATIONAL STATE, FREE OF DEFICIENCIES, IN MOST EFFICIENT AND TIMELY MANNER ACHIEVABLE. SECTION 02 41 11 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION OF DRAWINGS INCLUDING CHANGES, A. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: REMOVE FROM SITE EXISTING MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITIES AS NEEDED TO COMPLETE PROJECT. REMOVE EXISTING ELEMENTS INDICATED AND ENCOUNTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION, AS NEEDED TO COMPLETE WORK. 1. REMOVE ONLY THOSE ELEMENTS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF PROJECT, REPLACE OR REPAIR ELEMENTS UNNECESSARILY REMOVED OR DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 2. CAREFULLY REMOVE AND STORE ITEMS INDICATED FOR REUSE IN PROJECT AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR MODIFICATIONS AND REINSTALLATION. 3. PROTECTION: PREVENT MOVEMENT AND SETTLEMENT OF ADJACENT STRUCTURE; PROVIDE BRACING, SHORING, AND UNDERPINNING AS NEEDED AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY AND SUPPORT OF STRUCTURES. ASSUME LIABILITY FOR SUCH MOVEMENT AND SETTLEMENT. 4. UTILITIES: CONTACT APPLICABLE UTILITY COMPANIES PRIOR TO DISCONNECTING UTILITIES; DISCONTINUE WORK IF UNEXPECTED UTILITY LINES ARE ENCOUNTERED. DETERMINE LINE SOURCE AND USE PRIOR TO REMOVAL. CAP AND IDENTIFY EXISTING UTILITY LINES REMOVED. B. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT LANDLORD'S ON -SITE MANAGER PRIOR TO STARTING ANY DEMOLITION WORK TO DETERMINE THE AVAILABILITY OF DUMPSTER PLACEMENT, NOISE AND DUST ABATEMENT REQUIREMENTS, HOURS OF DEMOLITION, ETC. C. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO ARRANGE WITH THE LANDLORD A CONVENIENT TIME TO PERFORM DEMOLITION WORK AND INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTED MEANS OF EGRESS FROM REQUIRED EXITS, INCLUDING TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND SAFETY DEVICES, ALL IN ACCORDANCE INIT1H GOVERNING LOCAL AND STATE CODES AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ERECT A BARRICADE AT STOREFRONT AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SMALL INSTALL SIGNAGE ON BARRICADE (IF PROVIDED BY OWNER AND APPROVED BY LANDLORD). E. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR T1-4E REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL LOOSE ITEMS SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: TRADE FIXTURES, MISCELLANEOUS DECORATIONS, KITCHEN EQUIPMENT, ETC. F. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL LEASE -HOLD IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: INTERIOR WALLS, CEILINGS,, FLOOR COVERINGS (INCLUDING ADHESIVES), PLATFORMS, STOREFRONTS, ETC., UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. ALL EXISTING UNUSED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND /OR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ABANDONED ROOFTOP I-IVAC EQUIPMENT AND CURBS (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) AND /OR SKYLIGHTS ARE TO BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY, AND THE ROOF PATCHED AND REPAIRED. G. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DETERMINE 1-415 RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FLOOR SLAB AND DEMISING WALL INSTALLATION OR MODIFICATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND OWNER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE TO MEET ALL TENANT IMPROVEMENT CRITERIA AND RESPONSIBILITY SET BY THE LANDLORD OR OWNER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITION OF THE PERIMETER DEMISING WALLS AND /OR FLOOR SLAB PRIOR TO BIDDING. BID SMALL INCLUDE ALL NORK REQUIRED. H. IMMEDIATELY UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION AND PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION, THE PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT TO VERIFY AND ADVISE THE OWNER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. OVERALL WIDTH (FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD ON DEMISING WALL TO FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD ON DEMISING WALL)_ 2. OVERALL LENGTH (LEASE LINE TO INNER -FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD ON REAR DEMISING WALL). 3. ANY AND ALL COLUMN LOCATIONS - FREE STANDING OR PROJECTING. 4. AVAILABLE CLEAR HEIGHT FOR CEILINGS AS DIMENSIONED ON DRAWINGS. I. WITHIN TWO (2) DAYS FOLLOWING THE COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION OR WITHIN FIVE (5) DAYS OF COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SMALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE SITE AND REPORT TO THE OWNER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE ANY DISCREPANCIES IN THE LEASE -HOLD DIMENSIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PHYSICAL SPACE AND THE INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR TO PAY PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO CEILING HEIGHTS, POP --UP CEILING AREAS, AND AVAILABLE HEIGHT AT ENTRANCE. DIVISION 03: CONCRETE SECTION 03 00 00 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. PROVIDE NECESSARY MATERIALS, ACCESSORIES, AND LABOR (TO INCLUDE COLD WEATHER PROTECTION), TO INSTALL CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED PER PLANS. INSTALLATION PER AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE. B. CONCRETE TO BE 3500 P.S.I. (OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS). PROVIDE "TICKET" FROM CONCRETE COMPANY TO G.G. FOR DELIVERY TO PROJECT MANAGER. C. PROVIDE WELDED WIRE MESH OR RESAR REINFORCEMENT, AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. PROVIDE 6 MIL. VISQUEEN VAPOR BARRIER WITH MINIMUM 6" SHEET LAP. E. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS AND EXPANSION JOINTS AS REQUIRED. SECTION 03 54 00 -- CAST ( CEMENTITIOUS) UNDERLAYMENT A. GENERAL: PROVIDE POURED CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT SYSTEM, NOT INTENDED AS FINISHED TRAFFIC SURFACE, INCLUDING ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. a SUBMITTALS: FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE. C. INSTALLER: FIRM WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE, REGULARLY ENGAGED IN INSTALLATION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS, PROPERLY EQUIPPED AND ACCEPTABLE TO MANUFACTURER. D. MANUFACTURER: ARDEX, INC. /K -15; W.R. BONSAL CO. /SELF- LEVELING WEAR TOPPING. E. SYSTEM: POURABLE CEMENTITIOUS, HIGH - STRENGTH -I, FAST- SETTING, NON - SHRINK, SELF - LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT; MINIMUM 4000 P.S.I. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 25 DAYS, ASTM 0349. TOLERANCE IS TO BE 1/5" OVER TEN FEET F. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. G. FURNISH AND INSTALL EPDXY BASED, OR APPROVED EQUAL, MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED LEVELING COMPOUND AT XPONDER UNITS. (SEE DETAIL IN ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.) DIVISION 04: MASONRY SECTION 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY A. GENERAL; PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF UNIT MASONRY. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE: COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ALL APPICASLE CODES, SPECIFICATIONS, AND STANDARDS (INCLUDE COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS). G. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; EACH TYPE SHALL COME FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER TO INSURE CONSISTENT COLOR. D. MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS: ASTM C150, TYPE 1 PORTLAND CEMENT, ASTM C207, TYPE 5 HYDRATED LIME, AND ASTM C144 SAND, CLEAN, FREE OF HARMFUL SUBSTANCES; USE CEMENT AT COLORED MORTAR AND GROUT, COLOR TO MATCH UNIT UNLESS OTI-IERNISE INDICATED. E. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM. DIVISION 03: METALS SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS METAL SHAPES AND FABRICATIONS AS REQUIRED AND NOT INCLUDED AS PART OF OTHER SECTIONS, WITH ANCHORS AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS FOR CUSTOM FABRICATIONS, PRODUCT DATA FOR MANUFACTURED ITEMS; PROVIDE TEMPLATES FOR ANCHOR INSTALLATION BY OTHERS. C. STEEL SHAPES: ASTM A36 STEEL. D. GROUT: PROVIDE NON - SHRINK, NON - -METALLIC, PRE- MIXED, FACTORY PACKAGED, NON - STAINING, NON - CORROSIVE, NON - GASEOUS GROUT; TYPE SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. E. FASTENERS AND ROUGH HARDWARE: TYPE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC USAGE; PROVIDE ZINC - COATED FASTENERS FOR EXTERIOR USE OR WI -HERE BUILT INTO EXTERIOR WALLS. F. WELDING MATERIALS: AWS DI.1, TYPE REQUIRED FOR MATERIALS BEING WELDED. G. PAINT: PROVIDE PRIMERS AS RECOMMENDED BY PAINT MANUFACTURERS FOR SUBSTRATES AND PAINTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09900 - PAINTING. 1. GALVANIZING REPAIR PAINT: HIGH ZINC -DUST CONTENT PAINT FOR REGALVANIZING WELDS IN GALVANIZED STEEL. H. FABRICATION: FABRICATE ITEMS WITH JOINTS NEATLY FITTED AND PROPERLY SECURED; GRIND EXPOSED WELDS CONTINUOUS, SMOOTH AND FLUSH WITH ADJACENT FINISHED SURFACES, AND EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO APPROXIMATE 1/32" UNIFORM RADIUS. 1. AFTER INSTALLATION, TOUCH -UP FIELD WELDS AND SCRATCHED AND DAMAGED SURFACES; USE PRIMER CONSISTENT WITH SHOP COAT OR RECOMMENDED FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES, AS APPLICABLE. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS FLUSH BUTT TYPE, HAIRLINE JOINTS WHERE MECHANICALLY FASTENED. 2. FIT AND SHOP ASSEMBLE IN LARGEST PRACTICAL SECTIONS FOR DELIVERY. FINISHES: GALVANIZE AND PRIME PAINT EXTERIOR MISCELLANEOUS METAL, PRIME PAINT INTERIOR MISCELLANEOUS METAL; GALVANIZE COATING MINIMUM G10 COATING, GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. I. CLEAN SURFACES OF RUST, SCALE, GREASE AND FOREIGN MATTER PRIOR TO APPLYING GALVANIZED OR PAINTED FINISH. J. INSTALLATION: INSTALL ITEMS SQUARE AND LEVEL, ACCURATELY FITTED AND FREE FROM DISTORTION OR DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE OR PERFORMANCE; ENSURE ALIGNMENT WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION; COORDINATE WITH RELATED WORK TO ENSURE NO INTERRUPTION IN INSTALLATION. 1. SUPPLY ITEMS REQUIRING TO HE CAST INTO OR EMBEDDED IN OTHER MATERIALS TO APPROPRIATE TRADES. METAL FRAMING: CONFORM TO ASTM C754; COMPLETE 16 GAGE AND LIGHTER STEEL STUDS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS (SEE DIVISION 9 SECTION 09260). PROVIDE ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION SECTION 05 70 00 DECORATIVE METAL K. A. GENERAL: PROVIDE CUSTOM DECORATIVE METAL ITEMS AS INDICATED WITH ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, FINISHED INSTALLATION. I. DECORATIVE METAL ITEMS: INSTALL STAINLESS STEEL AND BRAKE METAL SHAPES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. FABRICATOR: FIRM WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE FABRICATING DECORATIVE METAL ITEMS SIMILAR TO THOSE REQUIRED FOR PROJECT. C. STAINLESS STEEL: ASTM A666, TYPE 302/304 CORROSION RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL WITH NO. 4 SATIN DIRECTIONAL FINISH, D. BRACKETS AND ANCHORS: UNEXPOSED PLATES, ANGLES AND SUPPORTS MAY BE STEEL; EXPOSED ITEMS TO MATCH DECORATIVE METAL TYPE AND FINISH. E. FASTENERS: TYPE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC USAGE; PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENERS EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED; INHERE EXPOSED MATCH TYPE AND FINISH OF METAL BEING FASTENED. 1. CONCEALED STEEL FASTENERS: HOT- DIPPED GALVANIZED MINIMUM G90 INHERE BUILT INTO EXTERIOR WALLS OR SUBJECT TO HIGH HUMIDITY. F. FABRICATION: FABRICATE COMPONENT CONNECTIONS TO SUPPORT SPECIFIED DESIGN LOADS. 1. SELECT MATERIALS FOR STRAIGHTNESS, FREE OF DEFECTS AND IRREGULARITIES. 2. EXPOSED -TO -VIEW SURFACES EXHIBITING PITTING, SEAM MARKS, ROLLER MARKS, "OIL CANNING ", STAINS, DISCOLORATIONS, AND IMPERFECTIONS ON FINISHED UNITS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 3. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS FLUSH BUTT TYPE, HAIRLINE JOINTS WHERE MECHANICALLY FASTENED; PROVIDE CONCEALED CONNECTION DEVICES WITH HIDDEN FASTENERS OR AS DETAILED. 4. SEPARATE DISSIMILAR MATERIALS WITH BITUMINOUS PAINT INHERE CONCEALED, WITH PREFORMED SEPARATORS, OR SIMILAR METHOD TO PREVENT CORROSION. G. INSTALLATION: INSTALL DECORATIVE METAL ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. 1, INSTALL PLUMB, TRUE AND IN CORRECT RELATION TO ADJACENT WORK, FREE FROM DISTORTION OR DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND PERFORMANCE. 2. PRIOR TO SECURING CONTINUOUS ITEMS, ADJUST TO ENSURE PROPER MATCHING AT BUTT JOINTS AND CORRECT ALIGNMENT THROUGHOUT THEIR LENGTH. 3. AT THE EXPENSE OF THE OFFENDING CONTRACTOR, REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL ITEMS DAMAGED OR MARRED DURING CONSTRUCTION e ra- d - ° 1 DLC 1 8 2001 PL ;h V11 1 �+f=1r 1 i~� m LC) 0 In CO LC) cu x w T = cp co U N u- O a • mr T a va c m clod m W � o w e simmi qr:L (..) Lij Lll - 4wcor'.= ( W " " z F- w r 0 vJ REVIEWED :ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVE .IAN n j Cibi Of r f.1�+. •. 3UILDI ye 69 23 RE p y R' : ECT ' r D S. SHAEMSHpCK TATE OF WASHINGTON THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILT' OR LABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER 'THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIRC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS NEEI1NG THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: AS.1 DIVISION 06: WOOD, PLASTICS * COMPOSITES SECTION 06 10 53 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY A. GENERAL: PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY, B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA), AND APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. C. PLYWOOD: PROVIDE MINIMUM APA C -D EXTERIOR (COX) PLYWOOD; STRESS RATED WHERE SPANNING SUPPORTING MEMBERS; FIRE RETARDANT TREATED; MINIMUM 3/4" THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. PLYWOOD STANDARD: COMPLY WITH P.S.1. (ANSI A199.1). 2. PLYWOOD PANEL BOARDS: PROVIDE PANEL BOARDS FOR ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATION PANEL BOARDS; APA C-D PLUGGED, INTERIOR TYPE PLYWOOD WITH EXTERIOR GLUE, FIRE RETARDANT TREATED; MINIMUM 1/2" THICK. D. FASTENERS: PROVIDE FASTENERS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, SECURE INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY; GALVANIZED AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND PRESSURE TREATED WOOD; SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION; PROVIDE WASHERS FOR NUTS AND BOLTS. E. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. 1, PLYWOOD: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA) FOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF PLYWOOD WORK. 2. PLACE MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS. 3. CORRELATE LOCATION 50 ATTACHED WORK WILL COMPLY WITH DESIGN REQUIREMENTS AND BE PROPERLY LOCATED. 4. CONSTRUCT MEMBERS OF CONTINUOUS PIECES OF LONGEST POSSIBLE LENGTHS. 5. FIT CARPENTRY WORK TO OTHER WORK; SCRIBE AND COPE AS REQUIRED FOR ACCURATE FIT. 6. SECURELY ATTACH CARPENTRY WORK TO SUBSTRATES BY ANCHORING AND FASTENING AS REQUIRED BY RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. 7. PROVIDE WASHERS UNDER BOLT HEADS AND NUTS IN CONTACT WITI -T WOOD. B. PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED BLOCKING FOR INSTALLATION OF WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES (LAV) AND AS NEEDED FOR OTHER REQUIRED INSTALLATIONS. SECTION 06 20 00 - FINISH CARPENTRY A. GENERAL: INSTALL BOARD AND BATTEN WALL FINISH AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. PROVIDE NON -SALES WOOD SHELVING. B. STANDARDS: CONFORM TO ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI) /QUALITY STANDARDS OR WOODWORK INSTITUTE OF CALIFORNIA (WIC) "MANUAL OF MILLWORK" STANDARDS SECTION 06 40 00 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. GENERAL: INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED CASEWORK AND COUNTERTOPS; PROVIDE ACCESSORIES 4,5 REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: CONFORM TO ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI) /QUALITY STANDARDS OR WOODWORK INSTITUTE OF CALIFORNIA (WIC) "MANUAL OF MILLWORK" STANDARDS; MINIMUM PREMIUM GRADE. C. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA FOR CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ACCESSORIES INCLUDING SAMPLES OF EXPOSED MATERIALS. D. STORAGE AND HANDLING: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. E. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK AS INDICATED; COORDINATE ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK NOT FURNISHED WITH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND REFERENCED STANDARDS. TAKE SPECIAL CARE COORDINATING INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1. INSTALL WORK CONSISTENT WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY GRADE, PLUMS, LEVEL, TRUE AND STRAIGHT WITH NO DISTORTIONS. 2. SCRIBE AND CUT FOR ACCURATE FIT TO OTHER FINISHED WORK. 3. ENSURE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS AFFECTING ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ARE PROPERLY PLACED, COMPLETE, AND HAVE BEEN INSPECTED BY OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION. 4. SECURE WORK TO GROUNDS, STRIPPING AND BLOCKING WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS AND BLIND NAILING AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 5. SCRIBE AND GUT FOR ACCURATE FIT TO OTHER FINISHED WORK. 6. INSTALL ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK UNDER SUPERVISION OF FACTORY - TRAINED MECHANICS. 7. ATTACH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECURELY IN PLACE WITH UNIFORM JOINTS PROVIDING FOR THERMAL AND BUILDING MOVEMENTS. S. ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES: A. VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION: MAXIMUM 1/16" AT ANY POSITION AND MAXIMUM 1 /8" IN ANY 10 LENGTH. G. ADJOINING SURFACES OF SAME MATERIAL: NO VARIATION PERMITTED. F. DIVISION 07: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07 01 50 - MAINTENANCE OF MEMBRANE ROOFING A. GENERAL: REPAIR EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION, WITH COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE WEATHERTIGHT INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: CONFORM TO NATIONAL ROOFING CONTRACTOR'S ASSOCIATION ROOFING AND WATERPROOFING MANUAL, 4TH OR 5TH EDITION. G. WARRANTY: MAINTAIN ALL EXISTING WARRANTIES. PROVIDE FOR CORRECTING FAILURE OF ROOF REPAIRS TO RESIST PENETRATION OF WATER AND DAMAGE FROM WIND; WARRANTY PERIOD OF TWO YEARS. D. ROOFING SYSTEM: MATCH EXISTING ROOFING, NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED; PROVIDE MATERIALS CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING EXISTING WARRANTIES; CONFORM REQUIREMENTS OF NRCA ROOFING MANUAL. 1. SYSTEM: PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR REPAIRS, INCLUDING INSULATION WHERE EXISTING ROOFING 15 INSULATED. E. ROOF SYSTEM REPAIRS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS AND NRCA RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ROOF TYPE SPECIFIED. 1. REMOVE EXISTING ROOFING AS REQUIRED FOR PROJECT; REMOVE ONLY AS MUCH ROOFING AS CAN BE REPLACED IN SAME DAY UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER. 2. INSPECT SUBSTRATES AND ROOF DECK TO ENSURE SUBSTRATES AND DECK ARE CLEAN AND SMOOTH, FREE OF DEPRESSIONS, WAVES OR PROJECTIONS, AND ARE PROPERLY SLOPED TO DRAINS, VALLEY, OR EAVES. 3, INSULATION APPLICATION: ATTACH INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSULATION MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND NRCA RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF INSULATION ON DECK INVOLVED. 4. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF COMPOSITION TYPE BASE, WALL AND FIELD FLASNINGS. 5. COORDINATE METAL FLASNINGS AND COUNTERFLASI -ZING. 6. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ROOF DRAINS AND RELATED FLASNINGS. 7. MOP IN AND SEAL FLASNINGS AND FLANGES OF ITEMS PROJECTING THROUGH MEMBRANE. F. PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK, VERIFY WITH LANDLORD /MALL MANAGEMENT IF ROOF WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR. SECTION 07 60 00 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL A. GENERAL: PROVIDE FLASHING AND SHEET METAL, REGLETS, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR ROOF REPAIRS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, WEATHERTIGHT INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: CONFORM TO SMACNA "ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL" REQUIREMENTS FOR FLASHING AND SHEET METAL. C. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS WITHOUT CAUSING BUCKLING, FAILURE OF JOINT SEALS, UNDUE STRESS ON FASTENERS OR OTHER DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS, WHEN SUBJECT TO 100 YEAR SEASONAL TEMPERATURE RANGES. D. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA FOR MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS. E. WARRANTY: MAINATIAN ALL EXISTING WARRANTIES. CORRECT FAILURE OF METAL FLASHING SYSTEM TO RESIST PENETRATION OF WATER AND DAMAGE FROM WIND; WARRANTY PERIOD TWO YEARS. F. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL: MATCH EXISTING, BUT NOT LESS THAN FOLLOWING. 1. GALVANIZED METAL FLASHING: ASTM A526 GALVANIZED STEEL WITH MINIMUM 0.02 AND WITH MINIMUM G9O GALVANIZED COATING; MINIMUM 24 GAGE. TO 2. PREFINISI -HED METAL FLAS1 4ING: 24 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL NITI -1 FACTORY FINISHED KYNAR 500 TYPE FLUOROPOLYMER COATING AND STRIPPABLE PROTECTIVE FILM; COLOR AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 3. ALUMINUM FLASHING: ASTM 8209 ALLOY AS REQUIRED TO MATCH FINISH SPECIFIED FOR OTHER ALUMINUM COMPONENTS; THICKNESS MINIMUM 0.050" AT FLASI -} I NGS. 4. STAINLESS STEEL SHEET METAL: ASTM A666, 2D ANNEALED FINISH, SOFT TEMPER EXCEPT WHERE HARDER TEMPER 15 REQUIRED FOR FORMING OR PERFORMANCE; 0.015" (28 GAGE) TYPICAL. 5, COPPER SHEET METAL: ASTM 8370, COLD ROLLED 16 OZ. (0.0216 ") THICK; SOFT TEMPER WHERE REQUIRED FOR FORMING. G. REGLETS: FRY /SPRINGLOK OR MM SYSTEMS /SNAP -TITE REGLETS; FABRICATE OF SAME METAL AS ADJACENT FLASHING AND SHEET METAL. H. METAL TO METAL SEALANT: BUTYL TYPE; NON - STAINING, NON - CORROSIVE, NON- SI- IRINKING, NON - SAGGING, ULTRA - VIOLET AND OZONE RESISTANT. I. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH SMACNA MANUAL. 1. INSTALL METAL FLASHING AND SHEET METAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL; TIGHT IN PLACE, WITH CORNERS SQUARE, SURFACES TRUE AND STRAIGHT IN PLANES, AND LINES ACCURATE TO PROFILES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. INSTALL SEALANTS WHERE REQUIRED TO PREVENT DIRECT WEATHER PENETRATION. 3. COMPLETED INSTALLATION SMALL BE FREE OF RATTLES, NOISE DUE TO THERMAL AND AIR MOVEMENT, AND WIND WHISTLES. PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK, VERIFY WITH LANDLORD/MALL MANAGEMENT IF ROOF WORK IS TO SE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR. J. SECTION 07 B4 00 - FIRESTOPPING A. GENERAL: PROVIDE PENETRATION -TYPE FIRESTOPPING FOR TIME -RATED FLOOR, WALL, AND PARTITION ASSEMBLIES CAPABLE OF PREVENTING PASSAGE OF FLAME, SMOKE AND NOT GASES. B, CODES: CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR BOTH F AND T RATINGS. C. STANDARDS: PASS ASTM E814 TI-HROUGI- H- PENETRATION FIRE STOPS, ASTM E119 FIRE TESTS D. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE CODES. E. MANUFACTURERS: 3M /FIRE BARRIER, STI /SPECSEAL OR PENSIL, OR NILTI /FIRESTOP SYSTEMS. F. GENERAL: CHOOSE PRODUCTS AND METHODS MEETING APPLICABLE CODES AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH FIRESTOPPING APPLICATION, SUBJECT TO OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER'S ACCEPTANCE. G. FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS: FURNISH MATERIALS FOR PENETRATIONS IN TIME - RATED FLOOR, WALL, AND PARTITION ASSEMBLIES CAPABLE OF PREVENTING PASSAGE OF FLAME, SMOKE, AND HOT GASES. 1. PENETRATION TEST: FURNISH MATERIALS PASSING ASTM E814 FOR PENETRATION FIRE STOPPING INDICATING MAINTENANCE OF TIME -RATED ADJACENT ASSEMBLIES. 2. FIRESTOPPING: MAINTAIN FIRE RATING OF ASSEMBLY IN WHICH FIRESTOPPING IS INSTALLED, SUCH AS FLOOR, PARTITION, OR WALL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E119 TESTS. H. INSTALLATION: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND FIRE TEST RESULTS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS. 1. FIELD INSPECTIONS: MAINTAIN COPY OF MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS AT EACH WORK AREA. I. GENERAL INTERIOR JOINT SEALER: PECORA /AC -20 OR SONNEBORN /SONOLAC, ACRYLIC OR LATEX EMULSION. J. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: PRIMERS, SEALERS, JOINT CLEANERS, BOND BREAKER TAPE, AND SEALANT BACKER RODS AS RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. 1. OVERSIZE BACKER ROD MINIMUM 30 % TO 50 % OF JOINT OPENING. K. COLORS: AS INDICATED OR AS SELECTED BY OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. L. PREPARATION: CLEAN JOINT SURFACES IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALER, AND PRIME OR SEAL. JOINT SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. M. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND ASTM C11 D 3. T � 1, EMPLOY INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES WHICH WILL ENSURE JOINT SEALERS ARE DEPOSITED IN UNIFORM, CONTINUOUS RIBBONS WITHOUT GAPS OR AIR POCKETS, WITH COMPLETE "WE INV' OF BOND SURFACES. DIVISION OS: OPENINGS SECTION 08 11 00 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A GENERAL: PROVIDE S S ACCESSORIES AS QU I O R GE ER L PR V DE TEFL DOORS FRAMES AND REQUIRED FOR R FR COMPLETE INSTALLATION; COORDINATE WITH SECTION 08700 - HARDWARE. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE "STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES OR NAAMM HOLLOW METAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION "HOLLOW METAL MANUAL. 1, FIRE RATED STANDARDS: FURNISH MATERIALS TESTED, LABELED AND INSPECTED SY UL, WARNOCK HERSEY, OR TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. C. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA. D. MANUFACTURERS: AMWELD, CECO, PIONEER, OR APPROVED EQUAL. E. HOLLOW METAL DOORS: FLUSH HOLLOW METAL DOORS FULL FLUSH TYPE; SDI MODEL 1, NAAMM TYPE B FULL FLUSH WITH UNFILLED EDGE; CLOSE TOP AT EXTERIOR DOORS. 1. CORE: PROVIDE STEEL STIFFENED CORE; INSULATED AT EXTERIOR DOORS. 2. GAGE: PROVIDE MINIMUM 18 GAGE AT INTERIOR DOORS, MINIMUM 16 GAGE AT EXTERIOR DOORS. F. PRESSED STEEL (HOLLOW METAL) FRAMES: MINIMUM 16 GAGE KNOCK -DOWN (FIELD- ASSEMBLED) FRAMES. G. FIRE RATED UNITS: CONFORM TO NFPA 80; PROVIDE UL OR WARNOCK I- IERSEY LABELED DOORS AND FRAMES AS REQUIRED. H. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE DOOR SILENCERS, ANCHORS AND ACCESSORIES. I. FABRICATION: CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF SDI OR NAAMM. 1. DOOR SILENCERS: PLACE MINIMUM THREE SINGLE BUMPERS ON SINGLE DOOR FRAMES; SPACE EQUALLY ALONG STRIKE JAMBS; PLACE TWO SINGLE BUMPERS ON DOUBLE DOOR FRAME HEADS. J. FINISH: PRIME PAINT INTERIOR UNITS, GALVANIZE AND PRIME PAINT EXTERIOR UNITS; MINIMUM A60 GALVANIZING; CLEAN, DEGREASE AND FACTORY PRIME PAINT. K. INSTALLATION; COMPLY WIT14 MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND EITHER SDI OR NAAMM STANDARDS. 1. INSTALL FIRE RATED UNITS IN CONFORMANCE WITH FIRE LABEL REQUIREMENTS AND NFPA Q. 2. INSTALL DOORS AND FRAMES PLUMB AND SQUARE, AND WITH MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION OF 1/16" II SECTION 08 14 00 - WOOD DOORS A. GENERAL: INSTALL WOOD DOORS AND WOOD DOOR FRAMES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION; COORDINATE WITH HARDWARE IN SECTION 08700. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH NATIONAL WOOD WINDOW AND DOOR ASSOCIATION (NWWDA) INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR WOOD DOORS. G. PROJECT CONDITIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL DOORS UNTIL CONDITIONS FOR TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY HAVE BEEN STABILIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO PROJECT LOCATION. D. WARRANTY: PROVIDE FOR REHANGING WOOD DOORS EXHIBITING DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP. WARRANTY PERIOD TWO YEARS. E. INSTALLATION: INSTALL WOOD DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, AND REFERENCE STANDARDS, PLUMB AND SQUARE, AND WITH MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION OF 1/16" F. PROTECTION: PROTECT DOORS AS RECOMMENDED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE DOORS ARE WITHOUT DAMAGE AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. SECTION 08 31 00 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AS REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO VALVES, EQUIPMENT, AND CONTROLS LOCATED BEHIND FINISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS NOT OTHERWISE ACCESSIBLE, WITH ACCESSORIES FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1. COORDINATE WITH VARIOUS TRADES FOR CONTROLS AND VALVES WHICH MAY BE CONCEALED. B. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF ACCESS DOOR AND PANEL. C. MANUFACTURERS: NYSTROM, J.L INDUSTRIES, OR KARP. D. TYPE: FLUSH TYPE AT NON FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION, STANDARD UL APPROVED FRAMED TYPE AT FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION; KEY OPERATED OR OTHERWISE NOTED IN DRAWINGS. 1. FRAMES: FABRICATE FROM MINIMUM 16 GAGE. 2. DOORS: FLUSH PANEL TYPE, FABRICATE FROM MINIMUM 14 GAGE STEEL. 3, HINGE: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS PIANO TYPE 1- -TINGE. 4. FINISH: FINISH WITH MANUFACTURER'S FACTORY- APPLIED ENAMEL PRIME GOAT APPLIED OVER PIOSPI-HATE COATING ON STEEL. E. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS. 1. SET FRAMES ACCURATELY IN POSITION AND SECURELY ATTACH TO SUPPORTS WITH FACE PANELS PLUMB OR LEVEL IN RELATION TO ADJACENT FINISH SURFACES. 2. ADJUST HARDWARE AND DOORS AFTER INSTALLATION FOR PROPER OPERATION. 3. REMOVE AND REPLACE DOORS OR FRAMES WHICH ARE WARPED, BOWED OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED. 4. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH AFFECTED TRADES TO INSURE BEST ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT, VALVE, CONTROLS, ETC.. SECTION 08 41 13 - ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES STOREFRONTS A. GENERAL: INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ENTRANCE SYSTEM WITH DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE WEATHERTIGI -IT INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH ARCHITECTURAL ALUMINUM MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (AAMA) "ALUMINUM STORE FRONT AND ENTRANCE MANUAL." C. CODES AND REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. D. SUBMITTALS: NOT REQUIRED. E. INSTALLATION WARRANTY F. MANUFACTURER: OLD CASTLE G. STOREFRONT: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ENTRANCE SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 1. ALUMINUM TYPE: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION INDICATED, BUT NOT LESS THAN EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, ASTM 5221, 6061 OR 6063 ALLOY AND T5 OR T6 TEMPER. 2. FINISH: FACTORY FORMULATED POLYESTER TGIG POWDER COATING MATERIALS INTENDED FOR POWDER COATING APPLICATION CUSTOM COLOR AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. H. GLAZING: ASTM C1048, PROVIDE FULLY TEMPERED SELECT GLAZING QUALITY CLEAR FLOAT GLASS; NOMINAL 1/2" SAFETY GLASS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. APPLIED GLAZING FILM: SUPPLY * APPLY 3M FILM ON ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT GLASS W1 -HERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. J. GLAZING ACCESSORIES: OF TYPE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO SUIT SECURITY LOCATIONS AND APPLICATIONS FOR DRY GLAZING INSTALLATION. K. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: 1. STEEL REINFORCEMENT AND BRACKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WITH MINIMUM 2 OZ. HOT -DIP ZINC COATING, ASTM Al23, APPLIED AFTER FABRICATION. 2. BITUMINOUS PAINT: COLD- APPLIED MASTIC., SSPC PAINT 12, COMPOUNDED FOR 30 MIL THICKNESS PER COAT. 3. FLASHING: INSTALL SUS --SILL FLASHING MEMBERS; MINIMUM 22 GAGE SHEET ALUMINUM OF SIZES AND SHAPES INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO DRAIN WATER TO EXTERIOR; MATCH ADJACENT ALUMINUM MEMBER FINISH. 4. ANCHORING DEVICES: CORROSION RESISTANT TYPE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING ENTRANCE SYSTEM AND SUPERIMPOSED DESIGN LOADS; DESIGN TO ALLOW ADJUSTMENTS OF SYSTEM PRIOR TO BEING PERMANENTLY FASTENED IN PLACE. L. FABRICATION: 1. ACCURATELY FIT TOGETHER JOINTS AND CORNERS; MATCH COMPONENTS ENSURING CONTINUITY OF LINE AND DESIGN; ENSURE JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS ARE FLUSH, HAIRLINE AND WEATHERPROOF, 2. SEPARATE DISSIMILAR MATERIALS WITH BITUMINOUS PAINT OR PREFORMED SEPARATORS WHICH WILL PREVENT CORROSION. M. INSTALLATION: INSTALL ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING ENTRANCES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND TO MEET DESIGN REQUIREMENTS INDICATED, FOR WEATHERTIGHT INSTALLATION. 1. ENSURE ASSEMBLIES ARE PLUMB, LEVEL AND FREE OF WARP OR TWIST; MAINTAIN DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES AND ALIGNMENT WITH ADJACENT WORK. 2. USE SUFFICIENT ANCHORAGE DEVICES TO SECURELY AND RIGIDLY FASTEN ASSEMBLIES TO BUILDING. 3 I INSTALL ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S TALL HARDWARE IN A RD E T FACTURER S RECOMMENDATIONS, USING PROPER TEMPLATES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF CYLINDERS WITH SECTION 08700. 4. INSTALL SILL MEMBERS AND THRESHOLDS IN BED OF COMPOUND, JOINT FILLERS OR GASKETS TO PROVIDE WEATHERTIGI -4T CONSTRUCTION. 5. GLASS INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH GANA GLAZING MANUAL AND GLAZING MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. DO NOT ALLOW GLASS TO TOUCH METAL SURFACES, SECTION 08 71 00 - 00 HARDWARE DOOR RD E R A. GENERAL: PROVIDE DOOR HARDWARE FOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FOR WOOD DOORS, AND PROVIDE CYLINDERS FOR DOORS PROVIDED WITH HARDWARE, WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE OPERATIONAL DOOR INSTALLATIONS. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (BHMA) ANSI /BHMA 156 SERIES STANDARDS. C. CODES AND REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH STATE AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENSURING ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. 1. FIRE RATED DOORS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 60 AND APPLICABLE CODES FOR FIRE RATED DOOR HARDWARE; PROVIDE HARDWARE BEARING UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY (UL) LABELS. D. SUBMITTALS: 1. SUPPLY TEMPLATES TO DOOR AND FRAME MANUFACTURERS FOR PROPER AND ACCURATE SIZING AND LOCATIONS OF CUT -OUTS FOR HARDWARE. E. GENERAL MATERIALS: PROVIDE COMPLETE HARDWARE WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR DOORS AND APPLICATIONS INDICATED AND NOT PROVIDED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. F. HINGES: HAGER, LAWRENCE, MCKINNEY, OR STANLEY; FULL MORTISED BUTT HINGES; SIZE AND NUMBER AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER; NONREMOVASLE PINS AT EXTERIOR OUTSWINGING DOORS, BALL - BEARING HINGES AT FIRE RATED DOORS AND DOORS WITH CLOSERS. G. LOCKSETS /LATCHSETS: SCHLAGE, SARGENT, YALE, OR BEST; FULL MORTISE LOCKSETS TYPICAL AT DOORS TO PUBLIC AREAS, CYLINDRICAL LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS AT OTHER LOCATIONS; SOLID LEVER TYPE WITH ROSE; KEYING AS DIRECTED BY OWNER; PROVIDE CYLINDERS FOR DOORS FURNISHED WITH LOCKS. (U CHANGE CUSTOMER SERVICE: 1- 800 -253- 5625). H. OVERT -LEAD CLOSERS: LCN /4000 SERIES OR NORTON/7500 FULLY ADJUSTABLE; MODERN TYPE WITH COVER. I. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE DOOR STOPS, THRESHOLDS, WEATHERSTRIPPING, TRIM, COORDINATORS AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE OPERATIONAL DOOR INSTALLATION. 1. THRESHOLDS, STOPS, TRIM, AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE: PROVIDE AS INDICATED, AS SPECIFIED, AS INCLUDED IN HARDWARE SCHEDULE, AND AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION, 2. WEATHERSTRIPPING: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WEATHERSTRIPPING AT TOP AND SIDES OF EXTERIOR DOORS. 3. FIRE RATED GASKETS: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS FIRE RATED GASKETS AT TOP AND SIDES OF FIRE RATED DOORS. 4. THROUGH BOLTS: THROUGH BOLTS AND GROMMET NUTS SHALL BE AVOIDED ON DOOR FACES IN HIGHLY VISIBLE AREAS, UNLESS NO ALTERNATIVE IS POSSIBLE, AS DIRECTED AND APPROVED, AND SHALL NOT BE USED FOR SOLID WOOD CORE DOORS. J. FINISH: 51-1MA 626 (US26D), SATIN FINISHED CHROMIUM PLATED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. K. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, BHMA, AND APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS AND FOR FIRE RATINGS. 1. FIT HARDWARE PRIOR TO PAINTING, THEN REMOVE FOR PAINTING OF DOORS AND FRAMES BEFORE FINAL INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE. 2. HEIGHTS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND BHMA RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. HARDWARE GROUPS: REFER TO DRAWINGS. SECTION 08 80 00 - GLAZING A. GENERAL: G.G. FURNISHED INSULATING GLASS AND G.G. FURNISHED BUTT GLAZING AND FILM ON GLASS; PROVIDE GLAZING ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA (GANA) "GLAZING MANUAL ". C. CODES: SAFETY GLAZING SHALL COMPLY WITH CONSUMER PRODUCT STANDARD 16 CFR 1201, AND SHALL HAVE PASSED ANSI 297.1. D. MANUFACTURERS: PILKINGTON LOF, GUARDIAN, OR PPG. E. TEMPERED GLASS: NOMINAL 1/2" TI --LICK OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS_ F. GLAZING SEALANT: ONE COMPONENT SILICONE GLAZING SEALANT; PROVIDE AS RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED, HIGH MODULUS TYPE AT STRUCTURAL SILICONE BUTT GLAZING. 1. MANUFACTURERS: DOW OR GE. G. SETTING BLOCKS AND SPACERS: NEOPRENE OR EPDM, SILICONE COMPATIBLE WHERE IN CONTACT SILICONE SEALANT. H. PREPARATION: CLEAN GLAZING CHANNELS AND FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE GLASS IMMEDIATELY BEFORE GLAZING; REMOVE COATINGS NOT FIRMLY BONDED TO SUBSTRATE. I. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH GANA GLAZING MANUAL AND SEALANT MANUAL AND GLAZING MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. 1. DO NOT ALLOW GLASS TO TOUGH METAL SURFACES. 2. COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 FOR GLASS IN FIRE RATED OPENINGS. 3. PLACE SETTING BLOCKS AT QUARTER POINTS IN THIN COURSE OF SEALANT. 4. INSTALL REMOVABLE STOPS WITH GLASS CENTERED IN SPACE WITH SPACER SHIMS AT 2' -O" INTERVALS ON BOTH SIDES OF GLASS, 1/4" BELOW SIGI- HTLINE. 5. SEALANT GLAZING: FILL GAP BETWEEN GLASS AND STOPS WITH SEALANT TO DEPTH EQUAL TO BITE OF FRAME ON GLASS BUT NOT MORE TI --IAN 3/8" BELOW SIGI- HTLINE, SECTION 08 83 00 - MIRRORS A. MIRRORS: 1 MIRRORS TO CONFORM TO FEDERAL SPECIFICATION DD- Q- -451D(1), 1/4" POLISHED PLATE GLASS MIRROR ELECTROLYTICALLY COPPER PLATED BACK - GUARANTEED AGAINST SILVER BACKING FAILURE FOR A MINIMUM OF TEN YEARS. 2. INSTALL LARGEST SIZE POSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE THE LEAST NUMBER OF VERTICAL JOINTS. HORIZONTAL JOINTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 3. ALL EDGES OF MIRRORS TO BE GROUND AND POLISHED TO CREATE A SLIGHTLY CURVED EDGE WITH A SMOOTH FINISH. NO ROUGH EDGES ON MIRRORS WILL BE PERMITTED. 4. MIRRORS TO BE INSTALLED USING MASTIC FULLY APPLIED TO THE MIRROR BACK. 5. INSTALLATION WILL INCLUDE 3/4" ANCHORS TO SECURALLY FASTEN MIRROR TO WALL. 6. MIRROR EDGES TO SE COMPLETELY COVERED USING "J" CHANNELS TO SUPPORT INSTALLATION AT THE MIRROR'S LOCATION. DIVISION 0c1: FINISI - TES SECTION 09 21 16 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. GENERAL: PROVIDE GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS INCLUDING METAL FRAMING ACCESSORIES, GYPSUM BOARD, JOINT TREATMENT, ACOUSTICAL INSULATION, ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH ASTM 0754 AND ASTM 0840, AND REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS_ 1. DEFLECTIONS: MAXIMUM L/240 TYPICAL, L/360 AT LOCATIONS INDICATED TO RECEIVE TILE. C. FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLIES: LISTED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY, GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (GA) FILE NO'S IN GA -600 FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL, OR OTHER LISTING APPROVED BY APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. D, SYSTEMS RESPONSIBILITY: PROVIDE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY OR RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF GYPSUM BOARD TO MAINTAIN SINGLE- SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY FOR SYSTEM. E. MANUFACTURERS: USG, GEORGIA PACIFIC, OR NATIONAL GYPSUM. F. METAL FRAMING: CONFORM TO ASTM 0754; COMPLETE 16 GAGE AND LIGHTER STEEL FRAMING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS; PROVIDE ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1. INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED GARCY STUDS AND STANDARDS; PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. MANUFACTURED SUSPENSION SYSTEM SUCH AS CHICAGO METALLIC /DRYWALL SYSTEM 15 ACCEPTABLE. G. GYPSUM BOARD: CONFORM TO C840; UL LISTED FIRE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD THROUGHOUT. 1. STANDARD: ASTM C36, 5/8" THICK. 2. CORE BOARD: ASTM C442, 1" T1 -HICK. H. GYPSUM BOARD ACCESSORIES: COMPLY WITH ASTM C640. 1. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COATED STEEL CORNER BEADS AND EDGE TRIM; TYPE DESIGNED TO BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED CONSTRUCTION BY TAPE AND JOINT COMPOUND. 2. CORNER BEADS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD METAL BEADS. 3. REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, WATER, FASTENERS: TYPES RECOMMENDED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER AND CONFORMING WITH ASTM C475. I. FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION: COMPLY WITH UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES CERTIFIED FIRE TESTS AND APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. 1. 51-IAFT WALL SYSTEM: PROVIDE AT SHAFTS AND WHERE INDICATED. J. ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE ASTM C665, TYPE I ACOUSTICAL INSULATION AND ASTM 0919 PAINTABLE ACOUSTICAL SEALANTS WHERE ACOUSTICAL SYSTEMS ARE INDICATED. K. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, REFERENCED AND APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS AND ACOUSTICAL RATINGS. 1. SPECIAL METAL STUD AND GYPSUM DOOR: PROVIDE SPECIAL CONFIGURATION AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. L. METAL FRAMING ERECTION: ERECT METAL FRAMING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM 0754, AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. INSTALL MEMBERS TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS TO PROVIDE SURFACE FLATNESS WITH MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 1/8" IN 10' -0' IN ANY DIRECTION. 2. DOOR OPENING FRAMING: INSTALL DOUBLE STUDS AT DOOR FRAME JAMBS; INSTALL RUNNERS ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING AT FRAME HEAD HEIGHT BETWEEN JAMB STUDS AND ADJACENT STUDS. 3. INSTALL METAL FRAMING BACKING WHERE REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT OF FIXTURES, CABINETS, ACCESSORIES AND HARDWARE. 4. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BUCKS, ANCHORS, BLOCKING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK WHICH IS TO BE PLACED IN OR BEHIND PARTITION FRAMING; ALLOW ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED AFTER FRAMING 15 COMPLETE. M. CEILING FRAMING INSTALLATION: ERECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, REINFORCE OPENINGS IN CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. 1_ LATERALLY BRACE ENTIRE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C840 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. USE SCREWS WHEN FASTENING GYPSUM BOARD TO FURRING AND TO FRAMING. 1. FOR FIRE RATED SYSTEMS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS. 2. PLACE CORNER BEADS AT EXTERNAL CORNERS; USE LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. 3. PLACE EDGE TRIM WHERE GYPSUM BOARD ABUTS DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 4. TAPE, FILL, AND SAND EXPOSED JOINTS, EDGES, CORNERS AND OPENINGS TO PRODUCE SURFACE READY TO RECEIVE FINISHES; FEATHER COATS ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES. 5. FINISHING: COMPLY WITH GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (GA) "LEVELS OF GYPSUM BOARD FINISH" GA LEVEL 4, THREE COAT FINISHING AND SANDING IS REQUIRED FOR SURFACES INDICATED TO BE PAINTED; PROVIDE FLUSH, SMOOTH JOINTS AND SURFACES READY FOR APPLIED PAINT FINISHES. 6. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE WORK. 0. ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION. 1. PLACE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION TIGHT WITHIN SPACES, AROUND CUT OPENINGS, BEHIND AND AROUND ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ITEMS WITHIN PARTITIONS, AND TIGHT TO ITEMS PASSING THROUGH PARTITIONS. 2. PLACE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT WITHIN PARTITIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS; INSTALL ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT GYPSUM BOARD PERIMETER, AT BASE LAYER AND FACE LAYER OF GYPSUM BOARD, AND PENETRATIONS OF PARTITIONS: 3. TOLERANCE: MAXIMUM 1/4" SPACE BETWEEN GYPSUM BOARD AT FLOOR, CEILING, AND PENETRATIONS. 4. INSTALL ELECTRICAL BOX PADS WITH PADS MOLDED AND PRESSED ON BACK SIDE OF BOX, CLOSING OPENINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, FOR COMPLETE ACOUSTICAL BARRIER. N. c _ raw-, s S ;1L CLC 1 8 2507 SAI # jAN City Of ,nuF', 6923 c Lo L) O L" m 2 CIS 0 d o Ln Q 1;7 - T a c a m LLI Z� o aw A < p � WI j 7:31 � W ZEVIEWE_z ---- E COMPL_oAN. PPR VEr GE' 'S. SHREMSHOCK STATE OF WASHINGTON THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LWBIIJTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. AS.2 ti a c0 REGI AR CT . G L_ 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: SECTION Oq 30 00 - TILING A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TILE FLOORING AS SPECIFIED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. B. INSTALL TILE USING RECOMMENDED METHODS OF THE TILE CONTRACTOR'S ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA AND THE TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA, INC. G. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE CONDITION OF TI-4E SUBFLOOR MEETS THE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE FLOORING MATERIAL. D. INSTALL TILE USING GROUT AND JOINT SPACING AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. E. USE TILE ADHESIVE AS PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. F. TILE FLOORING IS TO BE SET WITHOUT TRIPPING HAZARDS TO CUSTOMERS OR STORE PERSONNEL, G. CAREFULLY CLEAN ALL WORK AND REPLACE OR REPAINT ANY DAMAGED WORK AND LEAVE IN SATISFACTORY CONDITION. DO NOT USE ANY ACID, AGENT, OR DEVICE THAT WILL MAR TI-1E TILE SURFACE. 14. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO CORRECT RAISED TILES FOR TI-4E ENTIRE DURATION OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD AT THE DIRECTION OF TI-1E OWNER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. I. THE CONTRACTOR 51-1ALL INSTALL TILE GROUT FOLLOWING PROPER CURING OF TILE ADHESIVE. J. INSTALL TILE USING RECOMMENDED METHODS OF THE TILE CONTRACTOR'S ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA AND THE TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA, INC. K. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING TILED AREA INSURING THAT AREA IS AIR DRY AND CLEAR OF DUST, DIRT OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS. L. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ALL SPACERS, PEGS, ROPES OR STRINGS PRIOR TO INSTALLING GROUT. M. TI-4E CONTRACTOR WILL REMOVE ANY EXCESS ADHESIVE OR MORTAR FROM JOINT AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. N. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF KERICOLOR'S, #47 CHARCOAL GROUT BY MAPEI. O. THE CONTRACTOR WILL USE CONSISTENT APPLICATION PROCEDURES TO PRODUCE CONSISTENT RESULTS. P. THE CONTRACTOR WILL ENSURE NO HEAVY TRAFFIC WILL OCCUR FOR A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS AFTER PROPER INSTALLATION OF TILE GROUT. Q. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PROPERLY COVER AND PROTECT TILED AREA UNTIL STORE TURN OVER TO THE OWNER. SECTION 09 51 00 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS GENERAL: PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS INCLUDING SUSPENSION SYSTEM, TRIM, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. STANDARDS: CONFORM TO ASTM C635 FOR METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND ASTM 0636 FOR INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS. C. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED SY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL). 1. FLAME SPREAD /SMOKE DENSITY: PROVIDE PRODUCTS MEETING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MAXIMUM 25 FLAME SPREAD AND MAXIMUM 25 SMOKE DENSITY. D. SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC BRACING OF CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM, AND WITH ASTM E530. E. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA, SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING LAYOUT, AND SAMPLES OF GRID, TRIM, AND CEILING UNITS. F. INSTALLER: FIRM WITH MINIMUM THREE YEAR'S SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE IN PROJECTS OF SIMILAR TYPE AND SCOPE; ACCEPTABLE TO MANUFACTURER OF ACOUSTICAL UNITS. G. PROJECT CONDITIONS: DO NOT INSTALL CEILINGS UNTIL BUILDING IS ENCLOSED, SUFFICIENT HEAT IS PROVIDED, DUST GENERATING ACTIVITIES HAVE TERMINATED AND OVERHEAD MECHANICAL WORK IS COMPLETED, TESTED AND APPROVED; ALLOW WET WORK TO DRY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1-1. ACOUSTICAL UNITS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM: NON-SALES UNRATED CEILING 1. MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG MINABOARD CORTEGA #747 NON - DIRECTIONAL FISSURED, 24" X 46" X 5 /8" LAY -IN PANELS, SQUARE EDGE, WHIT!~ PAINTED FINISH. 2. STANDARD 1" PROFILE WHITE BAKED ENAMEL FINISHED STEEL OR ALUMINUM, EDGE TRIM WITH VERTICAL LEG CONCEALED J. I. ACOUSTICAL UNITS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM: NON -SALES RATED CEILING: 1. MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG MINABOARD CORTEGA #823, NON - DIRECTIONAL FISSURED 24" X 48" X 5 /6" LAY -IN PANELS WHITE PAINTED FINISH. ALL WORK FOR A ONE HOUR U.L. SYSTEM. SEE PLANS FOR DESIGN NUMBER. 2. PRELUDE FIREGUARD 15/16" EXPOSED TEE GRID SYSTEM, WHITE PAINTED FINISH. J. COORDINATE WITH OTHER WORK SUPPORTED BY OR PENETRATING THROUGH CEILINGS, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC EQUIPMENT AND PARTITION SYSTEMS. M. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, ASTM 0636, AND APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS. 1 FINISHED CEILINGS: TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS AND FREE FROM WARPED, SOILED OR DAMAGED GRID OR ACOUSTICAL UNITS. 2. INSTALL CEILING SYSTEMS IN A MANNER CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING SUPERIMPOSED LOADS, WITH MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE DEFLECTION OF 1 /8 IN 10 A. 3. ENSURE SUSPENSION SYSTEM IS LOCATED TO ACCOMMODATE FITTINGS AND UNITS OF EQUIPMENT WHICH 15 TO SE PLACED AFTER INSTALLATION OF CEILING GRID. 4. WHERE DUCTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT PREVENT REGULAR SPACING OF HANGERS, REINFORCE NEAREST ADJACENT HANGERS AND RELATED CARRYING CHANNELS AS REQUIRED TO SPAN REQUIRED DISTANCE. 5. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AT INTERSECTION OF CEILING AND VERTICAL SURFACES, USING MAXIMUM LENGTHS, STRAIGHT, TRUE TO LINE AND LEVEL; MITER CORNERS, 6. FIT ACOUSTIC UNITS IN PLACE, FREE FROM DAMAGED EDGES OR DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND FUNCTION. LAY DIRECTIONALLY PATTERNED UNITS ONE WAY WITH PATTERN AS DIRECTED. FIT BORDER UNITS NEATLY AGAINST ABUTTING SURFACES. 7. INSTALL UNITS LEVEL, IN UNIFORM PLANE AND FREE FROM TWIST, WARP AND DENTS. 6. INSTALL. HOLD -DOWN CLIPS WHERE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES AND WHERE CEILING IS WITHIN 20' -0" OF AN EXTERIOR DOOR. N. ADJUSTMENT: ADJUST SAGS OR TWISTS WHICH DEVELOP IN CEILING SYSTEM AND REPLACE ANY PART WHICH IS DAMAGED OR FAULTY. SECTION Oq 65 19 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING A. GENERAL: PROVIDE RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SYSTEM AND RESILIENT SASE, WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. SUBMITTALS: FURNISH PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES OF EACH TYPE OF FLOORING AND BASE COLOR AND PATTERN SELECTED. C. PROJECT CONDITIONS: ENSURE FLOOR SURFACES ARE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITH MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 1/8" IN 1O' -O "; ENSURE CONCRETE FLOORS ARE DRY AND EXHIBIT NEGATIVE ALKALINITY, CARBONIZING AND DUSTING. D. RESILIENT TILE: 12" X 12" BY 1/8" THICK; VINYL COMPOSITION TILE CONFORMING TO ASTM F106.6, COMPOSITION 1; COLOR AND PATTERN AS INDICATED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. 1. MANUFACTURERS: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.; AZROCK INDUSTRIES, INC.; TARKETT INC. 2. FLAMMABILITY: PROVIDE MATERIALS TESTED UNDER ASTM E648, FLOORING RADIANT PANEL TEST, WITH RESULTS OF 0.45 WATTS/0'12 OR HIGHER. 3. SLIP RESISTANCE: PROVIDE MATERIALS TESTED UNDER ASTM D20.47, JAMES SLIP TEST WITH MINIMUM 0.6 RATING FOR FLOORS. E. RESILIENT BASE: FS 55 -W -40, 1/8" GAGE COVED BASE AT HARD FLOOR SURFACES, STRAIGHT (TOP SET) BASE AT CARPET; PROVIDE PREMOLDED END STOPS AND EXTERNAL CORNERS. 1. MANUFACTURERS: BURKE OR ROPEE, MOLDED RUBBER BASE. 2. HEIGHT: 6" UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3. COLOR: AS INDICATED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. F. EDGE STRIPS AND ACCESSORIES: RUBBER OR VINYL EDGE STRIPS MATCHING RESILIENT FLOORING; LATEX - MODIFIED PORTLAND CEMENT BASED UNDERLAYMENT AND PATCHING COMPOUND; NONTOXIC WATER RESISTANT TYPE ADHESIVES. G. SUBFLOOR FILLER: WHITE PREMIXED LATEX- CEMENT PASTE DESIGNED FOR PROVIDING THIN SOLID SURFACE FOR LEVELING AND MINOR RAMPING OF SUBSURFACE TO ADJACENT FLOOR FINISHES; MATERIAL CAPABLE OF BEING APPLIED AND FEATHERED OUT TO ADJACENT FLOOR WITHOUT SPALLING. N. PRIMERS AND ADHESIVES: WATERPROOF NONTOXIC TYPES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIED MATERIAL AND APPLICATION. I. SEALER AND WAX: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIAL TYPE AND LOCATION. J. PREPARATION: CONFORM WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PREPARATION AND WITH ASTM F710; REMOVE SUBFLOOR RIDGES AND BUMPS; FILL LOW SPOTS, CRACKS, JOINTS, HOLES AND DEFECTS WITH SUBFLOOR FILLER. K. FLOORING INSTALLATION: CONFORM WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS; SET FLOORING IN PLACE, PRESS WITH HEAVY ROLLER TO ENSURE FULL ADHESION; SCRIBE FLOORING TO WALLS, COLUMNS, AND OTHER APPURTENANCES, TO PRODUCE TIGHT JOINTS. I. INSTALL MINIMUM 1/2 TILE AT ROOM AND AREA PERIMETER; TERMINATE RESILIENT FLOORING AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR OPENINGS WHERE ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH 15 DISSIMILAR; INSTALL EDGE STRIPS AT UNPROTECTED AND EXPOSED EDGES WHERE FLOORING TERMINATES. 2. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR FLOOR PATTERN DESIRED IN EACH AREA. L. SASE INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS; APPLY TO WALLS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, CASEWORK, AND OTHER PERMANENT FIXTURES IN ROOMS AND AREAS WHERE BASE 15 REQUIRED. 1. MITER INTERNAL CORNERS; USE PREMOLDED SECTIONS FOR EXTERNAL CORNERS AND EXPOSED ENDS; SCRIBE AND FIT TO DOOR FRAMES AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. 2. PROVIDE MIN. B" HIGH COVED BASE. M. EDGE STRIPS: INSTALL WHERE EDGE OF TILE WOULD OTHERWISE BE EXPOSED; BUTT TO FLOORING WITHOUT GAPS; SET IN ADHESIVE. N. CLEANING: CLEAN, SEAL AND WAX FLOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SECTION Oq 68 00 - CARPETING SECTION Oq 77 00 - SPECIAL WALL SURFACING A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL CARPET AS INDICATED AND AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. THE CONTRACTOR WILL ENSURE THAT THE SUSFLOOR I5 FREE OF PAINT, DUST, SEALER, HARDENERS, GREASE OIL, SOLVENTS AND ANY FOREIGN SUBSTANCES NOT LISTED THAT WILL NOT ALLOW A PROPER BOND. C. THE CONTRACTOR WILL SUPPLY AND INSTALL POINTILLISM 5499 HYDRANGEA - PANTONE 18 -4005 TPX BY DURKAN COMMERCIAL USING AN ADHESIVE CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER, NU BROADLOK ADHESIVE USING A I/8" X 1/16" X 1/8" V- NOTCHED TROWEL. D. THE CONTRACTOR WILL INSTALL FLOOR IN THE SAME DIRECTION, CUTTING AND ADJUSTING FLOOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND STRAIGHT- EDGING ALL SEAMS. E. THE CONTRACTOR WILL WAIT FOR TI-1E ADHESIVE TO HAVE THE PROPER "TACKY" STAGE BEFORE THE CARPET WILL BE DROPPED OR ROLLED INTO PLACE. F. THE CONTRACTOR WILL COMPLETE INSTALLATION WITH A 50 TO 75 L. ROLLER IN BOTH LENGTH AND WIDTH. G. THE CONTRACTOR WILL PROTECT SURFACES, BEFORE, DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION UNTIL THE STORE IS TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. HI. THE CONTRACTOR WILL ALLOW ADHESIVE TO CURE FOR A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS BEFORE THE STORE IS TO SE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. A. GENERAL: PROVIDE PREFINISHED GLASS FIBER REINFORCED POLYESTER RESIN FABRICATED WALL PANELS, WITH TRIM PIECES AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. S. MANUFACTURERS: KEMLITE COMPANY / KEMLITE FIRE -X GLASBORD PLUS, SEQUENTIAL, SET. INC. /STRUCTOGLAS PYRO PANEL SYSTEM, OR NUDO PRODUCTS, INC. /FIBER -LITE PANELS, CLASS C. PANELS: FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) PANEL SYSTEM; NOMINAL 0.090" THICKNESS; WH ITE. 1. FIRE- RATING: CLASS I (UL CLASS A), MAXIMUM 25 FLAME SPREAD, 25 SMOKE GENERATION BASED ON ASTM E84. INSTALLATION. D. TRIM PIECES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MATCHING MOLDINGS AND TRIM PIECES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, FINISHED INSTALLATION, AND AS REQUIRED FOR JOINTS, CORNERS AND PANEL EDGES. E. ADHESIVE: MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED NONTOXIC, WATERPROOF ADHESIVE SUITABLE FOR SUBSTRATES INDICATED. F. PRIMER: PROVIDE NON - STAINING RELEASE COAT PRIMER AS RECOMMENDED BY WALL PANEL MANUFACTURER WHERE PANELS ARE APPLIED TO GYPSUM BOARD. G. MECHANICAL FASTENERS: CONCEALED TYPE ONLY; TYPES AS RECOMMENDED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. H. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATINGS. COPE AND MITER TRIM PIECES. INSTALL PANELS IN MAXIMUM SIZE INCREMENTS AVAILABLE. 1. INSTALL WALL PANELING BEFORE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING, BASES, HARDWARE, AND SIMILAR ACCESSORIES. 2. SECURELY ADHERE PANELS TO NALL SURFACES; USE BLIND NAILING METHODS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT PANELS UNTIL ADHESIVE DRIES; EXPOSED MECHANICAL FASTENERS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE, 3. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM EDGES; WIPE SEAM CLEAN WITH DRY CLOTH TOWEL. SECTION Oq 90 00 - PAINTING AND COATING A. THIS SPECIFICATION DEFINES THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION, COATING SYSTEMS, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM DRY FILM THICKNESS, SPECIAL APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS WHEN NECESSARY AND INSPECTION FOR PAINTING OF SPECIFIED SUBSTRATES. 5. IF INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THIS SPECIFICATION, BID DOCUMENTS OR THE FAINTING SCHEDULE ARE AT VARIANCE WITH THE PAINT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS OR THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND CODES PUBLISHED BY SSPC OF OSHA, SURFACES SHALL BE PREPARED AND PAINT APPLIED TO MEET THE HIGHER STANDARD, AS DETERMINED BY THE DESIGN AUTHORITY. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REQUESTING PROMPT CLARIFICATION WHEN INSTRUCTIONS ARE LACKING, CONFLICTS OCCUR IN THE SPECIFICATION AND /OR PAINT MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE, OR THE PROCEDURE SPECIFIED 15 NOT CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD. IN THE EVENT, THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO RESOLVE THE CONFLICTS, WHICH MAY EXIST, WE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING THE DISCREPANCIES IN A MANNER AS PRESCRIBED BY T 1.1E DESIGN AUTHORITY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO TI-4E OWNER. ALL PERTINENT SAFETY REGULATIONS, BOTH THE OWNER'S AND OSHA'S SHALL BE ADHERED TO RIGIDLY. IN ADDITION, ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS NOTED ON THE MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA SHEETS AND LABELS SHALL BE OBSERVED FOR BOTH MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. E. THE APPLICATION SHALL LEAVE NO SAGS, RUNS OR HOLIDAYS. ANY DAMAGE IN ANY COAT SHALL BE REPAIRED TO CONFORM TO THIS SPECIFICATION PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION. F. WHERE REQUIRED, IMPERFECTIONS AND HOLES IN SURFACES TO BE COATED SHALL BE CLEANED AND REPAIRED ACCORDING TO HIGHEST INDUSTRY STANDARDS. ALL MATERIALS SPECIFIED FROM BENJAMIN MOORE * CO., AND ARE INTENDED TO ESTABLISH STANDARDS OF QUALITY AND GENERIC TYPES. COATING SUBSTITUTIONS ARE NOT RECOMMENDED BY OWNER AND MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING. H. ALL COATING MATERIALS SHALL SE DELIVERED T OTHER JOB SITE IN THE ORIGINAL AND UNOPENED CONTAINERS, PLAINLY MARKED WITH THE PROPER DESIGNATION OF THE PRODUCT, AS WELL AS THE NAME OF THE MANUFACTURER. ALL COATING MATERIALS AT THE JOB SITE SHALL BE SUBJECT TO INSPECTION BY THE OWNER'S REP J. ALL PAINTING MATERIALS SI -IALL BE STORED IN A CLEAN, DRY WELL VENTILATED PLAGE, PROTECTED FROM SPARKS, FLAME, DIRECT RAYS OF THE SUN, AND EXCESSIVE HEAT OR COLD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION AND SAFETY OF THE MATERIALS STORED BY HIM AT THE JOB SITE. K. PAINT ADDITIVES ARE PROHIBITED. L. COLORS FOR INDIVIDUAL ITEMS SHALL SE AS SPECIFIED IN THE FINISH PAINTING SCHEDULE, OF THIS SPECIFICATION AND /OR THE PAINTING SCI- HEDULE SUBMITTED AS A PART OF THE SCOPE OF WORK DOCUMENTS WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK SCHEDULE TAKING PRECEDENCE. COLORS SHALL NOT BE SUBSTITUTED. M. SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING CLEANING st PAINTING OPERATIONS. BEFORE ANY SURFACE IS COATED, IT SHALL BE CLEANED CAREFULLY OF ALL DUST, DIRT, GREASE, LOOSE RUST, MILL SCALE, OLD PAINT, ETC. ALL CLEANED METAL- SHALL BE PRIME COATED , AS SPECIFIED, IMMEDIATELY AFTER CLEANING TO PREVENT NEW RUSTING OR OXIDATION OF CLEANED SURFACES. R. SURFACE 1. SURFACE PREPARATION (ALL METAL AND WOOD SURFACES) 0. SOLVENT CLEANING SSPC -SP1 - THIS 15 A METHOD FOR REMOVING OIL, GREASE, DRAWING AND CUTTING FLUIDS FROM THE SURFACE. A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCEDURES CAN BE FOUND IN STEEL STRUCTURES PANTING COUNCIL SPECIFICATION "SSPC -SP -1 SOLVENT CLEANING" D. G. N. P. b. EMULSIFIER SOLVENT CLEANING - ALL AREAS TO BE PAINTED SHOULD BE CLEANED THOROUGHLY WITH A SOLUTION OF OIL AND GREASE EMULSIFIER. THIS CLEANER EMULSIFIES ALL OF THE OILY SUBSTANCE CONVERTING IT TO SOAP AND FLOATS IF OUT OF THE SURFACE. THOROUGHLY SCRUB ALL AREAS UNTIL SURFACE APPEARS CLEAN, AND THE RINSE WELL WITH CLEAN WATER. THIS PROCESS SHOULD BE REPEATED TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO OTHER OILY CONTAMINANTS REMAINING. 2. WALLS -PEARL FINISH / SALES FLOOR WALLS, DRESSING ROOMS, STOCK AREA, COLUMN ENCLOSURES, CABINET INSIDE MIRRORS a. PRIMER: APPLY ONE (1) COAT OF MOORECRAFT LATEX ENAMEL UNDERCOAT AND PRIMER (253) (TINT PRIMER ONE SHADE LIGHTER THAN FINISH COAT). b. PRIMER: APPLY TWO (2) COATS OF REGAL INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX PEARL WALL PAINT (N310) AT A WET FILM Ti-- IICKNESS A RATE OF 3.0 TO 5.0 PER COAT TO ACHIEVE A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 1.0 TO 1.5 MILS PER COAT. c. APPLICATION: BRUSH SMALL AREAS AND AROUND TRIM AND CEILING WITH PREMIUM QUALITY NYLON/ POLYESTER BRUSH. FIRST COAT MAY BE SPRAYED, BUT BACKROLL WITH SOFT WOVEN COVER NO LARGER THAT 1/2" NAP TO MINIMIZE TEXTURE. SECOND COAT SHALL BE APPLIED BY ROLLER ONLY. 3. CEILINGS/ ALL AREAS/ FLAT FINISH a. PRIMER: APPLY ONE COAT OF MOORECRAFT LATEX ENAMEL UNDERCOAT AND PRIMER (253) b. FINISH: APPLY TWO (2) COATS OF REGAL INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX FLAT (N215) PAINT AT A NET FILM THICKNESS RATE OF 3.0 TO 5.0 MILS PER COAT TO ACHIEVE A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 1.0 TO 1.5 MILS PER COAT. c. APPLICATION: BRUSH SMALL AREAS AND AROUND TRIM AND CEILING WITH PREMIUM QUALITY NYLON/ POLYESTER BRUSH. FIRST COAT MAY BE SPRAYED, BUT BACKROLL WITH SOFT WOVEN COVER NO LARGER THAT 2" NAP TO MINIMIZE TEXTURE. SECOND COAT SHALL BE APPLIED BY ROLLER ONLY. 4. WOOD TRIM / SEMI -GLOSS FINISH a. APPLY ONE(1) COAT OF MOORECRAFT LATEX ENAMEL UNDERCOAT AND PRIMER (253)FINISH: APPLY TWO (2) COATS OF MOORE'S INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS DTM ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS (M21) AT A WET FILM THICKNESS RATE OF .4.0 TO 6.0 MILS PER COAT TO AC1 -41EVE A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 1.5 TO 2.5 MILS PER COAT. b. APPLICATION: SRUS -I APPLY WITH PREMIUM QUALITY NYLON / POLYESTER BRUSH. PRIMER MAY BE SPRAYED. ALWAYS APPLY PRODUCT BY BRUSHING FROM DRY TO NET TO MAINTAIN NET MAXIMUM OF 1 PINT OF WATER PER GALLON OF PAINT MAY SE ADDED FOR A DESIRED CONSISTENCY AND BETTER FLOW. 5. METAL DOORS, JAMBS, COLUMNS/ SEMI -GLOSS FINISH a. PRIMER: APPLY ONE (1) COAT OF MOORE'S INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS ACRYLIC METAL PRIMER (M04) b. FINISH: APPLY TWO 92) COATS OF REGAL INTERIOR ACRYLIC LATEX SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL (N333) AT A WET FILM THICKNESS RATE OF 3.0 TO 5.0 MILS PER COAT TO ACHIEVE A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 1.0 TO 1.5 MILS PER COAT. c. FINISH: APPLY TWO (2) COATS OF MOORE'S INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS DTM ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS (M29) AT A WET FILM THICKNESS OF 1.5 TO 2.5 MILS PER COAT. d. APPLICATION: FOR JAMBS, BRUSH APPLY WITH PREMIUM QUALITY NYLON/ POLYESTER BRUSH. PRIMER MAY BE SPRAYED. ALWAYS APPLY PRODUCT BY BRUSHING FROM DRY TO WET TO MAINTAIN W E T EDGE, FOR DOORS A SOFT WOVEN COVER OF NO MORE THAN 2 NAP IS RECOMMENDED FOR SMOOTH APPEARANCE. A MAXIMUM OF 1 PINT OF WATER PER GALLON OF PAINT MAY BE ADDED FOR A DESIRED CONSISTENCY AND BETTER FLOW. 6. NOTES AND CAUTIONS a. ENSURE PROPER CONDITIONS FOR APPLICATION - BEFORE ANY SURFACE 15 COATED, IT SHALL BE CLEANED OF ALL DUST, DIRT, GREASE, LOOSE RUST, MILL SCALE, LOOSE PAINT, ETC. IMPERFECTIONS AND HOLES IS SURFACES TO BE COATED SHALL BE CLEANED AND FILLED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. b. ALL PROJECTS SHOULD BE INSPECTED - AT VARIOUS STAGES OF SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING APPLICATION. INSPECTIONS SHOULD BE CARRIED OUT BY G.G. INSPECTION t OWNERS REP. OR BY OUTSIDE INSPECTION FIRMS. c. CLEAN ANY BOLTS AND PAINT THEM USING A BRUSH - COLORS SHOULD BE DEGREASED BEFORE PRIMING, THE PRIMER AND TOPCOATS SHOULD BE APPLIED SY BRUSH TO ACHIEVE COMPLETE AND UNIFORM COVERAGE. d. MASK FAYING SURFACES AFTER PRIMING - IF FAYING SURFACES ARE TO BE PRIMED, THEY MUST BE MASKED AFTER PRIMING TO PREVENT TOPCOATING OF THE FAYING SURFACES. APPLICATION OF THE TOPCOAT TO A FAYING SURFACE MY LEAD TO LOOSENING OF FRICTION JOINTS. e. ENSURE ADEQUATE VENTILATION - ADEQUATE VENTILATION WHILE APPLYING AND CURING COATINGS IS IMPORTANT FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY REASONS AND TO ENSURE PROPER CURING OF THE COATING. WHEN APPLYING COATINGS IN CONFINED SPACES, SOLVENT VAPORS MAY ACCUMULATE, LEADING TO INTOXICATION OF WORKERS OR FIRE AND EXPLOSION. FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS AND THE ATOMIZED COATINGS ARE GENERALLY HEAVIER THAN AIR AND TEND TO SETTLE IN THE LOWER AREAS OF CONFINED CONSIDER THIS WHEN DESIGNING AND INSTALLING THE VENTILATION SYSTEM. F. PAINT BEFORE INSTALLING HARDWARE. DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES FIN 5. CODES ENSURIN SUBMITTAL MANUFACTUR TYPE: FLOOR 1. FINISH: STA FROM MANUF PILASTER SHOES: 31 STAINLESS STEEL. ATTACHMENTS, SCREWS HEAVY DUTY EXTRUDED HARDWARE: MANUFACTURER' HINGES: NON- FERROUS CA DOOR CLOSE POSITIONING. 2. LATCH: SLIDE LATCH; DOOR 3, COAT NOOK /BUMPER: CAST ALL 4. NALL BUMPER: CAST ALLOY WAL DOORS. 5. PULLS: COMPLY WITH REQU DISABILITIES. I. INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT: I) NTERNA REINFORCEMENT IN AREAS OF ATTACHED HARDWARE AN IT -S; MARK L B. C. E . F. G H. J. K. ECTION 10 21 13 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS ENERAL: PROVIDE FLOOR MOUNTED METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS AND WALL UNTED URINAL SCREENS WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE HED INSTALLATION; COORDINATE WITH TOILET ACCESSORIES. ORDINATE WITH TOILET ACCESSORIES. ND REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH STATE AND FEDERAL RE A IREM TS FOR CCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. • SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA, SWOP DRAWINGS, AND S: SANYMETAL, GLOBAL, OR FLUSH METAL. UNTED TOILET PARTITIONS AND NALL MO J ► . • INAL SCREENS. ARD BAKED ENAMEL FINISH COLOR AS SY ARCHITECT TURER'S FULL LINE OF COLORS. IGH; ASTM A666, TYPE 302/504, OLISHED FINISH; PARTITION MOUNTED WA 184 PREPARATION: EXAMIN. 1 SITE DIMENSIONS A 1. ENSURE CORR NOTE OF FIXT PERSONS WITH REGULAT INSTALLATI RECOMME SQUAR ND BOLTS: STAINLESS EL; UMINUM BRACKETS STANDARD CHR T PIVOT 141 AMPER PROOF TYPE; TED OR SIMILAR FINISH. VITY TYPE, ADJUSTABLE FOR RIKE AN PER WITH RUBBER BUMPER. RO PLATED COMBINATION UNIT. ED RUBBER BUMPER FOR OUTSWINGING OR PROVIDING ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH TIONS OF REINFORCEMENT FOR ACCESSORIES. NDITIONS TO WHIC ORK 15 TO SE APPLIED; TAKE THIS WORK. NG AND SIZE OF PLUMSIN IXTURES; TAKE SPECIAL COMPARTMENTS INDICATED * BE DESIGNED FOR BILITIES TO ASSURE CLEARANCE COMPLYING WITH ACCESS LL UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFAC RER AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, SECURE, UMB, LEVEL, AND 1/2" SPACE BETWEEN WALL, PANELS AND END PIL TERS. 1. U` NGES TO LOCATE DOORS IN PARTIAL OPEN POSITION • .HEN UNL T 'ED, EXCEPT ADJUST HINGES TO R I U R N DOORS TO CL • •ED POSITION AT ALLS DESIGNED FOR USE 15Y PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. 2. MI . CLEARANCE DOOR OPENING WIDTH AT HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE ST L TO BE 3. ANCHOR URINAL SCREEN PANELS TO WALLS WITH TWO PANEL BRACKETS. L. C ANING: FIELD TOUCH -UP OF SCRATCHES AND DEFACED FINISHES WILL NOT ERMITTED; REPLACE DAMAGED, SCRATCHED AND MARRED DEFECTIVE MATERIAL WITH NEW, UNDAMAGED MATERIALS; REMOVE PROTECTIVE MASKINGS; CLEAN SURFACES FREE OF OIL AND IMPERFECTIONS. SECTION 10 26 13 - CORNER GUARDS A. GENERAL: INSTALL STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS WITH ATTACHMENT DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. B. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. SECTION 10 28 13 - TOILET ACCESSORIES A. GENERAL: PROVIDE TOILET ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE FINISHED INSTALLATION. CODES AND REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH STATE AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENSURING ACCESS FOR PERSONS NIT1 -4 DISABILITIES. C. MANUFACTURERS: SOSRICK, BRADLEY, OR AMERICAN SPECIALTIES. D. TYPES: STAINLESS STEEL ACCESSORIES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; PROVIDE GRAB BARS WITH CONCEALED MOUNTING, SIZES AND SHAPES AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. E. MATERIALS: STAINLESS STEEL, ASTM A666, COMMERCIAL GRADE, TYPE 302/304, NUMBER 4 SATIN FINISH, SATIN CHROME ACCEPTABLE WHERE STAINLESS STEEL IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR ACCESSORY ITEM SCHEDULED; GAGES AS STANDARD WITH MANUFACTURER. OF SPECIFIED ITEMS. 1. FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS: HOT DIP GALVANIZED; AS RECOMMENDED BY ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER FOR COMPONENT AND SUBSTRATE_ 2. CONCEALED SURFACES: PRETREAT AND CLEAN, SPRAY APPLY ONE COATPRIMER AND BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. F. FABRICATION: WELD AND GRIND SMOOTH JOINTS OF FABRICATED COMPONENTS; FORM EXPOSED SURFACES FROM ONE SWEET OF STOCK, FREE OF JOINTS. 1. FABRICATE UNITS WITH TIGHT SEAMS AND JOINTS, EXPOSED EDGES ROLLED; HANG DOORS AND ACCESS PANELS WITH CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGES; PROVIDE CONCEALED ANCHORAGE WHERE POSSIBLE. 2. PROVIDE STEEL ANCHOR PLATES AND ANCHOR COMPONENTS FOR INSTALLATION. 3, FORM SURFACES FLAT WITHOUT DISTORTION; MAINTAIN FLAT SURFACES WITHOUT SCRATCHES AND WITHOUT DENTS; FINISH EXPOSED EDGES EASED, FREE OF SHARP EDGES WHERE POTENTIAL EXISTS FOR PHYSICAL CONTACT. 4. HOT DIP GALVANIZE FERROUS METAL ANCHORS AND FASTENING DEVICES. 5, SWOP ASSEMBLE COMPONENTS; PACKAGE COMPLETE WITH ANCHORS AND FITTINGS. G. INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. B. SECTI A. GENERAL: G.C. T PROJECT MANAGE DET AWNINGS DIVISION 11: EQUIPMENT A. NOT USED. DIVISION 12: FURNISI - ZINGS A. NOT USED. DIVISION 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION A. NOT USED. DIVISION 14: CONVEYING EQUIPMENT A. NOT USED. ON DIVISION 21: FIRE SUPPRESSION A. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 22: PLUMBING A. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 23: HEATING, VENTILATING $ AIR CONDITIONING A. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS. DIVISION 25: INTEGRATED AUTOMATION A. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS. 0001. LLATION WITH OWNER'S S REQUIRED PER E WES` ei CODE COMPLY 47177 \ R D SS q LC 1 3 ?_007 P hNli 1 c.;LN 1 ER *mg Egs �- Nc;io< • TE ---1c ,00_ L 11 4, cf , (,) 6923 0 0 U TECT G L' S.SHREMSHOCK STATE OE WASHINGTON AS.3 THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FORME USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEA_ THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: R -2 EM /NL 1 IL-2 ua E 1/Na_ CORRIDOR — - - - • 1 z EX- I LP -23 NON - SALES 4 HC FR CH -1 FR R -1 R -1 1 1 HC LAV R -1 ( 2 ) LP -14 1 — T LP -17 R -2 R -2 R -2 411 R--2 EM /NL R -1 ry u' R -2 • w LP -1O LP -8 R -2 EM /NL ® R -2 EM /NL LF'-lO LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1 /4n =11_Ou LP--12 FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID R -2 LP -11 R -2 (TYP. ) SALES 0 PD -1 LP -2 LP -4 I. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF TI -1I$ WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK_ IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITI -I A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 2_ LIGHTING SHALL SE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SI -TOWN ON PLANS. CIRCUITING SHALL BE "THROUGH- WIRING" WHERE AND WHENEVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE "T1 --IRU- WIRING ". ANY RELATED COSTS FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. 3_ SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND QUANTITY of LIGHTING FIXTURES_ 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED SY DELIA'S VENDOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUSTABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND AIM THEM ACCORDINGLY. 5. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER THE LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE DUAL VOLTAGE WITH BATTERY BACKUP (120/277 VOLT INPUT). 6. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS UP TO 100' IN LENGTH 51-IALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS FROM 100' TO 150' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE 4410 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS 150' UP TO 250' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS ABOVE 250' SHALL UTILIZE *k6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CALCULATED LENGTH IS FROM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE TO FARTHEST DEVICE IN ELECTRICAL RUN. 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. 8. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE 'SALES" AREA, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE. LP -6 R -2 R -2 R -2 EM/NL LP -16 in ■ r R -2 EM /NL LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES 9. REFER TO SI -IEET E1.1 FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND SHEET E3.1 FOR ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS. 10_ ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT WORKMANLIKE MANNER. ALL FIXTURES MOUNTED TO THE CEILING SHALL HAVE THEIR MOUNTINGS FLUSH 1/417-1 TT-IE CEILING, S'- TOWING NO GAPS BETWEEN THE MOUNTING HARDWARE AND THE CEILING. ALL RECESSED TYPE LIGI -ITING FIXTURES SHALL HAVE THEIR REFLECTORS AND TRIM PIECES CLEANED AND BE FREE OF DEBRIS AND FINGERPRINTS PRIOR TO TURNOVER. ALL WIRING CONNECTIONS TO LIGHTING TRACK SHALL BE NEAT AND 51-10W NO GAPS BETWEEN THE TRACK AND THE CEILING TILE OR HARD CEILING. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, ELECTRICAL GEAR, DEVICES, COMPONENTS, ETC... INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO LIGHTING, LAMPS, SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, ETC. TO BE PROVIDED BY DELIA'S VENDOR. 12. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION S1 -4ALL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. EXPOSED CONDUITS SI-4ALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO COLUMN LINES OR BEAMS. SLEEVES, CORED HOLES OR OTHER METHOD OF PENETRATIONS SHALL SE SEALED AS REQUIRED. Doi 46& EM -1 i (4) T -1 FIXTURES ON 4' -0" OF T TRACK. ENTRY F -1 EM - 1 LP -5 FIXTURE 5 -1 (TYP OF 27) 7 LP -1 LP -3 �7 ) FIXTURE 5 -4 (TYP OF 4) FIXTURE 5 -4 (TYP OF 7) 10' FROM XPONDR BALLASTS INSIDE T1-415 LINE 5a -TALL SE MAGNETIC. IXTURE 5 -2 (TYP OF 6) (3) T -I FIXTURES ON 3' -O" OF T TRACK. (TYP.) LIGHTING CODED NOTES ( 1 ) ( 2 ) ( 3 ) ( 4 ) ( 5 ) ( GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO INSTALL OCCUPANCY MOTION SENSOR SWITCl -4 PROVIDED BY DELIA'S VENDOR FOR CONTROL OF ROOM LIGHTS AS SHOWN. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SI --TALL ADJUST SWITCH FOR MAXIMUM SETTINGS. LIGI -IT SWITCH ON WALL TO CONTROL LIGHTING CONTACTOR 'C2' AND 'C3 (AS INDICATED). CIRCUIT EXIT, EMERGENCY LIGHT BATTERY BACKUPS AND NIGHT LIGHT FIXTURES ON LOCAL CIRCUIT, AHEAD OF LIGHTING CONTROLS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. CHAIN HANG INDICATED FIXTURE ABOVE RESTROOM /CORRIDOR PLATFORM. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF FIXTURES. CIRCUIT FIXTURES SWITCHED LEG OF LP -21. REMOTE TEST SWITCH ASSOCIATED WITH EACH R- 2EM /NL FIXTURE SHALL BE PLACED WITH LONG AXIS OF JUNCTION BOX IN LINE WITH THE RESPECTIVE R -2 LIGHTING FIXTURE ROW. 6 ) CONNECT SALES AREA EXIT LIGHTS, NIGHT LIGHTS AND EMERGENCY FIXTURE BATTERY BALLASTS TO CIRCUIT LP -7. (7) MAGNETIC BALLASTS ARE REQUIRED IN STOREFRONT FLUORESCENT FIXTURES LOCATED WITHIN TEN FEET (10' -0') OF THE XPONDR'S SYSTEM DUE TO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF FIXTURES. 5 -2 FIXTURES SHALL BE REPLACED WITH 5 -4 FIXTURES. rs!" 1 !L_A L._ 1 3 2007 1.'1. w ill 4 14 R z n J 0 Iy W co co x 0 O z 0 0 Fo 0 5 • J 'Ci 01 Eli 28 W28 t -- W • — _ O< nW= J 1.10 cp THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESFONSIBIUfYOR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHO RLZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA E1.0 0 CD 0 sAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: — — 1. ELECTRICAL /MECHANICAL SHOP DRAWINGS AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS SHALL BE PLACED IN NOTEBOOK AND MOUNTED AND CHAINED TO THE WALL BESIDE THE DRAWING TUBE. AS - BUILT DRAWINGS AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS SHALL BE PLACED IN THE DRAWING TUBE. DRAWING TUBE SHALL BE LOCATED BESIDE THE UTILITY PANELS, 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK 15 REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR TINE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. CIRCUITING INDICATED ON PLAN IS PARTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC FOR CLARITY. CIRCUITING SHALL SE "THROUGH- WIRING" WHERE AND WHENEVER POSSISLF. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO MAKE A FIELD SURVEY AND 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING ALL MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO INSURE THAT THE TOTAL- LOAD DOES NOT EXCEED THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE. ANY UPGRADES ARE TO SE INCLUDED IN BID_ 5. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 6. PLACEMENT OF ALL RECEPTACLES IN THE "SALES" AREA SHALL BE INTENTIONAL (I.E. - CENTERED ON COLUMNS, WALL FEATURES, OR TIGHT TO CORNERS). 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. S. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE "SALES" AREA, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE. q. EQUIPMENT LABELED "GENERAL ELECTRIC" SHALL BE PROVIDED SY DELIA'S VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO CODED NOTES, ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE, PANEL SCHEDULES, AND POWER RISER DIAGRAM FOR SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION. 10. INSTALL ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE ON SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN LANDLORD'S SWITCHGEAR WITH DEMISED PREMISES' SPACE NUMBER. 11, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING RECESSED SPEAKERS. 12. CABLE TYPES "AC" AND "NMC" ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 13. ALL WIRING SHALL DE COPPER CONDUCTORS, MINIMUM #12 TYPE 75'0 TI-41 INSTALLED IN EMT CONDUIT. 14. GROUND SEPARATELY DERIVED SERVICE. INCLUDE BUILDING STEEL IN GROUND IF POSSIBLE. 15. PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE TO BE BOLT -ON TYPE. 16. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR MC CABLE WI -41P5 SHALL NOT EXCEED 5' -0" IN LENGTH. 17. NEW ELECTRICAL WIRING MUST BE KEPT AS "INTERIOR" WIRING AND MUST BE COORDINATED WITH MALL MANAGEMENT. POWER GENERAL NOTES I8. ALL ILLUMINATED SIGNS MUST BE CONTROLLED BY A 7 - DAY TIME CLOCK. Iq. A SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL CONDUIT RUNS. 20. ALL CONDUIT MUST BE METAL RACEWAY AND APPROVED FOR GROUNDING. 21. ALL PHONE AND DATA WIRING SHALL BE RUN IN EMT CONDUIT FROM THE JUNCTION BOX AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION BACK TO THE TELEPHONE /DATA BOARD IN THE NONSALES AREA, AS LOCATED ON THE PLANS, SPEAKER WIRING THAT 15 INSTALLED IN WALL LOCATIONS SHALL BE RUN IN EMT CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION SOX TO ABOVE THE CEILING. THE EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE TERMINATED IN A STUB 90 WITH A CONNECTOR AND NYLON SU5INING AFFIXED TO T1-1E END. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE RUN IN EMT CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED SY LANDLORD OR LOCAL CODE. 22. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND MALL MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 23. ALL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. 24. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES, DATA OUTLETS, ETC., AND ASSOCIATED WIRE AND CONDUIT BACK TO SOURCE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 25. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA AS ESTABLISI --IED BY LANDLORD. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH MALL MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 26. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS UP TO 100' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS FROM 100' TO 150' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS 150' UP TO 250' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS ABOVE 250' SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CALCULATED LENGTH 15 FROM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE TO FARTHEST DEVICE IN ELECTRICAL RUN, 27_ GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INQUIRE WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE ON ANY FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS IN USE (IF ANY) AT THE MALL AT THE TIME OF BID. IF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATELY DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE COST AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHALL BE AWARDED FOR TIE -IN REQUIREMENTS TO A LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THAT 15 IN EXISTENCE AT THE TIME OF THE BID, WITHOUT SEPARATE LINE FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AT THE TIME OF 51D. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE LANDLORDS FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR TO DESIGN, FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITHIN THE DELIA'S SPACE, AS REQUIRED. 28. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A PROFESSIONAL, NEAT MANNER. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE SQUARE WITH THE FLOOR AND AREA SURROUNDING COVERPLATE SHALL BE FREE OF DEBRIS AND FINGERPRINTS. ALL FLOOR MOUNTED BOXES MOUNTING SURFACES SHALL BE FLU51 -I WITH THE FLOOR WITI -1 NO GAPS AND /OR NO RAISED SURFACES ABOVE FLOOR LEVEL. ALL CONDUITS SI -IALL BE RUN IN SQUARE WITH BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, ALL CONDUITS 51 - TALL APPROPRIATELY BE TERMINATED WITH CONNECTORS AND /OR NYLON BUSHINGS, AS THE CASE MAY WARRANT. ALL PANELS SHALL BE HUNG PLUMB AND SQUARE WITH THE FLOOR. ALL PANELS SHALL DE FREE OF DEBRIS INSIDE AND OUT, AND BE CLEANED OF ALL EXTERIOR MARKINGS AND FINGERPRINTS. z-kg(i (7 GEC 1 8 2007 Frr���II I I, I ti.3 CO OD OD 0 rn ▪ • 03 v � w � ea LED kim cl" m k' m - 0 cD q vi m 0 p El c 0. 10 u0 10 10 m mcip w o v, � w I- w I-- X1,°6w0 U w I Z H Z = z 000W V 1 EXPIRES p/ - /6 -p ,J THL ENGI NLLR ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL TH15 BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITEWA. SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: E1.1 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. THE LIGHTING FIXTURE PREFIX INDICATES FIXTURE TYPE AND /OR MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT: EM - EMERGENCY; EX - EXIT; CH - CHAIN HUNG; GL - CEILING; PD - PENDANT; R -- RECESSED; 5 - SURFACE; T - TRACK. 2. FLUORESCENT ELECTRONIC BALLASTS Sl -IALL BE 1-IIG1-1 POWER FACTOR (> 95 %) WITH A MINIMUM BALLAST FACTOR OF 0.87 AND LESS THAN 20% TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION. 3. MODEL NUMBERS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE BY THE MANUFACTURER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY MODEL NUMBERS WITH DELIA'S AND DELIA'S VENDOR'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ORDERING FIXTURES. THIS SHALL INCLUDE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR LAMPS, BALLASTS, AND CERTIFICATION LABEL AND LISTINGS. 4. ALL FIXTURES AND LAMPS THROUGH DELIA'S VENDOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, G1-I -1 5 -1 4' CONTINUOUS RUN INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT STRIP 2' "ADD -O- LEER" CONTINUOUS RUN FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. FIXTURE. DIE - FORMED STEEL CHANNEL, WHITE ENAMEL ONE (1) 17 WATT TS LAMP AND DIE- FORMED STEEL REFLECTOR, CHAIN 1-IUNG WITH ONE (1) 32W T8 LAMP HOUSING, PAINTED W1- -IITE. (NON -SALES ONLY). CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL CEILING TYPE: STRUCTURE LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC F17T8 /XL /SP3O /EGO LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC F32T8 /XL /SPSO /ECO VOLTAGE: 120 VOLTAGE: 120 BALLAST TYPE: MAGNETIC BALLAST TYPE: ELECTRONIC INPUT WATTAGE: 20 INPUT WATTAGE: 36W MANUFACTURER: DURAY DUFOETI -11120 MAGNETIC BALLAST MANUFACTURER: DURAY DUFQI3132 S -2 C1 -1 -1EM 3' "ADD -O- LEER" CONTINUOUS RUN FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. SAME AS FIXTURE TYPE CH -1, BUT WITH 90 MINUTE, 1350 ONE (1) 25W TS LAMP AND DIE - FORMED STEEL HOUSING LUMEN BATTERY BACK -UP. PAINTED WHITE. CEILING TYPE: STRUCTURE CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC F32T8 /XL /SP30 /ECO LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC F25TS/XL /SP30 /EGO VOLTAGE: 120 VOLTAGE: 120 BALLAST TYPE: ELECTRONIC BALLAST TYPE: ELECTRONIC INPUT WATTAGE: 36W INPUT WATTAGE: 25 MANUFACTURER: DURAY DUFQ13132 -BI (1350 LUMEN) MANUFACTURER: DURAY DUFQFQN1125120 CL -I 5 -3 1'x4' SURFACE MOUNTED "PRISMA RAY" FLUORESCENT 4' "ADD -O- LEER" CONTINUOUS RUN FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. WRAPAROUND FIXTURE WITH TWO (2) 32 WATT TB LAMPS, WHITE DIE - FORMED STEEL HOUSING AND ACRYLIC PRISMATIC ONE (1) 32 WATT TS LAMP AND DIE - FORMED STEEL HOUSING PAINTED WHITE. LENS COVER. CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC. F32T8/XL /SP3O /ECO LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC F32T5/XL /SP30 /ECO VOLTAGE= 120 VOLTAGE: 120 BALLAST TYPE: ELECTRONIC BALLAST TYPE: ELECTRONIC INPUT WATTAGE: 36 INPUT WATTAGE: 68 MANUFACTURER: DURAY DUFEQI-41132120 MANUFACTURER: DURAY DUFN232 5 -4 CL -IEM 3' "ADD -O- LEER" CONTINUOUS RUN FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. SAME AS FIXTURE TYPE CL -1, BUT WITH 90 MINUTE, 1350 ONE (1) 25 WATT TS LAMP, DIE - FORMED STEEL HOUSING LUMEN BATTERY BACK -UP. PAINTED WHITE, WITH MAGNETIC BALLAST. CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC F32T8 /XL /SP30 /ECO LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC. F25T8/XL /SP30 /EGO VOLTAGE: 120 VOLTAGE= 120 BALLAST TYPE: ELECTRONIC BALLAST TYPE: MAGNETIC INPUT WATTAGE: 68 INPUT WATTAGE: 30 MANUFACTURER: DURAY DUFN232 -EBP (1350 LUMEN) MANUFACTURER: DURAY DUFOFQH1130120 MAGNETIC SAL-LAST CL -2 - 4' CONTINUOUS RUN INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT STRIP LYTESPAN TRACK SYSTEM, STRUCTURAL ALUMINUM FIXTURE DIE - FORMED STEEL CHANNEL, WHITE ENAMEL EXTRUSION WITH WHITE BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. REFLECTOR, CEILING MOUNTED WITH ONE (1) 321AI TS LAMP (NON -SALES ONLY). CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL LAMP TYPE: N/A CEILING TYPE: STRUCTURE VOLTAGE= 120 LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC F32T8 /XL /SP30 /ECO BALLAST TYPE: N/A VOLTAGE: 120 INPUT WATTAGE: N/A BALLAST TYPE: ELECTRONIC MANUFACTURER: LIGHTOLIER 6000 SERIES (BASIC I CIRCUIT INPUT WATTAGE: 36W TRACK) MANUFACTURER: DURAY DUFQ13132 T -I CL -2EM MINIFORMS CYLINDER FOR LYTESPAN TRACK SYSTEM, BI -PIN SAME AS FIXTURE TYPE GL -2, BUT WITH 90 MINUTE, 1350 BASE CERAMIC SOCKET, MOLDED POLYCARSONATE TRACK LUMEN BATTERY BACK -UP. ATTACHMENT FITTING, STEEL TENSION PIVOT MOUNTS, AND WHITE ALUMINUM HOUSING. CEILING TYPE: STRUCTURE LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC F32T8 /XL /SP30 /ECO CEILING TYPE: TRACK VOLTAGE: 120 LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC 050MR16 /C /NFL25 BALLAST TYPE: ELECTRONIC VOLTAGE: 120 INPUT WATTAGE: 36W BALLAST TYPE: N/A MANUFACTURER: DURAY DUFQ13132 -13I (1350 LUMEN) INPUT WATTAGE: SO MANUFACTURER: LIG1- ITOLIER LIG9173BWH PD -I CEILING SUSPENDED CHANDELIER LUMINAIRE WITH DIFFUSED EX-1 INCANDESCENT LIGHTING. SIX (6) 60 WATT INCANDESCENT UNIVERSAL- MOUNT, UNIVERSAL- CONFIGURATION, LED -TYPE LAMPS_ EXIT SIGN WITH 6" HIGH RED LETTERS, WHITE HIGH - IMPACT FLAME RESISTANT POLYCARBONATE HOUSING, BATTERY AND CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL CHARGER (90 MINUTE MINIMUM CAPACITY). ALL SIGNS ARE LAMP TYPE: 60G16W VOLTAGE: 120 SINGLE /DOUBLE FACED WITH SNAP -FIT ARROWS, FACEPLATES, ETC. BALLAST TYPE: N/A INPUT WATTAGE: 360 CEILING TYPE: VARIES MANUFACTURER: DELIA'S LIGHTING VENDOR LAMP TYPE: LED (PROVIDED WITH UNIT) VOLTAGE: 120 R -1 BALLAST TYPE: N/A 4" NON- INSULATED RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURE. ONE INPUT WATTAGE: 2.8 (1) MR16 LOW VOLTAGE LAMP, GALVANIZED STEEL RECESSED MANUFACTURER: COOPER LIGHTING "SURE LITES" HOUSING, SMALL APERTURE AND SPECULAR CLEAR SURLPX70 -RWH REFLECTOR CONE WITH WHITE TRIM RING. EX -2 CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL CEILING- MOUNT, EDGE -LIT, LED TYPE EXIT SIGN WITH 6" LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC 50MRI6 /T /FL40 HIGH RED LETTERS, CLEAR HIGH- IMPACT MOLDED ACRYLIC VOLTAGE: 120 PANEL, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM TRIM PLATE WITH WHITE BALLAST TYPE: N/A FINISH, STEEL RECESSED HOUSING, BATTERY AND CHARGER INPUT WATTAGE: 50 (q0 MINUTE MINIMUM CAPACITY), ORDER FIXTURE WITH MANUFACTURER: HALO 1- 11499T550 WITH 1421C TRIM RING SINGLE OR DOUBLE FACE AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS R - 2 INDICATED ON PLANS. 7 3/8" DIAMETER CALCULITE COMPACT FLUORESCENT OPEN DOWNLIGHT WITH ONE (1) 42 W ATT TRIPLE TUBE, 4 -PIN CEILING TYPE! VARIES LAMP, FORMED STEEL HOUSING AND WHITE TRIM RING. LAMP TYPE: LED (PROVIDED WITH UNIT) VOLTAGE: 120 CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL BALLAST TYPE: N/A LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC F42TEX /830 /A4P INPUT WATTAGE: 7.0 VOLTAGE: 120 MANUFACTURER: COOPER LIGHTING "SURE LITES" BALLAST TYPE: ELECTRONIC SURES7170 -WHR *C INPUT WATTAGE: 46 EM -1 R -2EM MANUFACTURER: LIGHTOLIER 57142BU/S037CLW EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHT, CEILING MOUNT, SELF TESTING, RECESSED STEEL HOUSING WITH GIMBAL TRIM RING_ ONE (1) SAME AS FIXTURE TYPE R -2, BUT WITH 90 MINUTE, 700 LAMP, BATTERY AND CHARGER (90 MINUTE MINIMUM LUMEN BATTERY BACK -UP CAPACITY). CEILING TYPE: DRYWALL CEILING TYPE: VARIES LAMP TYPE: GENERAL ELECTRIC F42TSX /830 /A4P LAMP TYPE: INCLUDED WITH FIXTURE VOLTAGE: 120 VOLTAGE: 120 BALLAST TYPE: ELECTRONIC BALLAST TYPE: N/A INPUT WATTAGE: 46 INPUT WATTAGE: 14.4 MANUFACTURER: LIGHTOLIER 57142BUFM /S037CLW (700 MANUFACTURER: COOPER LIGHTING "SURE LITES" LUMEN) SURLRGI WHT 1. ELECTRICAL /MECHANICAL SHOP DRAWINGS AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS SHALL BE PLACED IN NOTEBOOK AND MOUNTED AND CHAINED TO THE WALL BESIDE THE DRAWING TUBE. AS - BUILT DRAWINGS AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS SHALL BE PLACED IN THE DRAWING TUBE. DRAWING TUBE SHALL BE LOCATED BESIDE THE UTILITY PANELS, 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK 15 REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR TINE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. CIRCUITING INDICATED ON PLAN IS PARTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC FOR CLARITY. CIRCUITING SHALL SE "THROUGH- WIRING" WHERE AND WHENEVER POSSISLF. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO MAKE A FIELD SURVEY AND 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING ALL MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO INSURE THAT THE TOTAL- LOAD DOES NOT EXCEED THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE. ANY UPGRADES ARE TO SE INCLUDED IN BID_ 5. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 6. PLACEMENT OF ALL RECEPTACLES IN THE "SALES" AREA SHALL BE INTENTIONAL (I.E. - CENTERED ON COLUMNS, WALL FEATURES, OR TIGHT TO CORNERS). 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. S. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE "SALES" AREA, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE. q. EQUIPMENT LABELED "GENERAL ELECTRIC" SHALL BE PROVIDED SY DELIA'S VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO CODED NOTES, ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE, PANEL SCHEDULES, AND POWER RISER DIAGRAM FOR SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION. 10. INSTALL ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE ON SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN LANDLORD'S SWITCHGEAR WITH DEMISED PREMISES' SPACE NUMBER. 11, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING RECESSED SPEAKERS. 12. CABLE TYPES "AC" AND "NMC" ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 13. ALL WIRING SHALL DE COPPER CONDUCTORS, MINIMUM #12 TYPE 75'0 TI-41 INSTALLED IN EMT CONDUIT. 14. GROUND SEPARATELY DERIVED SERVICE. INCLUDE BUILDING STEEL IN GROUND IF POSSIBLE. 15. PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE TO BE BOLT -ON TYPE. 16. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR MC CABLE WI -41P5 SHALL NOT EXCEED 5' -0" IN LENGTH. 17. NEW ELECTRICAL WIRING MUST BE KEPT AS "INTERIOR" WIRING AND MUST BE COORDINATED WITH MALL MANAGEMENT. POWER GENERAL NOTES I8. ALL ILLUMINATED SIGNS MUST BE CONTROLLED BY A 7 - DAY TIME CLOCK. Iq. A SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL CONDUIT RUNS. 20. ALL CONDUIT MUST BE METAL RACEWAY AND APPROVED FOR GROUNDING. 21. ALL PHONE AND DATA WIRING SHALL BE RUN IN EMT CONDUIT FROM THE JUNCTION BOX AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION BACK TO THE TELEPHONE /DATA BOARD IN THE NONSALES AREA, AS LOCATED ON THE PLANS, SPEAKER WIRING THAT 15 INSTALLED IN WALL LOCATIONS SHALL BE RUN IN EMT CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION SOX TO ABOVE THE CEILING. THE EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE TERMINATED IN A STUB 90 WITH A CONNECTOR AND NYLON SU5INING AFFIXED TO T1-1E END. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE RUN IN EMT CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED SY LANDLORD OR LOCAL CODE. 22. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND MALL MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 23. ALL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. 24. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES, DATA OUTLETS, ETC., AND ASSOCIATED WIRE AND CONDUIT BACK TO SOURCE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 25. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA AS ESTABLISI --IED BY LANDLORD. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH MALL MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 26. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS UP TO 100' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS FROM 100' TO 150' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS 150' UP TO 250' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUITS ABOVE 250' SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CALCULATED LENGTH 15 FROM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE TO FARTHEST DEVICE IN ELECTRICAL RUN, 27_ GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INQUIRE WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE ON ANY FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS IN USE (IF ANY) AT THE MALL AT THE TIME OF BID. IF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATELY DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE COST AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHALL BE AWARDED FOR TIE -IN REQUIREMENTS TO A LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THAT 15 IN EXISTENCE AT THE TIME OF THE BID, WITHOUT SEPARATE LINE FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AT THE TIME OF 51D. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE LANDLORDS FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR TO DESIGN, FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WITHIN THE DELIA'S SPACE, AS REQUIRED. 28. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A PROFESSIONAL, NEAT MANNER. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE SQUARE WITH THE FLOOR AND AREA SURROUNDING COVERPLATE SHALL BE FREE OF DEBRIS AND FINGERPRINTS. ALL FLOOR MOUNTED BOXES MOUNTING SURFACES SHALL BE FLU51 -I WITH THE FLOOR WITI -1 NO GAPS AND /OR NO RAISED SURFACES ABOVE FLOOR LEVEL. ALL CONDUITS SI -IALL BE RUN IN SQUARE WITH BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, ALL CONDUITS 51 - TALL APPROPRIATELY BE TERMINATED WITH CONNECTORS AND /OR NYLON BUSHINGS, AS THE CASE MAY WARRANT. ALL PANELS SHALL BE HUNG PLUMB AND SQUARE WITH THE FLOOR. ALL PANELS SHALL DE FREE OF DEBRIS INSIDE AND OUT, AND BE CLEANED OF ALL EXTERIOR MARKINGS AND FINGERPRINTS. z-kg(i (7 GEC 1 8 2007 Frr���II I I, I ti.3 CO OD OD 0 rn ▪ • 03 v � w � ea LED kim cl" m k' m - 0 cD q vi m 0 p El c 0. 10 u0 10 10 m mcip w o v, � w I- w I-- X1,°6w0 U w I Z H Z = z 000W V 1 EXPIRES p/ - /6 -p ,J THL ENGI NLLR ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL TH15 BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITEWA. SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: E1.1 ( 1 ) ( 4 ) ( 5 ) ( 6 ) ( 7 ) II ( 12 ( 8 ; D E3.0 D E3.0 E E3.0 48" e 20 ) PP -16 PP -13 .v r ' PP-15 Alt; I 1 1 DISC-2 EWC VAV -2 POWER PLAN (30 ) SCALE: 1 /4 =1' -O" RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES DESIGNATED "SF" SHALL BE W� 11TE IN COLOR, RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DELIA'S ELECTRICAL SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED SY GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN THE UNDERSIDE OF TI-IE STOREFRONT SOFFIT WITH THE 4" SIDE PARALLEL TO THE STOREFRONT GLASS WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL G, SHEET A8.3. RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES IN "SALES" SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR. RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DELIA'S ELECTRICAL SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. MOUNT ALL RECEPTACLES HORIZONTALLY AT 15" A.F.F. TO CENTER OF DEVICE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FIELD COORDINATE WITH WALL SYSTEM INSTALLER BEFORE WALL SYSTEM INSTALLATION TO AVOID CONSTRUCTION DELAYS. RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES IN "NON - SALES" SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR. RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES SHALL SE PROVIDED BY DELIA'S ELECTRICAL SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, MOUNT ALL RECEPTACLES VERTICALLY AT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. TYPICAL OF ALL RECEPTACLES IN "NON - SALES" AND "LAV" AREAS. MOUNT WHITE RECEPTACLE HORIZONTALLY AT 8" A.F.F. AND CENTERED WITH CHANDELIER LOCATION. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. MOUNT WHITE RECEPTACLE HORIZONTALLY AT 8" A.F.F. AND CENTERED UNDER BENCH. ( 26 ) GFI _\ PP -2 L3 D CORRIDOR ( 27 ) FR // 27 FR � r � FR TELEPHONE OUTLET IN WALL. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN 3/4" CONDUIT BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD INSTALL PULLSTRING IN CONDUIT. TELEPHONE OUTLET, TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DELIA'S TELEPHONE SYSTEM, TO BE A DUAL RJ11 JACK AND SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR LOCATED AT THE MANAGER'S DESK_ REFER TO "TELEPHONE AND DATA WIRING DIAGRAM" DETAIL D ON SHEET E3.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MOUNT TELEPHONE OUTLET AT 48" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4' -ON X 4' -0 X 3/4 "D FIRE - TREATED PLYWOOD TELEPHONE BOARD MOUNTED AT 36 A.F.F TO BOTTOM OF BOARD WITH DEDICATED QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND CIRCUITED WITI -1 ISOLATED GROUND. VERIFY SYSTEM GROUNDING PER NEC AND ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY. PROVIDE #6 AWG GROUND WIRE TO ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GROUND. TELEPHONE CABLE AND PUNCH BLOCK BY DELIA'S VENDOR. PROVIDE COVER FOR PUNCH BLOCK. GF FR _T ---- -- r HC FR ( s ) ( 10 ) ( 12 ) P ICI ( 27 ) CONTACTORS 0 1 11 11 11 In 1 25 I� " PP " VAV - PP -12 XFMR VAV -1 16 ( 26 ) GFI DISC -1 ( 27 ) PP -4 J 4" X 4" JUNCTION BOX AND 120 VOLT QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE, BOTH INSTALLED IN WALL AT 72" A.F.F. FOR SOUND SYSTEM ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN A 1" CONDUIT WITH PULLW IRE, UP IN WALL TO A 4 "X4" JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN A 1/2" CONDUIT WITH PULLW IRE TO EACH SPEAKER LOCATION WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE OR LANDLORD. SPEAKER WIRE, SUPPLIED SY DELIA'S VENDOR, IS TO BE PULLED BY DELIA'S VENDOR AS INDICATED ON PLANS. REFER TO "SOUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION DETAIL ", DETAIL E ON SHEET E3.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 20 AMP, 120 VOLT SINGLE PHASE DEDICATED CIRCUIT AND FOUR (4) LEVI TON #ICI -5362 RECEPTACLES WITH ISOLATED THIRD WIRE GROUND IN A SINGLE 3/4" CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL. MOUNT RECEPTACLES AT 48" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. FURNISH AND INSTALL LOCK -OFF DEVICE ON BREAKER. RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DELIA'S ELECTRICAL SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALL 8" X 8" X 4" FULL130X, WITH COVERPLATE, ABOVE CEILING ON WALL ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK AREA. REFER TO "CASHIAIRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL" DETAIL A ON SHEET E4.0 AND "TELEPHONE AND DATA WIRING DIAGRAM" DETAIL D ON SHEET E3.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CAT SE DATA CABLING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. DATA OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOX IN WALL FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN CAT SE CABLE IN 1" CONDUIT BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. DATA CABLE AND OUTLET FOR INTERNET SERVICE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. DATA OUTLET TO BE A SINGLE RJ4S JACK AND SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR LOCATED AT THE MANAGER'S DESK. REFER TO "TELEPHONE AND DATA WIRING DIAGRAM" DETAIL D ON 51-4EET 13.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, MOUNT DATA OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOX AT 48" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. TELEPHONE OUTLET IN WALL. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. TELEPHONE WIRE AND OUTLET FOR FAX LINE BY DELIA'S TELEP1 4ONE SYSTEM VENDOR. TELEPHONE OUTLET TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 JACK AND SHALL SE WHITE IN COLOR LOCATED AT TI-4E MANAGER'S DESK. REFER TO "TELEPHONE AND DATA WIRING DIAGRAM" DETAIL D ON SHEET E3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MOUNT TELEPHONE OUTLET AT 48" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ( 27 ) FIRE ALARM NOTE: ALL NEW AND RELOCATING TENANT'S 31-TALL BE CONNECTED TO AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF LANDLORD'S NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER AND MODEL WITH LANDLORD. ( 13 ) ( 14 ) ( 16 ) ( 17 ) ( 18 ) ( 19 ) ( 2 0 ) ( TYP . I J 8' - 0 " LOCAT ION FOR CAST -IWRAP STUB- UPS. 1 POWER CODED NOTES SALES TELEPHONE OUTLET IN WALL. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. TELEPHONE WIRE AND OUTLET FOR HOT LINE TELEPHONE BY DELIA'S TELEPHONE SYSTEM VENDOR. TELEPHONE OUTLET TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 JACK AND SHALL BE 14141TE IN COLOR LOCATED IN THE SALES AREA. REFER TO "TELEPHONE AND DATA WIRING DIAGRAM" DETAIL D ON SHEET E3.0 FOR. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MOUNT TELEPHONE OUTLET HORIZONTALLY AT 15" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OT1- 4ERWISE. THREE REGISTER CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP COUNTER. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL WORK AS INDICATED IN THE "CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL" DETAIL A AS SHOWN ON SHEET E4.0. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT ROUGH -IN INFORMATION. 15 ENCLOSURE WITH XPONDR POWER PACK AND QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH ISOLATED GROUND SHALL BE MOUNTED BELOW PLATFORM BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURES. ACCESS FOR EQUIPMENT THROUGH SHOWCASE PLATFORM. COORDINATE XPON DR FREQUENCY WITH ADJACENT XPONDR SYSTEMS. SEE "SECURITY ( "XPONDR ") SYSTEM SCHEMATIC" DETAIL A ON SI --IEET E3.0. PAINT ENCLOSURE TO MATCH PLATFORM. LIGI -ITING CONTACTORS IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, FURNISHED BY DELIA'S VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, TO BE CONTROLLED BY DELIA'S 7 -DAY, 24 -14OUR DIGITAL TIME CLOCK AND LIGHTING SWITCHES 51 -TOWN ON PLANS. REFER TO "LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM" DETAIL G ON SHEET E3 FOR EXACT REQU IREMENTS. PROVIDE QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 24" A.F.F. FOR MICROWAVE AND REFRIGERATOR. JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR ABOVE CEILING. CONNECT WHIP DOWN TO GASHWRAP FLUORESCENTS AS SHOWN ON SHEET E1.0. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. XPONDR SYSTEM PROVIDED BY VENDOR. REFER TO "SECURITY ( " XPONDR ") SYSTEM 5CHEMATIC" DETAIL A ON SHEET E3 FOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES. WATER HEATER (120V, 1P-1, 1500W): PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH AT UNIT PER N.E.C. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO BID. 18 LP -15 ( 21 ) (.,_2 3 ( 25 ) (26) ( 27 ) ( 27 ) INSTALL A DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. PUSI- IBUTTONS, TRANSFORMER, BUZZERS WITH LOUVERED COVERPLATES AND TRANSFORMER MOUNTING PLATE SI --TALL SE PROVIDED SY DELIA'S VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT AND WIRE TO COMPLETELY INSTALL THE DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM. REFER TO "DELIVERY BUZZER SCHEMATIC" DETA1L F ON SHEET E3 COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS TO ALLOW FOR DEDICATED CLEARANCES REQUIRED PER N.E.C. SECTION 110.26. SOUND SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROL SWITCHES: (1) FOR SALES AND (1) FOR FITTING ROOM. MOUNT IN WALL AT 44" A.F.F. EXTEND EMPTY 3/4" CONDUIT UP IN WALL TO ABOVE CEILING, TURN OUT 90' AND INSTALL BUSHING ON END. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO INSTALL DELIA'S PROVIDED PLENUM RATED 3- CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE FROM VOLUME CONTROL TO 4" X 4" SOUND SYSTEM JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING AT MANAGER'S AREA. VOLUME CONTROL AND FINAL CONNECTIONS MADE BY SOUND SYSTEM CONTRACTOR. ( 24 ) CEILING RECESSED SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKER. REFER TO "SOUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION DETAIL" DETAIL E ON 51-4EET E3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. J -BOX FOR THERMOSTAT OR SENSOR MOUNTED AT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. INSTALL 1/2" CONDUIT WITH BUSHINGS AND PULLWIRE TO RESPECTIVE UNIT IT SERVES. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL DRAWING SHEET M1.0 PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 7-DAY, 24 -HOUR DIGITAL TIME CLOCK IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE FOR CONTROL OF CONTACTOR "Cl" LIGHTS /RECEPTACLES. LANDLORD SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ONE FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX INSIDE THE DEMISED PREMISES FOR DELIA'S USE IN CONNECTING THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND /OR COMPONENTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY INITIATION DEVICES, ANNUNCIATION DEVICES AND CONTROLS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY LAVING JURISDICTION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTRACT WITH LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR FOR DESIGN AND PROGRAMMING. ( 2`1 ) ( 30) XPONDR DIGITAL DISPLAY BOX. SEE DETAIL PP -1 ( 28 ) EXHAUST FAN (120V, IF1-1, 70W): MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO UNIT THROUGH MOTION SENSOR IN ROOM. FAN SI -IALL BE WIRED TO TURN ON WHEN MOTION SENSOR IS ON. REFER TO MEGI- IANICAL SHEETS FOR MORE INFORMATION. PROVIDE TYPEWRITTEN PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER LEGENDS. SEE PANEL SCHEDULE FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO RECEIVE LOCKING DEVICES. FOR POWER GENERAL NOTES, REFER TO SHEET EI.1 L4 ILa • 3 11A G' 1 8 2007 L_'r►ivll 1 1r�9. 1 1 r Y . • •d ° u� rg 0 .0 143 CD er co Cri 6 v a OD 0 v E 9 m cc <08 I- v Z ° r W Ow =� a . 0 LU Q 11.1 (1) Q) 1 THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FORTHE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPIJCABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: E2.0 N- O C V 0 1 I • TOP OF— TOP OF • FINISHED 1 A FLOOR LIGHTING CONTACTOR LEGEND C1 STOREFRONT LIGa --ITS SNOW WINDOW LIGHTS SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES SIGN(5) C2 SALES FLOOR TRACK LIGHTING c3 SALES FLOOR DOWN LIGHTING POWER CONTACTOR FROM CIRCUIT LP -9 LP 11 LP 12 LP -14 LP -17 4 POLE CONTACTOR NORMALLY OPEN, ELECTRICALLY HELD CLOSED CONTACTOR CONTROLLED FROM SWITCH SALES FLOOR DOWNLIGI-ITS SALES FLOOR DOWNLIGI --ITS FITTING ROOM LIGHTS FITTING ROOM LIGHTS ' NON -SALES LIGHTING 1 C2' 50% SALES DOWNLIGHTING 1 50% SALES DOWNLI GI-IT ING E3.0 SCALE. NOT TO SCALE 1 REFER TO SHEET E4.0 3/4" CASHWRAP SEE SHEET E4.0 REFER TO SHEET E4.0 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE CONTACTOR CONTROLLED FROM TIMECLOCK POWER CONTACTOR FROM CIRCUIT PP -1 PP 1 LP 1 LP -2 LP 3 LP 4 LP -5 LP 15 LP -6 LP -8 LP -10 LP -16 LP -20 1 TELEPHONE 1 BOARD ( 7 ) MANAGER'S AREA I D el ID el ID el I> c1 el c L l-- J 8 POLE CONTACTOR NORMALLY OPEN, ELECTRICALLY HELD CLOSED TT 11 ) I I d d L POWER CONTACTOR FROM CIRCUIT LP -10 if J 6 POLE CONTACTOR NORMALLY OPEN, ELECTRICALLY HELD CLOSED H SWITCH / CONTACTOR WIRING DIAGRAM 1" CONDUIT W/ PULLWIRE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MALL TELEPHONE CLOSET OR TELEPHONE COMPANY PULLBOX. VERIFY EXACT ROUTE FOR INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE SERVICES IN THE FIELD WITH MALL BUILDING ENGINEER. 10 7 5 "W X S "H X 4 "D PULLBOX 3/4" CONDUIT CONDUIT CONDUIT 1" CONDUIT 12 3/4" CONDUIT 6 ) 12 ) STORE STORE STORE STORE STORE STORE STORE SPARE FRONT FRONT FRONT FRONT FRONT FRONT FRONT CONTACTOR CONTROLLED 7 FROM SW ITCH SALES FLOOR TRACK SALES FLOOR TRACK SALES FLOOR TRACK SALES FLOOR TRACK SALES FLOOR TRACK SPARE z z— 3/4" CONDUIT T ( 13 ) HOT LINE PHONE (MOUNT AT 15" A.F.F.) GENERAL NOTES: 1. ADDITIONAL TELEPHONE OUTLETS MAY BE REQUIRED. REFER TO 51 E2.0 FOR LOCATIONS. 2.SEE CAST- IWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL ON SHEET E4.0 AND POWER PLAN ON SHEET E2 FOR MORE INFORMATION AND (p ) CODED NOTES. o TELEPHONE AND DATA WIRING DIAGRAM RECEPTACLES DISPLAY LIGHTS TRACK LIGHTS DISPLAY LIGHTS TRACK LIGHTS CHANDELIER TRACK LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGHTS LIGI --ITS LIGHTS LIGI -ITS LIGHTING CONTACTOR C1. REFER TO CONTACTOR WIRING DIAGRAM THIS SHEET FOR CIRCUITS TO 5E CONTROLLED. NEMA 1 LIGHTING CONTACTOR ENCLOSURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR ON WALL. G \E3.o G2 LOCATION FOR PUNCI-I BLOCK FOR TELEPHONE. INCLUDE COVER FOR PUNCH BLOCK TELEPHONE SYSTEM HVAC THERMOSTAT W IRE TO 120 VOLT CIRCUIT PP -1 4'x4'x3/4" FIRE - TREATED PLYWOOD MOUNTED 36" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF PLYWOOD. QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE, CIRCUIT AS SHOWN ON SHEET E2.0. �B� TELEPHONE BOARD DETAIL E3. SCALE: 1 /4" - 1' - 7 -DAY, 24 -HOUR DIGITAL TIMECLOCK I NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE TO CONTROL CONTACTOR C1. LIGHTING CONTACTORS C2 AND C3. REFER TO CONTACTOR WIRING DIAGRAM THIS SI -IEET FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONTROLLED. SINGLE -POLE SWITCH TO OPERATE LIGHTING CONTACTORS C2 AND G3. REFER TO PLANS FOR LOCATION. LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE: NOT TO SCALE TRANSFORMER 120V PR I . N 7PUSI-I SUTTON AT REAR DOOR SALES BUZZER AT BACK WRAP. SEE PLANS FOR LOCAT ION. 1 24V SEC. GENERAL NOTES: 1. ROUTE CONDUIT UP IN WALL OR COLUMN TO CEILING SPACE. 2. RUN WIRE IN CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. 3. PARALLEL WIRE BUZZERS. DELIVERY BUZZER SCHEMATIC SCALE: NOT TO SCALE "NON- SALES" BUZZER. SEE PLANS FOR LOCATION. NOT USED SCALE: NOT TO SCALE PLENUM RATED 3- CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE FURNISHED BY DELIA'S VENDOR. INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALL IN CONDUIT IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODE. 4" X 4 11 3/4" CONDUIT JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING VOLUME CONTROL - , \NIF 44" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NON -SALES GENERAL NOTES: 72" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SPEAKER WIRE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DELIA'S VENDOR, (18 GAUGE, 2 CONDUCTOR TWISTED CL2P PLENUM RATED CABLE). INSTALL WIRE IN GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONDUIT IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, BETWEEN SPEAKER ENCLOSURES AND TO SOUND SYSTEM LOCATED IN NON -SALES AREA. INSTALL WIRE IN CONDUIT DROPS IN WALL TO JUNCTION BOX. SALES DELIA'S VENDOR TO INSTALL SPEAKER WIRING TO ALL SALES AREA SPEAKERS IN A SEQUENTIAL CIRCUIT. MAXIMUM OF 25 SPEAKERS PER CIRCUIT. TO NEXT SALES ROOM SPEAKER CEILING CEILING RECESSED SPEAKER FURNISHED AND INSTALLED SY DELIA'S VENDOR. 1" EMT CONDUIT WITH SPEAKER WIRING CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO JUNCTION SOX. JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT 72" A.F.F. TO CENTER. PRO - PAC / AMPLIFI FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DELIA'S VENDOR ON SHELF IN MANAGER'S OFFICE. SHELF FURNISHED AND INSTALLED SY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. DELIA'S VENDOR TO LABEL AND TAG EACI -4 CIRCUIT AT SOUND SYSTEM CABINET AS TO AREA SERVED. QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE ON DEDICATED CIRCUIT. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SPEAKER ENCLOSURES AND SUPPORTS AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S VENDOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO FURNISH ADDITIONAL HARDWARE (I.E.- MOUNTING BRACKETS, SCREWS, CLIPS, ETC.) AS REQUIRED FOR SOUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION. 2. SPEAKERS, SPEAKER GRILLES AND PRO - PAC /AMPLIFIER INSTALLATION, AND FINAL CONNECTIONS ARE BY DELIA'S VENDOR. 3. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF SPEAKERS. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL CONDUITS AND JUNCTION BOXES. SOUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION DETAIL FLOOR DIGITAL ALARM DISPLAY BOX WITI -1 AUDIBLE AND VISUAL SYSTEM ALARMS TO BE INSTALLED ON ENTRY DISPLAY WALL. COORDINATE WITI -I POWER PLAN. WIRE QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE TO DEDICATED 120V CIRCUIT WIT1 -I ISOLATED GROUND. LOCATE RECEPTACLE IN TWO (2) GANG BOX INSIDE SHOWCASE PLATFORM, BETWEEN TWO 5 -4 LIGHTING FIXTURES, ACCESSIBLE BY ACCESS PANEL. CONTROL BOX LOCATED BELOW SHOWCASE PLATFORM. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DELIA'S VENDOR. MUST BE LOCATED WITHIN 30' OF FURTHEST RECEIVE ANTENNA. INSIDE LIGHTING PLATFORM INSIDE LIGHTING PLATFORM S RECEIVER ANTENNA 6.5 "x4 .5 "x1.5" SEALED ABS PLASTIC HOUSING, 3 PLACES. CHANNEL /SAW CUT CONCRETE APPROPRIATELY FOR ANTENNA IN SLAB. O V CHANNEL FLOOR SLAB 2" DEEP BY 7" ROUND DIAMETER FOR PUCK ANTENNAS. CONNECT N I TH A 1" X 1/2" TRENCH FOR WIRE AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. ELEVATION PLAN 1�XPONDR - STRANDED FIXTURE WIRE FORMS CONTINUOUS LOOP AROUND ENTIRE STORE OPENING. VERIFY EXACT WIRE LOCATION, ROUTE AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. GENERAL NOTES: 1. VERIFY ALL FLOOR CUTTING RESTRICTIONS WITH THE MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF SECURITY SYSTEM. 2. VERIFY EXACT INSTALLATION OF SECURITY EQUIPMENT WITH XPONDR (1 -588 -976 -6371) PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. CONTROL BOX SHALL BE MOUNTED 3' -0" MINIMUM AND 15' --O" MAXIMUM FROM STORE OPENING. SECURITY ( "XPONDR ") SYSTEM SCHEMATIC SCALE: NOT TO SCALE ROUTE WIRE UP WALL OR DOORFRAME FOR CONTINOUS LOOP. STOREFRONT 0 (TYP) 0 0 z cO bo -1-1l4 '!J • DEC 1 s 2001 �'�PiGr1E 1 L N 1 EH n 0 C.0 N An V W V(]Q • Ow= c4() w r CnQ cow 7:4 c° 4,4 7 6 7 EXPIRES p/ THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY 1=OR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. 0 SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: E3.0 ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE L = LANDLORD G - GENERAL CONTRACTOR D = dELIA *5 E = EXISTING SUPPLIED INSTALLED KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTE: T1-41S SC1- IEDULE IS INTENDED AS A "QUICK" REFERENCE. ALL ITEMS LISTED PERE ARE SPECIFIED AND DETAILED ON THESE DRAWINGS. IF THE CONTRACTOR ENCOUNTERS ITEMS TWAT ARE CONTRADICTORY THEN IT IS HIS RESPONSIBILITY TO INFORM DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 50 THAT THESE ITEMS CAN BE CLARIFIED FOR TI-4E CONTRACTOR. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AND ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS, TO FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR. TO BID. ITEM PROPRIETARY VENDOR AND CONTACT INFORMATION LANDLORD TENANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE L L 2 ELECTRICAL METER L L 2 SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT FROM LANDLORD TO DELIA'S DEMISING SPACE L L 2 SERVICE ENTRANCE FEEDERS FROM LANDLORD TO DELIA'S DEMISING SPACE L L 2 DELIA'S ELECTRICAL ROOM EQUIPMENT 450/277V PANEL - - - NOT APPLICABLE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES D G 2 LOEB ELECTRIC 614- 358 -4923 205/120V PANEL D G 2 LOEB ELECTRIC 614 - 356 -4923 ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS D G 1 LOEB ELECTRIC 614 - 358 -4923 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM CONTACTORS AND ENCLOSURES D G 1 LOEB ELECTRIC 614- 358 -4923 7 -DAY, 24- I-IOUR TIME CLOCK D G I LOEB ELECTRIC 614-355-4°23 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS ❑ G 6 LOEB ELECTRIC 614 -358 -4923 RECEPTACLES: SALES AREA D G 6 LOEB ELECTRIC 614 - 358 -423 RECEPTACLES: NON -SALES AREAS D G 6 LOEB ELECTRIC 614 - 358 -4923 RECEPTACLES: HVAC UNIT D G 6 LOEB ELECTRIC 614- 358 -4923 POWER WIRING TO HVAC EQUIPMENT G G 3 POWER WIRING TO CASHWRAP G G 7 POWER WIRING AND CONDUIT FOR XPONDR EQUIPMENT G G 8 ELECTRICAL FLOOR BOXES AND COVERS D G 6 LOEB ELECTRIC 614 - 358 -4923 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES G G PHOTOCELL FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTS - - - NOT APPLICABLE TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD G G TELEPHONE OUTLETS AND WIRING D D DATA OUTLETS AND WIRING G G TELEPHONE AND DATA CONDUIT G G FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE /VISUAL ALARM DEVICES G G S PULL STATIONS G G 5 CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS G G DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS G G 5 FIRE ALARM CONDUIT G G 5 FIRE ALARM WIRING G G 5 LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM D G MUSIC SYSTEM CEILING MOUNTED SATELLITE SPEAKERS D D D ❑ ❑ D ■ ■ MUSIC SYSTEM CABINETS MUSIC SYSTEM WIRING TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOXES ©■ RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE CODED NOTES TO 205/120V PANEL BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. INFORMATION. NOTES FOR EXTENT OF WORK. WITI -I LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. ALARM SYSTEM TO LANDLORD SUPERVISORY FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. INFORMATION. A /E3.0, ON SI -IEET E3.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0 PROVIDED BY DELIA'S VENDOR AND INSTALLED NEXT 0 SEE POWER RISER DIAGRAM ON SHEET E3.2 FOR ADDITIONAL ® SEE MECI- IANICAL PLANS AND POWER PLAN CODED 0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS ® GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT DELIA'S FIRE 0 PROVIDED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR AND 0 SEE CASHWRAP DETAILS ON SHEET E4.0 FOR ADDITIONAL ® SEE SECURITY ( "XPONDR ") SYSTEM SCHEMATIC, DETAIL ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS NOTE: ALL SYMBOLS MAY NOT APPLY. ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL SE AS INDICATED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTER OF DEVICE. 8 THERMOSTAT ® CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER 0 WALL MOUNTED TIMER WALL MOUNTED VOLUME CONTROL ® NALL MOUNTED VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLLER @ 48" CEILING MOUNTED PHOTO /IONIZATION DETECTOR PHOTO /IONIZATION DETECTOR -DUCT MOUNTED CEILING MOUNTED HEAT DETECTOR 5Z ALARM HORN LJ ALARM HORN WITH VISUAL INDICATOR D MANUAL PULL STATION I PRESSURE SWITCH I TAMPER SWITCH r7 I FACP I IFAAPI 0 cb NALL MOUNTED PUSH BUTTON @ 48" VISUAL ALARM INDICATOR WITH NO WORN @ SO" WATER FLOW SWITCH MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER -WALL OR FLOOR MOUNTED AS INDICATED FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (REMOTE) REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR/TEST STATION @ 60" SINGLE P1 --IASE MOTOR THREE PHASE MOTOR 120 VOLT SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE @ 15" 120 VOLT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE -NP - WEATHERPROOF GFI = GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER IG = ISOLATED GROUND C = CEILING MOUNTED Q 120 VOLT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - FLOOR MOUNTED 120 VOLT DOUBLE DUPLEX (QUAD) RECEPTACLE TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX DATA OUTLET BOX La DUAL JACK DATA /TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX Q JUNCTION OR. PULL BOX I ri NON - MAGNETIC MANUAL MOTOR STARTER ■I LIGHTING /POWER PANELBOARD DELIVERY SYSTEM TRANSFORMER @ 48' @ 45" @ 44" @ 80" @ 44" @ 15" @ 15" @ 15" @ 15" @ 15" (15 DATA/TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX - FLOOR MOUNTED 205V OR 120/205V RECEPTACLE 016" EQUIPMENT DISCONNECT SWITCH @ 60" MAGNETIC COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER OR CONTACTOR DISCONNECT SWITCH @ 60" MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACTOR @ 60" @ 72" TO TOP CIRCUIT BREAKER LOW VOLTAGE DELIVERY SYSTEM BUZZER @ 45" Q a EMERGENCY /NIGHT LIGHT CEILING EM /NL MOUNTED SURFACE/CI-FAIN HUNG FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE 1 CEILING /WALL MOUNTED SURFACE .& TRACK LIGHTING FIXTURE ASSEMBLY 2a PPI -1,3,5 r, C CEILING MOUNTED SURFACE /RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURE CEILING MOUNTED SURFACE /RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURE - EMERGENCY /NIGHT TYPE AS INDICATED CEILING MOUNTED SURFACE /CHAIN 1 --IUNG FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE 1'X4' CEILING MOUNTED EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN SHADED QUADRANT INDICATES ILLUMINATED FACE ARROW INDICATES "DIRECTIONAL ARROW" POSITION(S) WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN SHADED QUADRANT INDICATES ILLUMINATED FACE ARROW INDICATES "DIRECTIONAL ARROW" POSITION(S) CEILING MOUNTED SURFACE /CHAIN HUNG 2 LAMP FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE 1'X4' WALL/CEILING MOUNTED COMBINATION EMERGENCY LIGHTING / EXIT SIGN FIXTURE - BATTERY TYPE. SHADED QUADRANT INDICATES ILLUMINATED FACE, ARROW INDICATES "DIRECTIONAL ARROW" POSITION(5) CEILING MOUNTED RECESSED EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE- BATTERY TYPE WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE - BATTERY TYPE REMOTE MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE NALL SWITCH NUMBER INDICATES 2, 3, OR 4 POLE LETTER INDICATES FIXTURES) TO BE CONTROLLED BY SWITCH @ 44" MOTION DETECTING SWITCH @ 44" CIRCUIT RUN TO PANELBOARD NUMBER OF ARROWS INDICATE QUANTITY OF CIRCUITS CIRCUIT RUN TO PANELBOARD TI.1RU CONTACTOR LE I1ER-NUMBER INDICATES CONTACTOR DESIGNATION CIRCUIT RUN TO PANELBOARD DESIGNATION INDICATES CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATES PANEL DESIGNATION CONDUIT RUNS ABOVE GRADE CONDUIT RUN BELOW GRADE OR IN CONCRETE SLAB CONDUIT RISE CONDUIT DROP UNSWITCHED LEG SWITCHED LEG P0 C C 1 8 2007 Fa-I'll `/LI I 1 ER Lll 4" (o - CS oS co J O m rr>- VJ J U w J w w 0 J ❑ W r V J J $ 4430; - ' 3 ` 710 NACCS EXPIRES Z6 -O 2 P z • E3.1 0 THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: DRAWN BY: AOH DATE ISSUED: CHECKED BY: ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY DESCRIPTION ACTUAL CONNECTED KW /KVA POWER FACTOR ACTUAL DEMAND KVA N.E.C. CONNECTED KW /KVA N. E.G. DEMAND FACTOR N.E.G. DEMAND KVA GENERAL LIGHTING 2.750 1 .0 2.750 2.750 1.25 3.438 TRACK LIGHTING 3.800 1 .0 3.800 6.900 4 1.25 8425 SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING ALLOWANCE 2 O 1 .0 2.090 1.4.000 1,25 17.500 RECEPTACLES 5.940 1 .0 5.640 5.940 1ST IOKN +50% REMAINING KW 5.940 MOTORS 0.000 1.0 0.000 0.000 +25% 1.0 LARGEST o.0oo FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING * * 28410 1.0 ** 28410 * * 28.610 I .o ** 28410 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM m ** 0.000 1.0 ** 0.000 ** 0.000 i.0 4c* 0.000 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 1.500 1.0 1 .500 1 .500 1 .0 1 .500 MISCELLANEOUS 3.040 1 .0 3.040 3.040 1 .0 5.040 TOTAL NOTES 47 TWO CATEGORIES OF COMPRESSOR = MINIMUM 47.730 62 .740 WINDOW). ONLY ON ONE UNIT. WITH MALL OPERATION 68453 220 -43(5) REQUIREMENT 220 -43(A) REQUIREMENT OF THE MOTOR KVA x 1000 (150VA PER 2 FEET OF TRACK). (200VA PER FOOT OF SHOW IN SYSTEM. APPLIED FEEDER AMPERAGE (FIELD VERIFY MANAGER) 4 N.E.G. ARTICLE * N.E.C. ARTICLE ** USE GREATER VALUE m 125% OF THE LARGEST N.E.C. DEMAND SYSTEM VOLTAGE 68.653 x 1000 x NTS ., 52.5 AMPS 480 x 1.732 PANEL ID: LP LOCATION: CORRIDOR SERVICE PANEL MAINS NEUTRAL PANELBOARD TYPE 0 NONE 0 100% ❑ 200% GROUND BUS MFR: GENERAL ELEC. TYPE: AQ ENCLOSURE 100 AMPERES 0 MLO 0 MCB 0 TOP M BOTTOM ADDITIONAL LUGS 208 VOLTS PHASE -TO -PHASE 120 VOLTS PHASE -TO- GROUND 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE INTERRUPTING RATING NEMA TYPE: 1 MOUNTING: SURFACE INTEGRAL TVSS ❑ SUB -FEED ❑ THRU -FEED 0 STANDARD ❑ ISOLATED 10 KA RMS 0 FULL ❑ SERIES PER PHASE KA: 120 ABBREVIATIONS * = SPARE CKT BKR G = GFCI (5mA) E = GFEPCI (6 -50mA) MLO = MAIN LUGS ONLY 0 = BUSSED SPACE L = LOCK-ON CL P I = ISOLATED GROUND MCB = MAIN CKT BKR CIRCUIT KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION BREAKER SIZE (AMP /P) CIRCUIT NO. AND PHASE ABC BREAKER SIZE (AW /P) LOAD DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT KVA 0.52 0.45 0.50 0.40 0.00 0.54 0.00 0.00 0.38 0.00 0.00 0.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 STOREFRONT LGTS STOREFRONT LGTS CHANDELIER /EM SALES EX /EM /NLS * SALES DOWN LIGHTS * * FITTING ROOM LGTS * * NONSALES LIGHTS * * * 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 XII 2 IXI 4 IIX 6 XII 8 IXI 10 I X 12 X 114 IXI 16 IIX 18 XII 20 IXI 22 SIX 24 XII 26 XI 28 IX 30 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 STOREFRONT LGTS STOREFRONT LGTS TRACKLIGHTS TRACKLIGHTS TRACKLIGHTS SALES DOWN LIGHTS FR ALCOVE LIGHTS TRACKLIGHTS TRACKLIGHTS TRACKLIGHTS * * * * * 0.52 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.90 0.18 0.23 0.90 0.20 0.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 KVA LOADS CONNECTED KVA DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND KVA PANEL TOTALS PH.A PH.B PH.0 PH.A PH.B PH.0 LIGHTING RECEPTACLES MOTORS ELEC. HEAT ELEC. COOKING CLOTHES DRYERS MISCELLANEOUS 2.87 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.85 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.92 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.87 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.85 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.92 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 CONNECTED 8.64 KVA 23.98 AMPS DEMAND 8.64 KVA 23.98 AMPS TOTAL KVA /PH AMPS PER PHASE 2.87 23.92 2.85 23.75 2.92 24.33 OR NEC SECTION 2.87 23.92 2.85 23.75 2.92 24.33 FILENAME PANEL_PP PANEL ID: PP LOCATION: CORRIDOR SERVICE PANEL MAINS NEUTRAL PANELBOARD TYPE 100 AMPERES 0 MLO 0 MCB ❑ TOP ® BOTTOM ADDITIONAL LUGS ❑ NONE 1 100% ❑ 200% GROUND BUS MFR: GENERAL ELEC. TYPE: AQ ENCLOSURE 208 VOLTS PHASE -TO -PHASE 120 VOLTS PHASE- TO-GROUND 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE INTERRUPTING RATING NEMA TYPE: 1 MOUNTING: SURFACE INTEGRAL TVSS 0 SUB -FEED ❑ THRU -FEED (1 STANDARD M ISOLATED 10 KA RMS 0 FULL ❑ SERIES PER PHASE KA: 120 ABBREVIATIONS * = SPARE CKT BKR G = GFCI (5mA) E = GFEPCI (6.50mA) MLO = MAIN LUGS ONLY 0 = BUSSED SPACE L = LOCK -ON CL P I - ISOLATED GROUND MCB = MAIN CKT BKR CIRCUIT KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION BREAKER SIZE (AMP /P) CIRCUIT NO. AND PHASE ABC BREAKER SIZE (AMP /P) LOAD DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT KVA 1.08 0.86 0.72 0.72 0.36 0.36 0.72 0.36 0.50 0.00 0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 STOREFRONT REC XPONDR SALES RECEPTACLES CASH REGISTER CASH REGISTER UTILITY REC MANAGERS COMP SOUND SYSTEM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM * NONSALES RECEPT * * * * 20/1 L20/1 20/1 120/1 120/1 20/1 120/1 20/1 L20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 15/1 1 XII 3 IXI 5 IIX 7 XII 9 IXI 11 I 13 X 15 IXI 17 IIX 19 XII 21 IXI 23 IIX 25 XII 27 IXI 29 IIX 2 4 6 8 10 X 12 114 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 50/3 - - WATER COOLER RTU RECEPTACLES * DOORBELL SYSTEM MICROWAVE /REFRIG TELEPHONE BOARD NONSALES RECEPT * WATER HEATER 0 0 0 PANEL 'LP' 0.66 0.36 0.00 0.12 1.26 0.36 0.18 0.00 1.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.87 2.85 2.92 KVA LOADS CONNECTED KVA DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND KVA PANEL TOTALS PH.A PH.B PH.0 PH.A PH.B PH.0 LIGHTING RECEPTACLES MOTORS ELEC. HEAT ELEC. COOKING CLOTHES DRYERS MISCELLANEOUS 2.87 2.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.78 2.85 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.76 2.92 1.44 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.87 2.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.78 2.85 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.76 2.92 1.44 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 CONNECTED 19.12 KVA 53.07 AMPS DEMAND 19.12 KVA 53.07 AMPS TOTAL KVA /PH AMPS PER PHASE 6.35 52.92 6.41 53.42 6.36 53.00 OR NEC SECTION 6.35 52.92 6.41 53.42 6.36 53.00 FILENAME PANEL_PP FEEDER KEY 2 NO. OF 5E f'5 OF CONDUCTORS -4- 500+1/0 -4" SIZE KCMIL) T-- MINIMUM CONpUIT SIZE FOR EACH SET - GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE FOR EACH SET ('X' USED IF GROUND CONDUCTOR NOT USED) OF CONDUCTORS (Al. OR N FEEDER_ NO. OF POWER CONDUCTORS ALL CONDUCTOR SIZES BASED UPON 75° C THWNPTHHN FOR WET AND PRY LOCATIONS USING COPPER CONDUCTORS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. * REFER TO PLANS AND DETAILS FOR COMBINING CONDUCTORS FROM SEPARATE FEEDERS WITHIN SAME RACEWAY. MINIMUM SIZE CONDUIT SHOWN I5 FOR SINGLE FEEDERS ONLY. CONDUCTOR / BREAKER SIZES UNLESS NOTED OTI- IERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MINIMUM COPPER WIRE SIZES FOR NET AND DRY AREAS AS DEFINED SY THE N.E.C. S1 -TALL SE AS FOLLOWS: 20 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE 30 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE _ 40 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE 50 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OR. FUSE _ 100 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE 125 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE = 200 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE 225 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE #I2 AWG, TI- 11- IN /TI -IWN #10 AWG, TI-41-1N/TI-INN 48 AWG, THHN /TI 1WN #8 AWG, THHN /THWN 43 ANC, THI- 1N/THWN 42 AWG, THHN/THWN 43/0 ANC, T1- I1-1N /TI -INN #4/0 AWG, TI-11-1N/TI-INN CIRCUIT BREAKER /FUSE AND WIRE SIZE COMBINATIONS NOT SHOWN ABOVE SHALL BE APPROVED SY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. LANDLORD SUPPLIED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS_ FOR 100 AMP SERVICE IN 2" CONDUIT. LANDLORD SUPPLIED METER EXISTING LANDLORD'S POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 100A /3P OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE MOUNTED IN LANDLORD'S EXISTING DISTRIBUTION PANEL, INSTALLED BY LANDLORD AT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. PER NEC TABLE 310.16 #3 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR IS RATED FOR 100 AMPS. THIS SERVICE REQUIRES 82.5 AMPS, THUS THIS SIZE CONDUCTOR IS ADEQUATE. LANDLORD 1 1 .J 1_ J AIC: 26, 838A LEASE LINE TENANT SPACE 1- 3- -3 +8 -1 1/4" 100/3 1 OOA 18 KW HEATERS .AAV -1 , 1 1 10 KW HEATERS 1/2 HP MOTOR 122.1A, 1 112.2A, 11/3 HP MOTOR 1 PH 3W I 1 3PHV 31A1 I L_ _1 L__J 60/3 35A DISC-1 LANDLORD SUPPLIED DISCONNECT 30/3 20A DISC -2 8 "x8 "x30" WIRENAY 60/3 50A 1 2 10 +10 -3/4" 1 2 8 +10 -1" DISC -3 POWER RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NOT TO SCALE VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL POWER COMPANY PRIOR TO BID. INCLUDE IN BID THE COST OF ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR A FULLY OPERATIONAL ELECTRICAL SERVICE SYSTEM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO AI RATINGS, FEEDER SIZE, METER REQUIREMENTS, UPGRADE OF LANDLORD'S EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC. 1- 3- 6 +10 -1" PANEL PP 208/120V 30, 4W 100A M.C.B. #6 CU BOND TO BUILDING STEEL PANEL LP 208/120V 30, 4N I00A M.L DO1 1 4 8 +10 -1 I/2" 1- 4 -3 +8 -1 l/2 " + #8 ISOLATED GROUND. TRANSFORMER 30KVA, 48OV, 30 PRIMARY, 208V/120Y SECONDARY. SUSPEND TRANSFORMER FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE. TP -1 COMPLIANT. ROOF CEILING LIGHTING CONTACTOR CI FOR CONTROL OF LIGHTING. CONTACTOR CONTROLLED BY 7 -DAY TIME CLOCK, LIGHT SWITCHES, AND LANDLORD'S BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. LIGHTING CONTACTORS C2 AND C3 FOR CONTROL OF LIGHTING. CONTACTOR CONTROLLED SY LIGHT SWITCHES. ALL DISCONNECT SNITCHES AND /PANELS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON PLYWOOD BACK ERBOARDS. FLOOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR 51.4ALL 5ALANCE CONNECTED WATTAGE ACROSS ALL THREE PHASES TO +1- 7% AFTER ALL. CONNECTIONS ARE MADE AND RUNNING. PROVIDE BALANCE SHEET TO DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT PUNCHL 1ST . r CSC 1 0jil F°�rv�I I l:d•41 EIi z 0 W ce CO co co co co ILCD CAO LO o r. g P x.4 Y. Lc N Lo ca co v3 a m ° R, ri g *i n co 14 LI-IN- [� 8122 N UQ • aw= J �v ~ w Q (ID - 1 � Q cow --cnn cow EXPIRES a / /(D -D� THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILTY FORME USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. DRAWING NUMBER: E3.2 SAI # 07418 (7) SECTION E 2" CUT —OUT FOR WIRES SECTION D SECTION C 2211 19"x2" WIREWAY SLOT WIRE MAY BE RUN THROUGH THIS 4" BASE. ELEVATION A - CASH WRAP ELEVATION B - BACK WRAP 1q "x2" WIREWAY SLOT CONDUITS UP IN WALL SPACE (TYP) WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -11 PLAN VIEW 3/4" CONDUIT \1111111 WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -7 WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -9 19 "x2" WIREWAY SLOT CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE; REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. i 24" 7 (3) GENERAL NOTES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL CONDUITS AS SHOWN. ELIMINATE INTERIM JUNCTION BOXES WHEREVER POSSIBLE. SUPPLY PULLWIRE IN EACH CONDUIT. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. 2. NO CHASING DR CUTTING OF THE FLOOR SLAB WILL HE ALLOWED. ALL CONDUITS AND /OR PIPING MUST BE RUN BENEATH THE SLAB AND ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS SHALL BE FULLY SLEEVED AND FLASHED. COORDINATE ALL FLOOR SLAB GUTTING WITI -1 MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER. CODED NOTES t PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX AND 3/4" CONDUIT WITH CAT 5E CABLE FROM STUB UP IN BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP COUNTER BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD FOR EACH DUPLEX DATA OUTLET IN GASHWRAP. TELEPHONE CABLE AND OUTLETS FOR TWO LINE TELEPHONE AND MODEMS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DELIA'S TELEPHONE SYSTEMS VENDOR. TWO LINE TELEPHONE OUTLET TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 JACK LOCATED AT THE FAR LEFT SECTION OF THE CASI -4 WRAP. MODEM OUTLETS TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 OUTLET LOCATED AT THE CENTER AND FAR RIGHT OF THE CASHWRAP. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONNECTION TO POINT OF SALE BY DELIA'S STORE OPERATIONS. ( 2 ) GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TWO (2) LEVITON #ICI -5362 20 AMP ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES, AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR, IN CASHWRAP. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP AND EXTEND TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUND IN ONE (1) 1" CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR CASH REGISTERS. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ANY OTHER GIRCUITS. CONNECT 1" FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX TO ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES AS INDICATED. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO PANEL. (3) ( 4 ) ( 6 ) ( 7 ) ( S ) TWO (2) I CONDUITS WITH WIRING FOR DATA CABLING TO CAST -1 REGISTERS. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUITS BELOW FLOOR SLAB TO WALL AS SHOWN. ROUTE CONDUITS CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO AN S" X 8" X 4' PULLBOX ON WALL ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK AREA IN STOCKROOM. DATA CABLING FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL. INFORMATION. ( 10 ) ( 12 ) BUZZER IN OUTLET BOX WITH LOUVERED COVER PLATE MOUNTED IN BACKWRAP CABINET (BELOW COUNTER). EXTEND WIRE TO PUSH BUTTON AT REAR OF SPACE. BUZZER SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED HY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SEE POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (1) 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL. 20" x 23 -1/4" CUTOUT SPACE FOR CONDUIT STUB —UPS. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES IN CASHWRAP COUNTER AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AS PROVIDED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR IN BOXES. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITl -I CASHWRAP PROVIDER. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER IN BACKWRAP CABINET. CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR TI -1REE (3) 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DUPLE< RECEPTACLES. CONDUIT STUBBED UP 1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (TYP OF 6). FIELD VERIFY WITH CASH WRAP MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH — IN. PROVIDE TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUNDS FOR CASH REGISTERS, IDENTIFY CIRCUITS ON COVERPLATES. SEE PLAN VIEW FOR CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE CIRCUIT FOR GENERAL RECEPTACLE POWER. IDENTIFY CIRCUIT ON COVERPLATE. BEE PLAN VIEW FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. i)oimq r L_L.; 1 5 2007 ��r�Ir10 1 , k 1 0 N 0 P a s W Fuss wil) w ,.....k_ x aZ (3) 5 W NC]Q • r--- o w=. �v�LLI ......i rz),, 0 _ a 1 _ ui 4 coQ Imi rl I � W THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR IJASIIJTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPUCABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA, SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: E4.0 ti 0 8 DATE ISSUED: TISSUE 4 I ) 2 ) 4 2 4 TISSUE r MIMI • 77 IG � I" It 6; I CI ijI iJ T OPEN 0 11 9 Tom:. - -- -- -.�...■ • - - =MI U 0 © --W: 4 4 7 ■■ BO n__________ 1113:- BO ,D 106 I®®i : : lr rfro M LASER PRINTER ndD 11(719 � � r r mam © (7) SECTION E 2" CUT —OUT FOR WIRES SECTION D SECTION C 2211 19"x2" WIREWAY SLOT WIRE MAY BE RUN THROUGH THIS 4" BASE. ELEVATION A - CASH WRAP ELEVATION B - BACK WRAP 1q "x2" WIREWAY SLOT CONDUITS UP IN WALL SPACE (TYP) WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -11 PLAN VIEW 3/4" CONDUIT \1111111 WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -7 WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -9 19 "x2" WIREWAY SLOT CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE; REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. i 24" 7 (3) GENERAL NOTES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL CONDUITS AS SHOWN. ELIMINATE INTERIM JUNCTION BOXES WHEREVER POSSIBLE. SUPPLY PULLWIRE IN EACH CONDUIT. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. 2. NO CHASING DR CUTTING OF THE FLOOR SLAB WILL HE ALLOWED. ALL CONDUITS AND /OR PIPING MUST BE RUN BENEATH THE SLAB AND ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS SHALL BE FULLY SLEEVED AND FLASHED. COORDINATE ALL FLOOR SLAB GUTTING WITI -1 MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER. CODED NOTES t PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX AND 3/4" CONDUIT WITH CAT 5E CABLE FROM STUB UP IN BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP COUNTER BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD FOR EACH DUPLEX DATA OUTLET IN GASHWRAP. TELEPHONE CABLE AND OUTLETS FOR TWO LINE TELEPHONE AND MODEMS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DELIA'S TELEPHONE SYSTEMS VENDOR. TWO LINE TELEPHONE OUTLET TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 JACK LOCATED AT THE FAR LEFT SECTION OF THE CASI -4 WRAP. MODEM OUTLETS TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 OUTLET LOCATED AT THE CENTER AND FAR RIGHT OF THE CASHWRAP. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONNECTION TO POINT OF SALE BY DELIA'S STORE OPERATIONS. ( 2 ) GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TWO (2) LEVITON #ICI -5362 20 AMP ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES, AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR, IN CASHWRAP. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP AND EXTEND TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUND IN ONE (1) 1" CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR CASH REGISTERS. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ANY OTHER GIRCUITS. CONNECT 1" FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX TO ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES AS INDICATED. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO PANEL. (3) ( 4 ) ( 6 ) ( 7 ) ( S ) TWO (2) I CONDUITS WITH WIRING FOR DATA CABLING TO CAST -1 REGISTERS. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUITS BELOW FLOOR SLAB TO WALL AS SHOWN. ROUTE CONDUITS CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO AN S" X 8" X 4' PULLBOX ON WALL ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK AREA IN STOCKROOM. DATA CABLING FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL. INFORMATION. ( 10 ) ( 12 ) BUZZER IN OUTLET BOX WITH LOUVERED COVER PLATE MOUNTED IN BACKWRAP CABINET (BELOW COUNTER). EXTEND WIRE TO PUSH BUTTON AT REAR OF SPACE. BUZZER SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED HY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SEE POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (1) 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL. 20" x 23 -1/4" CUTOUT SPACE FOR CONDUIT STUB —UPS. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES IN CASHWRAP COUNTER AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AS PROVIDED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR IN BOXES. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITl -I CASHWRAP PROVIDER. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER IN BACKWRAP CABINET. CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR TI -1REE (3) 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DUPLE< RECEPTACLES. CONDUIT STUBBED UP 1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (TYP OF 6). FIELD VERIFY WITH CASH WRAP MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH — IN. PROVIDE TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUNDS FOR CASH REGISTERS, IDENTIFY CIRCUITS ON COVERPLATES. SEE PLAN VIEW FOR CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE CIRCUIT FOR GENERAL RECEPTACLE POWER. IDENTIFY CIRCUIT ON COVERPLATE. BEE PLAN VIEW FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. i)oimq r L_L.; 1 5 2007 ��r�Ir10 1 , k 1 0 N 0 P a s W Fuss wil) w ,.....k_ x aZ (3) 5 W NC]Q • r--- o w=. �v�LLI ......i rz),, 0 _ a 1 _ ui 4 coQ Imi rl I � W THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR IJASIIJTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPUCABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA, SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: E4.0 ti 0 8 DATE ISSUED: TISSUE WEI TISSUE TISSUE r � • 77 IG A II ICI I1 q 6; I CI ijI 1 j► I:I OPEN 0 11 9 • • • • • • 2 (7) SECTION E 2" CUT —OUT FOR WIRES SECTION D SECTION C 2211 19"x2" WIREWAY SLOT WIRE MAY BE RUN THROUGH THIS 4" BASE. ELEVATION A - CASH WRAP ELEVATION B - BACK WRAP 1q "x2" WIREWAY SLOT CONDUITS UP IN WALL SPACE (TYP) WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -11 PLAN VIEW 3/4" CONDUIT \1111111 WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -7 WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -9 19 "x2" WIREWAY SLOT CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE; REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. i 24" 7 (3) GENERAL NOTES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL CONDUITS AS SHOWN. ELIMINATE INTERIM JUNCTION BOXES WHEREVER POSSIBLE. SUPPLY PULLWIRE IN EACH CONDUIT. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. 2. NO CHASING DR CUTTING OF THE FLOOR SLAB WILL HE ALLOWED. ALL CONDUITS AND /OR PIPING MUST BE RUN BENEATH THE SLAB AND ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS SHALL BE FULLY SLEEVED AND FLASHED. COORDINATE ALL FLOOR SLAB GUTTING WITI -1 MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER. CODED NOTES t PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX AND 3/4" CONDUIT WITH CAT 5E CABLE FROM STUB UP IN BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP COUNTER BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD FOR EACH DUPLEX DATA OUTLET IN GASHWRAP. TELEPHONE CABLE AND OUTLETS FOR TWO LINE TELEPHONE AND MODEMS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DELIA'S TELEPHONE SYSTEMS VENDOR. TWO LINE TELEPHONE OUTLET TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 JACK LOCATED AT THE FAR LEFT SECTION OF THE CASI -4 WRAP. MODEM OUTLETS TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 OUTLET LOCATED AT THE CENTER AND FAR RIGHT OF THE CASHWRAP. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONNECTION TO POINT OF SALE BY DELIA'S STORE OPERATIONS. ( 2 ) GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TWO (2) LEVITON #ICI -5362 20 AMP ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES, AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR, IN CASHWRAP. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP AND EXTEND TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUND IN ONE (1) 1" CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR CASH REGISTERS. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ANY OTHER GIRCUITS. CONNECT 1" FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX TO ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES AS INDICATED. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO PANEL. (3) ( 4 ) ( 6 ) ( 7 ) ( S ) TWO (2) I CONDUITS WITH WIRING FOR DATA CABLING TO CAST -1 REGISTERS. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUITS BELOW FLOOR SLAB TO WALL AS SHOWN. ROUTE CONDUITS CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO AN S" X 8" X 4' PULLBOX ON WALL ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK AREA IN STOCKROOM. DATA CABLING FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL. INFORMATION. ( 10 ) ( 12 ) BUZZER IN OUTLET BOX WITH LOUVERED COVER PLATE MOUNTED IN BACKWRAP CABINET (BELOW COUNTER). EXTEND WIRE TO PUSH BUTTON AT REAR OF SPACE. BUZZER SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED HY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SEE POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (1) 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL. 20" x 23 -1/4" CUTOUT SPACE FOR CONDUIT STUB —UPS. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES IN CASHWRAP COUNTER AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AS PROVIDED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR IN BOXES. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITl -I CASHWRAP PROVIDER. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER IN BACKWRAP CABINET. CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR TI -1REE (3) 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DUPLE< RECEPTACLES. CONDUIT STUBBED UP 1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (TYP OF 6). FIELD VERIFY WITH CASH WRAP MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH — IN. PROVIDE TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUNDS FOR CASH REGISTERS, IDENTIFY CIRCUITS ON COVERPLATES. SEE PLAN VIEW FOR CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE CIRCUIT FOR GENERAL RECEPTACLE POWER. IDENTIFY CIRCUIT ON COVERPLATE. BEE PLAN VIEW FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. i)oimq r L_L.; 1 5 2007 ��r�Ir10 1 , k 1 0 N 0 P a s W Fuss wil) w ,.....k_ x aZ (3) 5 W NC]Q • r--- o w=. �v�LLI ......i rz),, 0 _ a 1 _ ui 4 coQ Imi rl I � W THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR IJASIIJTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPUCABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA, SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: E4.0 ti 0 8 DATE ISSUED: WEI © r � • 77 IG A II ICI I1 q POS 60 I CI ijI 1 j► I:I ill II H 7 0 11 9 • • • • • • 2 =MI U 0 © 4 4 4 ■■ (7) SECTION E 2" CUT —OUT FOR WIRES SECTION D SECTION C 2211 19"x2" WIREWAY SLOT WIRE MAY BE RUN THROUGH THIS 4" BASE. ELEVATION A - CASH WRAP ELEVATION B - BACK WRAP 1q "x2" WIREWAY SLOT CONDUITS UP IN WALL SPACE (TYP) WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -11 PLAN VIEW 3/4" CONDUIT \1111111 WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -7 WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -9 19 "x2" WIREWAY SLOT CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE; REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. i 24" 7 (3) GENERAL NOTES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL CONDUITS AS SHOWN. ELIMINATE INTERIM JUNCTION BOXES WHEREVER POSSIBLE. SUPPLY PULLWIRE IN EACH CONDUIT. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. 2. NO CHASING DR CUTTING OF THE FLOOR SLAB WILL HE ALLOWED. ALL CONDUITS AND /OR PIPING MUST BE RUN BENEATH THE SLAB AND ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS SHALL BE FULLY SLEEVED AND FLASHED. COORDINATE ALL FLOOR SLAB GUTTING WITI -1 MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER. CODED NOTES t PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX AND 3/4" CONDUIT WITH CAT 5E CABLE FROM STUB UP IN BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP COUNTER BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD FOR EACH DUPLEX DATA OUTLET IN GASHWRAP. TELEPHONE CABLE AND OUTLETS FOR TWO LINE TELEPHONE AND MODEMS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DELIA'S TELEPHONE SYSTEMS VENDOR. TWO LINE TELEPHONE OUTLET TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 JACK LOCATED AT THE FAR LEFT SECTION OF THE CASI -4 WRAP. MODEM OUTLETS TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 OUTLET LOCATED AT THE CENTER AND FAR RIGHT OF THE CASHWRAP. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONNECTION TO POINT OF SALE BY DELIA'S STORE OPERATIONS. ( 2 ) GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TWO (2) LEVITON #ICI -5362 20 AMP ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES, AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR, IN CASHWRAP. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP AND EXTEND TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUND IN ONE (1) 1" CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR CASH REGISTERS. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ANY OTHER GIRCUITS. CONNECT 1" FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX TO ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES AS INDICATED. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO PANEL. (3) ( 4 ) ( 6 ) ( 7 ) ( S ) TWO (2) I CONDUITS WITH WIRING FOR DATA CABLING TO CAST -1 REGISTERS. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUITS BELOW FLOOR SLAB TO WALL AS SHOWN. ROUTE CONDUITS CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO AN S" X 8" X 4' PULLBOX ON WALL ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK AREA IN STOCKROOM. DATA CABLING FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL. INFORMATION. ( 10 ) ( 12 ) BUZZER IN OUTLET BOX WITH LOUVERED COVER PLATE MOUNTED IN BACKWRAP CABINET (BELOW COUNTER). EXTEND WIRE TO PUSH BUTTON AT REAR OF SPACE. BUZZER SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED HY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SEE POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (1) 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL. 20" x 23 -1/4" CUTOUT SPACE FOR CONDUIT STUB —UPS. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES IN CASHWRAP COUNTER AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AS PROVIDED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR IN BOXES. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITl -I CASHWRAP PROVIDER. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER IN BACKWRAP CABINET. CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR TI -1REE (3) 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DUPLE< RECEPTACLES. CONDUIT STUBBED UP 1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (TYP OF 6). FIELD VERIFY WITH CASH WRAP MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH — IN. PROVIDE TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUNDS FOR CASH REGISTERS, IDENTIFY CIRCUITS ON COVERPLATES. SEE PLAN VIEW FOR CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE CIRCUIT FOR GENERAL RECEPTACLE POWER. IDENTIFY CIRCUIT ON COVERPLATE. BEE PLAN VIEW FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. i)oimq r L_L.; 1 5 2007 ��r�Ir10 1 , k 1 0 N 0 P a s W Fuss wil) w ,.....k_ x aZ (3) 5 W NC]Q • r--- o w=. �v�LLI ......i rz),, 0 _ a 1 _ ui 4 coQ Imi rl I � W THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR IJASIIJTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPUCABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA, SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: E4.0 ti 0 8 DATE ISSUED: POS 60 O 11 6 P © 2 m • '4 U 0 (7) SECTION E 2" CUT —OUT FOR WIRES SECTION D SECTION C 2211 19"x2" WIREWAY SLOT WIRE MAY BE RUN THROUGH THIS 4" BASE. ELEVATION A - CASH WRAP ELEVATION B - BACK WRAP 1q "x2" WIREWAY SLOT CONDUITS UP IN WALL SPACE (TYP) WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -11 PLAN VIEW 3/4" CONDUIT \1111111 WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -7 WIRE TO CIRCUIT PP -9 19 "x2" WIREWAY SLOT CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE NOTE; REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. i 24" 7 (3) GENERAL NOTES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL CONDUITS AS SHOWN. ELIMINATE INTERIM JUNCTION BOXES WHEREVER POSSIBLE. SUPPLY PULLWIRE IN EACH CONDUIT. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. 2. NO CHASING DR CUTTING OF THE FLOOR SLAB WILL HE ALLOWED. ALL CONDUITS AND /OR PIPING MUST BE RUN BENEATH THE SLAB AND ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS SHALL BE FULLY SLEEVED AND FLASHED. COORDINATE ALL FLOOR SLAB GUTTING WITI -1 MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER. CODED NOTES t PROVIDE A JUNCTION BOX AND 3/4" CONDUIT WITH CAT 5E CABLE FROM STUB UP IN BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP COUNTER BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD FOR EACH DUPLEX DATA OUTLET IN GASHWRAP. TELEPHONE CABLE AND OUTLETS FOR TWO LINE TELEPHONE AND MODEMS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DELIA'S TELEPHONE SYSTEMS VENDOR. TWO LINE TELEPHONE OUTLET TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 JACK LOCATED AT THE FAR LEFT SECTION OF THE CASI -4 WRAP. MODEM OUTLETS TO BE A SINGLE RJ45 OUTLET LOCATED AT THE CENTER AND FAR RIGHT OF THE CASHWRAP. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONNECTION TO POINT OF SALE BY DELIA'S STORE OPERATIONS. ( 2 ) GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TWO (2) LEVITON #ICI -5362 20 AMP ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES, AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR, IN CASHWRAP. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP AND EXTEND TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUND IN ONE (1) 1" CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR CASH REGISTERS. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ANY OTHER GIRCUITS. CONNECT 1" FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX TO ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES AS INDICATED. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO PANEL. (3) ( 4 ) ( 6 ) ( 7 ) ( S ) TWO (2) I CONDUITS WITH WIRING FOR DATA CABLING TO CAST -1 REGISTERS. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUITS BELOW FLOOR SLAB TO WALL AS SHOWN. ROUTE CONDUITS CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO AN S" X 8" X 4' PULLBOX ON WALL ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK AREA IN STOCKROOM. DATA CABLING FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL. INFORMATION. ( 10 ) ( 12 ) BUZZER IN OUTLET BOX WITH LOUVERED COVER PLATE MOUNTED IN BACKWRAP CABINET (BELOW COUNTER). EXTEND WIRE TO PUSH BUTTON AT REAR OF SPACE. BUZZER SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED HY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SEE POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (1) 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL. 20" x 23 -1/4" CUTOUT SPACE FOR CONDUIT STUB —UPS. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES IN CASHWRAP COUNTER AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AS PROVIDED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR IN BOXES. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITl -I CASHWRAP PROVIDER. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED BELOW COUNTER IN BACKWRAP CABINET. CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR TI -1REE (3) 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DUPLE< RECEPTACLES. CONDUIT STUBBED UP 1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (TYP OF 6). FIELD VERIFY WITH CASH WRAP MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH — IN. PROVIDE TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUNDS FOR CASH REGISTERS, IDENTIFY CIRCUITS ON COVERPLATES. SEE PLAN VIEW FOR CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE CIRCUIT FOR GENERAL RECEPTACLE POWER. IDENTIFY CIRCUIT ON COVERPLATE. BEE PLAN VIEW FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. i)oimq r L_L.; 1 5 2007 ��r�Ir10 1 , k 1 0 N 0 P a s W Fuss wil) w ,.....k_ x aZ (3) 5 W NC]Q • r--- o w=. �v�LLI ......i rz),, 0 _ a 1 _ ui 4 coQ Imi rl I � W THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR IJASIIJTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPUCABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA, SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: E4.0 ti 0 8 DATE ISSUED: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL APPLY TO ALL WORK DONE UNDER THIS CONTRACT: 1. ANY REFERENCE TO DELIA'S OR DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF TI-4E ABOVE REFERS TO DELIA'S, INC, 2. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 16. 3. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK 15 REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF HIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF HIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS TO COMPLY WITH THE DELIA'S SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 5. THIS CONTRACTOR 51-IALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK. 6. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT SID. B. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM ALL LABOR REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, IN SECTIONS 16010 THROUGH 16722, WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING 1. TEMPORARY SERVICE AS REQUIRED, 2. PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION BY ELECTRIC COMPANY. 3. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING SYSTEMS. 4. EMPTY CONDUIT TELEPHONE ONE SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 5- ELECTRICAL PANEL AND BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. 6. WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES. 7. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS, INSTALLATION AND WIRING. 6. LIGHTING CONTROLS. 1, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISH -LED SY OTHERS, SIGNS, CORNICE LIGHTING, CASE LIGHTING, ETC., AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 10. INSTALLATION AND WIRING OF SPEAKERS, AMPLIFIERS, CONDUIT FOR SOUND SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 11. SMOKE /FIRE ALARM WIRING, DEVICES AND CONDUIT, AS SHOWN OR DESCRIBED ON DRAWINGS OR AS NECESSARY TO MEET LANDLORD, STATE, LOCAL, INSURANCE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. 12, INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS STUBBED TO ABOVE CEILING FOR HVAC- ALSO, ANY ADDITIONAL CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT WHERE PLENUM RATED CABLES ARE NOT PERMITTED. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL ELECTRICITY PRIOR TO STORE MERCHANDISING, AND INCLUDE COST IN BID. G. WORK WHICH SHALL BE PERFORMED BY OTHERS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: 1. TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING THAT IS FURNISHED BY OTHERS PRE -WIRED IN UNITS. 2. TELEPHONES AND FINAL CONNECTION OF WIRING THERETO. 3. TELEPHONE LINES WIRING. 4. INTERNAL WIRING OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND PRE -WIRED BY OTHERS. 5. SECURITY SYSTEM FURNISHED AND INSTALLED SY DELIA'S SECURITY CONTRACTOR. D, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHER TRADES OR BY DELIA'S AND SPECIFIED IN OR SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS TO ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT FURNISHED SY OTHERS AS SPECIFIED IN OR SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. TEMPORARY WIRING FOR OTHER CONTRACTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL BE ENTIRELY RESPONSIBLE TO THE DELIA'S FOR THE SAFE AND SATISFACTORY OPERATION OF SAID TEMPORARY WIRING. CONTRACTOR REQUIRING SUCH TEMPORARY WIRING SHALL PAY FOR ALL DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RESULTING FROM ITS USE. COMPLY WITH LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (OSHA). PROVIDE PERSONNEL GROUND FAULT PROTECTION ON ALL TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS 30 AMPERES OR LESS. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS ON CONSTRUCTION CIRCUITS ARE NOT REQUIRED WHERE CIRCUIT 15 A PERMANENT CIRCUIT TO BE A PART OF THE COMPLETED BUILDING. HOWEVER, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE APPROVED CORD SETS INCORPORATING GEC! PROTECTION FOR PERSONNEL, SEE 2005 N.E.C. ALL FINISH PAINTING IS TO BE PERFORMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR EXCEPT THAT THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION ANY PAINTING DEFACED Sr HIM AFTER ORIGINAL PAINTING. E. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING, OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD. PATCHING IS TO BE "A5 NEW CONDITION ". F. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED 50 AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. G. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH 15 NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH 15 NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK OR WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PART OF CONTRACT. H. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH: 1. THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 2- STATE, CITY, AND COUNTY BUILDING GODES AND ORDINANCES. 3. NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS. 4. CERTAIN CODES AND STANDARDS AS SET UP BY VARIOUS TECHNICAL SOCIETIES SUCH AS UL, NEMA, NEGA, IEEE, ASTM, IES, ICEA, AND ANSI. 5. THIS WORK SHALL BE GOVERNED ALSO SY LOCAL INSPECTOR'S REQUIREMENTS. G. FEDERAL OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT STANDARDS. 7. AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. THIS CONTRACTOR 51 -TALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. TI-HS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT 15 ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL BE REIMBURSED BY DELIA'S TO THE CONTRACTOR. J. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD OR DEL-IA CRITERIA THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS , UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. K. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF SHALL- BE NEW , UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE= AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. L. ALL PERMITS REQUIRED BY LAWS, ORDINANCES AND BUILDING CODES HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL BE OBTAINED AT PROPER TIME BY AND AT THE EXPENSE OF THIS CONTRACTOR, M. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING LOCAL INSPECTION AUTHORITIES. N. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE SID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING, THROUGH SHOP DRAWING SUSMITTAL PROCESS, SY DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. O. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW SEVEN (7) WORKING DAYS FOR DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL- BEAR THE STAMP OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUB - CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BE TAKEN. P. FOR ANY PHASED STORE CONSTRUCTION, THIS CONTRACTOR 15 TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE CHANGES REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S ELECTRIC SERVICE IN OPERATION. CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE WITH DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LANDLORD (IN WRITING) ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE P.O.S., CASH REGISTERS, ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE OR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. ADVISE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT TIME OF BID IF ANY CONFLICTS EXIST. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK. COORDINATE ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO SE LEFT INTACT AND ADVISE DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT TIME OF BID, R. THIS CONTRACTOR 5HALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING CONDUIT, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, SWITCH SPECIFICALLY NOTED GEAR, PITCH POCKETS AND EQUIPMENT ETC. UNLESS SP OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT AND SWITCH GEAR PRIOR TO REMOVAL. PITCH POCKETS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED, AS REQUIRED SY TI-4E LANDLORD. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF /WALL /FLOOR PATCHED /REPAIRED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. EXISTING-, ABANDONED CONDUIT OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE, ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED CONDUIT MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN PROPOSAL. S. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. T. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS SHALL SE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, 50 AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. U. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL CONDUIT, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. V. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, WIRE, UNISTRUT, C- CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 1A1. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO OTHER CONDUIT OR PIPING. HANGERS UPPER ATTACHMENT MUST BE SUPPORTED FROM THE TOP OF T1-IE BAR JOIST. 1- HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, IN ORDER TO SUPPORT CONDUIT, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH 51-4ALL SE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, JUNCTION BOXES, ACCESS DOORS, OTHER EQUIPMENT SERVICE REQUIREMENTS AND /OR OTHER TRADES. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. X. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO TI-4E ARCHITECT A CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL FROM THE ABOVE DEPARTMENT BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT ON CONTRACT WILL BE ALLOWED. Y. TEST ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS FOR CONTINUITY AND GROUNDS BEFORE ANY EQUIPMENT 15 CONNECTED. WHEN DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT, DEMONSTRATE BY PROPER VOLTAGE MEGGER TEST OF INSULATION RESISTANCE OF ANY CONDUCTORS AND REPLACE ALL CONDUCTORS WHICH FAIL SAID TESTS UNTIL ALL CONDUCTORS ARE FREE FROM INSULATION FAULTS. Z. ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS ARE SCHEMATIC. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE DETERMINED BY EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT, ETC., AND MAY BE REVISED TO SUIT THE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS AND AID IN COORDINATION WITH WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN WRITING OF ANY VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID. OTHERWISE, DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL- WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. AA, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO INDICATE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND OTHER ITEMS OF VARIOUS ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS OF PROJECT. EXACT LOCATIONS AND ROUGH -IN DIMENSIONS FOR ALL WORK AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM ARCHITECT OR 1-1I5 REPRESENTATIVE AS WORK PROGRESSES. SHOULD THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FAIL TO PROPERLY OBTAIN SUCH LOCATIONS OR DIMENSIONS, HE SHALL CHANGE TI-115 WORK AT 1-115 EXPENSE WHEN REQUESTED BY ARCHITECT. ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE MINOR CHANGES IN LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK OR EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGHING IN WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. DELIA'S RESERVES THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLETS OR FIXTURES BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. BB. THE ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DIRECT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ANY ITEM WHICH, IN HIS OPINION, SHALL NOT PRESENT AN ORDERLY OR REASONABLY NEAT OR WORKMANLIKE APPEARANCE, PROVIDED THAT SUCH ITEM CAN BE PROPERLY INSTALLED IN SUCH ORDERLY WAY SY METHODS USUAL IN SUCH WORK, OR WHICH DOES NOT COMPLY WITH CONTRACT DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. SUCH REMOVALS OR REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR WHEN 50 DIRECTED IN WRITING BY ARCHITECT AND AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. CC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE .. = ORDERS. B. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. DD. AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL- MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS STAMPED "DO NOT REMOVE" SHALL BE PLACED IN DRAWING TUBE LOCATED NEXT TO THE ELECTRICAL PANELS (SEE ARCHITECTURAL ( DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION). A SECOND AS -BUILT SET SHALL BE SENT TO DELIA'S OFFICES. EE. THE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN THE WORK SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NO MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ORDERED UNTIL REVIEWED BY ENGINEER. FF. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS PER THE DOCUMENTS PROVIDED BY DELIA'S. GG. MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG CUTS MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR STANDARD CATALOG LIGHTING FIXTURES AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. CATALOG CUTS MAY BE MARKED UP TO MEET THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. GUTS SHALL BE MARKED TO INDICATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE, TYPE, COLOR, RATING, ETC., OF THE ITEM TO BE FURNISHED. 1414. PROVIDE INSTRUCTION TO DELIA'S OPERATING PERSONNEL AS NECESSARY, SHOWING LOCATIONS AND PROPER OPERATION OF MAJOR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND REFERRING TO THE OPERATING INSTRUCTION MANUAL DESCRIBED BELOW AS A GUIDE. II. COMPILE TWO (2) WRITTEN MANUALS OF OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND A LISTING OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS, ASSEMBLE IN 8 -1/2" X 11" HARD BACKED INDEXED BINDER. MATERIAL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. TITLE PAGE: TITLE OF JOB, LANDLORD, DELIA, ADDRESS, DATE OF SUBMISSION, CONTRACTOR, AND ENGINEER. 2. INDEX 3. LIST OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT USED IN PROJECT ACCOMPANIED BY CONTRACTOR PURCHASE ORDER NUMBERS AND SUPPLIERS' NAMES AND ADDRESSES. 4. ONE COPY OF EACH S1-10P DRAWING GROUPED BY TYPES OF EQUIPMENT, I.E., LIGHTING FIXTURES, PANEL-BOARDS, ETC. 5. SECTION FOR EACH SYSTEM, INCLUDING: a. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OPERATION WITH LOCATION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS. b. LIST OF ITEMS IN SYSTEM REQUIRING PERIODIC SERVICE. REQUIRES SEPARATE SECTION FOR EACH OF ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM W FROM THE SERVICE ENTRANCE TO EACH LIGHTING AND POWER PANEL AND OTHER SYSTEMS (I.E. CONTROL SYSTEMS AND ANY OTHER GENERAL CONTRACTOR SYSTEM LISTED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS.) JJ. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE 1-115 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIAL, EXCEPT FOR OWNER - SUPPLIED MATERIAL, FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LEAVE H15 WORK IN PERFECT ORDER AT COMPLETION, KK, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE 1415 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS, EXCEPT FOR DELIA - SUPPLIED MATERIALS, FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE (IN WRITING) OF THE INSTALLATION B1' DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/ENGINEERING MANAGER AND LEAVE HIS WORK IN PERFECT ORDER AT COMPLETION. LL. SHOULD DEFECTS DEVELOP WITHIN GUARANTEE PERIOD, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL, UPON NOTICE OF SAME, REMEDY SUCH DEFECTS AND HAVE DAMAGES TO OTHER WORK OR FURNISHINGS CAUSED SY DEFECTS OR WORK OR CORRECTIONS TO SAME REPAIRED AND /OR REPLACED AT HIS EXPENSE TO CONDITION BEFORE SUCH DEFECTS OR DAMAGE. MM. DELIA'S, INC. SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE 12 -MONTH WARRANTY FOR ALL PARTS ON EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY DELIA'S AND DELIA'S VENDORS. THIS CONTRACTOR. SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM, AND AS SUCH, NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. 16100 ELECTRICAL BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS A. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS SHALL SE ENCLOSED IN CONTINUOUS GROUNDED RACEWAY SYSTEM EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED (I.E. LOW -- VOLTAGE PLENUM -RATED WIRE). NO OTHER CIRCUITS ARE TO BE RUN IN SAME CONDUIT FEEDING ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES. S. RACEWAY AND ENCLOSURE SIZES SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR, IF NOT SHOWN, SHALL BE SIZED TO COMPLY WITH N.E.G. FILL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONDUCTORS ENCLOSED. G. PULL OR JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL RACEWAY SYSTEMS AT MAXIMUM OF 100 FOOT INTERVALS AND WHERE REQUIRED TO AVOID EXCESSIVE NUMBER OF BENDS, TO FACILITATE WIRE PULLING OR TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO RACEWAY SYSTEM. BOXES AND COVERS SHALL SE GALVANIZED STEEL OF CODE GAUGE SIZE. ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS, THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES MUST BE LABELED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND SYSTEM TYPE ON COVER. D. RACEWAYS AND ENCLOSURES SHALL BE ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE WITH APPROVED SUPPORT RODS AND /OR CLAMPS. E. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE RIGID HEAVYWALL GALVANIZED STEEL OR THIN WALL EMT WHERE PERMITTED SY CODE OR AS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED. PVC. SCHEDULE 80 CONDUIT MAY SE USED UNDER FLOOR SLAB. ROMEX, 13X OR AC, ETC. ARE NOT PERMITTED. MINIMUM SIZE OF CONDUIT SHALL BE I /2" FOR INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING FIXTURE CONNECTIONS OR TO INDIVIDUAL LIGHT SWITCHES (IF ACCEPTABLE BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS) AND 3/4" FOR ALL OTHER LOCATIONS. IF HVAC CONTROL WIRING 15 REQUIRED TO BE RUN IN CONDUIT, IT SI -{ALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4 ", UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. ALL IN /UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT SHALL BE OF MINIMUM 3/4" SIZE. F. ALL CONDUIT FITTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED MALLEABLE IRON OR STEEL. CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS SHALL BE THREADED OR CUPPED SET SCREW TYPE, CONCRETE TIGHT. CONDUIT BODIES SHALL BE MALLEABLE IRON, THREADED FOR HEAVYWALL CONDUIT AND CUPPED SET SCREW TYPE FOR EMT, WITH CADMIUM FINISH AND CADMIUM PLATED SHEET STEEL COVERS. SYNTHETIC RUBBER GASKETS SHALL BE USED UNDER BODY COVERS EXPOSED TO WEATHER. EMT CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSULATED THROAT TYPE. G. EMT THIN WALL CONDUIT MAY BE USED INSIDE HOLLOW PARTITIONS AND ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND EXPOSED ABOVE 5' -0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OR ABOVE PANEL-BOARDS. EMT CONDUIT MAY NOT BE USED BURIED IN EARTH OR FILL, IN OR UNDER CONCRETE FLOOR OR IN POURED CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION. PVC. CONDUIT USED UNDER FLOOR SLABS SHALL HAVE RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL ELLS AND METALLIC CONDUIT ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. H. CONDUIT SHALL GENERALLY BE CONGEALED WHERE POSSIBLE. NO CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN IN SLAG, EXCEPT AS REQUIRED FOR FLOOR- MOUNTED DEVICES. PROVIDE PROPERLY LABELED PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. 1. EXPOSED CONDUIT WILL BE PERMITTED IN ELECTRIC ROOMS, AND SIMILAR UNFINISHED SPACES, OVERHEAD IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILINGS AND ELSEWHERE AT THE DISCRETION OF THE ARCHITECT. J. INSTALL EXPANSION FITTINGS AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE CONDUITS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS OR TRAVERSE FROM ONE INDEPENDENT STRUCTURE TO ANOTHER. INSTALL WHEREVER CONDUITS TRAVERSE STRUCTURES HAVING SEPARATE FOUNDATIONS OR WHERE EXISTING BUILDINGS ARE JOINED TO A NEW STRUCTURE. K. DURING ROUGHING -IN, CAP ALL CONDUITS WHICH MAY BECOME FOULED WITH FOREIGN MATERIAL. 1, FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL SE USED FOR "MAKEUP" CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT, MOTORS, AND AS OTHERWISE NECESSARY OR PERMITTED BY CODE. LIGHTING FIXTURES MAY BE SUPPLIED WITH SHORT LENGTHS ( MAX. 6' -0" ) OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SPECIFIED IN "GROUNDING ". 2. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE UL APPROVED 1/2" MINIMUM TRADE SIZE, FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR IMC TYPE CABLE MUST SE THE SAME SIZE AS THE IMC OR EMT CONDUIT TO WNIGH IT 15 CONNECTED. BOTH THE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND ITS FITTINGS S HALL B E LISTED FOR GROUNDING. 3. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND LIQUID -TIGHT FITTINGS SHALL BE USED IN AREAS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER OR EXCESSIVE MOISTURE. L. NO MORE THAN FOUR (4) q0- DEGREE SENDS WILL BE ALLOWED IN ANY ONE ( ) CONDUIT RUN. WHERE MORE BENDS ARE NECESSARY IN ANY SINGLE RUN, A PULL BOX SHALL BE INSTALLED. PULL BOXES SMALL ALSO BE INSTALLED IN LONG RUNS AT A MAXIMUM SEPARATION OF 100' -0" ALL CONDUIT EXCEPT IN CONCRETE SLAB OR EARTI --I SMALL BE ROUTED' PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO THE LINES OF THE BUILDING, AND NO OUT -OF -PLUMB OR DIAGONAL LINES WILL BE ACCEPTED. M. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MINIMUM COPPER WIRE SIZES FOR WET AND DRY AREAS AS DEFINED BY THE N.E.C. SHALL BE A5 FOLLOWS: 20 AMP GKT BKR OR FUSE = 1412 AWG, THHN/THWN 30 AMP CKT BKR OR FUSE = #10 AWG, THHN/THWN 40 AMP GKT BKR OR FUSE = #8 AWG, THHN/THWN 50 AMP CKT BKR OR FUSE _ #8 AWG, THHN/THWN 100 AMP CKT BKR OR FUSE = #3 AWG, TNHN /TIHWN 125 AMP GKT BKR OR FUSE = #$1 AWG, THHN/THWN 200 AMP CKT BKR OR FUSE = #3/0 ANC, TNHN /THWN MINIMUM WIRE SIZES FOR 20A BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE ADJUSTED FOR DISTANCE, MEASURED FROM THE PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER TO THE FURTHEST OUTLET, AS FOLLOWS: LESS THAN 100 FT - #I2 BETWEEN 101 AND 150 FEET - #10 BETWEEN 151 AND 250 FEET - #8 OVER 251 FEET - #6 CONDUCTORS USED FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUITS SMALL 81; #1D AWG , MINIMUM, AND SHALL BE RUN IN SEPARATE CONDUIT USED FOR NO OTHER PURPOSE. CONDUCTORS Y BE STRANDED FOR SIZES #10 AWG AND LARGER. MAY CONDUCTORS M #12 AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID (NOT STRANDED). ON ALL 20 AMP BRANCH H CIRCUITS, AWG ITHIN 10 ET RS 10 AWG SHALL SE REDUCED # FEET LARGER GER THAN AN # AND DEVICES IN BOXES ON RATED TERMINAL STRIPS. N. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED, EXCEPT AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, . WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, CONDUCTOR CONNECTION MUST BE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR MUST ADVISE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WHEN USED. O. THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODE SHALL BE USED: 205/12D VOLT 277/480 VOLT . 001146061 4.S",6)0 Pc- 4 ,46� M,{�" � �N � L� �� D Q 1t ::.K ‘ e+ � '-' ' A GEC 1 3 ��� Ft.,EriM6 6 L;Li•.r 6tH ) S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH 43081 ne: (614) 645 -4550 Fax: (614) 545 -4555 ill: info@shremshock.com - PHASE A SLACK BROWN PHASE B RED PURPLE PHASE C BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY GROUND GREEN GREEN ISOLATED GREEN/ GREEN/ GROUND YELLOW STRIPE YELLOW STRIPE P CIRCUIT BREAKER /FUSE AND WIRE SIZE COMBINATIONS NOT SHOWN ABOVE SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. Q. FURNISH AND INSTALL WIRING DEVICES INCLUDING SWITCHES RECEPTACLES AND POWER RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE OUTLET BOXES, COVER PLATES AND BLANK OUTLET PLATES AS SHOWN OR DESCRIBED ON DRAWINGS. R. OUTLETS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR DEVICES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, SPECIAL OUTLETS AND AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. ALL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED PRESSED STEEL OF THE STANDARD KNOCKOUT TYPE. NO ROUND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PERMITTED, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS. CONCEALED BOXES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 4" SQUARE AND 1 -1/2" DEEP WITH PLASTER RINGS. ' ALL KNOCKOUT BOXES, UPON WHICH LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED, SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH 3/8' FIXTURE STUDS. S. EXTERIOR BOXES SHALL BE CAST RUST- RESISTING METAL WITH GASKETED COVERS, INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF FLOORS, CEILINGS WALLS ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO BE PROVIDED WITH CADDY "QUICK -MOUNT BOX SUPPORT" TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING /UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, HANDICAP CODES OR LOCAL CODES, OUTLET HEIGHTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. SWITCH HEIGHT 44" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. 2. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS: a. SALES' 15" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. Ea. NON- SALES: 18" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET 3. TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE LOCATED AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS, T. RECESSED OUTLET BOXES SHALL SE STAMPED STEEL SUITABLE FOR THE DEVICE INSTALLED. SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE CAST IRON SUITABLE FOR THE DEVICE INSTALLED, U. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL SEA MINIMUM OF 20 AMPERE RATING. V. COLOR OF DEVICES AND PLATES SHALL BE WHITE. T1-1E DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE TYPES AND RATINGS LISTED, OR EQUALS BY ARROW -HART, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR PASS AND SEYMOUR. WEATHERPROOF GEC' RECEPTACLES 5HALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES: 20AMP - 120 -277V: HUBBELL "1-113L1221" THREE WAY SWITCHES: 20AMP - 120 -277V: HUBBELL '11-115L1223" DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - 125V: LEVITON "5352" ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - 125V: LEVITON "5362IG" GEC' RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - I25V: LEVITON "B " ALL DEVICE COVER PLATES SHALL. BE PASS AND SEYMOUR SERIES "RP" OR EQUAL BY EAGLE ELECTRIC MFG. CO. OTHER EQUIVALENT DEVICES WITH MATCHING COVER PLATES MAY BE FURNISHED A5 APPROVED SY DELIA'S. W. COVER PLATES FOR SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES SHALL BE STAMPED STEEL SUITABLE FOR THE PARTICULAR BOX AND DEVICE CONFIGURATION, X. WIRING DEVICES, UNLESS OTHERWISE PROPERLY AUTHORIZED, SHALL BE SAME MANUFACTURERS ONLY; NO ADDITIONAL MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE PERMITTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY DELIA'S. Y. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED. Z. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL MOTOR CONTROLS, INCLUDING STARTERS, SAFETY DEVICES AND REMOTE CONTROL STATIONS, UNLESS FURNISHED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER IN PRE -WIRED ASSEMBLIES. AA. FURNISH AND INSTALL MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH OVERLOAD RELAYS IN EACH LINE CONDUCTOR FOR ALL FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS NOT EQUIPPED WITH BUILT -IN RUNNING OVERGURRENT PROTECTION, NOT REQUIRING AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS. BB. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL INCLUDE OVERLOAD RELAYS IN ALL LINE PO SIZED NEON TRIP LIGH AT 125% OF MOTOR FULL LOAD RUNNING N FAC CURRENT, NEON PILOT LIGHTS, AND NEMA ENCLOSURES, AS MANUFAC SY GENERAL ELECTRIC ALLEN BRADLEY CUTLER HAMMER SIEMENS, OR SQUARE -D. (CONTINUED ON SHEET E5.1.) ION E:�S�15iES p -// -p THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NORESPONSI6141TYOR UAMIUTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEW AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUC SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLYAPPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA SAI # 07418 ' DRAWING NUMBER: 5•0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED) (CONTINUED FROM SHEET 1=5.0.) CC. FURNISH AND INSTALL AUTOMATIC MOTOR STARTERS FOR 1 HP OR LARGER SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS OR MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT FURNISHED WITHOUT STARTERS, REQUIRING AUTOMATIC. STARTERS FOR CONTROL REGARDLESS OF HORSEPOWER RATING. ALL THREE PHASE STARTERS SHALL HAVE ANTI - SINGLE PHASING, UNDERVOLTAGE PROTECTION, AND PHASE REVERSAL PROTECTION RELAYS EITHER INCLUDED IN STARTERS OR WIRED TO STARTER CONTROL CIRCUIT. DD. PROTECTIVE RELAYS SHALL HAVE ADJUSTABLE TIME DELAY RELAY IN CIRCUIT TO AVOID NUISANCE SHUT DOWNS. TIME MARK OR SIMILAR EQUIPMENT IS ACCEPTABLE, IF PROTECTION 15 NOT PART OF STARTER, DO NOT RELY ON PROPERLY SIZED FUSES AND MOTOR STARTER OVERLOAD HEATERS ALONE TO AVOID SINGLE PHASING BURNOUTS. EE. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONTACTORS, CONTROL RELAYS, PUSHBUTTON STATIONS, SELECTOR SWITCHES, PILOT LIGHTS, FUSES AND SIMILAR CONTROL AUXILIARIES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND /OR REQUIRED TO PROVIDE PROPER CONTROL AND ISOLATION BETWEEN VARIOUS AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FF. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS FEEDING MOTOR LOADS SHALL BE HACR TYPE. GG. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SAME MAKE AS MOTOR STARTERS. PUSHBUTTON STATIONS, SELECTOR SWITCHES, PILOT LIGHTS: HEAVY DUTY, OIL TIGHT, STANDARD SIZE, WITH TRANSFORMER TYPE PILOT LIGHTS, FLUSH MOUNTED WHERE PRACTICAL, HH. BOND ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL TO EARTH, GROUND RODS OR PLATES, OR WATER SYSTEM. IL BOND ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT TO N.E.C. (2005) ACCEPTABLE GROUNDS ONLY. JJ. ANY ACCESS PANELS REQUIRED, BUT NOT SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AS FURNISHED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FURNISHED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH DESIGN TO BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT BEFORE GENERAL CONTRACTOR STARTS INSTALLATION. KK, FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE GROUNDING SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF TI-4E NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. LL. A SEPARATE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, MINIMUM SIZE PER NEC TABLE 250.122, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS AND CONTROL CIRCUITS. CONDUCTOR INSULATION SHALL BE GREEN. MM. CONDUIT SYSTEM SHALL SE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON - CURRENT CARRYING METALS TO BE GROUNDED. ALL LOCK NUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON - CURRENT CARRYING METALS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. NN. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE BONDED TO A GROUND CONDUCTOR USING A #12 AWG MINIMUM BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN RECEPTACLE TERMINAL AND GROUND CONDUCTOR. METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. 00. BOND TRANSFORMER NEUTRAL TO A GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. PP. THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR FOR SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS, SUCH AS DRY - --TYPE TRANSFORMERS, SHALL BE RUN IN NON - METALLIC (PVC) CONDUIT TO MINIMIZE GROUND IMPEDANCE. QQ. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE GROUNDED BY THE USE OF A PIGTAIL FASTENED ON BARE METAL THAT IS FREE OF PAINT. RR. SEAL AROUND ALL ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED FLOORS AND WALLS. 16115 TELEPHONE AND DATA CONDUIT SYSTEM A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A SYSTEM OF CONDUIT RACEWAYS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL WIRES, AND TERMINAL BOARDS AS 51-1OWN ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. TELEPHONE SWITCHING APPARATUS, CONDUCTORS, INSTRUMENTS, MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES ARE NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT AND WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. B. CONDUITS FOR TELEPHONE WALL OUTLETS AND DATA WIRING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C. FURNISH AND INSTALL A 3/4 THICK, FIRE- TREATED, PLYWOOD TELEPHONE BACKBOARD AT LOCATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE PLYWOOD BACKBOARD SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE BUILDING WALLS TO SUPPORT RELAY PANELS, TERMINAL BLOCKS AND OTHER HARDWARE WEIGHING APPROXIMATELY 10 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT. D. ALL CONDUIT RUNS FOR DATA AND TELEPHONE SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO JUNCTION BOXES EXCEPT AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. THIS INCLUDES BUT 15 NOT LIMITED TO RUNS BETWEEN TELEPHONE BOARD, MANAGER'S OFFICE, SOUND SYSTEM, CASHWRAPS AND TELEPHONE SETS. E. INSTALL PULL STRING IN EMPTY CONDUITS, ALL PULL STRINGS SHALL BE LABELED FOR PURPOSE DESIGNATED. F. INSTALL #6 GROUND WIRE FROM TELEPHONE BACKBOARD TO SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUND PER TELEPHONE COMPANY'S REQUIREMENTS. G. OUTLET BOXES TO BE 4" SQUARE MINIMUM WITH SINGLE DEVICE COVER AND TELEPHONE PLATE. 16300 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO INSTALL ALL OF THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE FROM THE LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL SERVICE ROOM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE SECONDARY CABLES, CONDUIT, PULL WIRE AND GROUND ROD AND SLEEVE AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THE DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND PANELBOARD WITH THIS WORK. B. COORDINATE WORK PROVIDED BY LANDLORD PRIOR. TO BID AND INCLUDE THE COST OF ANY SUCH WORK AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD. WIRING OF METERING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS DIRECTED BY THE ELECTRIC COMPANY. C. METERING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY ELECTRIC COMPANY AND INSTALLED AS DIRECTED BY SAME AND PER CODE- D. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY -DUTY TYPE, UL LISTED, E. ALL SWITCHES SHALL HAVE SWITCH BLADES WHICI -H ARE FULLY VISIBLE IN THE "OFF" POSITION WHEN THE SWITCH DOOR IS OPEN. SWITCHES SHALL HAVE REMOVABLE ARC SUPPRESSORS WHERE NECESSARY TO PERMIT EASY ACCESS TO LINE SIDE LUGS. LUGS SHALL BE FRONT REMOVABLE AND UL LISTED FOR 75 DEGREES G., ALUMINUM OR COPPER WIRES. F. SWITCHES 5HALL BE QUICK -MAKE, QUICK - BREAK. THE OPERATING HANDLE SHALL BE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE BOX, NOT TI-HE COVER. PROVISIONS FOR PADLOCKING THE SWITCH IN THE "OFF" POSITION WITH AT LEAST THREE LOCKS SHALL BE PROVIDED. SNITCHES 51ALL HAVE A DUAL COVER INTERLOCK TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED OPENING OF THE SWITCH DOOR WHEN THE HANDLE 15 IN THE "ON" POSITION, AND TO PREVENT CLOSING OF TIE SWITCH MECHANISM WITH THE DOOR OPEN. THE HANDLE POSITION SHALL INDICATE WHETHER THE SWITCH I5 "ON" OR "OFF ". G . SWITCHES SHALL BE FURNISHED IN NEMA 1 GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE EXCEPT ALL SWITCHES LOCATED OUTDOORS SHALL BE NEMA 3R WEATHERPROOF (WP). NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM GALVANIZED STEEL, ENCLOSURES SHALL HAVE A GRAY BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, ELECTRODEPOSITED, ON CLEANED, PHOSPHATIZED STEEL. H. SWITCHES SHALL SE RATED FOR AG. FUSIBLE SWITCHES MUST ACCEPT CLASS R FUSES AND HAVE PROVISIONS TO REJECT ALL FUSES EXCEPT CLASS R. THE UL LISTED SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OF THE SWITCHES SHALL BE 200,000 RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES WHEN CLASS R FUSES ARE USED. I. PRODUCT SHALL SE GENERAL ELECTRIC. EQUAL PRODUCT BY SIEMENS, SQUARE D OR CUTLER HAMMER MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. J. NAMEPLATES SHALL INDICATE FUNCTION OF EACH DEVICE. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE LAMINATED PHENOLIC WITH A WHITE SURFACE AND BLACK GORE. USE 1/16" THICK MATERIAL FOR PLATES UP TO 2" X 4 ". FOR LARGER SIZES, USE 1 /5" THICK MATERIAL. K. ALL FUSES SHALL SE BUSSMANN, SIZES AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. L. ALL FUSES SHALL BE UL LISTED, CURRENT - LIMITING TYPE, MINIMUM 200,000 AMPS INTERRUPTING CAPACITY. M. FUSES 1 AMP AND ABOVE SHALL BE BUSSMANN "LOW PEAK" RK -L 250 VOLT FUSES SHALL BE USED ON 208/120 VOLT SYSTEMS. 600 VOLT FUSES SHALL BE USED ON 480/277 VOLT SYSTEMS. N. CONTROL FUSES FOR MOTOR STARTERS, CONTACTORS, AND CONTROL PANEL TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE BUSSMANN FNQ -R SIZED AT 500% RATED CURRENT. 0. FURNISH SPARE FUSES TO THE OWNER IN TI-IE FOLLOWING QUANTITIES: 10% OF TOTAL PROJECT QUANTITY (BUT NOT LESS THAN THREE (3) FOR EACI-1 TYPE AND RATING OF FUSES). P. TYPED LIST OF ALL SPARES SHALL ALSO BE INCLUDED. Q. FURNISH AND INSTALL CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE POWER, HEATING AND LIGHTING PANELBOARDS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. R. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LISTED UNDER UL 67 AND SHALL NAVE APPROPRIATE LABELING. ALL BUSSING SHALL BE SOLID COPPER. 5. PANELBOARDS FOR USE ON 450Y/277V VOLT SYSTEM SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM INTEGRATED EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING OF 14,000 AMPS RMS SYMMETRICAL. PANELBOARDS FOR USE ON 208Y/120V VOLT SYSTEM SHALL NAVE A MINIMUM INTEGRATED EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING OF 10,000 AMPS RMS SYMMETRICAL. EXACT RATING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT FROM UTILITY. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH PANELS BASED ON UTILITY COMPANY INFORMATION. ALL LUG CONNECTIONS SHALL BE 75 °C RATED. T. PANELBOARD FRONT ASSEMBLY SHALL INCLUDE A HINGED DOOR WITH A FLUSH MOUNTED CYLINDER LOCK TYPE SPRING LOADED LATCH, ALL LOCKS SHALL BE KEYED ALIKE. DOOR SHALL INCLUDE A TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY CARD MOUNTED IN A FRAME WITI -H A CLEAR PLASTIC PROTECTIVE COVER. U. EACH PANELBOARD SHALL HAVE A FULL CAPACITY SOLID COPPER NEUTRAL SUBASSEMBLY. V. EACH PANELBOARD SHALL INCLUDE A SOLID COPPER GROUND BUS SUBASSEMBLY, SIMILAR IN CONSTRUCTION TO THE NEUTRAL SUBASSEMBLY, FACTORY MOUNTED AND BONDED TO THE BOX. W. INTERIOR LABELING SHALL INCLUDE A CONNECTION DIAGRAM AND LABELS INDICATING PROPER TORQUE AND WIRE TYPES FOR MAIN INPUT CONNECTIONS AND BOTH LINE AND LOAD SIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER CONNECTIONS. X. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE QUICK MAKE, QUICK BREAK, THERMAL_ MAGNETIC. TRIP (ENCLOSURE COMPENSATED), MOLDED CASE TYPE, UL LISTED. 15 AND 20 AMP SINGLE POLE BREAKERS SHALL CARRY TI-4E UL "SWD" MARKING. LINE SIDE TERMINALS SHALL BE BOLTED TO MAIN BUSBARS. BREAKER RATINGS SHALL BE PER DRAWINGS. Y. TERMINALS FOR CONNECTION OF THE FEEDER TO THE PANELBOARD MAINS TO MAIN BREAKER SHALL BE UL RECOGNIZED AS SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE OF CONDUCTORS SPECIFIED. Z NAMEPLATES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE FUNCTION OF EACH DEVICE. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE LAMINATED PHENOLIC WITH A WHITE SURFACE AND BLACK CORE. USE 1/16" THICK MATERIAL FOR PLATES UP TO 2" X 4 ". FOR LARGER SIZES, USE 1/8" THICK MATERIAL AA. MANUFACTURER: GENERAL ELECTRIC TYPE AQ FOR 208Y/120V APPLICATIONS. EQUAL EQUIPMENT BY SQUARE D, CUTLER HAMMER, OR SIEMENS WILL BE ACCEPTED. BB EACH PANEL-BOARD SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH TOP CIRCUIT BREAKER AT 6' -0" ABOVE FLOOR, FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED. 16303 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER. A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. B. TRANSFORMER KVA CAPACITY SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PRIMARY VOLTAGE: 460V, 3- PHASE DELTA SECONDARY VOLTAGE: 208Y/120V, 3- P1-4ASE, 4 -WIRE C. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE UL LISTED AND MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA STANDARD ST -20. D. TRANSFORMER SHALL HAVE SIX (6) FULL CAPACITY PRIMARY TAPS AT 2 -1/2% INCREMENTS, TWO (2) ABOVE NOMINAL RATED VOLTAGE AND FOUR (4) BELOW NOMINAL. E. SOUND LEVEL SHALL NOT EXCEED 45DBA. F. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE 150°C TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE 40 °C AMBIENT. ALL INSULATING MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS FOR A 220 °C UL COMPONENT RECOGNIZED INSULATION SYSTEM. G. TRANSFORMER COILS SHALL BE OF THE CONTINUOUS WOUND COPPER CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL BE IMPREGNATED WITH NON- NYDROSCOPIC, THERMOSETTING VARNISH. N. TRANSFORMER CORE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF HIGH GRADE, NON - AGING, GRAIN - ORIENTED SILICON STEEL. MAGNETIC FLUX DENSITIES ARE TO BE KEPT WITHIN LINEAR OPERATING RANGE. THE GORE LAMINATIONS SHALL BE CLAMPED TOGETHER WITH STRUCTURAL STEEL ANGLES. THE COMPLETED CORE AND COIL SHALL THEN SE BOLTED TO THE BASE OF THE ENCLOSURE BUT ISOLATED FROM TI-4E ENCLOSURE BY MEANS OF RUBBER, VIBRATION - ABSORBING MOUNTS. THERE SHALL BE NO METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE CORE AND COIL AND THE ENCLOSURE. ON TRANSFORMERS 500 KVA AND SMALLER, THE VIBRATION ISOLATING SYSTEM SMALL BE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A PERMANENT FASTENING OF THE CORE AND COIL TO THE ENCLOSURE. SOUND ISOLATING SYSTEMS REQUIRING THE COMPLETE REMOVAL OF ALL FASTENING DEVICES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. I. TRANSFORMER SHALL SE IN A HEAVY GAUGE, SHEET STEEL, VENTILATED ENCLOSURE. TI-4E VENTILATING OPENINGS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL ACCESS TO LIVE PARTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL, NEMA, AND NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE STANDARDS FOR VENTILATED ENCLOSURES. TERMINAL COMPARTMENT SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR 75 °C INSULATED WIRE. J. TIHE ENTIRE TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURE SHALL BE DEGREASED, CLEANED PHOSPHATIZED, PRIMED, AND FINISHED WITH A GRAY, BAKED ENAMEL, K. THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF T1-4E TOP OF T1-4E ENCLOSURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 150 DEGREE G. RISE ABOVE A 40 DEGREE C. AMBIENT. L. THE GORE OF THE TRANSFORMER SHALL BE VISIBLY GROUNDED TO THE ENCLOSURE BY MEANS OF A FLEXIBLE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE NEMA, IEEE, AND ANSI STANDARDS. M. THE EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE QUANTITY OF LUGS TO TERMINATE THE QUANTITY AND SIZE OF CONDUCTORS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. LUGS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR TYPE OF CONDUCTORS TO BE USED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND /OR AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS, N. TRANSFORMERS WHICH ARE NOT PAD MOUNTED SHALL BE SECURELY MOUNTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE, REINFORCED WALLS, OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. USE ADDITIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AT POINTS OF MOUNTING TO CUT VIBRATION NOISES. USE FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT WITH GROUNDING BUSHING FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE LOCATED, SET, MOUNTED AND CONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO KEEP NOISE LEVELS WITHIN THE SURROUNDING AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS AND MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 0. PRODUCT SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC, EQUAL PRODUCT BY SQUARE D OR ACME MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. P. ALL CONNECTIONS AT PANELS AND SWITCHES ARE TO BE MADE, ALL SPLICES COMPLETE, ALL FUSES IN PLACE, AND ALL CIRCUITS CONTINUOUS FROM POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION TO ITS FINAL DESTINATION, AND ALL COVERS AND PLATES INSTALLED AND FINAL ELECTRICAL INSPECTION PRIOR TO THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION BY DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. Q. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ALL PARTS OF THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL SE TESTED AND PROVED FREE OF UNWANTED GROUNDS AND OTHER DEFECTS. R. ALL OVERLOAD DEVICES, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS, SHALL BE SET AND ADJUSTED TO SUIT THE LOAD CONDITIONS. 5. TEST AND MAKE CORRECTIONS /ADJUSTMENTS FOR PHASE BALANCING. T. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO BALANCE THE VOLTAGE LEAVING THE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER TO PROVIDE A SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF 120 MINIMUM TO 125 VOLTS MAXIMUM BY ADJUSTING THE TRANSFORMER TAPS ONCE ALL THE FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE LOW VOLTAGE PANELBOARD. PROVIDE FINAL BALANCE REPORT TO DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT TIME OF PUNCH -OUT. U. AT T1-4E END OF THE PROJECT, THIS CONTRACTOR SMALL CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, TO TIHE SATISFACTION OF DELIA'S. ALL DUST, DIRT, DEBRIS, PAINT AND FOREIGN MATTER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL EQUIPMENT, 16500 LIGHTING A. INSTALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AS SHOWN ON T1-4E DRAWINGS. B. ALL FIXTURES TO BE LISTED AND LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES AND ALL BALLASTS TO BE CERTIFIED BY CBM AND ETL. C. LAMPS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY OSRAM /SYLVANIA OR GENERAL ELECTRIC. ALL LAMP TYPES SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. D. FIXTURES ARE TO BE PROVIDED COMPLETE WITH BALLASTS, SOCKET, LAMPS, END AND TRIM PLATES AND ALL MOUNTING ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE FIXTURE INSTALLATION. E. INCANDESCENT AND NIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES TO BE FURNISHED WITH THERMAL CUT OUTS AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC. F. USE RAPID -START HIGH -- POWER - FACTOR ELECTRONIC BALLASTS AND T5 LAMPS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FURNISH SPECIAL LOW TEMPERATURE BALLASTS FOR EXTERIOR MOUNTED FIXTURES. G. WHEREVER REQUIRED, HID BALLASTS TO BE REACTOR OR CWA PPE TYPE AND NIGH PRESSURE SODIUM BALLASTS TO BE REACTOR HPF TYPE. N. WHEREVER REQUIRED, HID BALLASTS TO BE REACTOR OR CWA HPF TYPE AND HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM BALLASTS TO BE REACTOR HPF TYPE, 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL LENSES ON FLUORESCENT FIXTURES ARE TO BE ACRYLIC AND A MINIMUM OF 0.125 IN. THICK. J, ALL RECESSED I -HID FIXTURES SHALL CARRY A ULR LISTING, THEY SHALL HAVE A THERMAL CUT OUT ON BOTH THE BALLAST AND TI-4E FIXTURE ITSELF. K. USE STEEL WIRE HANGERS FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE TO SUPPORT RECESSED FIXTURES AT EACH CORNER. (FOUR CORNER SUSPENDED). FIXTURES TO FIT TIGHT AGAINST CONSTRUCTION TO ELIMINATE LIGHT LEAKS. L. WALL - MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED PLUMB WITH BUILDING LINES AND INSTALLED WITI --1 PROPER BOX AND COVER HARDWARE. M. SURFACE- MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL COVER MOUNTING HARDWARE, USE A CANOPY THAT 15 NO LONGER THAN THE LENGTH AND WIDTH OF THE FIXTURE AND AT A HEIGHT THAT IS NO HIGHER THAN REQUIRED TO MOUNT FIXTURE ABSOLUTELY VERTICAL. CANOPY FINISH SHALL MATCH FIXTURE FINISH. N. STEM - MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED 50 AS TO BE ABSOLUTELY VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL, INSTALL AND SUPPORT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 16505 LIGHTING CONTROLS A. WHERE LIGHTING CONTACTORS ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, THEY WILL BE PROVIDED BY DELIA'S VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY TH£ GENERAL CONTRACTOR COMPLETE WITH CONDUIT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INSTALL THE CONTACTORS AND PULL ALL WIRES AS DETAILED ON THESE DRAWINGS AND CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS DIAGRAMMED ON THE ELECTRICAL DETAIL DRAWINGS. NO VARIATIONS TO THE CIRCUITING ARE ALLOWED, 16722 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. A NEW MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLED FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY. B GENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: THE SUPERVISED, CODED, CLOSED- CIRCUIT TYPE SYSTEM SHALL BE 50 ARRANGED THAT PULLING A MANUAL PULL STATION OR OPERATION OF ONE OF THE AUTOMATIC DETECTING DEVICES WILL REGISTER AN ALARM AT THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. THIS WILL CAUSE IMMEDIATE AND CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF ALL THE BUILDING ALARM SIGNALS TO SOUND THE GENERAL ALARM SIGNAL, UNTIL THE ALARM HAS BEEN ACKNOWLEDGED AT THE CONTROL PANEL. C. BASIC PERFORMANCE: I. ALARM, TROUBLE AND SUPERVISORY SIGNALS FROM ALL REPORTING DEVICES SHALL BE ENCODED ONTO AN NFPA STYLE 4 (CLASS B) SIGNALLING LINE CIRCUIT. 2. INITIATION DEVICE CIRCUITS SHALL BE WIRED CLASS B (NFPA STYLE B). 3. INDICATING APPLIANCE CIRCUITS SHALL BE WIRED STYLE Y (CLASS B). D. SUBMIT COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. E. ALL REFERENCES TO MANUFACTURER'S MODEL NUMBERS AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION HEREIN IS INTENDED TO ESTABLISH MINIMUM STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE, FUNCTION AND QUALITY. F. THE SYSTEM MUST HAVE PROPER LISTING AND /OR APPROVAL FROM THE OLLOWING NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED AGENCIES: I. UL, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. 2. NFPA 7 - 2005 NA TIONAL ELECTRICAL GODS (NEC). ( ) 3. NFPA 72 -2007 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE. G. MODULAR LABELING: THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SHALL MEET THE MODULAR LISTING REQUIREMENTS OF UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. TO FACILITATE SYSTEM CHANGES AND EXPANSIONS, AND TO ENSURE THAT ALL SUBASSEMBLIES HAVE THE PROPER LISTING, EACH SUBASSEMBLY OF THE FACP SHALL CARRY THE APPROPRIATE UL MODULAR LABEL. THIS INCLUDES ALL PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLIES, POWER SUPPLIES, AND ENCLOSURE PARTS. H. ALL EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS SHALL BE NEW, AND THE MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT MODEL. THE MATERIALS, APPLIANCES, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES SHALL BE TESTED AND LISTED BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED APPROVALS AGENCY FOR USE AS PART OF A PROTECTED PREMISES PROTECTIVE SIGNALING (FIRE ALARM) SYSTEM, THE AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE MANUFACTURER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SATISFACTORY INSTALLATION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM. I. ALL EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CONSULT THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION MANUALS FOR ALL WIRING DIAGRAMS, SCHEMATICS, PHYSICAL EQUIPMENT SIZES, ETC., BEFORE BEGINNING SYSTEM INSTALLATION. J. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ATTACHED TO WALLS AND CEILING /FLOOR ASSEMBLIES AND SHALL BE HELD FIRMLY IN PLACE. K. ALL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT OR RACEWAY. CONDUIT FILL SHALL NOT EXCEED 40 PERCENT OF INTERIOR CROSS - SECTIONAL AREA WHERE THREE OR MORE CABLES ARE CONTAINED WITHIN A SINGLE CONDUIT. L. GABLE MUST BE SEPARATED FROM ANY OPEN CONDUCTORS OF POWER OR CLASS 1 CIRCUITS, AND SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN ANY CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOX, OR RACEWAY CONTAINING THESE CONDUCTORS. M. WIRING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES (E.G., NEC ARTICLE 760) AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MANUFACTURER, BUT NOT LESS THAN #18 AWG (1.02 MM) FOR INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUITS AND SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS, AND #12 AWG (1 -63 MM) FOR INDICATING APPLIANCE CIRCUITS. N, ALL WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE LISTED AND /OR APPROVED SY A RECOGNIZED TESTING AGENCY FOR USE WITH A PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEM. 0. THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE CONNECTED TO A SEPARATE DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT, MAXIMUM 20 AMPERES. FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL PRIMARY POWER WIRING SHALL BE #12 AWG. THE CONTROL PANEL CABINET SHALL BE GROUNDED SECURELY TO THE BUILDING GROUNDING SYSTEM. P. FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE SIMPLEX 4010 OR EQUAL BY EDWARDS OR NOTIFIER, AND SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN. PROVIDE A REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL FOR RECESS MOUNTING AT THE LOCATION SHOWN ON THE PLAN, Q. STRO>3E LIGHTS: I. SHALL OPERATE ON 24 VDC, NOMINAL. 2. SMALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ADA AS DEFINED IN UL STANDARD 1971, AND SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: a. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE INTENSITY SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 75 CANDELA. b. ALL STROBES IN ANY GIVEN AREA SHALL BE SYNCHRONIZED WITH OTHER STROBES IN THAT AREA c. THE APPLIANCE SHALL BE PLACED 50 IN. ABOVE THE HIGHEST FLOOR LEVEL WITHIN THE SPACE, OR 6 IN, BELOW THE CEILING, WHICHEVER IS LOWER. R. AUDIBLE /VISUAL COMBINATION DEVICE: 1. SMALL MEET THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 16722 -Q LISTED ABOVE FOR VISIBILITY. 2. AUDIBLE SIGNAL SHALL BE 15DB ABOVE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. 5. MANUAL STATIONS: 1. ADDRESSABLE MANUAL STATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO CONNECT TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT (SLC) LOOPS. 2. TI-4E MANUAL STATIONS SHALL USE A KEY OPERATED TEST -RESET LOCK, AND SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT AFTER ACTUAL EMERGENCY OPERATION, THEY CANNOT BE RESTORED TO NORMAL USE EXCEPT BY THE USE OF A KEY. 3. ALL OPERATED STATIONS 514ALL HAVE A POSITIVE, VISUAL INDICATION OF OPERATION THAT CANNOT BE RESET WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY. 4. MANUAL STATIONS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR SEMIFLUS-1 MOUNTING AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED NOT LESS THAN 42 INCI -4E5, AND NOT MORE THAN 4S INCI -4E5 ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. T. PHOTOELECTRIC DETECTORS: 1, THE PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE DETECTOR SHALL BE A PLUG -IN UNIT WHICH MOUNTS TO A TWIST -LOCK SASE, AND SHALL BE UL LISTED. . 2. THE DETECTORS SHALL BE OF THE SOLID STATE PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE AND SHALL CONTAIN NO RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL. THEY WILL USE A PULSED INFRARED LED LIGHT SOURCE AND BE SEALED AGAINST REAR AIR FLOW ENTRY, 3. THE DETECTOR SHALL FIT INTO A BASE THAT IS COMMON WITH BOTH THE HEAT DETECTOR AND IONIZATION TYPE DETECTOR AND SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER ADDRESSABLE DETECTORS, ADDRESSABLE MANUAL STATIONS, AND ADDRESSABLE ZONE ADAPTOR MODULES ON THE SAME CIRCUIT, THE DETECTOR SHALL ALSO FIT INTO A NON - ADDRESSABLE BASE THAT 15 CAPABLE OF BEING MONITORED BY AN ADDRESSABLE ZONE ADAPTOR MODULE. 4. THE UNIT SHALL BE A SIMPLEX 40618 - SENSOR INSTALLED IN A SIMPLEX 40618 -61784 BASE. U. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS: 1. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE OF THE SOLID STATE PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE AND SHALL OPERATE ON THE LIGHT SCATTERING PHOTODIODE PRINCIPLE. THE DETECTORS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO IGNORE INVISIBLE AIRBORNE PARTICLES OR SMOKE DENSITIES THAT ARE BELOW THE FACTORY SET ALARM POINT. NO RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE USED. V. ADDRESSABLE THERMAL DETECTOR HEAD THERMAL DETECTOR HEADS MUST SE UL LISTED. THEY WILL BE A COMBINATION RATE -OF -RISE AND FIXED TEMPERATURE (135 °F) TYPE, AUTOMATICALLY RESTORABLE. THE UNIT SHALL BE A SIMPLEX 4098 -9732 SENSOR. INSTALLED IN A SIMPLEX 4098 -9754 BASE. W. AT THE FINAL INSPECTION, A FACTORY TRAINED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE MANUFACTURER OF THE MAJOR EQUIPMENT SHALL DEMONSTRATE THAT THE SYSTEM FUNCTIONS PROPERLY IN EVERY RESPECT. X. THE CONTRACTOR AND /OR THE SYSTEMS MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES SHALL PROVIDE A TYPEWRITTEN "SEQUENCE OF OPERATION" TO DELIA'S. Y. BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS REQUESTED, PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT, IN WRITING, A STATEMENT THAT ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY BUILDING INSPECTION AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS HAVE SEEN MET IN THE INSTALLATION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. Z . SUBMIT T DELIA'S, , UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEM INSTALLATION, A CONTRACTOR'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CERTIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION FORM.. A5 OUTLINED BY NFPA 72 -2002 AND AN APPROVED INSPECTION FORM FOR TI-4E FIRE ALARM PORTION OF THE SYSTEM. .....„ p , � "i�'^ .. a . � -_ = �0, r° ` - ^ ' " • 1 •T , ' ;! p . A i ;:c 1 s 2907 FL'i -i "J°° I L.,Ll'a H ► _ EXPIRE Q �� /G � � I �,,, r , l L RESPONSIBILITY LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PRaEcrOTHFrRrwwSPECIFICALLY AUTHOwzEA BY THEM AND SI GNED AND SEAL FOR SUCH SPECI LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL TMS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: 5• 1 ( 7 ) 6 "0 UP NQ N -ALES FR RG -2 o 0I/ (TYP.) MO2.0 MO2.0 10 "cg 10"0 26 "x I S" 0 18 "x14" SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS LEGEND 0 5D C f� I 41 Z ffi • 0 • X "c' AB. A/C AD. AFF, AHU. ARCH. BDD. BELL BLDG. / � 1 EGRESS CORRIDO 1 (TYP.) MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER (TYP.) TI-I ERMOSTAT SENSOR ANNUNCIATOR DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR DUCT OFFSET SUPPLY DUCT - UP SUPPLY DUCT - DN RA OR EXP. DUCT UP RA OR EXP. DUCT DN ELBOW TURNING VANES FIRE DAMPER (F.D.) MANUAL BALANCE DAMPER TRANSITION SUPPLY DIFFUSER LINEAR DIFFUSER RETURN GRILLE EXHAUST GRILLE SPIN -IN FITTING SPIN -IN FITTING W/ MAN. BAL. DPR. UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEAD ROUND DUCT ABOVE AIR CONDITIONING ACCESS DOOR ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT ARCHITECT BACKDRAFT DPR. BELOW BUILDING GEM. CLG. CONT. CONTR. COORD. CUH. DIFF. DISC. DN. DPR. EA. EBBH EG. EX. EXH. F. DPR. FLEX. FLR. GC. HC. HP. MAX. MCA, MECH. MFR. CONNECT TO EXISTING MIN. MOGP. MTD. NTS. OA. PC. RA. RTU. SA. TV. TYP. WH. W/ EX.p4 EXI4 1 1- H C LAV VA 25 -2 0 -900 CFM RG -2 FRo•0L7 MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT. FR RG -2 H 0 • 01 � J 1 FR RG -2 o • o HC FR CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CEILING CONTINUATION CONTRACTOR COORDINATE CABINET UNIT HEATER DIFFUSER DISCONNECT DOWN DAMPER EACH ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXISTING EXHAUST FIRE DAMPER FLEXIBLE FLOOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR HEATING CONTRACTOR HORSEPOWER MAXIMUM MAX CIRCIUT AMPACITY MECHANICAL MANUFACTURER MINIMUM MAX OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MOUNTED NOT TO SCALE OUTSIDE AIR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR RETURN AIR ROOFTOP UNIT SUPPLY AIR TURNING VANES TYPICAL WATER HEATER WITH ( 1 ) ( 4 ) ( 5 ) EX.30 'x22' MALL SA 0 SD -I 400 0 ( 4 ) FLEX 0 CONNECTION (TYP.) 16 "cP • FR ALCOVE 7 • 0 RG -2 PROVIDE NEW MEDIUM PRESSURE 22 "x20 SQUARE TO 16 "4) ROUND. ---- -4 6 EX.22 "x20" MALL SA RG -I ci ) RG -1 n FIELD INSTALLED SOUND ATTENUATOR. ( 2 ) VAV -1 AND VAV-2; GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW MEDIUM PRESSURE SPIRAL DUCT AND TAP UPSTREAM OF VAV BOX AS INDICATED AND PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. EXTEND A MINIMUM OF FIVE (5) TIMES THE DIAMETER OF SUPPLY DUCT STRAIGHT (NO OFFSETS, BENDS, ELBOWS OR OTHER ACCESSORIES) AND CONNECT TO INLET SIDE OF VAV UNIT WITH ONE FOOT OF FLEX DUCT. OUTLET CONECTION SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF VAV UNIT DISCHARGE WITH FLEX CONNECTION, PROVIDE TRANSITION AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE SIZE, LOCATION AND ALL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE COST IN BID. SPRINKLER 1.4EADS 5HONN FOR REFERENCE ONLT. CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE ACTUAL AMOUNT AND LOCATION OF HEADS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR HEAD TYPES. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND DELIA'S. I2"ct, SD -1 530 VAV -1 ) 550 -3500 CEM • SD -1 530 1-r -rl r -- GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AN ADJUSTABLE SENSOR AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S WITH CLEAR LOCKING COVER. SENSOR SHALL BE COMPATABLE WITH VAV BOXES AND SHALL INCLUDE TWO -STAGE HEAT CONTROL AND AIR VALVE COOLING CONTROL CAPABILITIES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 15 GA. CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN VAV AND SENSOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MANUALS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO THE STORE MANAGER (INSTRUCT THE STORE MANAGER ON OPERATION UPON TURNOVER) AND THE PROJECT MANAGER (FOR THE CLOSEOUT PACKAGE). REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. PARALLEL FAN - POWERED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME SOX WITH TWO -STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT, FIELD INSTALLED SOUND ATTENUATOR AND ALL ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S AND AS INDICATED. MAINTAIN REQUIRED CLEARANCES. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LANDLORD CONTROL TIE -IN PER LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE THE COST OF THIS WORK IN BID. REFER TO VAV BOX SCHEDULE ON SHEET M2.0 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY MODEL NUMBERS AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. EF -1: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL NEW EXHAUST FAN AS SCHEDULED AND AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S. INSTALL AND SECURE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS_ EXTEND TO LANDLORD'S EXISTING EXHAUST MAIN. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, SIZE AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF LANDLORD'S EXISTING EXHAUST MAIN PRIOR TO BID. SEE EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE ON SHEET M2,0 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 6 ) EXISTING MALL DUCTWORK TO REMAIN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. ( 7 ) ( 8 ) Cq tt .._._� . v 12 "0 TYP.) 12 "a 0 E __. O . -. • MECHANICAL CODED NOTES 2. 9 0 0 f 0 SALES • (TYP.) • n 12 'cp v- � c 6"o MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4 =1' -Q" AIR DEVICE LOCATED IN LOWER DRYWALL CEILING BELOW PLATFORM. RUN SHEEfMETAL DUCT FROM DEVICE IN LOWER CEILING THROUGH JOIST SPACE AND UP TIGHT TO WALL ABOVE PLATFORM. COORDINATE VERTICAL DUCT WITH PLATFORM ACCESS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN EXISTING RETURN AIR PATH THROUGH DEMISING WALLS. HOLD DRYWALL DOWN 6" BELOW DECK AT ALL COMMON DEMISING WALL LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER. PROVIDE I/2 "x1/2" WIRE MESH SCREEN ALL ALONG DEMISING WALL OPENING. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS OF T1-I1S WORK IN BID. RETURN AIR GRILLE TO BE USED FOR ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE THE CEILING. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT A MINIMUM UNOBSTRUCTED FREE AREA OF 3 -0" VERTICALLY AND 2' -0" HORIZONTALLY IN ALL DIRECTIONS AROUND EQUIPMENT 15 MAINTAINED TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. IF THIS FREE AREA CAN NOT BE OBTAINED CONTACT DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. LOCATE EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT OF ALL COMPONENTS FROM GRILLE. TYP.) • • SD -1 530 SD -2 50 , 0 12 " • 12 "(I) 0 SD -1 530 • Q (TYP.) 7. BALANCE SYSTEMS TO CFM'S NOTED ON PLANS. 5 ) (TYP.) 0 0 SD -1 530 ID • • 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT JOB SITE AND BE FAMILIAR WITI- -I LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. NO ALLOWANCE WILL SE MADE FOR EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOB SITE AND /OR FAILURE TO PREDETERMINE ALL REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED BY THE LANDLORD, EXISTING CONDITIONS OR OTHER AUTHORITIES. 4. DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. DUCT LAYOUTS ARE SCHEMATIC. FIELD COORDINATE ALL DUCT RUNS. (PRIOR TO DUCT FABRICATION) NO EXTRAS SHALL BE AWARDED FOR DUCT REVISIONS CAUSED BY LACK OF COORDINATION. 5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIRE -RATED PIPE SLEEVES AND SEALS ON ALL PIPING THAT PENETRATES A FIRE -RATED PARTITION. G. SPIN -IN FITTINGS WITHOUT MANUAL BALANCING DAMPERS TO BE USED FOR ALL ROUND BRANCH TAPS ABOVE INACCESSIBLE DRYWALL CEILINGS WITH BALANCING REQUIRED WITHIN 2 FT. OF DIFFUSER WITH PLASTER FRAME. FLEX DUCT AT AIR OUTLETS TO BE MAX. 5' -0" LONG AND INSULATED. 10. ALL ROOF CUTTING, PATCHING AND FLASHING REQUIRED SHALL BE BY A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. I. ALL I-1VAC WORK (MATERIALS, FABRICATION, INSTALLATION, ETC.) SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODES (MECHANICAL CODE, BUILDING CODE, ENERGY CODE, ETC.) AND THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND 15 RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE ALL WORK WITH AND BETWEEN ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF SID DOCUMENTS. FURTHERMORE, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WORK BETWEEN ALL TRADES, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, CEILING HEIGHTS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR START OF WORK OR ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT. 5. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET M2.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6. ALIGNMENT /PLACEMENT OF HVAC DEVICES IS CRITICAL. COORDINATE ALIGNMENT WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND LIGHTING PLAN. .) P RG -1 • • MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER (TYP.) • 1 RG -1 P P,01"--4&& MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES o ENTRANCE 0 I THIS SD -I TO BE 3 -1AlAY THROW. LC 1 8 2007 IL. In 1 (,L1.11 t 11. FIRE PROTECTION PLANS MUST BE ENGINEERED AND WET SIGNED AND SEALED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED, LICENSED REGISTERED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IN THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. 12. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LANDLORD AND DELIA'S WITH AS -BUILT DRAWINGS, ALL EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, INFORMATION ON THERMOSTATS, CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 13. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL STRUCTURAL STEEL REQUIRED TO SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND SHALL COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. COST OF THIS WORK AND ANY STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING FEES REQUIRED SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THIS BID. 14. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND /OR DUCTWORK NOT BEING USED OR SHOWN TO REMAIN IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 15. ALL RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED AND ALL ROUND DUCT SHALL I3E WRAPPED WITH A MIN. R -VALUE OF 3.7, 1.0 PCF INSULATION. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFO. 16. COORDINATE BOX -OUT LOCATIONS FOR ALL DRYWALL MOUNTED AIR DEVICES WITH CEILING FRAMING. 17. ANY EXISTING WALL, FLOOR OR CEILING SURFACE THAT IS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION SI -IALL BE REPAIRED TO MATCH NEW AND /OR EXISTING CONDITIONS AT TI-41S CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 15. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY SPRINKLER I -IEADS AND PIPING FOR NEW MODIFICATIONS. RUN HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AS REQUIRED. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. DESIGN NEW LAYOUT TO MEET NFPA 13, LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, 19, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE Sep DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN T1-4E SPECIFICATIONS AND A5`.� 4 k4 REQUIRED BY THE JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT f •1]r 5PECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING PROVIDED BY THE LA,r1D,LQFD SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. PI`E[.!D � VERIFY AND COORDINATE. E� 20. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETELY INSTALL THE LISTED ACCESSORIES PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, INCLUDING ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONNECTIONS. z 0 rz CO VI to LLi 0 � to 03 X w G U E THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEN AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA SA 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: M1.0 MECHANICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE L = LANDLORD G = GENERAL CONTRACTOR D = dELiA *s E = EXISTING SUPPLIED INSTALLED KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTE: THIS SCHEDULE 15 INTENDED AS A "QUICK" REFERENCE. ALL ITEMS LISTED HERE ARE SPECIFIED AND DETAILED ON TI -4ES1~ DRAWINGS. IF THE CONTRACTOR ENCOUNTERS ITEMS THAT ARE CONTRADICTORY T1 --IEN IT 15 HIS RESPONSIBILITY TO INFORM DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SO THAT THESE ITEMS CAN BE CLARIFIED FOR THE CONTRACTOR. IT 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AND ALL SUB- CONTRACTORS, TO FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. ITEM PROPRIETARY VENDOR AND CONTACT INFORMATION HVAC AND PLUMBING WORK FAN - POWERED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT WITH ELECTRIC HEAT D G 1 CONTACT DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE. DEMOLITION (DUCT, PIPING, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, ETC.) - - - NOT APPLICABLE. VIBRATION ISOLATION STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR VAV UNITS AS REQUIRED G G 2 ��awea DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES D G I CONTACT DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE. WALL AND /OR CEILING FIRE DAMPERS AND /OR COMBINATION FIRE -SMOKE DAMPERS _ _ - NOT APPLICABLE. ALL DUCTWORK (LOW PRESSURE, MEDIUM PRESSURE, FLEXBILE DUCT, ETC.) G G Window Transmission 0 ft ADJUSTABLE SENSOR FOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL D G 1 CONTACT DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE. TIE -IN TO LANDLORD'S CONTROLS G G 2 ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR REQUIRED FOR TIE -IN. SMOKE EXHAUST AIR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER ACTUATORS - - - NOT APPLICABLE. SMOKE DETECTORS WITHIN PLENUM SPACE - - - NOT APPLICABLE. CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS - - - NOT APPLICABLE. ZONE DAMPERS - - - NOT APPLICABLE. DUCT MOUNTED 1- IEATERS - - - INTEGRAL TO VAV BOXES. UNIT #EATERS - - - NOT APPLICABLE. RETURN AIR AND /OR RELIEF AIR FANS - - - NOT APPLICABLE. TOILET EXHAUST FANS D G 1 CONTACT DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE. AIR BALANCE REPORT G G 6 "c SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND DELIA'S PLUMBING FIXTURES /APPURTENANCES REQUIRED FOR ROUGH -IN G G 0 WCO, FCO, FD -1, WI-IA, TP, VALVES, PIPING, TRAPS, WALL BRACKETS (OR WALL CARRIERS), ETC. PLUMBING FIXTURES D G 1 WC -1, LAV -1, EWC -1, MS -1, 1A1I-1 -1 - CONTACT DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE. WASTE AND WATER PIPING AND WATER METER AS REQUIRED G G 2 - SPRINKLER PIPING, HEADS, PERMITS, DRAWINGS, FEES, ETC. G G SPD 24 "x24" PERMITS, FEES, INSPECTIONS, ETC. G 0 RG -1 - RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE CODED NOTES INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CONTACT DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. p l PROVIDED BY DELIA'S THROUGH THEIR VENDOR AND REPRESENTATIVE ( TRANE AT 1- 800 -598 -4545) TO COORDINATE. 0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE TAG TYPE BORDER THROW O2 MATERIAL ACCESSORY SYMBOL KEY - FIRST LETTER: SECOND LETTER: KEY TAG - 5- SUPPLY R- RETURN E- EXHAUST D- DIFFUSER R- REGISTER G- GRILLE SD ? DIFFUSER ZONE LOADS GRILLE E3Sn 10 Zi1�3Nl1 SURFACE MOUNTED NI -AV AVM- I ,l1fM - � ,LVM - Oft 1331S wflNlwniv PLASTIC DAMPER EQUAL. GRID ��awea XXX �___ CFM MODEL NO.O1 SIZE REMARKS FACE NECK SD -1 ®O 5813 - 3840 ft 44343 - Window Transmission 0 ft 0 • • 0 - Skylight Transmission 0 ft 0 SPD 24 "x24" 12"0 4400. SD -2 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 Q Floor Transmission 0 ft 0 . . 0 - 0 Oft 0 SPD 12 "xl2" 6°0 O411■00. Ceiling 5D--5 0 - 0 ft 0 - Overhead Lighting 3368 W 6935 - . 0 - Task Lighting 5760 W 16946 - SPD 24 "x24" 6 "c Electric Equipment 2865 W SD -4 © 0 0 - People • 17583 19930 0 O • Infiltration - 0 0 - SPD 24 "x24" 10 "95 O ©O 0 RG -1 - 0 1 Safety Factor 10%110% 5645 1993 20% 8869 0 Q - 62097 2192.3 - 53212. SPD 24 "x24" - O ©.. 21923 RG -2 32654 0 • 0% 0 0 0 0 - Plenum Roof Load 70% 13564 - 0 0 - SPD 12 "x12" - O••O 0 RG -3 - Return Fan Load . ❑ - . 0 - Ventilation Load 1080 CFM 1 -4194 1080 CFM 29980 0 Supply Fan Load SPD 24 "x24" - O ©O -1795 AIR SYSTEM DESIGN LOAD SUMMARY OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENT SCHEDULE MFR., MODDEL NO. ROOM NAME DESIGN COOLING MOTOR SYSTEM MARK ACT OA CFM/ UNIT COOLING DATA AT Jun 1700 ° COOLING OA DB / WB 82.2 F 164.4 F HEATING DATA AT DES HTG HEATING OA DB! W8 23;0 °FJ 19.2 °F :.. . ZONE LOADS Details Sensible (BTtJ1hr) Latent (BTWhr) Details . Sensible (BTUfhr): . Latent (BTIMhr) Window &Skylight Solar Loads Oft 0 - O ft 2 - - Wall Transmission 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Roof Transmission 3840 ft 5813 - 3840 ft 44343 - Window Transmission 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Skylight Transmission 0 ft 0 - Oft 0 - Door Loads 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Floor Transmission 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Partitions Oft 0 - Oft 0 - Ceiling 0 ftz 0 - 0 ft 0 - Overhead Lighting 3368 W 6935 - 0 0 - Task Lighting 5760 W 16946 - 0 0 - Electric Equipment 2865 W 9175 - 0 0 - People 100 17583 19930 0 0 0 Infiltration - 0 0 - 0 0 Miscellaneous - 0 0 - 0 0 Safety Factor 10%110% 5645 1993 20% 8869 0 a To Zone Loads - 62097 2192.3 - 53212. 0 Zone Conditioning 69399 21923 - 32654 0 Plenum Wall Load 0% 0 - 0 0 - Plenum Roof Load 70% 13564 - 0 0 - Plenum Lighting Load 30% 3447 - 0 0 - Return Fan Load 3996 CFM ❑ - 984 CFM 0 - Ventilation Load 1080 CFM 5671 -4194 1080 CFM 29980 0 Supply Fan Load 4146 CFM 4629 - 1134 CFM -1795 - Space Fan Coil Fans - 0 - - -802.; - Duct Heat Gain 1 Loss 10% 6210 - 10% 532T; . .. -- .s, 7' - ,._ 7. a ii iktio » Total System Loads - 102921 17729 r Central Cooling Coil - 102921 17727 - 4CIL''4./. /,Qr• Terminal Reheat Coils - 0 - - 63857 " ' » TAI Conditioning - 10 292'€ 17727 - 83857 : ;.. Key Positive values are clg loads Negative values arehtg loads Positive values are htg :loads Negative values are clg bads VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV BOX) UNIT SCHEDULE OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENT SCHEDULE MFR., MODDEL NO. ROOM NAME ASHRAE OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS MOTOR SYSTEM MARK ACT OA CFM/ UNIT OCCUPANT CLASS SQ. FT. OCCUPANT LOAD CFM PER OCCUPANT OA REQD. WATTS HP SALES SALES 2736 89 VAV -I 0.3 CFM /FT 8 2 1 650 VAV -I 850 1,500 27'1 1 FR FITTING ROOM 176 5 250 0.2 CFM /FT 36 VAV -2 VP F 10 q00 250 NON -SALES NON -SALES 5q7 2 2 0.15 CFM /FT 90 20 VAV -2 250 CORRIDOR CORRIDOR 162 1 0.05 CFM /FT q TOTAL: q56 1,100 HG LAV TOILET q4 1 t 75 75 EF- I 75 HC LAV TOILET 75 1 t 75 75 EF -I 75 TOTAL: 3540 150 150 * USE ASHRAE 3 l-R RULE FOR VENTILATION ** GFM 1 5Q. FT. f EXHAUST PRIMARY AIR PROVIDED BY LANDLORD ROOF TOP UNIT. OUTSIDE AIR, INCLUDING FULL 100% ECONOMIZER MODE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PRIMARY AIR FROM LANDLORD RTU. VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV BOX) UNIT SCHEDULE UNIT NO MFR., MODDEL NO. AIR VALVE EXT. S.P. MOTOR HEATING DATA MCA MOCP WEIGHT (LBS) REMARKS MAX. CFM MIN. CFM WATTS HP FAN CFM VOLTS PHASE STAGES HEAT KW VAV -I TRAE VPEFN 16 3 650 0.50" {f 1 /2 1,500 27'1 1 2 18.0 33.q 55 250 4 O © VAV -2 VP F 10 q00 250 0.50" f 1/3 750 :_ " 71 ,,,.. 1 2 10.0 18.1 20 150 *O. EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE UNIT NO. MFR., MODEL NO. TYPE C.F.M. S P IN. W G WHEEL R.P.M. MOTOR SERVING LOCATION REMARKS H.P. ATTS RPM VOLTS AS 1~F -I BROAN L150 CLG. EXP. 75 0.5 1500 70 1750 120 1 RESTROOM - O ©© r f 5 d 25 -1/4 ", 19 -1 /4" OF I ti 23 ", lq ", 17" OR 11" r INSIDE DIMENSION S F ALL DUCT LINER TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE COATED WITH ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS (TYP.). TAPE DOWN EXTERNAL INSULATION. FASTEN WITH MIN. (3) 51-4FET METAL SCREWS, SEAL WITI -1 DUCT TAPE AND MASTIC. ROUND RIGID DUCT. MAIN DUCT FLANGED AND GASKETED JOINT OR DUCT CONNECTION AND RE- INFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA 2" W.G. CLASS, SEAL TRANS -VERSE JOINTS AND LONGITUDINAL SEAMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA CLASS "B" (TYP.). ROUND DUCT TAKE -OFF DETAIL SCALE: NONE FLOW 1" ACOUSTICAL LINING- MINIMUM INSTALLED R VALUE OF 3.7. AIR CONICAL OR SELLMOUTH SPIN -IN FITTING, SEAL AIR. TIGHT WITH MASTIC. VOLUME DAMPER LOCATION WHERE ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING. PROVIDE WITH LOCKING QUADRANT. BASED ON PRICE AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. O UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. O 3 VERIFY ARRANGEMENT WITH CEILING TYPE (LAY -IN, SURFACE MOUNT, ETC.) O PROVIDE WITH PRICE MODEL #SPF FRAME FOR DRYWALL CEILING MOUNTING. 25 -1/4 ", 21 -1/4 ", 19 -1/4" OR 13 -1/4" OUTSIDE DIMENSION 24 ", 20 ", 18" OR 12' NOTE: ROUGH -IN OPENING 5 ZES: CONTACT MANUFACTURER FOR INFORMATION, 21 -1/4 ", 13 -1/4" 1 -1/2" O PROVIDE WITH DAMPER /EXTRACTOR OPERABLE FROM FACE. O PROVIDE WITH NECK MOUNTED OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER OPERABLE FROM FACE. AIR DEVICE TO BE STANDARD WHITE FINISH. PROVIDE WITH RADIUSED ENDCAPS BASED ON OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF SPIRAL DUCT (DRAWINGS INDICATE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSION - ADD FOR LINER /DOUBLE WALL DUCT). O PROVIDE UNIT WITH DIGITAL ELECTRONIC (DDC) CONTROLS, TWO (2) q.OKW STAGES OF HEAT (1&.0KW TOTAL) AT 48OV -3P1-1, FIELD INSTALLED SOUND ATTENUATOR AND TRANE #05SQ FAN. O PROVIDE UNIT WITH DIGITAL ELECTRONIC (DDC) CONTROLS, TWO (2) 5.OKW STAGES OF 1 -4EAT (10.004 TOTAL) AT 480V -3P1-4, FIELD INSTALLED SOUND ATTENUATOR AND TRANE #035Q FAN. • UNITS PROVIDED BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. O CONTROLS PROVIDED BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE AND INSTALLED SY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR REQUIRED To TIE -IN CONTROLS WITH LANDLORD'S SYSTEM SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR. lO CONTROL WITH LIGHT SWITCH. PROVIDE WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH, INTEGRAL BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND SPEED CONTROL MOUNTED ON FAN. BASED ON BROAN AS FURNIS #!=D BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. PER WASHINGTON STATE NON - RESIDENTIAL ENERGY CODE: - ALL THERMOSTATS /CONTROLS SHALL HAVE 5 DEGREE DEADBAND. - 100% OUTSIDE AIR ECONOMIZER CYCLE REQUIRED. - ALL THERMOSTATS/CONTROLS SHALL BE PROGRAMMABLE FOR 7 DIFFERENT DAY SETTINGS AND NIGHT SETBACK. 1 1/8" 11 DRYWALL MOUNTING FRAME DETAIL SCALE- NONE /- "C" CHANNEL REINFORCING BY G.C. AROUND OPENING MOUNTING SCREW FIELD INSTALLED DRYWALL CEILING ��STEEL MOUNTING FRAME MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER MOUNTED IN NECK OF AIR DISTRUBITION DEVICE AND OPERABLE FROM FACE. SUPPLIED WITH AIR DEVICE. FROM S.A. MAIN SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER (LAY -IN FRAME, STEEL MOUNTING FRAME REQUIRED FOR DRYWALL CEILING INSTALLATION SEE DETAIL 5 ON THIS SHEET) SECURELY TAPE VINYL FLEX DUCT TO SI -IEET METAL WITH MINIMUM OF (2) CONTINUOUS WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE. STRAP CLAMP OVER FLEX DUCT INSULATION AND VINYL TO SHEET METAL. TAPE INSULATION TO DUCT TO FORM A GOOD SEAL. INSULATED FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (MINI. 2 FT., MAX. 5 FT.) TRANSITION FROM DUCT SIZE TO DIFFUSER NECK SIZE AS NECESSARY DIFFUSER MOUNTING DETAIL M 2 V SCALE: NONE DESIGN WEATHER PARAMETERS Latitude ......................................................................................... ............................... 47.5 Deg. Longitude.................................................................................... ............................... '122.3 Deg. Elevation ..... 449 -0 ft Summer Design Dry-Bulb ............................................................. ............................... 85.0 °F Summer Coincident Wet -Bulb ° - - -� - -- - ... ..................... ............................... 65.0 F Summer Daly Range .................. ............................... 18.3 °F -------- - - - - -- Winter Design Dry -Bulb ...... ............................... ............................ ........ 23.0 °F Winter Design Wet -Bulb ...... ............................... 19.2 °F Atmospheric Clearness Number ....................... 1.05 Average Ground Reflectance ....................................................... ............................... 0.20 Local Time Zone (GMT +/- N hours) ............................................... ............................... 8.0 Consider Daylight Savings Time ................ ....... No Simulation Weather Data ..... noneN /A Current Data is ........................................... ............................... 2001 ASH RAE Handbook Design Cooling Months ........ January to December BTU /(hr- ft - °F) hours rl 1( €;:h4 C 1 3 2007 PL� P3 1 LEI•.} 1 �� 0 w THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILJTY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PUNS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFJCALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERA SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: M2.0 DATE ISSUED: • INDECATES NO REVISION TO TFIIS SHEET' 3/4" c1 ] WH - 1/2 "� 1 I TYP) --- 1 1 1/2" M5 -1 3/4" 0. 3/4" G� 1/2" 1 /2" I� 8 ),„\\r\ ,„\u> 3/4" NC -1 PROVIDE DIELECTRIC WATER FITTINGS/ UNIONS AT TANK. ( 7 ) WATER RISER SCALE: NONE EWC- -I GENERAL CONTRACTOR 51 -4ALL INSTALL TI-IE FOLLOWING FIXTURES AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISI -I AND INSTALL ALL ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO ROUGH -IN FIXTURES. MARK FIXTURE MANUFACTURER AND CW I-IN WASTE TRAP MODEL NO, REMARKS EWC -1 MS -1 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER MOP SINK I- IALSEY- TAYLOR #I- ITVSBL -Q (SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON MO2.0) MUSTEE #63M (SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON MO2.0) 1/2" 1 -I/2" 1 -1/2" WALL MOUNTED SPLIT -LEVEL DRINKING FOUNTAIN. GC TO PROVIDE: BALL VALVE ON SUPPLY LINE AND TRAP. 1/2" 1/2" 3" 1 -1/2" 24 "x24 "x10 ", MOLDED "DURASTONE" WITH VINYL BUMPERGUARD #63.401, MOP MANGER #65.600, HOSE AND BRACKET #65.700 AND AMERICAN STD. FAUCET WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER #8344.112.002. WC -1 WATER CLOSET AMERICAN STANDARD 1/2" 42002.014 (SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON MO2.0) 4 " ADA COMPLIANT, VITEROUS CHINA, ELONGATED SIPHON ACTION, 1.6 GPF, HANDLE ON OPPOSITE SIDE FROM WALL, AMERICAN STANDARD SEAT 45325.024. GC TO PROVIDE: 3 /3" C.P. SUPPLY WITH LOOSE KEY STOP AND 13" MTG. HT. TO BOWL. LAV -1 LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD #0124.024 (SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON MO2,0) 1 /2" 1/2" 1 -1/2" I -1 WALL MOUNTED 18.5 "x20" VITREOUS CHINA, 4 -INCH CENTERS, WHITE COLOR WITH AMERICAN STANDARD FAUCET #7502.170.002 (INCLUDES WRIST BLADES, GRID STRAINER AND GOOSENECK). GC TO PROVIDE: JOSAM 17105 -67 SERI ES CARRIER, MCGUIRE SUPPLY STOP 4156 -WC AND MOUNT SINK AT WHEELCHAIR HEIGHT. WI-{ -1 WATER HEATER A .O. SMITH #DEL -10 (SEE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON MO2.0) 1/2" 1/2" 120V -10, 10 GALLON ELECTRIC WATER HEATER WITH 1.5 KW ELEMENT, FACTORY INSTALLED 3/4" T *P RELIEF VALVE. GC TO PROVIDE: 3/4" COPPER DRAIN LINE FROM TAP VALVE TO M5 -I, SHUT --OFF VALVES IN CW AND HW LINES, UNIONS IN CW AND HW LINES AND INSULATED NEAT TRAPS IN HW AND CW LIN PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS AND PER ASHRAE RECOMMENDATIONS. GC SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL TI-4E FOLLOWING FIXTURES COMPLETE WITI -H ALL ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR ROUGI- -I -IN. MARK FIXTURE MANUFACTURER AND CW 1-1N WASTE TRAP MODEL NO. REMARKS FD -I WI-IA Z WCO FCO NINA FLOOR DRAIN WATER HAMMER ARRESTER TRAP PRIMER WALL CLEAN OUT FLOOR CLEAN OUT ( 6 ) PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE JOSAM #30003- 5A -50 -Y SIOUX CHIEF #653 -A SERIES. PRECISION #P2 -500 ZURN #ZANB- 1460 - ZURN #Z- 1400 -1-ID -2 3 " \ 2 " - \ .. 1 -1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 4" 3 4" EWC -I SANITARY STACK SCALE: NONE 1 /2" ' ' 1 \ 2" 2 "--'' 1 2" ./ 1 1 -1/2" I ` i -1/2" 2" 1-1/2" r- I 11 -1/2" I \ \ LAV -1 � > ri I NCO ` 1 1 -1/2"� - 4" 3 " F v1 1 I 4 'I 1 E-I ,S 4" 1 II II 3" WITH NIKALOY STRAINER. OR EQUAL BY PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, INC. FLOW ACTIVATED BRONZE TRAP SEAL PRIMER WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER, 1/2" SWEAT INLET AND OUTLET CONNECTIONS, AND 1/2" IPS DRIP LINE CONNECTION. CAST IRON CLEAN OUT TEE WITH BRONZE THREADED CLEAN OUT PLUG. PLUG TO BE GAS AND WATER TIGHT. WALL ACCESS PANEL - ci "x9" WALL PANEL AND FRAME; SMOOTH NICKEL BRONZE PANEL SET FLUSH TO FINISHED WALL PLANE. FURN ISHED WITH SECURING LUGS, (CONC., FLOOR) OR ZN- 1400 -2 (TILE FLOOR). CAST IRON BODY WITH GAS AND WATER TIGHT ABS TAPERED THREAD PLUG AND ROUND SCORIATED TOP ADJUSTABLE TO FINISH FLOOR. FD -1 — FCO HANGERS INSTALLED EACT -H SIDE OF EXPANSION TANK FOR SUPPORT. AMTROL ST -5 THERMAL EXPANSION ABSORBER. BALL VALVE BY GC (TYP.). 3/4" T * P RELIEF VALVE BY GC. 3/4" RUN FULL SIZE TO MOP SINK. DRAIN VALVE BY GC. PLYWOOD PLATFORM BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. WCO 3/4" / 4 FCO PLUMBING SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS - GW- - —144- G SAN —COND— V ----- - - - - — (E)XX- vi<- I• M6 -I-dz AB. AFF. ARCH. BEL. BLDG. CLG. CO COND CONT. CW CONTR. COLO DISC. DN. PIPE - UP PIPE - DOWN ACCESS DOOR COMBINATION BALANCE /SHUTOFF GATE VALVE GLOBE VALVE DRAIN VALVE CHECK VALVE UNION GAGE COCK CHECK VALVE BUTTERFLY VALVE BALANCE VALVE OR GAS VALVE BALL VALVE Y -TYPE STRAINER CAPPED LINE CONNECT TO EXISTING ABOVE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ARCHITECT BELOW BUILDING CEILING CLEAN OUT CONDENSATE PIPE CONTINUATION COLD WATER CONTRACTOR COORDINATE DISCONNECT DOWN 3/4" / / / IT) WATER HEATER DETAIL �M3.9) SCALE: NONE DOMESTIC WATER PIPE DOMESTIC HOT WATER GAS PIPE SANITARY PIPE CONDENSATE PIPE SANITARY VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE OR EQUIPMENT BACK FLOW PREV. 1 3/4" ( 7 ) STACK \M3.0 EA. EX. ENO FCO FIXT, FPC. FP FURN. FV. GAL, GC, GPH . GPM. 14B HC. HP. HW LAV MAX. MFR. MT. NTS. PC. PLBG. RD SAN TYP. UR V VTR WC NCO W/ RISER PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: I/4" = 1 -0" EACH EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FLOOR CLEAN OUT FLOOR DRAIN FIXTURE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPE FURNISH FLUSH VALVE GAS GALLON GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALLONS PER HOUR GALLONS PER MINUTE HOSE BIBB HEATING CONTRACTOR HORSEPOWER HOT WATER LAVATORY MAXIMUM MANUFACTURER MOUNT NOT TO SCALE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PLUMBING RELOCATE ROOF DRAIN SANITARY TYPICAL URINAL VENT VENT THROUGH ROOF WATER CLOSET WALL CLEAN OUT WATER NEATER W 171-4 VACUUM BREAKER BY GG (TYP.) INSULATE ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. INSTALL HEAT TRAP AT INLET AND OUTLET AS REQUIRED. UN ION BY GC (TYP. ) WATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCI- IEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. 2" WIDE, 20 GA. z/ ./ — SHEET METAL BAND, SECURE TO WALL FOR SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQU I RED BY CODE. GALV. DRIP PAN BY GC. SEPARATE 3/4" DRAINS TO TO MOP SINK. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL, LABOR AND SUPERVISION NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE PLUMBING WORK IN ACCORDANCE NITA THE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. 2. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB, VENT PIPING ABOVE CEILING AND UP THROUGH ROOF AND COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING ABOVE CEILING PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. AFTER INSTALLATION AND FINAL CONNECTION OF NEW WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB, BACK FILL AND PATCH IN ACCORDANCE WITH T1-45 LANDLORD'S CRITERIA REGARDING SUCI -I WORK. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AS PROVIDED BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE AND SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED VALVES, PIPING, HANGERS, ETC. REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEM TO SERVE THE DEMISED PREMISES FROM SANITARY AND COLD WATER CONNECTIONS PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. ALL FIXTURES, VALVES, PIPING AND APPURTENANCES REQUIRED FOR A FULL ROUGH -IN SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4, SANITARY VENTS SHALL BE ROUTED TO THE EXISTING LANDLORD'S POINT OF CONNECTION WITHIN THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES OR TO A POINT APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CAPPED TEE FOR POSSIBLE FUTURE CONNECTION (IF REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD). S. SEAL AROUND ALL PIPES PENETRATING FIRE SEPARATIONS WITH LISTED AND APPROVED FIRE SEAL MATERIAL. ONLY LISTED AND APPROVED SEALANTS AND METHODS FOR THE SPECIFIC USE NI LL BE PERMITTED, 6, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE TI-IAT ALL SLAB OR FLOOR PENETRATIONS WITHIN THE DEMISED PREMISES ARE PROPERLY SEALED AND REMAIN WATERTIGHT TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING AND /OR SURROUNDING AREAS. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL SE AT THE RISK AND SOLE EXPENSE OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 7. ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE NEW AND OF COMMERCIAL GRADE, AND BEAR UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES AND UNION LABELS WHERE SUCH LABELING APPLIES, 5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY SLOPE AND ELEVATION OF EXISTING SEWER PRIOR TO ANY NEN PLUMBING INSTALLATION. c1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE JOBS!TE TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH MAJOR ITEMS SUCH AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER EXISTING JOB CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT THE WORK. ADDITIONALLY, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF SUCI -I ITEMS AS WASTE, VENTS, WATER LINES, ETC. 10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW ALL SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS CONTAINED IN DESIGN CRITERIA OF TENANT 1- HANDBOOK AND OTHER LANDLORD REQU IREMENTS, 11. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CLEAR ALL EXISTING AND NEW DRAIN LINES AND FIXTURES, PRIOR TO TURNING OVER SPACE TO TENANT. 12. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ACCESS TO VALVES, TRAP PRIMERS, ETC. INSTALLED BEHIND WALLS, FLOORS OR CEILINGS. 13. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. 14. ANY EXISTING WALL /FLOOR OR CEIL ING SURFACE THAT IS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED TO MATCH NEW AND /OR EXISTING CONDITIONS AT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 15. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 5I -4ALL DEMOLISH AND COMPLETELY REMOVE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED OR SERVING ANOTHER SPACE. CAP ALL PIPES BEHIND FINISHED SURFACES (WALLS, FLOORS, ETC.) AND PATCH SURFACES TO MATCH SURROUNDING AREA. 16. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SID. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET M2.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. PLUMBING CODED NOTES ( i ) ( 2 ) ( 3) C6) (_ 7 ) Cq) ALL WATER LINES, VENT LINES, DUCTWORK, DRAIN LINES, SPRINKLER LINES, ETC. Sl -TALL BE OFFSET BELOW PLATFORM AND CONCEALED IN WALL ABOVE PLATFORM. DO NOT ROUTE PIPING, ETC. THROUGH STORAGE SPACE ABOVE PLATFORM OR ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. EXTEND SANITARY LINE TO LANDLORD'S EXISTING SANITARY SERVICE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO BIDDING. INSTALL CLEAN OUT AT CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S MAIN AND COORDINATE LOCATION AND TYPE OF COVER REQUIRED TO MATCH FLOOR FINISH WITH DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. PATCH SLAB TO MATCH SURROUNDING AREA. COORDINATE PATCHING REQUIREMENTS WITI -H GENERAL CONTRACTOR. NEW SANITARY LINE SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED PER LOCAL CODES WITH A MINIMUM REQUIREMENT OF HOLDING 10 FT. W.G. FOR TWO HOURS. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. EXTEND 3" VENT LINE TO LANDLORD'S EXISTING VENT CONNECTIONS, FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. EXTEND NEW COLD WATER LINE TO THE EXISTING COLD WATER TAP. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE OF ON PRIOR TO BIDDING. NOTIFY DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF TAP 15 SMALLER THAN SHOWN ON RISER DIAGRAM. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTI-4ER I N FORMATION. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS IN THE DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING AS S1 4OWN ON THE WATER RISER DIAGRAM. WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. UNITS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIOUX OR PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS ARE ACCEPTABLE. INSTALL 1/2" WATER PIPE FROM TRAP PRIMER DOWN IN NALL UNDER FLOOR TO FLOOR DRAIN. TRAP PRIMER TO 5E LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. REFER TO PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. PROVIDE WATER METER WITH REMOTE READER PER LANDLORD'S AND WATER COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. MOUNT ON PLATFORM ABOVE RESTROOM WHERE ACCESSIBLE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL NEN TANK TYPE WATER HEATER ON PLATFORM ABOVE RESTROOM AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE. ROUTE DRAIN LINE TO MOP SINK. SEE RISER DIAGRAM, PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND DETAIL D ON THIS SHEET FOR REQUIREMENTS. r!- Lr C 1 8 2007 �'�ri;vil 1 V4 1 �B r co 0 Cra 0 N r THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY �� OTHER THAN SPECJFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEAL FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPUCABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: M3.0 PLUMBING FIRE PROTECTION AND HVAC SPECIFICATIONS Iy W 1 N o 6 `� z P 6 z o W ti CO ` CO 'vy W r 1- Q 15010 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM ALL LABOR REQUIRED TO INSTALL A 1- (EATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION, COMPLETE AS INDICATED ON THE ' DRAWINGS, AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND AS SPECIFIED HERE=IN. B. WITHOUT RESTRICTING THE GENERALITY OF THE FIRST STATEMENT, THE WORK TO BE PE=RFORMED UNDER THIS DIVISION SHALL INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. PLUMBING WORK AS DESCRIBED IN SECTIONS 15010 THROUGH 15375. 2. FIRE PROTECTION WORK AS DESCRIBED IN SECTIONS 15010 AND 15410 THROUGH 15430. 3. HVAC WORK AS DESCRIBED IN SECTIONS 15010 AND 15600 THROUGH 15680. C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IS TO PROVIDE POWE=R WIRING FOR EACH ITE=M OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS. D. ALL FINISH PAINTING IS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, EXCEPT AS NOTED I= LS> =W1I>= .E. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION ANY PAINTING DEFACED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND AFTER ORIGINAL PAINTING. E. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CODES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS: 1. NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 2. STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS, NFPA 9OA, 3. CODE FOR SAFETY TO LIFE FROM FIRE IN BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES, NFPA 101. 4. FEDERAL OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS. 5. STATE MECHANICAL COD(;- 6. STATE BUILDING CODE 7. STATE INDUSTRIAL COMMISSION REQUIREMENTS. 8. LOCAL BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS- q. BUILDING INSURING AGENCY REQUIREMENTS. 10. STATE PLUMBING GODS. 11 NFPA F. ALL PERMITS REQUIRED 8Y LAWS ORDINANCES AND BUILDING CODES HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL BE OBTAINED AT THE PROPER TIME BY AND AT THE EXPENSE OF THIS CONTRACTOR. G. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES AND PUBLIC AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND SHALL OBTAIN CERTIFICATES OF SUCH INSPECTIONS AND SUBMIT SAME TO THE ARCHITECT AND SHALL PAY ALL FEES, CHARGES, ASSESSMENTS AND OTHER EXPENSES IN CONNECTION THEREWITH_ H. PIPING AND EQUIPMENT LAYOUT 15 SCHEMATIC. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE DETERMINED BY STRUCTURAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS. DESIGN OF SYSTEM MAY NOT HE GHANGED, ONLY EXACT LOCATION OF PIPING AND DUCTS MAY BE REVISED TO SUIT CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS AND AID IN COORDINATION WITH WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS, I. THE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN THE WORK SHALL MEET T1-1E REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NO MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ORDERED UNTIL REVIEWED SY THE ENGINEER, LANDLORD AND /OR ARCHITECT. J. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS PER THE DOCUMENTS PROVIDED BY THE TENANT /CONTRACTOR. K. CATALOG DATA FOR EQUIPMENT REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT SUPERSEDE THE ENGINEER'S CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE REVIEW OF T1-4E ENGINEER SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDING PROPER CLEARANCE, FABRICATION PROCESS AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. L. WHEN SUBMITTED FOR THE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW, SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BEAR THE CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION THAT HE HAS REVIEWED, CHECKED AND APPROVED THE SHOP DRAWINGS, THAT THEY ARE IN HARMONY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT AND WIT1 -I THE PROVISIONS OF T111 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THAT HE HAS VERIFIED ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA, MATERIALS, CATALOG NUMBERS AND SIMILAR DATA. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO CERTIFY THAT THE WORK REPRESENTED BY THE SHOP DRAWINGS 15 RECOMMENDED BY TI-4E CONTRACTOR AND THE CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE WILL FULLY APPLY. M. ALL CONTRACTORS SUBMITTING PROPOSALS FOR THIS WORK SHALL FIRST EXAMINE THE SITE AND ALL. CONDITIONS THEREIN. ALL PROPOSALS SHALL TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION ALL SUCH CONDITIONS AS MAY AFFECT THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT, THE SUBMITTING OF A BID AUTOMATICALLY IMPLIES THAT THIS EXAMINATION OF SITE HAS BEEN DONE. N. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF UTILITIES AND NOTE CONDITIONS WHICH WOULD AFFECT THE WORK. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL THEN BE REPORTED PRIOR TO THE BID AWARD. O. PROVIDE INSTRUCTION TO LANDLORD'S OPERATING PERSONNEL AS NECESSARY, SHOWING LOCATIONS AND PROPER OPERATION OF MAJOR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND REFERRING TO THE OPERATING INSTRUCTION MANUAL DESCRIBED BELOW A$ A GUIDE. P. COMPILE WRITTEN MANUAL OF OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND A LISTING OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS. ASSEMBLE IN 8 --1/2" X 11" HARD SACKED INDEXED BINDER. MATERIAL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1) TITLE PAGE: TITLE OF JOB, LANDLORD /TENANT, ADDRESS, DATE, SUBM15510N, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. 2) INDEX 3) LIST OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT USED IN PROJECT ACCOMPANIED BY CONTRACTOR PURCHASE ORDER NUMBERS AND SUPPLIERS NAMES AND ADDRESSES. 4) ONE COPY OF EACH SHOP DRAWING GROUPED BY TYPES OF EQUIPMENT (I.E., ROOFTOP UNITS, FANS, ETC.) 5) SECTION FOR EACH SYSTEM INCLUDING: A) BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OPERATION WITH LOCATION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS. H) HVAC SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND CALIBRATION INFORMATION, INCLUDING WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS. Q. SUBMIT A COMPLETED COPY TITLED "HVAC OPERATING INSTRUCTION MANUAL" ON THE BINDING EDGE OF BINDER TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL, AFTER ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND ANY CORRECTIONS REQUIRED ARE COMPLETED, SUBMIT A COPY OF THE MANUAL TO THE LANDLORD, R. WITHIN q0 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE, RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING LANDLORD. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE LOCATION AND PERFORMANCE DATA ON EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT GENERAL CONFIGURATION OF DUCT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING SIZES, AND THE AIR DESIGN FLOW RATES. 5. ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT'S OR DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO DELIA'S, INC, T. INFORMATION RESPONSIBILITY N REGAAR TO RE PONSIS RESPONSIBILITY OR ITEMS WI- IICH AFFECT BID. U. TRADE NAMES, MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1) WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ' USED. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2) GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL- 5UBMISSIDNS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS- FOR DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUB- CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE SEEN TAKEN. V. DEMOLITION I) GENERAL CONTRACTOR S14ALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO SE LEFT INTACT AND PROTECT EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION. W. FINAL HVAC INSPECTIONS 1) ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, DELIA'S SHALL HAVE AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY THE INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, X. WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE I) DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE 12 MONTH WARRANTY FOR ALL PARTS ON EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL-5 PROVIDED THROUGH DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE. THIS WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE ALL COSTS TO REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY DEFECTIVE PART WITH THE EXCEPTION OF DAMAGE RESULTING FROM HANDLING OR INSTALLATION THAT IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S N INSTRUCTIONS. 'S WRITTESTRUCTIOS. 2) CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT DISCOVERED WITHIN 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL EXTEND TO LABOR AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED THROUGH DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE, BUT SHALL NOT OVERLAP WITH WARRANTY PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY, COORDINATE AND FOLLOW ALL PROPER HANDLING AND INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES WITH MANUFACTURER(5) IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. 15100 PLUMBING BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS A. PROVIDE AND ERECT THE FOLLOWING PIPING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND /OR AS REQUIRED. 1. SANITARY BUILDING DRAIN AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT GAST IRON SOIL PIPE. 2. SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPING CAN HE USED FOR SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING WHERE LOCAL CODE ALLOWS AND WITH APPROVAL FROM LANDLORD_ 3. DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER USE TYPE "L" HARD COPPER PIPE. 8, GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO BECOME INFORMED OF THE EXACT DIMENSIONS OF FINISHED WORK WHERE PIPES ARE TO BE PLACED AND WILL ARRANGE THE WORK ACCORDINGLY, ASSUMING ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER LOCATION. IN THE ERECTION OF THE MAINS, SPECIAL CARE SHALL BE USED PROVIDING SUPPORT AND PROPER ALLOWANCES SHALL BE MADE FOR EXPANSION. C. ALL PIPE LINES MUST BE PROVIDED WITH A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF FITTINGS OR UNIONS TO MAKE POSSIBLE DISASSEMBLY WITHOUT BREAKAGE OF FITTINGS. D. ALL EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE NEAT AND CAREFULLY ALIGNED WITH THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF THE BUILDING. NO OFFSETS OR OBLIQUE BENDS WILL BE PERMITTED. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHOULD NOT BE USED FOR LAYOUT WORK. E. ALL LOW POINTS IN WATER PIPING TO HAVE DRAIN VALVES WITH STANDARD 1-105E ATTACHMENTS. HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING IS TO PITCH TOWARD THE NEAREST DRAIN VALVE. F. ALL PIPES TO BE INSTALLED SHALL BE LOCATED AT SUFFICIENT DISTANCE FROM WALLS, OTHER PIPES, CONDUIT, DUCTWORK AND OTHER OBSTACLES TO AVOID INTERFERENCE AND TO PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF FULL THICKNESS OF INSULATION SPECIFIED. G. MECHANICAL JOINT TYPE PIPING SHALL SE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RE=COMMENDATIONS. 15130 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL EXCAVATE AND BACKFILL ALL TRENCHES AND OTHER EXCAVATIONS REQUIRED FOR LAYING DRAINS, SEWERS, APPURTENANCES AND OTHER EXCAVATIONS REQUIRED FOR THIS WORK, B. EARTH FILL: SOIL AS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, FREE OF ORGANIC SOIL, SOD, ROOTS, WOOD, METAL, RUBBISH, DEBRIS, LUMPS OR EXCESSIVE AMOUNTS OF CLAY AND ROCKS GREATER THAN 2" IN DIAMETER; CAPABLE OF BEING COMPACTED INTO DENSE AND STABLE CONDITION AS SPECIFIED. C. ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED ON A MINIMUM OF A 3" BED OF COMPACTED SAND. ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING SHALL BE BACKFILLED BY HAND TO A LEVEL OF 6" ABOVE THE PIPE WITH CLEAN SAND_ ALL BACKFILL. SHALL BE MADE IN LIFTS NOT TO EXCEED 12 ". EACH LIFT SHALL BE MECHANICALLY COMPACTED TO A MINIMUM OF EI2% MODIFIED PROCTOR. D. PROTECT ALL UTILITIES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR ENCOUNTERED IN THE CONSTRUCTION WORK. ANY DAMAGE TO UTILITIES SHALL BE REPARED BY CONTRACTOR TO DELIA'S SATISFACTION, WITHOUT COST TO DELIA'S. E. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ANY UNUSABLE OR SURPLUS EXCAVATED MATERIAL FROM SITE. 15200 PLUMBING SYSTEMS A. BUILDING DRAIN, SOIL, WASTE AND VENT LINES SHALL HI= SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON HUBLESS PIPE WITH STAINLESS STEEL AT COUPLINGS. SCHEDULE 40 PVC MAY BE USED FOR SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING WHERE ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODE AND WITH APPROVAL OF LANDLORD. B VENT STACKS SHALL EXTEND THROUGH THE BUILDING, TERMINATING 12" ABOVE THE ROOF. STANDARD FLASHING SHALL BE EXTENDED 12" IN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM THE VENT TERMINAL AND TURNED DOWN INTO VENT. FLASHING UNITS AS MADE BY STONEMAN CAULK TYPE NO. 51110 -4 MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF FIELD FABRICATED FLASHINGS, C. HORIZONTAL RUNS SHALL BE GIVEN AS STEEP A PITCH TOWARD THE OUTLET AS CONDITIONS WILL PERMIT BUT NOT LESS THAN 1 /5" PER FOOT. D FULL "Y" BRANCH FITTINGS AND EXTENSION WITH BRASS NIPPLES AND FINISHED SCREW PLUGS FOR CLEANOUTS SHALL BE PLACED IN ACCESSIBLE POSITIONS AT ENDS OF HORIZONTAL LINES OF PIPE AND AT FOOT OF ALL VERTICAL LINES OF PIPE OR ELSEWHERE, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CODE E. WHERE CLEANOUTS OCCUR IN FINISHED AREAS, THEY SHALL BE RECESSED'` AND COVERS TO BE FLUSH WIT( -1 THE FLOOR OR WALL. F. I-10T AND COLD WATER PIPING, ABOVE GROUND, SHALL BE TYPE "L" HARD COPPER TUBE WITH SOLDER FITTINGS. EXPOSED PIPING AT FIXTURES SHALL SE CHROME PLATED BRASS. G. ALL COPPER TUBING SHALL HAVE SWEAT JOINTS AND BE CLEAN OF SCALE AND FOREIGN MATTER BEFORE INSTALLATION. ALL ENDS OF TUBING TO BE SWEATED SHALL BE REAMED, CLEANED AND BURNISHED TO REMOVE DIRT ' AND OXIDE. HARD q5 -5 SOLDER SHALL SE USED AND APPLIED TO THE JOINTS ACCORDING TO STANDARD PRACTICE AND /OR MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SUITABLE ADAPTERS SHALL BE USED AT CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT, H• EACH HOT AND COLD WATER BRANCH SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A GATE VALVE SHUT -OFF AND EACH FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A STOP VALVE, 15250 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. STENCILS, LABELS, TAGS, AND COLOR CODES SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI A13, B. PRODUCTS SHALL BE SETON. EQUAL PRODUCTS BY BRADY MAY BE FURNISHED AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. C. STENCILS SHALL BE REUSABLE AND HAVE I" HIGH CHARACTERS. CHARACTERS SHALL BE PAINTED WHITE OVER A BLACK BACKGROUND, INCLUDE ON PIPING A WHITE (OR BLACK) STENCILED ARROW IN FLOW DIRECTION NEXT TO STENCIL. STENCIL ONLY AFTER FINAL PAINTING 15 COMPLETE. CHARACTERS SHALL BE LEGIBLE FROM FLOOR. APPLY CLEAR ACRYLIC LACQUER OR VARNISH OVER THE FINISHED STENCIL. D. PREPRINTED FLEXIBLE VINYL LABEL WITH PERMANENT PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE BACK MAY BE USED ON PIPE INSTEAD OF STENCIL. LABEL SHALL BE of SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO ENCIRCLE THE PIPE (AND INSULATION WHEN APPLICABLE) AND OVERLAP ON ITSELF. EACH LABEL SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE FLOW DIRECTION ARROW AND SHALL BE PERMANENTLY LABELED WITH PIPE CONTENT. E. PIPING, VALVES, DRAINS, CONTROL PANELS AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT SHALL SE IDENTIFIED AS TO FUNCTION AND SYSTEM NUMBER AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND AS LISTED BE=LOW ITEM IDENTIFICATION TYPE 15350 INSULATION A. PIPE INSULATION AND APPURTENANCES AND COVERINGS ON PIPES USED IN CHASES, SHAFTS OR OTHER GONG( =ALI =D SPACES IN TYPES I AND 2 CONSTRUCTION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT EXCEEDING TWENTY -FIVE (25) AND IN TYPE 3 AND 4 CONSTRUCTION NOT EXCEEDING SEVENTY-FIVE (75) AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING NOT EXCEEDING FIFTY (50). B, INSULATION SHALL E3E SCHULLER MICRO -LOK 650 FIBERGLASS WITH FACTORY APPLIED ALL SERVICE JACKET WITH SELF- SEALING TAPE. INSULATION SHALL LIMIT HEAT LOSS TO 25 HTU /HR. /SQ.FT. OF PIPE SURFACE WITH 55 DEGREES AMBIENT, AND SHALL BE 1/2" THICK ON COLD WATER PIPING AND 1" THICK ON HOT WATER PIPING. C_ GLUE IN PLACE WITH SCHULLER U -GLUE. D, THE FITTINGS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH SCHULLER ZESTON INSULATION AND HAVE FACTORY PREMOLDED PVC COVERS. BUTT THE JOINTS TOGETHER AND WRAP WITH 3" WIDE STRIP TAPE, SEAL IN PLACE WITH SCHULLER U -GLUE. E. INSULATION SHALL NOT HE APPLIED UNTIL THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION HAS PROGRESSED SUFFICIENTLY TO INSURE AGAINST PHYSICAL OR MOISTURE DAMAGE TO THE INSULATION. ALL INSULATION DAMAGED THROUGH FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS DIRECTIVE SHALL BE REPLACED BY CONTRACTOR AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. F. INSTALL ALL INSULATION ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. G. INSULATION SHALL NOT BE APPLIED OVER FLANGES JOINTS AND SEAMS IN PIPING. H. INSULATION SHALL BE SCHULLER. EQUAL PRODUCT BY ARMSTRONG CERTAINTEED, OWENS - CORNING OR KNAUF MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, 15375 PLUMBING SYSTEM TESTING. A. SYSTEM TESTING SHALL PROVIDE FOR THE FOLLOWING: 1. TEST NEW INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM, 2. TEST ALL SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING. 3. FURNISH ALL PUMPS FOR AIR AND WATER PRESSURE TESTS ALONG WITH GAUGES AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT. 4. UNDERGROUND LINES TO BE TESTED BEFORE BEING CONGEAL( =D. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ANY LEAKS AND ALL DAMAGE RESULTING THEREFROM. 5. CHANGES IN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE WILL BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WHEN TESTING UNDERGROUND PIPING, HOWEVER, THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS SHALL BE THOROUGHLY INSPECTED FOR LEAKS BEFORE HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTS ARE CONCLUDED. 6. INTERIOR WATER PIPING: HYDROSTATIC TEST AT 125 PSI AWWA PROCEDURES. 7, SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE WATER AND SMOKE OR AIR TIGHT (STATE PLUMBING CODE). B MEASURE LEAKAGE BY METERING WATER REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN LINE PRESSURE. REMOVE AIR BEFORE TESTING. G. REPAIR ANY LEAKING JOINTS AND DEMONSTRATE ACCEPTABLE LEAKAGE TO SATISFACTION OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND APPROVING AUTHORITY. FLUSH ALL PIPING BEFORE PLACING INTO OPERATION. D 0 1 strage 1,3/4( , - -) ' ?' 7 ' ° y 4 O �� �Qt.,/,0,,_P4( _ -° C® r'"'. ^ - ' A I.; C 1 3 ('1:/ E == H,tµ;'4 -' 6.3 O 7) W Et IC.4 co c to to "� x ,:�' 0 •I ,i ti C ° m k v 4s El " ° d o m W ' u? m >� 0 -- o c m a a o of 5 ;:l °l m 4 �T� ^ PIPING STENCIL OR PIPE LABEL. VALVES TAG PIPING SPECIALTY TAG WATER HEATER AND OTHER EQUIPMENT STENCIL F. IDENTIFY PIPE LINES WITH STENCIL OR PIPE LABEL WITH COLOR CODED BANDS AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: 1) AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTION AT EACH VALVE. 2) AT 150T14 SIDES OF WALLS THROUGH WHICH PIPE PASSES. 3) AT EVERY 20 FT. INTERVAL ON CONTINUOUS PIPE LINES. 4) AT EACH BRANCH CONNECTION. 5) SLOW FLOW DIRECTION ARROWS AT EACH IDENTIFICATION POINT. 15275 STERILIZATION A. STERILIZE NEW DOMESTIC WATERLINES AFTER INSTALLATION. S. FURNISH A CERTIFICATE OF STERILIZATION AND APPROVAL FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION TO BE SIGNED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THIS STATE, REGULARLY EMPLOYED BY THE TESTING LABORATORY. CERTIFICATE MUST BE GIVEN TO THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE. C_ STERILIZATION SHALL BE BY MEANS OF CHLORINE INJECTED INTO THE WATER SYSTEM NEAR THE SOURCE AND OUTLETS THROUGHOUT T1-4E SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED TO PROVE PRESENCE OF MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. LEAVE CHLORINE IN FOR 24 HOURS AND FLUSH OUT SYSTEM UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. SEND DOCUMENTATION ON OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD OF TESTING LABORATORY TO DELIA'S AND ENGINEER AFTER STERILIZATION. D. STERILIZATION SHALL BE PERFORMED UNDER. THE IMMEDIATE SUPERVISION OF A WATER TESTING LABORATORY REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE SERVICE AND SHALL HE DONE ACCORDING TO THEIR INSTRUCTIONS. 15300 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER A. INSTALL ELECTRIC HATER HEATER AS FURNISHED ay DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. TANK TYPE ELECTRIC WATER HEATER WITH GLASS-LINED TANK RATED AT 150 PSI WORKING PRESSURE, MAGNESIUM ANODE PROTECTION, BRONZE DRAIN VALVE, HIGH TEMPERATURE CUT-OFF SWITCH AND IMMERSION THERMOSTAT. C. FURNISH AND INSTALL A WATTS NO. 40L, 3/4" TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE AND EXTEND DISCHARGE PIPE, FULL SIZE, TO WITHIN 6" ABOVE THE JANITOR'S RECEPTOR OR FLOOR DRAIN. D. PROVIDE AATROL EXPANSION TANK AS SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS. EQUAL PRODUCTS BY BELL AND GOSSETT OR ADAMSON MAY BE PROVIDED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 15325 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT A. VALVES TO BE AS FOLLOWS: 1, 125 L. S.W.P. GATE, GLOBE AND CHECK VALVE=S: 2. BALL (2 -1/2" AND SMALLER) - ALL BRONZE, TEFLON STEM SEALS AND SEAT, I/4 TURN SHUT -OFF, VINYL COVERED HANDLES. 3. CHECK (2 -1/2" AND SMALLER) - ALL BRONZE, SCREWED, HORIZONTAL SWING CHECK WITH BRONZE DISC. S. VALVES SHALL BE MILWAUKEE. EQUAL PRODUCTS BY CRANE, HAMMOND, POWELL, WALWORTH, NORTHERN INDIANA BRASS COMPANY OR STOCKI4AM MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. G. UNIONS TO BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. UNIONS FOR COPPER PIPE TO BE 150L-B., ALL BRONZE, SOLDER END TYPE BY CHASE, EQUAL PRODUCTS BY CRANE, MUELLER OR NORTHERN INDIANA BRASS COMPANY MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 2. DIELECTRIC UNIONS BETWEEN FERROUS AND COPPER 5HALL BE INSULATED TO PREVENT METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT AND SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY CAPITAL MANUFACTURING COMPANY OF COLUMBUS, 01410. EQUAL PRODUCTS BY PATROL OR PEGO SALES COMPANY D. WATER CLOSETS, URINALS AND LAVATORIES SHALL BE VITREOUS CHINA BY AMERICAN STANDARD As FURNISHED BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRE=SENTATIVE AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALL PER ADA REQUIRE= MENTS. E. ALL WALL HUNG LAVATORIES, FLUSH VALVES, ETC,, SHALL BE MOUNTED AT THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ROUGHING IN MEASUREMENTS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. F FLOOR DRAINS TO BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. CAST IRON BODY SHALLOW SUMP DRAIN WITH DOUBLE DRAINAGE FLANGE AND WEEPHOLES, FLASHING CLAMP, BOTTOM OUTLET WITH NEOPRENE GASKET INSIDE CONNECTOR, 6" DIAMETER ADJUSTABLE GRATE. FRAME AND GRATE TO HAVE POLISHED NICKEL - BRONZE FINISH. SEE DRAWINGS FOR MODEL AND MANUFACTURER. EQUAL PRODUCT MAY BE SUPPLIED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION," G. CLEANOUTS TO BE AS FOLLOWS: 1 . FLOOR TYPE TO BE ADJUSTABLE CAST IRON WITH NICKEL BRONZE TOP. TOP TO BE FLUSH WITH FLOOR. SEE DRAWINGS FOR MODEL AND MANUFACTURER. 2 STEEL T ACCESO COVER AND TO PLUG. E DRAWINGS T FFOR MODEL AND MANUFACTURER. Cia rT THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FORME USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED r SPECIFCLOCAnON SHOWN ON ThE SEALTHIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 07418 DRAWING NUMBER: Nil 4 • 0 PLUMBING FIRE PROTECTION AND HVAC SPECIFICATIONS 15410 FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS A. MODIFY THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND FURNISH ALL MATERIALS, LABOR, TOOLS, ADMINISTRATION, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND APPURTENANCES WI41C14 ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE IN EVERY DETAIL AND LEAVE IN WORKING ORDER ALL ITEMS OF WORK CALLED FOR HEREIN OR SHOWN ON THE ACCOMPANYING DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LANDLORD' APPROVED TWO LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITI -I LANDLORD'S APPRDVI;D FIRE ALARM AND SPRINKLER CONTRACTORS. B. INCLUDE ANY MINOR ITEMS OF WORK NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIVE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING TI-1E EXACT HAZARD CLASSIFICATION, AS WELL AS, THE QUANTITY, SPACING, AND PROTECTED AREA LIMITATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURTHER BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING HIS DETERMINATION WITI -I THE OWNER'S INSURING AGENCY AND THE LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PROJECT. D. WHERE APPLICABLE, LOCATE SPRINKLER HEADS IN CENTER OF CEILING TILE, USE ARMOVER ON ALL SPRINKLER BRANCH LINES TO ACCOMPLISH EXACT LOCATION OF HEAD, E. PROVIDE AN NFPA --13 APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN BUILDING, SYSTEM SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL AND STATE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE. F. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LICENSED AND CERTIFIED IN THE INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS IN THIS STATE. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ANY INSPECTION FEES, CHARGES AND ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL FEES APPLICABLE. H. CONTRACTOR SHALL FILE ALL NECESSARY DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATES. I. CONTRACTOR SI -IALL OBTAIN A CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL AND SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO THE REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYMENT. J. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL PRODUCTS AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. K. FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT LAYOUT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL EQUIPMENT, BOTH KNOWN AND UNKNOWN, AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. L, ALL FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS CONCEALED WORK, WHERE APPLICABLE, M. THE ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHANGE THE LOCATION OF ANY SPRINKLER HEAD DURING THE SUBMITTAL PROCESS EVEN IF THE MOVE SHOULD REQUIRE ADDITIONAL MEADS. N. FILL ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN SLEEVE AND PIPE OR INSULATION ON ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS. FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS SHALL BE UL CLASSIFIED AND MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM. THE METHOD OF INSULATION SHALL CONFORM TO UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. D. CEILING GRID SYSTEMS SHALL NOT BE USED TO SUPPORT FIRE PROTECTION ITEMS, PIPING, OR ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT. EACH UTILITY AND THE CEILING GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE A SEPARATE INSTALLATION AND EACH SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. WHERE INTERFERENCE OCCURS, IN ORDER TO SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OR CEILING GRID SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL NOT BE LOCATED WHERE THEY INTERFERE WITH MECHANICAL_ ICAL OR ELECTRICAL ITEMS. TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND OTHER MES. P. INSTALL ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN ROOMS IN AN ESTHETIC MANNER - SPRINKLER ARRANGEMENT SHALL BE PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE BUILDING WALLS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT AND TENANT. E LOCATION OF UTILITIES AND NOTE Q. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY T1-4E CONDITIONS WHICH WOULD AFFECT TI-IE WORK. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL THEN BE REPORTED TO THE LANDLORD'S TENANT COORDINATOR PRIOR TO THE BID AWARD. R. INSTALLATION WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE UNLESS AND UNTIL WRITTEN ACCEPTANCE 15 RECEIVED FROM THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL AND THE LANDLORD'S INSURING AGENCY. S. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ONE SET OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB TO BE USED STRICTLY FOR RECORDING ANY INSTALLATION DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. T. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DAILY CLEAN -UP AND REMOVAL OF FIRE PROTECTION DEBRIS FROM TI-4E SITE WEEKLY. THE PREMISES 54-IALL BE KEPT IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY CONDITION, U. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND FOLLOW ALL LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. THE SUBMITTING OF A BID AUTOMATICALLY IMPLIES THAT THESE REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND ARE IN THE BID PRICE AND INFORM LANDLORD IN ADVANCE OF ANY DOWN TIME. 15413 SHOP DRAWINGS A. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR THE ARCHITECT'S AND LANDLORD REVIE=W SIX (6) COMPLETE COPIES OF THE CATALOG DATA AND /OR SHOP DRAWINGS FOR THE LISTED ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT AND ALL COMPONENTS TO BE USED IN THE WORK, INCLUDING SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE DATA, MATERIAL dESCRIPTION, RATING, CAPACITY, WORKING PRESSURE, MATERIAL GAUGE OF THICKNESS, BRAND NAME, CATALOG NUMBER AND GENERAL TYPE. THE SUBMISSION SHALL BE COMPILED BY CONTRACTOR AND REVIEWED BY ENGINEER BEFORE ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT 15 ORDERED. 1. SPRINKLERS (AS REQUIRED) 2. VALVES (AS REQUIRED) 3. TAMPER SWITCHES (AS REQUIRED) 4. WATER FLOW SWITCHES (AS REQUIRED) 5. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS (AS REQUIRED) G. CONNECTIONS TO LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM B. WHEN SUBMITTED FOR THE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW, SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL WED, BEAR GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION THAT THEY HAVE REVIEWED, CHECKED AND APPROVED THE SHOP DRAWINGS, THAT THEY ARE IN HARMONY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT AND WITH THE PROVISIONS OF TI-4E CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THAT THEY HAVE VERIFIED ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA, MATERIALS, CATALOG NUMBER AND FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND SIMILAR DATA. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO CERTIFY THAT THE WORK REPRESENTED BY THE SHOP DRAWINGS IS RECOMMENDED BY CONTRACTOR AND TI-4E CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE WILL FULLY APPLY, C. ALL CONTRACTORS SUBMITTING PROPOSALS FOR THIS WORK SHALL FIRST EXAMINE THE SITE AND ALL CONDITIONS THEREIN. ALL PROPOSALS 5HALL TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION ALL SUCH CONDITIONS AS THEY MAY AFFECT THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT, THE SUBMITTING OF A BID AUTOMATICALLY IMPLIES THAT THIS EXAMINATION OF THE SITE HAS BEEN DONE. 15417 TESTS A. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TESTING OF SPRINKLER PIPING PER NFPA. B. TEST SPRINKLER PIPING WIT( -I A HYDROSTATIC TEST AT 200 PSI FOR 2 HOURS WITH NO VISIBLE LEAKAGE. C. TEST ALARMS, FLOW SWITCHES, AND TAMPERPROOF SWITCHES AND ADJUST AS NECESSARY. D, CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD SHALL SIGN CERTIFICATES, INDICATING WITNESSING OF ALL TESTS REQUIRED SY NFPA -13 FOR ABOVE GROUND PIPING. E. REPAIR ANY LEAKING JOINTS AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO THE FACILITY THAT THE LEAK MAY HAVE CREATED. CLEAN, PAINT, OR REPLACE ANY DAMAGED COVERINGS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE LANDLORD'S APPROVAL-. . . F . NOTIFY THE LANDLORD IN WRITING FOR ANY SCHEDULING OF ANY TESTS OR DOWNTIME OF TINE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 15425 SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS A. UL LISTED HANGERS, BEAM CLAMPS, HANGER RODS, PIPE ATTACHMENTS, AND PIPE SLEEVES SHALL BE PER 5P -55. EQUAL MANUFACTURERS TO BE G- RINN) =LL, B- LINE, OR MICHIGAN HANGERS. B. ALL HANGER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE UL AND FM APPROVED, C. HANGER SPACING SHALL MEET NFPA -13 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. 15426 INTERIOR PIPE TUBE AND FITTINGS AND SPRINKLER HEADS A. SPRINKLER HEADS: 1. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE NEW U.L., F.M. LISTED AND APPROVED AUTOMATIC SPRAY TYPE AS MANUFACTURED BY STAR, RELIABLE, GRINNEL, VIKING, OR CENTRAL SPRINKLER CO. 2. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE RATED FOR 165 °F UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. 3. "SALES" AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE FULLY CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING. 4. "NON- SALES" AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO SE PENDANT TYPE ROUGH BRASS FINISH. G. "NON- SALES" LAVATORY AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE FULLY CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING. G. "MALL BULKHEAD" AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE FULLY CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING. B. PIPING: 1. SCHEDULE 40, BLACK STEEL PIPE, ASTM A-53 FOR FERROUS PIPING, WELDED AND SEAMLESS, ANSI B- 36 -10 -70 FOR WROUGHT STEEL PIPE, 2. CAST IRON OR MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. SCREWED OR CAST IRON FLANGED JOINTS FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 2 INCHES. 3. GALVANIZED OR BLACK MALLEABLE IRON WITH BRASS SEAT SCREWED UNIONS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER- .4. VICTAULIC TYPE COUPLINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE, WHERE APPROVED BY CODE AND THE LANDLORD. 5. HANGERS SHALL COMPLY WITH LANDLORD AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. C. SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL NOT EXCEED 130 SQ. FT. IN SALES II AREAS AND 100 SQ. FT. IN "STOCK" AREAS. COMPLY WITH LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA. PIPE SIZING SHALL BE BASED ON NFPA ORDINARY HAZARD. D. ALL SPRINKLER LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED, AVOIDING INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. E. WHERE POSSIBLE, REWORK THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO MEET THE NEW REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DESIGN. F. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A VALVED TEST CONNECTION IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM N ISURANCE CARRIER. OR REQUESTED BY THE LANDLORD, LOCAL INSPECTOR, OR N G. CONTRACTOR SHALL SE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE CAUSED BY LEAKS IN ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED, ALL REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGES SHALL BE BY THIS CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. H. PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED "SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL II AND AND TEST CERTIFICATES SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE LANDLORD, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 15430 SPRINKLER PIPING SPECIALTIES A. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DRAINS. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATION. 15600 HVAC BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS A. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO BECOME INFORMED OF TI-IE EXACT DIMENSIONS OF FINISHED WORK WHERE PIPES DUCTS AND EQUIPMENT ARE TO 8E PLACED AND WILL ARRANGE THE WORK ACCORDINGLY, ASSUMING ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER LOCATION AND COORDINATION OF THE WORK, B. IN THE ERECTION OF THE DUCTWORK, SPECIAL CARE SHALL BE USED PROVIDING SUPPORT. C. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE PLACED SO AS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES WITH PLUMBING PIPES, ELECTRIC CONDUITS OR PIPES OF OTHER CONTRACTORS, D. ALL DUCTWORK MUST BE PROVIDED WITH SUFFICIENT DISTANCE FROM WALLS, PIPES, AND OTHER OBSTACLES TO PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF FULL OF INSULATION SPECIFIED. 1~. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM AN ACCURATE AND COMPLETE BALANCE OF AIR SYSTEMS AS A PART OF THIS CONTRACT, WHICI -{ SHALL BE COMPLETED BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF TI-IE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. AIR BALANCING SI -IALL BE SUBCONTRACTED TO A CERTIFIED MEMBER OF ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL, F, VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES 1. VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WITH SUPPORTS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT AND THE STRUCTURE (FANS, AIR HANDLERS, ETC.) BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 2. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT HUNG FROM STRUCTURE SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH RUBBER AND SPRING DEVICES. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED FROM FLOOR OR DECK SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH I- LOUSED SPRING MOUNT DEVICES. 3 EXAMINE DEAD LOAD AND OPERATING LOAD CONDITIONS WHEN SELECTING DEVICES. ADJUST FOR PROPER ALIGNMENT AND LOADING- AVOID "GROUNDING" THE ISOLATOR. 4. CHECK HANGER ROD SIZE FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS AT THE ISOLATING DEVICE AND AT THE UPPER AND LOWER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES, DUCTS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. 5. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION DATA, 15700 HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION AND RETURN SYSTEMS A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS OF SIZE AND LOCATION AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. ALL DUCTS FOR AIR VELOCITIES LESS THAN 2000 FPM AND STATIC PRESSURE IN DUCT 2" OR LESS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. THE GAUGE OF STEEL USED IN ALL DUCTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1, WHERE GREATER RECTANGULAR DIMENSION IS 12" OR LESS USE 26 GAUGE. 2, WHERE GREATER RECTANGULAR DIMENSION IS FROM 12" THROUGH 30" USE 24 GAUGE. 3. WHERE GREATER RECTANGULAR DIMENSION IS FROM 31" THROUGH 54" USE 22 GAUGE. 4. WHERE GREATER RECTANGULAR DIMENSION 15 FROM 55" THROUGH 54" USE 20 GAUGE. B. TRANSVERSE JOINTS AND BRACING TO CONFORM TO "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE" (CURRENT SMACNA). C. ALL DUCTS SHALL BE RIGID AND SHALL BE CROSS- BROKEN, PROPERLY STIFFENED WITH SUITABLE BRACES, TOES, OR ANGLES TO KEEP THEM TRUE TO SHAPE AND PREVENT BUCKLING. ALL VERTICAL DUCTS SHALL BE OF STRONG ENOUGH CONSTRUCTION TO CARRY 100 LBS. SUSPENDED LOAD FROM HANGERS WITHOUT BUCKLING. SOLDER ALL JOINTS WHERE NECESSARY TO INSURE TIGHT WORK, SEAMS OF ALL DUCTS AND JOINTS SHALL BE HAMMERED TO A SMOOTH SURFACE ON THE INSIDE. D. CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING HANGERS AND SUPPORTING SYSTEMS OF ALL DUCTWORK SHALL ALSO BE IN ACCORDANCE W I TH "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION DUCTWORK - METAL AND FLEXIBLE" (CURRENT SMACNA). E. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE OUTLET AND INTAKE OF AIR HANDLING UNITS AND FANS, THESE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AT LEAST 6" LONG, MADE OF NFPA qDA APPROVED FLAMEPROOF FABRIC. F. FURNISH AND INSTALL VOLUME CONTROLLER AND EXTRACTOR AT ALL BRANCH TAKEOFFS IN SUPPLY AND RETURN FROM MAIN DUCTS TO ALL BRANCH DUCTS WHERE SHOWN. UNIT SHALL BE OF TWO GAUGES HEAVIER THAN THE DUCT. G. PROVIDE MANUAL ADJUSTING LEVER FOR EACH UNIT. UNITS SHALL MOVE FROM FULL OPEN TO FULLY CLOSED POSITION TO CONTROL AIR DIRECTION AND VOLUME. H. FURNISH AND INSTALL TURNING VANES IN ALL ELBOWS OF RECTANGULAR DUCTS. THE BLADES TO BE HOLLOW- FORMED DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES. I. FURNISH AND INSTALL SUPPLY AND RETURN REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULE. J. FLEXIBLE SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK WITH I" THICK FIBERGLASS BLANKET INSULATION WITH METALIZED FILM VAPOR BARRIER OUTER JACKET. FLEXIBLE DUCT IN RETURN AIR PLENUM TO BE CLEARLY LABELED "CLASS 1" EVERY FOUR FEET. FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH MAY NOT EXCEED FIVE FEET. INSULATION SHALL HAVE MIN. INSTALLED R -VALUE OF 5.0. K. METAL DUCTWORK - NO FIBERGLASS DUCT ALLOWED. L. DUCT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1) EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONSTRUCT ALL LOW PRESSURE DUCT IN ACCORDANCE WITH TI-IE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA STANDARDS WITH THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: A) SUPPLY DUCTS: 2" W.G. POSITIVE. B) RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: 2" W.G. NEGATIVE. 2) SEAL ALL LOW PRESSURE DUCTS PER SMACNA CLASS B AND ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTS TO SMACNA CLASS A, 3) REGARDLESS OF ABOVE DUCT CONSTRUCTION AND SEALANT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS, MAXIMUM DUCT AIR LEAKAGE WILL NOT EXCEED 5% AS REQUIRED FOR FINAL AIR BALANCE APPROVAL. M. ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL SE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPIRAL LOCK SEAM CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL SIZES 12" DIAMETER AND LARGER. ROUND DUCTWORK SIZES 10" DIAMETER AND SMALLER MAY BE SNAP- LOCK CONSTRUCTION. ALL SNAP LOCK SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED AS DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ROUND FITTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPOT WELDED AND BONDED CONSTRUCTION. DUCTWORK SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY UNITED MCGILL, SEMCO, OR APPROVED EQUAL. N. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH 2" WIDE, GLASS- FIBER FABRIC REINFORCED TAPE. JOINTS ALSO SHALL BE RIVETED OR CONNECTED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. LIQUID SEALANTS BY UNITED MCGILL CORP., DOW CORNING, MIRACLE ADHESIVES AND SUREBOND INC. WILL BE ACCEPTED IN LIEU OF TAPE. O. DUCT TRANSITIONS SMALL NOT EXCEED 30 DEGREES SLOPE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 15792 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME HVAC UNITS A. UNITS SHALL SE FACTORY ASSEMBLED PARALLEL FAN POWERED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOXES WITH ELECTRIC HEATING, FULLY INSULATED CONSTRUCTION, DDC CONTROLS AND CAPABLE OF THE MAXIMUM GFM INDICATED. B- CABINET SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, BONDERIZED AND COATED WITH BAKED ENAMEL. CABINET SHALL BE LINED WITH 1 II THICK NEOPRENE - COATED FIBERGLASS WITH EASILY REMOVABLE SERVICE PANELS TO ALL OPERATING COMPONE C. CONTROLS: 1) INSTALL HEATING /COOLING "5" SENSORS WITH TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT TO PROVIDE CONTROL OF AIR VALVE AND STAGED HEATING WITH LOCKING CLEAR PLASTIC COVER. MOUNT THE BOTTOM OF THE SENSOR 48 ABOVE TI-4E FLOOR PER ADA. SENSORS SUPPLIED BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE. 2) WHEN SENSOR CALLS FOR COOLING, AIR VALVE SHALL OPEN IN 5% INCREMENTS UNTIL FULLY OPEN, OR UNTIL SPACE TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED. i 3) WHEN SENSOR CALLS FOR HEATING, AIR VALVE SHALL CLOSE IN 5% INCREMENTS UNTIL 25% OPEN, THEN FAN SHALL ENERGIZE AND EACH STAGE OF HEATING SHALL BE ENERGIZED AS REQUIRED UNTIL SPACE TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED. 4) HVAC CONTROL SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED TO ENSURE THAT CONTROL ELEMENTS ARE CALIBRATED, ADJUSTED, AND IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. 5) CONTROLS SHALL MEET ALL LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE THE COST OF TIE -IN TO LANDLORD'S SYSTEMS IN BID. ANY MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS OR LABOR REQUIRED FOR TIE -IN OR TO MAKE FURNISHED CONTROLS COMPATABLE WITH LANDLORD SYSTEM SHALL BE BY A LANDLORD APPROVED CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE AT THE SOLE COST OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. D. PROVIDE NEW VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGERS AND SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT UNIT PER LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS. E. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HANG UNIT FROM STRUCTURE AND MAKE POWER CONNECTIONS TO UNITS. F. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING ALL CONTROLS, CONTROL WIRING AND TO MAKE OPERATIONAL. G. VAV UNITS SHALL BE TRANE AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE AND INSTALLED BY TI -415 CONTRACTOR. UPON DELIVERY OF UNITS, CONTRACTOR SHALL. VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT IS AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, ACCESSORIES AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. ANY DESCREPENCIES MUST BE REPORTED TO DELIA'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITHIN THE FIRST TWENTY -FOUR (2.4) HOURS AFTER DELIVERY. H. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS FOR VAVS, CONTROLS, MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT, AND ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE THE COST OF THIS WORK IN THE BID. 15905 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES A. SQUARE CEILING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER - STEEL SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER, REMOVEABLE PLAQUE FACE PANEL, ROUND NECK, VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER PRICE MODEL #BPD. B. SQUARE CEILING RETURN AIR REGISTER - STEEL SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER, REMOVEABLE PLAQUE FACE PANEL, ROUND NECK, VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER, PRICE MODEL #SPD. C. FINISHES - FURNISH ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES WITH PRIME COATED AND WHITE BAKED ENAMEL FINISH COAT UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. D. COORDINATE AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH ALL AFFECTED CONTRACTORS BEFORE INSTALLING DUCTWORK. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS IN LOCATIONS FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT BEFORE INSTALLATION. SUSPEND CEILING AIR DEVICES FROM STRUCTURE ON WIRE HANGERS OR FROM E. SUSP MUST NOT S USED STRUCTURE RIGID SP DUCTWORK. AIR DEVICES SUPPORT AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES. F. SECURELY FASTEN SIDE WALL AIR DEVICES TO RIGID DUCTWORK OR STRUCTURE, G. AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES SHALL SE PRICE AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S. 15915 DAMPERS A. RECTANGULAR DUCT GALVANIZED STEEL MANUAL BALANCE AND MOTORIZED DAMPER 6" WIDE 16 GAUGE OPPOSED BLADES, CHANNEL FRAME WITH BRACED CORNERS, CONCEALED LINKAGE, TEFLON FILLED BEARINGS, 3/8" DIAMETER AXLE 6" LONG CONTROL SHAFT. MOTORIZED DAMPER TO HAVE REPLACEABLE BUTYL- RUBBER SEALS INSTALLED ALONG THE TOP, BOTTOM AND SIDES OF THE FRAME, AS WELL AS, ALONG ALL SIDES OF EACH BLADE. ROUND GALVANIZED STEEL MANUAL BALANCE DAMPER WITH SINGLE 16 GAUGE BLADE CHANNEL FRAME STAINLESS STEEL SLEEVE BEARINGS PRESSED INTO FRAME 3/8" DIAMETER AXLE EXTENDED G" FOR CONTROL SHAFT BLADE ! STOP. C. EQUIP DAMPERS WITH LOCKING QUADRANTS. D. CHECK DAMPERS FOR PROPER OPERATION BEFORE AND AFTER INSTALLATION. E. INSTALL BALANCE DAMPERS WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND ELSEWHERE AS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN PROPER SYSTEM BALANCE. F. DAMPERS SMALL BE RUSKIN. EQUAL PRODUCT BY AMERICAN WARMING AND VENTILATING, LOUVERS AND DAMPERS, OR PREFGO MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. G. 15939 CEILING EXHAUST FANS A. CEILING EXHAUST FANS BASED ON BROAN SHALL BE OF THE CENTRIFUGAL DIRECT DRIVE TYPE. THE FAN HOUSING SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF HEAVY GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL. THE HOUSING INTERIOR SHALL BE LINED WITH 1/2" ACOUSTICAL INSULATION. THE OUTLET DUCT COLLAR SHALL INCLUDE AN ALUMINUM BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND SHALL BE ADAPTABLE FOR HORIZONTAL DISCHARGE. B. THE ACCESS FOR WIRING SHALL BE EXTERNAL. THE MOTOR DISCONNECT SHALL BE INTERNAL AND OF THE PLUG TYPE. C. THE MOTOR SHALL BE MOUNTED ON VIBRATION ISOLATORS. THE FAN WHEEL SHALL BE OF THE FORWARD CURVED CENTRIFUGAL TYPE AND DYNAMICALLY BALANCED. D. ALL FANS SHALL BEAR THE AMCA CERTIFIED RATINGS SEAL FOR SOUND AND AIR PERFORMANCE AND SHALL BE U.L. LISTED AND C.S.A. APPROVED. CAPACITIES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. E. WIRING BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. F- FANS SHALL BE BROAN AS FURNISHED BY DELIA'S NATIONAL ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE. 15975 INSULATION A. DUCT INSULATION AND APPURTENANCES SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT EXCEEDING TWENTY -FIVE (25) AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING NOT EXCEEDING FIFTY (50). B. RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK CONCEALED FROM VIEW SHALL HAVE 1" THICK FIBERGLASS DUCT LINER LAMINATED AND PINNED TO DUCT WITH 1.0 PCF DENSITY AND R-VALUF OF 3.7 MIN. OWENS- CORNING COMMERCIAL GRADE FIBERGLASS DUCT LINER. G. ROUND DUCTWORK CONCEALED FROM VIEW SHALL HAVE FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS DUCT WRAP LAMINATED TO FOIL REINFORCED KRAFT VAPOR BARRIER FACING WITH 2" STAPLING FLANGE AND MIN. INSTALLED R- VALUE OF 3.7. OWENS- CORNING COMMERCIAL GRADE FIBERGLASS DUCT WRAP TYPE 100. D. EXPOSED ROUND AND RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE NO INSULATION. E. ALL DUCTWORK IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES SHALL HAVE INSULATION DUCT WRAP WITH A MINIMUM INSTALLED R -VALUE OF 5.0. F, INSULATION SHALL NOT BE APPLIED UNTIL THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION HAS PROGRES r._,-ED SUFFICIENTLY TO INSURE AGAINST PHYSICAL OR MOISTURE DAMAGE TO THE INSULATION. ALL INSULATION DAMAGED THROUGH FAILURE TO OBSERVE TH15 DIRECTIVE SHALL BE REPLACED AT HVAC CONTRACTOR 5 EXPENSE. G. HANGER RODS MUST BE PERPENDICULAR TO DUCTWORK BEFORE INSULATION" IS INSTALLED. N. INSTALL ALL INSULATION ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. I. INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED OVER FLANGES, JOINTS AND SEAMS IN PIPING AND DUCTWORK. J. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS IN INSULATION SHALL BE PROPERLY SEALED TO MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER INTEGRITY. K- INSULATION SMALL BE OWENS- CORNING. EQUAL PRODUCT BY ARMSTRONG, CERTAINTEED, SCHULLER OR KNAUF MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION - 15980 BALANCING A. ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND WATER SYSTEMS ARE TO IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERALLY ACCEPTED ENGINEERING STANDARDS INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY CONTRACTOR CERTIFIED BY THE ASSOCIATED BALANCE COUNCIL (AABC). DUCTED AIR RATES ARE TO BE MEASURED ADJUSTED TO DELIVER FINAL FLOW RATES WITI -11N 10% OF DESIGN RATES. B. AFTER CORRECTING BALANCE OF ALL AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS 10% OF DESIGNED VALUES, SUBMIT FINAL AIR AND WATER BALANCE TO ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND DELIA'S. G. VERIFY CONTROLS DURING BALANCING, INCLUDING HUMIDITY CONTROLS APPLICABLE. � , . ` � .° m r `%— 4 • -: • ,, 0 :4; ,,pr, ;;e 7? _ rR7 - . .' , - D ( - ,• ' '1I A LLC 1 3 Lail F l i - 1∎411 I L,LO 1 min= *r ,,_...4 Ei E/ CO QO W .- — 00 O W r CN 0 W r 0 � � J I- CO w" (" CO Q CO W CO 0) p/� CO Z 0- -- CO ❑ L.J C] U Ur CK z CO Z 4C 2 Cl I. LL 0 ' LLI CL v) J 0 0 rJE,r,Y T. ' S� -: O WAc J i . , 71% 4 ' Q '- -5 M 3 `.• :',` ,a ° "a $ :' 1 i;.;,; w . w , R- Ir- , ,) , `� 1. '• ,;•.- w Cc,1A^ ' g "c:'' / 1 47 R � "��' � atE -� THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIA. BILITYFOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY ROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCA710N IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STA7FD DESIGN CRfTERIA SAI 07418 4 DRAWING NUMBER: M4m °I 1